NAVFAC P-300 Management of Transportation Equipment

Naval Facilities Engineering Command 

200 Stovall Street 

Alexandria, Virginia 22332-2300 

MANAGEMENT OF CIVIL 

ENGINEERING SUPPORT 

EQUIPMENT 

NAVFAC P-300 

MAY 1997 

APPROVED FOR 

PUBLIC RELEASE

MANAGEMENT OF 

CIVIL ENGINEERING 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 


May 1997 

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY 

NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND 

200 Stovall Street 

Alexandria, VA 22332-2300

21A(1) 

22A(1) 

23(1) 

24(1) 

39(2) 

41A(1) 

41B(1) 

41C(1) 

41D(1) 

41K(1) 

A6(1) 

C20D(1) 

C21(1) 

C25F(1) 

C28E(1) 

C31J(1) 

C52C(1) 

C60A(1) 

C84M(3) 

D3B(1) 

E3(1) 

FA6(2) 

FA7(2) 

FA10(2) 

FA18(2) 

FA23(1) 

FA24(2) 

STANDARD NAVY DISTRIBUTION LIST (SNDL) 

FA39(1) 

FA44(1) 

FA46(4) 

FA47(2) 

FA49(1) 

FB6(1) 

FB7(2) 

FB10(2) 

FB13(2) 

FB21(2) 

FB28(2) 

FB30(1) 

FB34(1) 

FB42(1) 

FB44(1) 

FB45(1) 

FB48(1) 

FB54(6) 

FB58(2) 

FB60(1) 

FC3(2) 

FC5(1) 

FC7(2) 

FC14(2) 

FC16(1) 

FC17(2) 

FD1(1) 

FD2(1) 

FE(2) 

FF1(1) 

FF5(2) 

FF6(1) 

FF17(1) 

FF38(4) 

FF42(2) 

FF72(1) 

FF74(6) 

FG1(2) 

FG2(2) 

FG6(2) 

FH1(1) 

FH4(2) 

FH7(1) 

FH8(1) 

FH16(1) 

FI1(1) 

FJB1(1) 

FJB2(1) 

FJB4(1) 

FJB5(1) 

FKA1(2) 

FKA8F1(1) 

FKA8F2(1) 

ii 

FKA8F4(1) 

FKM8(1) 

FKM9(2) 

FKM11(1) 

FKM12(1) 

FKM14(2) 

FKN1(2) 

FKN2(2) 

FKN3(1) 

FKN7(1) 

FKN13(1) 

FKP1E(2) 

FKP1H(1) 

FKP1J(2) 

FKP4(1) 

FKP7(5) 

FKP8(1) 

FKP9(1) 

FKP16(1) 

FKP25(1) 

FKQ(2) 

FKR1A(2) 

FKR1B(1) 

FKR6A(1) 

FKR6B(1) 

FKR7A(1) 

Naval Facilities Additional copies may be 

Engineering Command obtained from: 

Code 134 

200 Stovall St. Defense Distribution Depot 

Alexandria, VA 22332-2300 Susquehanna, Pennsylvania 

Building 5 

5450 Carlisle Pike 

Mechanicsburg, PA 17055-0789 

SN: 0525-LP-003-4540 

FN(1) 

FR3(1) 

FR4(1) 

FR7(1) 

FR9(1) 

FR14(1) 

FR15(1) 

FR19(1) 

FR23(1) 

FS(1) 

FT1(1) 

FT6(2) 

FT19(1) 

FT20(2) 

FT22(1) 

FT27(1) 

FT28(1) 

FT31(1) 

FT37(100) 

FT45(1) 

FT55(1) 

FT104(4) 

FT108(2) 

FW1(2) 

FW3(2) 

FW4(1)

FOREWORD 

This publication has been prepared by the Commander, Naval Facilities Engineering 

Command. The policies set forth herein implement the requirements of the Chief of Naval 

Operations as prescribed in the DoD 4500.36-R applicable to motor vehicle management. 

These policies and procedures are applicable for all personnel concerned with the 

management of transportation equipment throughout the Navy. 

The purpose of this publication is to assist management at all levels in properly discharging 

their responsibilities in the efficient management of the transportation program. The 

instructions, guides, procedures, and criteria are provided for exercising both technical and 

management controls to attain full and cost effective utilization of funds, personnel, and 

equipment. 

General and detailed procedures for the administration, operation, and maintenance of 

transportation equipment are covered. These areas include administration, procurement, 

rental, charter, assignment, loan, utilization, registration and technical record control, 

disposition, and operational procedures for automotive, construction, and railroad 

equipment. Procedures are also included for maintenance planning, scheduling, 

maintenance control, material support, vehicle and equipment modification, painting, 

identification and markings, protective coatings, and for selection and application of fuels 

and lubricants. 

This manual incorporates the NAVFAC P-404, Naval Construction Force Equipment 

Manual, with the exception of Weight Handling Equipment (WHE). Guidance on WHE has 

been combined with the NAVFAC P-307, Management of Weight Handling Equipment. 

This manual is certified as an official publication of the Command, and, in accordance with 

the SECNAVINST 5600.16, has been reviewed and approved. 

iii 

Captain, CEC, U.S.Navy 

Director of Public Works Support

ABSTRACT 

This publication provides instructions for the management of transportation equipment. 

Procedures for administration, operation, and maintenance are detailed. These include 

procurement, technical record control, disposition, and procedures for the operation of 

automotive, construction, and railroad equipment. Maintenance functions such as 

scheduling, shop control, material support, equipment modification, painting, protective 

coatings, markings, and guidelines for fuels and lubricants are included. 

iv


MANAGEMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 

CONTENTS PAGE NO. 

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL 

1.1 PURPOSE..................................................................................................................1-1 

1.2 SCOPE ......................................................................................................................1-1 

1.3 CANCELLATION.........................................................................................................1-1 

1.4 AUTHORITY...............................................................................................................1-1 

1.5 DoD VEHICLE POLICY...............................................................................................1-1 

1.6 DoD OSH PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES..................................1-2 

1.7 PROGRAM RESPONSIBILITIES FOR AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLES, 

CONSTRUCTION, AND RAILWAY EQUIPMENT.......................................................1-2 

1.7.1 NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND............................................1-2 

1.7.2 CBC PORT HUENEME...................................................................................1-3 

1.7.3 TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT CENTERS (TEMCs).......1-3 

1.7.4 CLAIMANT......................................................................................................1-5 

1.7.5 SHORE ACTIVITIES........................................................................................1-6 

1.7.6 DEPLOYABLE UNITS ……………………………………………………………….1-6 

1.8 SUPPORT OF MARINE CORPS FORCES.................................................................1-6 

1.9 NAVAL SUPPLY SYSTEMS COMMAND....................................................................1-6 

1.10 TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT ASSISTANCE VISITS (TMAVs)......................1-6 

1.10.1 COORDINATION WITH FIRE DEPARTMENT.............................................1-7 

1.10.2 FREQUENCY AND REPORTING.................................................................1-7 

1.11 INTRA-SERVICE SUPPORT AGREEMENTS............................................................1-9 

1.12 OFFICIAL USE..........................................................................................................1-9 

1.12.1 LEGISLATIVE CONSTRAINT.......................................................................1-9 

1.12.2 OPERATION OF MOTOR VEHICLES BY PERSONNEL ON 

OFFICIAL TRAVEL (TDY/TAD)..................................................................1-10 

1.12.3 DEPLOYED FORCES................................................................................1-10 

1.13 INDIVIDUAL HOME-TO-WORK TRANSPORATION APPROVAL PROCEDURES...1-11 

1.13.1 REQUESTS FOR AUTHORITY………………………………………………….. 1-11 

1.13.2 REQUESTS FOR INDIVIDUAL …………………………………………………… 1-11 

1.13.3 AREAS OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES ………………………………………. 1-11 

1.13.4 LOGS FOR INDIVIDUAL H-T-W ASSIGNMENTS ………………………………. 1-11 

1.13.5 TRANSPORTATION BETWEEN RESIDENCE AND PLACE OF 

EMPLOYMENT ............................................................................................1-12 

1.13.6 TEMPORARY DUTY (TDY)............................................................................1-12 

1.13.7 COMMAND AND CONTROL VEHICLE ASSIGNMENTS...............................1-12 

1.13.8 GROUP H-T-W TRANSPORTATION.............................................................1-12 

1.14 ILLEGAL USE PENALTY.........................................................................................1-12 

1.15 USE OF GOVERNMENT VEHICLES IN THE NATIONAL CAPITAL 

REGION...................................................................................................................1-12 

1.16 PERMISSIBLE OPERATING DISTANCE (POD)......................................................1-12 

1.17 MUTUAL ASSISTANCE AND COOPERATION........................................................1-13 

v

CHAPTER 2. ADMINISTRATION 


2.1 ASSIGNMENT............................................................................................................2-1 

2.1.1 GENERAL ASSIGNMENT CRITERIA ...............................................................2-1 

2.1.2 ASSIGNMENT CONTROLS..............................................................................2-1 

2.1.3 NEW TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT ASSIGNMENT..................................2-3 

2.1.4 ASSIGNMENT TO SHIPS AND AFLOAT COMMANDS.....................................2-4 

2.1.5 ASSIGNMENT TO THE NCF, NCTs, AND SOUs...............................................2-5 

2.1.6 TEMPORARY ASSIGNMENT OR LOAN...........................................................2-5 

2.1.7 ASSIGNMENT OF COURTESY VEHICLES......................................................2-6 

2.1.8 ASSIGNMENTS FOR EMERGENCY AND DISASTER PURPOSES.................2-6 

2.1.9 ASSIGNMENTS TO COMMISSARIES, EXCHANGES AND MESSES 

ASHORE...........................................................................................................2-7 

2.1.10 ASSIGNMENT TO NONAPPROPRIATED FUND ACTIVITIES........................2-7 

2.2 INVENTORY OBJECTIVES (IOs)/TABLES OF ALLOWANCES..............................….2-7 

2.2.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR IOs...................................................................2-7 

2.2.2 PROCEDURES FOR IOs................................................................................2-10 

2.2.3 COMNAVFACENGCOM IO REVIEW/APPROVAL...........................................2-11 

2.2.4 TABLES OF ALLOWANCES (NCFs/SOUs).....................................................2-11 

2.3 BUDGETING.............................................................................................................2-12 

2.3.1 INVESTMENT................................................................................................2-12 

2.3.2 EXPENSE......................................................................................................2-12 

2.4 MATERIAL MANAGER.............................................................................................2-12 

2.4.1 PRIOR APPROVAL FOR PROCUREMENT...................................................2-12 

2.4.2 TRANSFERS OF EQUIPMENT BY SHORE ACTIVITIES ..............................2-12 

2.4.3 TRANSFERS OF EQUIPMENT BY NCFs/SOUs............................................2-13 

2.5 FOREIGN PURCHASES...........................................................................................2-15 

2.6 ACQUISITION OF FUEL EFFICIENT VEHICLES.....................................................2-15 

2.7 REPLACEMENT CRITERIA......................................................................................2-15 

2.7.1 LIFE EXPECTANCIES..................................................................................2-15 

2.7.2 REPAIR AND/OR REPLACEMENT DETERMINATIONS FOR 

AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLES (ALPHA CODE A THRU N) ................................2-15 


CONSTRUCTION, RAILWAY, WEIGHT HANDLING AND 

OTHER TRANSPORTATION EQPT (ALPHA CODE O THRU Z)..................2-16 

2.7.4 COSTING OF REPAIR ESTIMATES FOR TRANSPORTATION 

EQUIPMENT................................................................................................2-16 

2.8 REQUIREMENTS.....................................................................................................2-18 

2.8.1 INITIAL ISSUE AND REPLACEMENT PROCUREMENT REQUESTS..........2-18 

2.8.2 TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT P-1 LINES..............................................2-19 

2.8.3 OPN REQUIREMENTS PROCEDURES.......................................................2-19 

2.8.4 DBOF REQUIREMENTS PROCEDURES.....................................................2-23 

2.9 LEASE OF MOTOR VEHICLES................................................................................2-24 

2.9.1 AUTHORITY.................................................................................................2-24 

2.9.2 POLICY FOR LEASING VEHICLES..............................................................2-24 

2.9.3 ADMINISTRATION........................................................................................2-24 

2.9.4 LIMITATIONS................................................................................................2-25 

2.9.5 JUSTIFICATION/ECONOMIC ANALYSIS.....................................................2-26 

2.9.6 LEASE-PURCHASE AND LEASE-TO-OWNERSHIP AGREEMENTS...........2-26 

2.9.7 SHORT-TERM RENTAL................................................................................2-28 

2.9.8 LONG-TERM LEASING ................................................................................2-28 

2.9.9 REPORTS.....................................................................................................2-30 

2.9.10 RENTAL OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT...............................................2-33 

vi


2.9.10.1 PROCEDURE……………………………………………………………………….2-33 

2.9.10.2 AUTHORITY................................................................................................ 2-34 

2.9.10.3 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT RENTAL .. 2-34 

2.10 REGISTRATION AND TECHNICAL RECORD CONTROL....................................... 2-35 

2.10.1 PROCEDURES FOR REPORTING ACQUISITION AND REQUESTING 

REGISTRATION NUMBER ASSIGNMENT ................................................... 2-36 

2.10.2 SPECIAL VEHICLE REGISTRATION IN THE NATIONAL CAPITAL REGION2-39 

2.10.3 NONAPPROPRIATED FUND VEHICLE REGISTRATION............................. 2-40 

2.11 ALTERATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS................................................................... 2-40 

2.12 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT............................ 2-40 

2.12.1 DISPOSITION PROCESS............................................................................. 2-40 

2.12.2 REPORTING OF EXCESS MEDICAL, RAILWAY, FIRE FIGHTING, AND 

MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT ........................................................... 2-41 

2.12.3 PREPARATION OF SF 120, REPORT OF EXCESS PERSONAL 

PROPERTY .................................................................................................. 2-42 

2.12.4 DISPOSITION OF SERVICEABLE EXCESS TRANSPORTATION 

EQUIPMENT (SHORE ACTIVITIES)............................................................. 2-45 

2.12.5 DISPOSITION OF UNSERVICEABLE EXCESS TRANSPORTATION 

EQUIPMENT................................................................................................. 2-45 

2.12.6 DISPOSITION BY SURVEY .......................................................................... 2-45 

2.12.7 CASEMIS INVENTORY RECORD ADJUSTMENT........................................ 2-45 

2.13 WARRANTIES AND DEFICIENCIES ....................................................................... 2-46 

2.13.1 WARRANTIES-GENERAL ............................................................................ 2-46 

2.13.2 DEFICIENCIES ............................................................................................. 2-46 

2.13.3 THEFT AND DAMAGE DEFICIENCIES SUSTAINED IN SHIPMENT ........... 2-46 

2.13.4 SAFETY DEFICIENCIES .............................................................................. 2-46 

2.13.5 WARRANTY DEFICIENCIES ....................................................................... 2-47 

2.13.6 CONTRACT DEFICIENCIES ........................................................................ 2-47 

2.13.7 TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION DEFICIENCIES ........................................ 2-47 

2.13.8 ASSISTANCE WITH CESE DEFICIENCIES ................................................ 2-48 

2.13.9 PREPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF QUALITY DEFICIENCY 

REPORT (QDR), SF-368 .............................................................................. 2-48 

2.13.10 ADDITIONAL QDR GUIDANCE................................................................... 2-48 

2.14 PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS ...................................................... 2-49 

2.14.1 PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS AND AUTHORIZED COLORS2-49 

2.14.2 REPAINTING REQUIREMENTS .................................................................. 2-50 

2.14.3 RECRUITING VEHICLES............................................................................. 2-51 

2.14.4 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION......................................................................... 2-51 

2.14.5 SPECIAL MARKINGS FOR AVIATION AND GROUND FUEL 

SERVICING VEHICLES .............................................................................. 2-54 

2.14.6 AIRCRAFT/FUEL SERVICING AND AVIATION MOBILE ORDNANCE 

EQUIPMENT................................................................................................ 2-55 

2.14.7 TEMPORARY IDENTIFICATION OF VEHICLES ......................................... 2-55 

2.14.8 WARNING STRIPES FOR VEHICLES, CONSTRUCTION, AND ALLIED 

EQUIPMENT............................................................................................... 2-56 

2.14.9 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND DANGEROUS ARTICLES ........................ 2-56 

2.14.10 SLOW-MOVING VEHICLES......................................................................... 2-56 

2.14.11 FLAG OFFICER AND VIP IDENTIFICATION ............................................... 2-56 

2.14.12 LAW ENFORCEMENT/SECURITY VEHICLE MARKINGS.......................... 2-56 

2.14.13 AMBULANCE EMBLEMS AND MARKINGS ................................................. 2-56 

2.14.14 EXEMPTIONS FROM IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS.................................. 2-58 

2.14.15 RECORDS OF EXEMPTED VEHICLES ....................................................... 2-58 

vii


2.14.16 REMOVAL OF MARKINGS ........................................................................................ 2-58 

2.14.17 SPECIAL MARKINGS .................................................................................. 2-58 

2.15 ACTIVITY/UNIT TRANSPORTATION ORGANIZATION.......................................... 2-61 

2.15.1 RESPONSIBILITIES...................................................................................... 2-61 

2.15.2 ORGANIZATIONAL COMPONENTS.............................................................. 2-61 

2.15.3 THE NCF/SOU EQUIPMENT ORGANIZATION (TITLES AND DUTIES)........ 2-62 

2.16 TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS........................... 2-67 

2.17 MOST EFFICIENT ORGANIZATION (MEO) ........................................................... 2-68 

2.17.1 COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES (CA) PROGRAM............................................... 2-71 

viii

CHAPTER 3. OPERATIONS 


3.1 TRIP TICKETS............................................................................................................3-1 

3.2 DISPATCHER’S LOG.................................................................................................3-1 

3.3 BUS SERVICE............................................................................................................3-1 

3.3.1 BUS SERVICE, GENERAL ...............................................................................3-1 

3.3.2 MASS TRANSPORTATION SERVICES (GROUP HOME-TO-WORK 

TRANSPORTATION AND BASE MASS TRANSIT)...........................................3-3 

3.3.3 SHUTTLE BUS SERVICE (SCHEDULED ACTIVITY BUS SERVICE)...............3-7 

3.3.4 TRANSPORTATION FOR MORALE, WELFARE AND RECREATION (MWR) 

PROGRAMS.....................................................................................................3-9 

3.3.5 LIBERTY BUS SERVICE...................................................................................3-9 

3.3.6 EMERGENCY BUS SERVICE...........................................................................3-9 

3.3.7 SCHOOL BUS.................................................................................................3-10 

3.4 OPERATION OF AMBULANCES..............................................................................3-10 

3.5 ASSIGNMENT AND OPERATION OF LAW ENFORCEMENT VEHICLES...............3-11 

3.5.1 USE OF LAW ENFORCEMENT/SECURITY VEHICLES...............................3-11 

3.5.2 AUTHORIZED VEHICLES.............................................................................3-11 

3.5.3 NON-STANDARD VEHICLES.......................................................................3-12 

3.5.4 ACQUISITION OF LAW ENFORCEMENT/SECURITY VEHICLES...............3-12 

3.6 UTILIZATION ...........................................................................................................3-12 

3.6.1 CESE UTILIZATION PROGRAM.....................................................................3-12 

3.6.2 TECHNICAL COORDINATION/ASSISTANCE ................................................3-12 

3.6.3 APPLICABILITY..............................................................................................3-13 

3.6.4 EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO THE PROGRAM.................................................3-13 

3.6.5 EQUIPMENT EXCLUDED FROM THE PROGRAM.........................................3-13 

3.6.6 FORMULA FOR UTILIZATION REPORTING..................................................3-13 

3.6.7 ACTIVITY UTILIZATION REPORT, NAVFAC 9-11240/9.................................3-14 

3.6.8 UTILIZATION ANALYSIS................................................................................3-16 

3.6.9 CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT UTILIZATION 

PERFORMANCE.............................................................................................3-16 

3.7 GUIDELINES FOR ACHIEVING MOTOR VEHICLE FUEL ECONOMY.....................3-17 

3.7.1 VEHICLE USAGE REDUCTION......................................................................3-17 

3.7.2 OPERATION OF VEHICLES IN A FUEL EFFICIENT MANNER......................3-17 

3.8 TESTING AND LICENSING OF VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT OPERATORS...........3-18 

3.8.1 POLICY...........................................................................................................3-18 

3.8.1.1 POLICY FOR NCF AND SOUS.....................................................................3-18 

3.8.2 APPLICABILITY..............................................................................................3-18 

3.8.3 DoD CONTRACT PERSONNEL......................................................................3-19 

3.8.4 MOTOR VEHICLE OPERATOR'S TESTING AND LICENSING 

PROCEDURES...............................................................................................3-19 

3.8.5 LICENSE APPLICATIONS..............................................................................3-20 

3.8.6 OPERATING GOVERNMENT-OWNED/LEASED MOTOR VEHICLES 

ON OFFICIAL BUSINESS...............................................................................3-20 

3.8.7 REQUIREMENTS FOR ISSUE OF AN OF-346..............................................3-22 

3.8.8 TESTING OPERATORS FOR TRANSPORTATION OF EXPLOSIVES 

AND HAZARDOUS MATERIAL.......................................................................3-23 

3.8.9 OPTIONAL FORM 346 (OF-346) GOVERNMENT MOTOR VEHICLE 

OPERATOR IDENTIFICATION CARD............................................................3-23 

3.8.10 PHYSICAL FITNESS REVIEW......................................................................3-24 

3.8.11 EXPIRATION AND REVOCATION OF OF-346.............................................3-24 

3.8.12 NATIONAL DRIVER REGISTER (NDR)........................................................3-25 

ix


3.8.13 ACCIDENT REPORTING AND TRAFFIC SAFETY PROGRAM .................... 3-25 

3.8.14 COMMERCIAL DRIVER'S LICENSE PROGRAM (CDLP) ............................. 3-26 

3.9 CONSTRUCTION AND RAILROAD EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 

TESTING AND LICENSING PROGRAM................................................................... 3-28 

3.9.1 APPLICABILITY TO ALL PERSONNEL........................................................ 3-28 

3.9.2 PERSONAL AND PHYSICAL QUALIFICATIONS......................................... 3-28 

3.9.3 PREREQUISITE SAFETY INSTRUCTION, WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS 

AND PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION TESTS......................................... 3-30 

3.9.4 ACCEPTANCE OF CONSTRUCTION AND RAILROAD EQUIPMENT 

OPERATOR LICENSE ................................................................................. 3-30 

3.9.5 USE AND LIMITATIONS OF LICENSES...................................................... 3-31 

3.9.6 TESTING AND LICENSING PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION ....................... 3-31 

3.10 TESTING OF CONSTRUCTION AND RAILROAD EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ..... 3-32 

3.10.1 APPLICATION FOR TEST AND LICENSE................................................. 3-32 

3.10.2 STATUS CONTROL OF APPLICATIONS FOR TESTS AND LICENSES ... 3-32 

3.10.3 PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS AND CLINICAL TESTS................................. 3-32 

3.10.4 WRITTEN EXAMINATIONS ....................................................................... 3-33 

3.10.5 TRAINING PROGRAM FOR NCFs/SOUs .................................................. 3-33 

3.10.6 PERFORMANCE QUALIFICATION TESTS ............................................... 3-34 

3.11 TEST FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT .................................................................... 3-35 

3.11.1 TEST FACILITIES...................................................................................... 3-35 

3.11.2 TEST EQUIPMENT ................................................................................... 3-35 

3.12 LICENSING............................................................................................................. 3-35 

3.12.1 ESSENTIAL ELEMENTS OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT 

OPERATOR LICENSE (NAVFAC FORM 11260/2)..................................... 3-35 

3.12.2 HISTORY RECORD AND LICENSE........................................................... 3-37 

3.13 LICENSE ISSUANCE, RENEWAL, SUSPENSION AND REVOCATION ................. 3-37 

3.13.1 LICENSE ISSUANCE................................................................................. 3-37 

3.13.2 RENEWAL ................................................................................................. 3-37 

3.13.3 SUSPENSION AND REVOCATION ........................................................... 3-37 

3.14 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATOR LICENSE JACKET........................... 3-38 

3.15 USE OF GOVERNMENT-OWNED TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT BY 

COMMERCIAL CONTRACTORS........................................................................... 3-38 

3.15.1 EQUIPMENT REPLACED BY THE GOVERNMENT .................................. 3-38 

3.15.2 EQUIPMENT NOT REPLACED BY THE GOVERNMENT.......................... 3-39 

3.15.3 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION IN CONTRACT USE...................................... 3-39 

3.16 MOTOR FUEL SECURITY MEASURES ................................................................. 3-39 

3.17 RECORDING FUEL ISSUES BY SERVICE STATIONS AND FUEL TRUCKS ........ 3-39 

3.17.1 SYSTEMS.................................................................................................. 3-39 

3.17.2 RECORDS ................................................................................................. 3-39 

3.18 U.S. GOVERNMENT FLEET SERVICES CARDS................................................... 3-39 

3.18.1 APPLICATION............................................................................................ 3-40 

3.18.2 USE OF SELF-SERVICE GASOLINE STATIONS...................................... 3-40 

3.19 PAYMENT OF HIGHWAY TOLLS........................................................................... 3-40 

3.20 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ON TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT ............................ 3-40 

3.20.1 EXCEPTIONS ............................................................................................ 3-41 

3.21 USE AND INSTALLATION OF SEAT BELTS........................................................... 3-41 

3.21.1 MOTOR VEHICLE SEAT BELT REQUIREMENT....................................... 3-41 

3.21.2 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS....................................................................... 3-42 

3.22 INSTALLATION AND USE OF WARNING LIGHTS AND SIRENS........................... 3-43 

3.22.1 APPLICATION............................................................................................ 3-43 

x


3.23 RADIO-DISPATCHED TAXI AND MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS ...... 3-43 

3.23.1 RADIO-DISPATCHED TAXI SYSTEMS ..................................................... 3-43 

3.23.2 RADIO-DISPATCHED MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS .......... 3-44 

3.24 VEHICLE SIZE, WEIGHT AND LOAD LIMITATIONS .............................................. 3-44 

3.24.1 HIGHWAY USE.......................................................................................... 3-44 

3.24.2 STATE LAWS ............................................................................................ 3-44 

3.24.3 PERMITS ................................................................................................... 3-44 

3.24.4 NAVY REPRESENTATIVES AUTHORIZED TO OBTAIN PERMITS .......... 3-44 

3.24.5 RECORDS ................................................................................................. 3-45 

3.24.6 TRUCK, TRUCK TRACTOR, AND TRAILER LOAD RATINGS................... 3-45 

3.24.7 PAYLOAD WEIGHT DISTRIBUTION ......................................................... 3-45 

3.25 OPERATION OF CONSTRUCTION AND WEIGHT HANDLING EQUIPMENT ........ 3-47 

3.25.1 EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT.................................................................... 3-47 

3.25.2 WORK PLAN.............................................................................................. 3-47 

3.25.3 EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL ............................................................... 3-47 

3.25.4 WORK GENERATION ............................................................................... 3-47 

3.25.5 WORK REQUESTS ................................................................................... 3-48 

3.25.6 WORK CLASSIFICATION.......................................................................... 3-48 

3.25.7 JOB AUTHORIZATION .............................................................................. 3-49 

3.25.8 JOB PLANNING .......................................................................................... 3-49 

3.25.9 JOB SUPERVISION.................................................................................... 3-49 

3.25.10 EQUIPMENT SELECTION AND APPLICATION.......................................... 3-50 

xi

CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE 


SECTION 1 SHORE MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT 

4-1.1 BASIC MAINTENANCE OBJECTIVES................................................................4-1-1 

4-1.2 PROGRAM ELEMENTS.....................................................................................4-1-1 

4-1.3 LEVELS OF MAINTENANCE.............................................................................4-1-2 

4-1.4 COMMERCIAL CONTRACT MAINTENANCE....................................................4-1-2 

4-1.5 MAINTENANCE AT SMALL ACTIVITIES...........................................................4-1-3 

4-1.6 MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION AND STAFFING...........................................4-1-3 

4-1.7 MAINTENANCE COORDINATION.....................................................................4-1-5 

4-1.8 MAINTENANCE PLANNING ..............................................................................4-1-5 

4-1.8.1 GENERAL PLAN.......................................................................................4-1-6 

4-1.8.2 BUDGET PLAN.........................................................................................4-1-6 

4-1.8.3 TRANSPORTATION REPORTS...............................................................4-1-7 

4-1.8.4 EVALUATION OF REPORTS....................................................................4-1-7 

4-1.8.5 INVENTORY OBJECTIVE (IO) CONTROL .............................................4-1-11 

4-1.8.6 EQUIPMENT DOWNTIME......................................................................4-1-11 

4-1.8.7 MAINTENANCE MAN-HOUR INPUT ......................................................4-1-11 

4-1.8.8 DIRECT LABOR PRODUCTIVITY...........................................................4-1-13 

4-1.8.9 INDIRECT LABOR (OVERHEAD)...........................................................4-1-13 

4-1.8.10 MATERIAL MANAGEMENT....................................................................4-1-13 

4-1.8.11 MAINTENANCE EVALUATION AND QUALITY CONTROL.....................4-1-13 

4-1.8.12 EQUIPMENT HISTORY RECORD REQUIREMENTS.............................4-1-14 

4-1.8.13 TRANSPORTATION COST REPORT (TCR) ..........................................4-1-15 

4-1.8.14 TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT EVALUATION 

SUMMARY (TEMES) .............................................................................4-1-15 

4-1.8.15 TEMES PREPARATION .........................................................................4-1-17 

4-1.9 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING .......................................................................4-1-18 

4-1.9.1 SCHEDULING AND SHOP CONTROL...................................................4-1-18 

4-1.9.2 SHOP WORKLOAD................................................................................4-1-18 

4-1.9.3 SRO FLOW PROCEDURES...................................................................4-1-23 

4-1.9.4 SUPPLY SUPPORT................................................................................4-1-23 

4-1.9.5 PREPARATION OF MAINTENANCE FORMS ........................................4-1-27 

4-1.9.6 MAINTENANCE INSPECTION/SERVICE RECORD...............................4-1-31 

4-1.9.7 OPERATOR'S DAILY PM REPORT (CONSTRUCTION AND 

ALLIED EQUIPMENT).............................................................................4-1-31 

4-1.10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR AUTOMOTIVE 

VEHICLES ......................................................................................................4-1-31 

4-1.10.1 PURPOSE OF PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE.......................................4-1-31 

4-1.10.2 OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE..........................................4-1-33 

4-1.10.3 SERVICE STATION SERVICING............................................................4-1-33 

4-1.10.4 SCHEDULED PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE FOR AUTOMOTIVE 

VEHICLES .............................................................................................4-1-33 

4-1.10.5 AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLE SAFETY INSPECTION CHECKLIST...............4-1-35 

4-1.10.6 MAINTAINENCE OF VEHICLE IN FUEL EFFICIENT CONDITION........4-1-36 

4-1.10.7 TIRE MAINTENANCE.............................................................................4-1-38 

4-1.11 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR CONSTRUCTION 

AND ALLIED EQUIPMENT (LESS WEIGHT HANDLING EQUIPMENT).........4-1-39 

4-1.11.1 GENERAL...............................................................................................4-1-39 

4-1.11.2 OPERATOR'S DAILY INSPECTION .......................................................4-1-40 

xii


4-1.11.3 DEVELOPMENT OF SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSPECTIONS 

AND SERVICES..................................................................................... 4-1-40 

4-1.11.4 LUBRICATION SCHEDULE ................................................................... 4-1-40 

4-1.11.5 MAINTENANCE AND TESTING OF BOOM,HI-LIFT AND AERIAL 

SERVICE TRUCKS/EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 4-1-40 

4-1.11.6 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF FIRE DEPARTMENT AERIAL 

DEVICES .............................................................................................. 4-1-44 

4-1.12 CORROSION PREVENTION ........................................................................ 4-1-45 

4-1.13 TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES ....................................... 4-1-46 

4-1.13.1 TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS ................................................................. 4-1-46 

4-1.13.2 PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS........... 4-1-47 

4-1.13.3 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES ............................ 4-1-47 

4-1.14 FACILITIES LAYOUT FOR TRANSPORTATION SHOPS................................. 4-1-47 

4-1.14.1 GENERAL CRITERIA............................................................................. 4-1-47 

4-1.14.2 SHOP FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS PLANNING................................. 4-1-48 

4-1.14.3 SHOP LAYOUT DETAILS ...................................................................... 4-1-48 

4-1.14.4 ADDITIONAL FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED.................................... 4-1-48 

SECTION 2 NCF/SOU EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE 

4-2.1 MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION ....................................................................... 4-2-1 

4-2.2 MAINTENANCE CATEGORIES ........................................................................... 4-2-2 

4-2.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ............................................................................ 4-2-4 

4-2.4 EQUIPMENT REPAIR ORDER ........................................................................... 4-2-8 

4-2.5 MAINTENANCE PROGRAM EVALUATION ....................................................... 4-2-12 

xiii

CHAPTER 5. EQUIPMENT SUPPORT FOR THE NAVAL CONSTRUCTION FORCE 

AND SPECIAL OPERATING UNITS 


5.1 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ..........................................................................................5-1 

5.1.1 SUPPLY SUPPORT....................................................................................5-1 

5.1.2 NCBC SUPPORT........................................................................................5-1 

5.1.3 COORDINATION WITH UNIT SUPPLY......................................................5-1 

5.2 TABLE OF ALLOWANCE.....................................................................................5-2 

5.2.1. PURPOSE .................................................................................................5-2 

5.2.2. AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBLITY.........................................................5-2 

5.2.3. GENERAL TOA INFORMATION................................................................5-2 

5.2.4. TOA ORGANIZATION................................................................................5-3 

5.2.5. ALLOWANCE REVIEW .............................................................................5-3 

5.2.6. INITIATING TOA CHANGES......................................................................5-3 

5.2.7. NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) BREAKDOWN OF 

SETS, KITS, OUTFITS (SKO) ...................................................................5-4 

5.2.8 MASTER PACKING PLAN..........................................................................5-4 

5.3 REPAIR PARTS SUPPORT.................................................................................5-5 

5.3.1. SUPPORT CRITERIA ................................................................................5-5 

5.3.2. LEVELS OF SUPPORT..............................................................................5-5 

5.3.3. COSAL ARRANGEMENT...........................................................................5-6 

5.3.4. REPAIR PARTS.........................................................................................5-7 

5.4 COSAL ALLOWANCE CHANGES........................................................................5-7 

5.4.1. COSAL DEFICIENCIES..............................................................................5-7 

5.4.2. CESO RESPONSIBILITIES........................................................................5-7 

5.4.3. COMPLETION OF NAVSUP FORM 1220-2................................................5-8 

5.5 TECHNICAL MANUALS 

5.5.1. PROVISION OF TECHNICAL MANUALS.................................................5-10 

5.5.2. CESO RESPONSIBILITIES .....................................................................5-10 

5.5.3. CONSTRUCTION BATTALION CENTER RESPONSIBILITIES...............5-10 

5.5.4. MANUAL MAINTENANCE........................................................................5-10 

5.6 ISSUE REQUEST DOCUMENT.........................................................................5-11 

5.6.1 SINGE LINE-ITEM CONSUMPTION DOCUMENT....................................5-11 

5.6.2 COMPLETION OF NAVSUP FORM 1250-1...............................................5-12 

5.6.3 NONAVAILABILITY OF PARTS.................................................................5-15 

5.7 REPAIR PARTS STATUS AND ACCOUNTABILITY...........................................5-15 

5.7.1 DIRECT TURNOVER PARTS PROCEDURES..........................................5-15 

5.7.2 DIRECT TURNOVER STATUS-KEEPING RECORDS ..............................5-16 

5.7.3 DIRECT TURNOVER LOG MAINTENANCE..............................................5-17 

5.7.4 REPAIR PARTS SUMMARY SHEETS.......................................................5-17 

5.7.5 DIRECT TURNOVER PARTS STORAGE..................................................5-19 

xiv

FIGURES 

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO. 

l-1 

2-l 

2-2 

2-3 

2-4 

2-5 

3-l 

3-2 

3-3 

4-l-l 

4-l-2 

4-l-3 

4-l-4 

4-l-5 

4-l-6 

4-l-7 

4-l-8 

4-2-1 

4-2-2 

4-2-3 

5-l 

5-2 

5-3 

5-4 

COMMANDS/MAJOR CLAIMANTS HOLDING CESE INVENTORY OBJECTIVES............... 

GENERAL POLICY OF VEHICLE ASSIGNMENTS TO SPECIAL SERVICES.. ....................... 

P- 1 LINE/LINE ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER (LIRN) SUMMARY.. ....................................... 

LEASED VEHICLE REPORT.. ................................................................................................... 

LEASE AGREEMENT SUMMARY (SAMPLE) ......................................................................... 

CLASSIFICATION OF CESE BY ASSIGNMENT OF PERMANENT 

USN REGISTRATION NUMBERS.. ........................................................................................... 

CATEGORIES OF BUS TRANSPORTATION............................................................................. 

CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT REQUIRING LICENSED (NAVFAC FORM 11260/2) 

OPERATORS .............................................................................................................................. 

CORRECT LOADING PRINCIPLES.. ......................................................................................... 

SAMPLE OPERATING BUDGET/EXPENSE REPORT.. ............................................................ 

SAMPLE QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE STATEMENT.. ........................................................ 

BUDGET TROUBLESHOOTING CHART.................................................................................. 

SAMPLE MAINTENANCE MAN-HOUR INPUT AND SHOP PRODUCTIVITY ANALYSIS .... 

SAMPLE TRANSPORTATION COST REPORT ........................................................................ 

SAMPLE TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT EVALUATION 

l-8 

2-8 

2-21 

2-31 

2-32 

SUMMARY (TEMES). .................................................................................................................. 4-1-19 

FLOW CHART FOR SHOP REPAIR ORDERS............................................................................ 4-l-24 

SAMPLE VEHICLE SAFETY INSPECTION STICKER.............................................................. 4-l-32 

VEHICLE/CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT PM RECORD CARD (NAVFAC 11240/6). ....... 4 -2-7 

JOB CONTROL NUMBER ENTERED ON NAVSUP FORM 1250- 1 

4-2-9 

EQUIPMENT REPAIR ORDER DOWNTIME BLOCKS ............................................... 4-2-11 

ALLOWANCE CHANGES REQUEST/REPORT.. ....................................................................... 5-8 

SINGLE LINE-ITEM CONSUMPTION DOCUMENT....... . ........................................................ 5-11 

DIRECT TURNOVER (DTO) LOG ........................................................................ 5-16 

REPAIR PARTS SUMMARY SHEET ................................................................................. 5-18 

APPENDIX H 

FIGURE NO. PAGE NO. 

2-37 

3-2 

3-29 

3-46 

4-l-8 

4-l-9 

4-I-10 

4-1-12 

4-1-16 

H-l DESCRIPTION/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-STANDARD FAMILY CESE 

PROCUREMENT ............................................................................................. H-l 

H-2 DESCRIPTION/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-STANDARD FAMILY CESE 

PROCUREMENT (SAMPLE). ........................................................................... H-2 

H-3 CRANE REQUIREMENTS DATA SHEET .............................................................. H-3 

H-4 CRANE REQUIREMENTS DATA SHEET (SAMPLE)............................................................. H-5 

H-5 TRUCK TRACTOR DATA SHEET (USER REQUIREMENTS). ................................................ H-7 

H-6 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS (PROCUREMENT VS LEASE) (SAMPLE). ...................................... H- 1 1 

H-7 ACTIVITY DATA SHEET (SAMPLE) ...................................................................................... H- 13 

H-8 REPORT OF EXCESS PERSONAL PROPERTY (SF- 120) (SAMPLE)...................................... H-14 

H-9 CASEMIS INVENTORY AND REGISTRATION LOAD SHEET................................... H-15 

H- 10 QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (SF-368) .................................................................. H-16 

H- 11 QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (SAMPLE) ....................................................... H-18 

H-12 MOTOR EQUIPMENT UTILIZATION RECORD (DD FORM 1970) (TRIP TICKETS) ...... H-20 

H-13 DISPATCHER’S LOG (NAVFAC FORM 11240/2) ................................................... H-22 

xv

H-14 

H-15 

H-16 

H-17 

H-18 

H-19 

H-20 

H-21 

H-22 

H-23 

H-24 

H-25 

H-26 

H-27 

H-28 

APPENDIX 

A 

B 

C 

FIGURES 

(CONTINUED) 

GROUP TRANSPORTATION AND BASE MASS TRANSIT SERVICES 

SUMMARY (SAMPLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

ACTIVITY UTILIZATION REPORT (NAVFAC FORM 11240/9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

ALPHA CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

U.S. GOVT. VEHICLE OPERATOR’S IDENTIFICATION CARD (OF-346) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATOR’S LICENSE (NAVFAC 11260/2) (SAMPLE) . 

APPLICATION FOR CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATOR’S LICENSE 

(NAVFAC 112160/l) (SAMPLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATOR LICENSE RECORD (NAVFAC 11260/3) 

(SAMPLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

OUT OF SERVICE ANALYSIS (SAMPLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

OPERATOR’S INSPECTION GUIDE AND TROUBLE REPORT (NAVFAC 9- 11240/l 3) . . 

SHOP REPAIR ORDER (NAVFAC 9- 11200/3A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

MAINTENANCE INSPECTION/SERVICE RECORD (NAVFAC 11200/46) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

OPERATOR’S DAILY PM REPORT, CONSTRUCTION AND ALLIED EQUIPMENT 

(NAVFAC FORM 1 126014) (SAMPLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

DOD PROPERTY RECORD (DD 1342) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

EQUIPMENT REPAIR ORDER (NAVFAC 11200/4lA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

EQUIPMENT REPAIR ORDER FLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

APPENDICES 

DEFINITIONS AND TERMS.............................................................................. 

ABBREVIATIONS .......................................................................................... 

PREPARATION INSTRUCTION FOR NAVAL CONSTRUCTION FORCE (NCF) 

CESE BIENNIAL ALLOWANCE AND REQUIREMENTS REVIEW................................ 

ATTACHMENT MANAGEMENT....................................................................... 

CONTAINERIZATION PROGRAM ............................................................................... 

REPLACEMENT AND REPAIR DATA................................................................................... 

MAINTENANCE BUDGET AND MAN-HOUR STANDARDS................................................ 

FORMS........................................................................................................ 

TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT ITEM CODES ................................................. 

PAINTING AND MARKING OF CESE ................................................................ 

NAVAL CONSTRUCTION FORCE (NCF) AUTOMOTIVE EQUIPMENT INSPECTION 

GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

L NAVAL CONSTRUCTION FORCE (NCF) CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT INSPECTION 

GUIDE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

M FUELS, LUBRICANTS PRESERVATION AND RUSTPROOFING MATERIALS................. 

N LIVE STORAGE FOR CIVIL ENGINEER SUPPORT EQUIPMENT....................................... 

REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REFERENCE- 1 

H-23 

H-24 

H-25 

H-26 

H-27 

H-28 

H-30 

H-31 

H-32 

H-33 

H-35 

H-36 

H-37 

H-45 

H-47 

A-l 

B-l 

C-l 

D-l 

E-l 

F-l 

G-l 

H-l 

I-l 

J-l 

K-l 

L-l 

M-l 

N-l 

INDEX 

I . . . . . . . . . . . . - . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INDEX - 1 

xvi

MANAGEMENT OF 

CIVIL ENGINEERING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 

CHAPTER 1. GENERAL 

1.1 Purpose. This publication is a compilation of directives issued by the Secretary 

of the Navy (SECNAV), the Chief of Naval Operations (CNO), and the Commander, 

Naval Facilities Engineering Command (COMNAVFACENGCOM). It provides 

administrative and technical instructions and procedures to be used, in conjunction with 

locally developed transportation instructions, by all personnel concerned with the 

administration, operation, and maintenance of automotive vehicles, construction, and 

railway equipment collectively referred to as Civil Engineering Support Equipment 

(CESE). 

1.2 Scope. These procedures apply to responsibilities of COMNAVFACENGCOM 

for the inventory objectives (allowances for NCFs/SOUs), requirements, procurement, 

assignment, registration, technical record control, inventory reporting, disposition, 

operation and maintenance of automotive vehicles, construction, and railway 

equipment. Policies and responsibilities of other commands and offices are presented 

insofar as they affect COMNAVFACENGCOM in performance of its responsibilities. A 

glossary of frequently used transportation equipment terms and a list of abbreviations 

are included in Appendices A and B, respectively. A list of related publications is 

included in the reference section. 

1.3 Cancellation. This publication supersedes and cancels the NAVFAC P-300, 

September 1995, entitled "Management of Transportation Equipment" and NAVFAC 

P-404, July 1988, entitled “Naval Construction Force Equipment Management Manual” 

and all supplements and changes thereto. 

1.4 Authority. By authority of SECNAV and CNO, COMNAVFACENGCOM is 

assigned responsibility for administration and procurement of CESE for the Navy, 

except that of the Marine Corps and as otherwise provided by higher authority. 

COMNAVFACENGCOM also has responsibility for programs related to maintenance, 

alteration, repair, and upkeep of transportation equipment and of the operating 

standards and procedures pertaining thereto. This publication also establishes 

standards and procedures for testing and licensing of all Navy transportation 

equipment drivers and operators. Procedures specific to the Naval Construction 

Forces (NCF), Naval Construction Training Centers (NCTCs), and Special Operating 

Units (SOUs) are either noted in the applicable subparagraph or in appendices. 

Procedures for Weight Handling Equipment (WHE), Aircraft Ground Support 

Equipment (GSE) and Material Handling Equipment (MHE) are addressed by other 

applicable publications/instructions. 

1.5 Department of Defense Vehicle Policy. The Department of Defense (DoD) policy 

for the management, acquisition, and use of motor vehicles (DoD 4500.36-R) is further 

1-1

augmented in depth and detail for Navy use by this publication and related 

COMNAVFACENGCOM instructions. 

1.6 DoD Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) Program Requirements and 

Procedures. The operation of an effective on-the-job occupational safety and health 

program is a line management responsibility at all echelons and shall, to the extent of 

their authority, comply with OSH program guidance and regulations and provide DoD 

personnel safe and healthful working conditions. This guidance is provided in the 

DoDINST 6055.1 "DoD Occupational Safety and Health Program." DoD personnel 

shall comply with all applicable OSH program rules and regulations. Specifically, this 

shall include compliance with work safety and health standards, proper use of personal 

protective equipment and clothing, and proper reporting to DoD management of unsafe 

conditions, hazardous exposure, or occupational injury or illness. 

1.7 Program Responsibilities for Automotive Vehicles, Construction, and 

Railway Equipment 

1.7.1 Naval Facilities Engineering Command. By authority of SECNAV and CNO, 

the technical responsibility of COMNAVFACENGCOM for transportation equipment 

described in the procurement budgeting area as Civil Engineering Support Equipment 

(CESE) includes: 

a. Procure and administer the assignment and utilization of transportation 

equipment in accordance with the mission requirements established by CNO and the 

operational requirements of offices and commands. Develop short and long range 

CESE program objectives and funding requirements. 

b. Establish and promulgate standards for operation and general utilization. 

c. Prepare and promulgate maintenance standards. 

d. Administer public laws relating to: 

(1) Vehicle acquisition. 

(2) Official use of Government-owned and operated vehicles. 

(3) Mass transportation and school bus operations. 

(4) The sale, replacement, and retirement of assigned equipment in 

accordance with the DoD Disposal Manual, DoD 4160.21M as amended. 

e. Establish procedures for hire/lease/rental of CESE. 

f. Maintain current and complete inventory files and records for all 

commands/activities, ashore and afloat. 

g. Promulgate criteria for replacement and retirement in compliance with DoD 

guidance and establish such criteria where specific DoD guidance is not available. 

1-2

h. Develop specifications, initiate their coordination with other 

commands/activities, and expedite their adoption as coordinated specifications in either 

the federal or military series. 

i. Through command channels and in coordination with other offices and 

commands, determine Navy-wide requirements in support of programs authorized by 

CNO. 

j. Through command channels verify, determine the degree of, and assist in 

the compliance with technical standards and safety regulations. 

k. Coordinate transportation cost accounting and cost reporting procedures 

with the Comptroller of the Navy (NAVCOMPT) and other offices and commands. 

l. Review/approve all requests for local procurement of CESE. 

m. Approve, in a staff capacity to CNO, transportation equipment inventory 

objectives. 

1.7.2 CBC Port Hueneme, CA (CESO Code 15) 

a. Process the CESE procurement program. 

b. Provide data processing support for transportation equipment inventory, 

inventory objectives, requirements, procurement, assignment, and data processing 

support areas in accordance with the policies and procedures prescribed by 

COMNAVFACENGCOM. 

c. Prepare and forward guidance to Defense Business Operations Fund 

(DBOF) activities for requirements submission. Additionally, CESO provides similar 

services to the NCF and SOUs. Definitions of the units involved are found in Appendix 

B of this publication. 

d. Assign U. S. Navy registration numbers and issue license plates. 

e. Effect standardization of equipment as practicable in conformity with 

procedures established for the DoD Standardization Program. 

1.7.3 Transportation Equipment Management Centers (TEMCs) 

a. Staff Technical Assistance. To facilitate execution of the policies and 

procedures set forth in this publication and to accomplish assigned centralized 

technical and management responsibilities for the transportation equipment program, 

Transportation Equipment Management Centers (TEMCs) were established within 

designated COMNAVFACENGCOM Engineering Field Divisions (EFDs). For the 

purpose of this publication, CESO (Code 157) and the Equipment offices of 

1-3

COMSECONDNCB and COMTHIRDNCB perform many of the same functions as 

LANT/PAC TEMCs and are considered TEMCs for the NCF and SOUs. 

COMSECONDNCB and COMTHIRDNCB exercise administrative and operational 

control of all NCF Units’ CESE management matters. A list of the Commands/Major 

Claimants holding CESE inventory objectives is identified in Figure 1-1. The TEMCs 

support the Commands and provide direct support of field activities on a geographical 

basis as follows: 

(1) The PACDIV TEMC supports all field activities in the geographic area 

covered by the PACDIV and SOUTHWESTDIV EFDs, including EFAs WESTDIV and 

NORTHWESTDIV. This area includes the States of California, Nevada, Arizona, New 

Mexico, Utah, Idaho, Oregon, Washington, Montana, Alaska, and Hawaii, as well as 

the entire Pacific Ocean, Indian Ocean and Antarctica. PACDIV also provides major 

claimant support for transportation matters to CINCPACFLT. 

(2) The LANTDIV TEMC supports all field activities in the geographic 

area covered by the SOUTHDIV, NORTHDIV, and LANTDIV EFDs, including EFAs 

CHESDIV, MED, and GREAT LAKES. This area includes everything not covered by 

PACDIV, as described above. In addition, LANTDIV provides major claimant support 

for transportation matters to all of the major claimants listed in Figure 1-1 except 

CINCPACFLT (N00070). The LANTDIV TEMC shall coordinate with the PACDIV 

TEMC all claimant issues affecting activities in the PACDIV geographic area 

(3) The Civil Engineering Support Office (CESO) (Code 157) supports all 

Special Operating Units (SOUs) and the Naval Construction Training Centers (NCTCs) 

and their Detachments. CESO provides major claimant support for transportation 

matters for the NCF and SOUs. CESO also will act as the focal point for SOUs desiring 

to input changes or improvements to this publication. 

(4) The Second Naval Construction Brigade Detachment, Gulfport MS 

(N46) supports Naval Construction Forces, including NCRs, NMCBs, NCFSUs, 

CBMUs, CBUs, and UCTs homeported or deployed within the CINCLANT geographic 

area. 

(5) Third Naval Construction Brigade Detachment, Port Hueneme Ca 

(N46) supports Naval Construction Forces, including NCRs, NMCBs, NCFSUs, 

CBMUs, CBUs, and UCTs homeported or deployed within the CINCPAC geographic 

area. 

b. TEMC Responsibilities. The TEMCs promulgate the program and 

administer the assignment, replacement, and disposal of transportation, and 

construction equipment and provide technical advice and assistance for operation and 

maintenance of transportation department functions which include: 

(1) Provide technical assistance to the activities/claimants. 

1-4

(2) Coordinate resources when assistance is needed requiring 

reassignments, disposals, or inventory objective transfers between activities/claimants. 

(3) Develop transportation equipment inventory objective analysis and 

interim approvals. 

(4) Maintain Construction, Automotive and Specialized Equipment 

Management Information System (CASEMIS) activity inventory objectives in current 

status. 

(5) Review all transportation equipment requirements for the submission 

year in accordance with the detailed guidance in paragraph 2.8. 

(6) Maintain a program to remove equipment excess to inventory 

objective from inventory. Reassign excess usable transportation equipment to best fill 

approved inventory objectives. If excess is in usable condition but not economical to 

ship or transfer any distance, the TEMC is authorized to provide disposal instructions to 

the activity. 

(7) Maximize standardization of transportation equipment. Emphasize 

use of the standard family equipment items listed in the CASEMIS Descriptive 

Reference Table. The TEMCs may further limit the available family of equipment items 

for activities under their cognizance. The Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 

delineates the criteria for standardization. 

(8) Ensure that continual review of activity requirements accomplishes 

these objectives: 

(a) Eliminates requests for vehicle replacements that do not meet 

the established life expectancy replacement criteria. 

(b) Minimizes changes. 

(c) Ensures adequate justification for replacements and provides 

consistent information to satisfy requirements. 

(d) Minimizes changes in shipping destinations. 

(9) Act as a central clearing agency for the Navy in exchanging and 

disposing of assigned equipment. 

1.7.4 Claimant 

a. Budget for operation and maintenance of equipment. 

b. Process and forward for approval all requests for Class "A" assignments, 

(Command and Control vehicles and midsize/large Sedans), Home-to-Work 

assignments, Mass transportation, and requests for vehicle marking exemptions. 

1-5

1.7.5 Shore Activities 

a. Review and submit CESE procurement requirements in accordance with 

detailed guidance in paragraph 2.8. 

b. Manage transportation equipment in accordance with this publication. 

c. Review and revise inventory objectives on a continual basis. 

1.7.6 Deployable Units 

a. Manage transportation equipment in accordance with this publication and 

appropriate subordinate instructions. 

b. Review Required Operational Capabilities and Projected Operational 

Environment statements (ROC and POE) on a continual basis and provide Allowance 

Change Requests (ACRs) as outlined in NAVFACINST 11200.35 series. 

1.8 Support of Marine Corps Forces. The Navy is responsible for providing 

official-use transportation support to Marine Corps security forces assigned to naval 

activities to the extent necessary to accomplish on-station security services. This does 

not include vehicles for administrative, training or other USMC support functions. 

1.9 Naval Supply Systems Command. The Naval Supply Systems Command 

(NAVSUPSYSCOM) has the responsibility to procure and administer the assignment 

and utilization of all materials handling equipment (MHE) in accordance with 

requirements established by CNO and commands. MHE is usually maintained in 

transportation equipment shops. Inventory objectives and excess materials handling 

equipment shall be processed in accordance with SPCCINST 10490.2. 

1.10 Transportation Management Assistance Visits (TMAVs). On-site activity 

analysis of the administration, operation, and maintenance of transportation equipment 

is made by TEMC representatives. The objective of the assistance visit and analysis is 

to assist the activity in technical and management procedures that will improve the 

efficiency and effectiveness of their overall transportation equipment operation. In 

general, these assistance visits should include review and validation of transportation 

equipment inventory objectives, utilization, requirements, operations, and maintenance. 

SOU/NCTC TMAVs are coordinated with CESO (Code 1575). NCF units will receive 

TMAVs (MAV, TAV, or DMI) in accordance with current NCB directives. The following 

items/data, as a minimum, shall be available to the assistance visit team. 

a. Inventory records. 

b. Preventive maintenance schedules. 

c. Accident reports. 

1-6

d. Current “B” assignment justifications. 

e. Utilization data, including mileage targets and criteria for each assignment 

(i.e., mileage, economic analysis, hours in use, etc.). 

f. Approval letters for leases, command and control, and non-standard 

security vehicles. 

g. Vehicle/Equipment history record files/jackets. 

h. Current TEMES/TCR report. 

i. Dispatcher logs and Trip Tickets. 

j. Bus/Taxi logs and schedules. 

k. Copies of latest I.G., TMAV, and Fire Marshal reports. 

l. Copies of all intraservice support agreements citing transportation support. 

m. Approval letters to retain CESE when in excess of inventory objective. 

1.10.1 Coordination with Fire Department. As part of the transportation assistance 

visit, a meeting with the Transportation Director and the Fire Department Chief should 

be arranged to discuss items of mutual interest. At Naval Air Stations (NAS), particular 

attention should be given to the status and condition of Aircraft Rescue and Fire 

Fighting (ARFF) equipment, crash cranes, and other related runway support 

equipment. 

1.10.2 Frequency and Reporting. Transportation Management Assistance Visits 

(TMAVs) should be conducted at 18-month intervals for activities operating 50 or more 

units of transportation equipment unless otherwise directed by the Claimant. A briefing 

of the visit analysis and findings shall be offered to the Commanding Officer of the 

activity visited prior to departure, and shall include items of major concern. A written 

report will be forwarded to the activity. Priority shall be given to activities where the 

potential for cost savings is the greatest. At activities operating fewer than 50 units of 

transportation equipment, the analysis may be conducted every 3 years, as a minimum, 

or when assistance is specifically requested. 

1-7

Commands/Major Claimants Holding CESE Inventory Objectives 

UIC CLAIMANT 

N00011 Chief of Naval Operations 

N00012 Assistant for Administration to the Under Secretary of the Navy 

N00014 Chief of Naval Research 

N00018 Bureau of Medicine and Surgery 

N00019 Naval Air Systems Command 

N00022 Chief of Naval Personnel 

N00023 Naval Supply Systems Command 

N00024 Naval Sea Systems Command 

N00025 Naval Facilities Engineering Command 

N00030 Strategic Systems Programs 

N00033 Military Sealift Command 

N00039 Space and Naval Warfare System Command 

N00060 Commander in Chief, U.S. Atlantic Fleet 

N00061 Commander in Chief, U.S. Naval Forces, Europe 

N00062 Chief of Naval Education and Training 

N00063 Naval Telecommunications Command 

N00065 Naval Meteorology and Oceanography Command 

N00069 Naval Security Group Command 

N00070 Commander in Chief, U.S. Pacific Fleet 

N00072 Commander, Naval Reserve Force 

N00074 Naval Special Warfare Command 

Figure 1-1 

1-8

1.11 Intra-Service Support Agreements. Navy policy, in accordance with 

OPNAVINST 11000.16, is to combine full transportation support services in a 

geographic area under one main PWC/PWD wherever feasible. Intra-Service Support 

Agreements or Memorandums of Agreement provide in detail the arrangements made 

between the host and tenant. Where an activity has an authorized inventory objective, 

and desires to receive support from the major geographical Public Works Center 

(PWC) or Public Works Department (PWD), the host activity should request assistance 

from its TEMC to coordinate the transfer. The TEMC shall obtain the concurrence of all 

concerned parties, and establish a time frame for the transfer based on 

budgeting/programming requirements for both activities. The TEMC may establish a 

recommended list (commonly called a Unit Authorized List or UAL), showing the most 

economical and efficient equipment items a tenant activity should obtain on “B” 

assignment from the PWC/PWD. 

1.12 Official Use. The use of all Navy-owned and controlled motor vehicles shall be 

restricted to official purposes only. The term "official purposes" means that travel must 

be performed by a person in their official capacity. This precludes the use of 

Government vehicles for personal use. The purpose of the trip must be related to the 

performance of official duties or in connection with activities conducted under official 

authorization. 

1.12.1 Legislative Constraint. In accordance with Section 1344 of Title 31, U.S. 

Code, "official purposes" shall not include transporting officers or employees of the 

Government between their residences and places of duty/employment. The same 

statute exempts from this limitation any motor vehicle for the official use of the 

President, the heads of executive departments enumerated in Section 101 of Title 5, 

U.S. Code or principal diplomatic and consular officials. 

a. Exemptions 

(1) Officials listed in Appendix A of the DoD 4500.36-R are specifically 

authorized by law to receive transportation between residence and place of 

employment. 

(2) Field Work. Home-to-work (H-T-W) transportation may be authorized 

for those employees performing field work when approved, in writing, by SECNAV 

(nondelegable). Field work is official work performed by an employee whose job 

requires attendance at several locations that are at a significant distance from the 

person's place of employment. Some examples of field work are recruiters, auditors, 

and medical officers on out-patient service. The assignment of an individual to a 

position that is determined to be field work does not, of itself, entitle that individual to 

receive daily home-to-work transportation. When authorized, such transportation 

should be provided only on days when the individual actually performs field work, and 

then only to the extent that such transportation will substantially increase the efficiency 

and economy of the Government. Individuals are considered "in field work" when they 

do not report regularly to the same post before proceeding to perform their official 

1-9

duties. Persons who report to a regular office before embarking on their daily work are 

not engaged in field work within the definition; they may be entitled to Government 

transportation from their post to places in the field where their duties may require their 

presence, but they would not be entitled to transportation between their residence and 

post. 

(3) Personnel may be authorized home-to-work transportation when it is 

considered essential for the safe and efficient performance of intelligence, 

counterintelligence, protective services, or criminal law enforcement duties, when 

approved, in writing, by SECNAV (nondelegable). 

(4) Other personnel may be authorized home-to-work transportation by 

SECNAV (nondelegable) when highly unusual circumstances present a clear and 

present danger, an emergency exists, or other compelling operational considerations 

make such transportation essential to the conduct of official business. 

1.12.2 Operation of Motor Vehicles by Personnel on Official Travel (TDY/TAD). 

Civilian and military personnel while in an official travel status (TDY/TAD) can operate 

government owned or leased vehicles for official business without an OF-346 provided 

they possess a valid state license for the type and class of vehicle they are to operate 

and their travel orders authorize the use of a vehicle. All travelers are reminded that 

government owned or commercial lease/rental vehicles are to be used for "Official 

Business" only. The Joint Travel Regulations (JTR) (Volume 2, Chapter 2, paragraph 

C2030) states: 

"When a government-owned or leased automobile or other transportation equipment is 

used by an employee for official travel, its use shall be limited to official purposes which 

include transportation between places where the employee's presence is required 

incident to official business, between such places and places of temporary lodging 

when public transportation is unavailable or its use is impractical, and between either of 

the foregoing places and to places necessary to obtain suitable meals, drugstores, 

barber shops, places of worship, cleaning establishments, and similar places required 

for the sustenance, comfort, or health of the employee in order to foster the continued 

efficient performance of Government business." 

1.12.3 Deployed Forces. The JTR (Volume 2, paragraph U3200) states that “When 

scheduled government bus service operated by host activity or public bus service is not 

available or its use is impractical, deployed personnel may use vehicles to attend to 

uniform needs, to obtain suitable meals, to obtain hair cuts, and for transportation to 

similar places required for the sustenance, comfort, and health of deployed personnel.” 

1-10

1.13 Individual Home-to-Work Transportation Approval Procedures 

1.13.1 Requests for authority to provide Government-owned vehicles to officers or 

government employees engaged in intelligence work or field work shall be submitted 

with full justification to SECNAV via the chain of command. These authorizations shall 

be updated and approved annually. 

1.13.2 Requests for individual home-to-work (H-T-W) transportation (domicile to duty) 

for highly unusual circumstances (a clear and present danger, an emergency, or other 

compelling operational consideration) are to be approved by SECNAV (nondelegable), 

in writing, and are to be reviewed/renewed by SECNAV every 90 days. 

1.13.3 In areas outside of the United States, Unified Combatant Commanders may, in 

accordance with 10 U.S.C. 2637, provide government transportation for certain 

members of the Uniformed Services, other Federal employees, and the dependents of 

such employees, provided that local transportation is unsafe or unavailable for 

whatever reason (e.g., terrorist activity, strikes, natural disasters, etc.) 

a. The initial transportation authorization will not exceed 90 days. 

b. If the conditions for the transportation authorization persist, the Unified 

Commanders may extend the authorization for vehicle use for additional specific time 

periods. 

c. All approvals and the reasons for such authorization shall be in writing. 

d. The approving commander will ensure that records are maintained on the 

transportation provided under this authority. 

1.13.4 Logs for Individual H-T-W Assignments. Logs/records shall be maintained 

locally for a minimum of three years to establish that all H-T-W transportation was used 

for official purposes. 

a. The logs or records should be easily accessible for audit and contain the 

following information: 

• Name and/or Position Title 

• When and where transportation was provided 

• Duration 

• Circumstances 

• Passenger carrier identification (USN Registration No.) 

• Name of person who authorized transportation 

b. The requirement for logs to record H-T-W transportation applies equally to 

all categories of individual exceptions. 

1-11

1.13.5 Transportation Between Residence and Place of Employment. This shall 

not be provided solely because of the applicant's being on call constantly, or because 

they must be prepared to leave at any moment in the event of an emergency. 

1.13.6 Temporary Duty (TDY) Related to H-T-W Transportation. TDY is governed 

by the Federal Travel Regulations. Personnel proceeding on TDY directly from their 

residence may be authorized the use of a government-owned vehicle if the head of the 

installation/activity determines it would be impractical, or more costly to have the DoD 

member proceed first to the normal duty station to obtain the vehicle before leaving on 

the directed TDY assignment. If a traveler is being allowed to take a 

Government-owned or leased vehicle home and to proceed on TDY travel directly from 

his or her residence, the approval shall be included in the official travel authorization. 

1.13.7 Command and Control Vehicle Assignments. Command and control 

vehicles do not come under the H-T-W reporting requirements of U.S. Code 31, 

Section 1344 (as amended by PL 99-550). This type assignment is discussed in 

Chapter 2. 

1.13.8 Group H-T-W Transportation. Group H-T-W transportation services also do 

not come under the H-T-W reporting requirements of U.S. Code 31, Section 1344 (as 

amended by PL 99-550). This service is discussed in Chapter 3. 

1.14 Illegal Use Penalty. Penalties for willfully using, or authorizing the use of a 

Government-owned or leased motor vehicle, for other than official purposes, are 

stipulated in U.S. Code 31, Section 1349. In extreme cases, U.S. Code 18, Section 

641 may apply. U.S. Code 31, Section 1349 (b), Adverse personnel actions, (Public 

Law 97-258, Sep 13, 1982) states: "An officer or employee who willfully uses or 

authorizes the use of a passenger motor vehicle or aircraft owned or leased by 

the United States Government (except for an official purpose authorized by 

Section 1344 of this title) or otherwise violates Section 1344 shall be suspended 

without pay by the head of the agency. The officer or employee shall be 

suspended for at least one month, and when circumstances warrant, for a longer 

period or summarily removed from office." ("Passenger motor vehicle", relative to 

illegal use, has been interpreted to mean all types of automotive vehicles.) 

1.15 Use of Government Vehicles in the National Capital Region. Special 

instructions describe the policy and procedures for use of Government vehicles in the 

greater metropolitan area of Washington, D.C., generally referred to as the National 

Capital Region. Included in the National Capital Region program are the Navy 

Department motor pool, bus service between various agencies, and certain other 

official transportation functions. Details are available in SECNAV Instruction 11240.17. 

1.16 Permissible Operating Distance (POD). It is usually more economical to use 

the services of commercial carriers for the transportation of personnel and cargo to 

destinations outside the immediate area of an activity. A one-way distance of 100 miles 

has been selected as a guide to base permissible operating distances for motor 

1-12

vehicles. The POD established for an activity should be sufficient to support normal 

operations. Based on installation experience, a POD will be established which will 

adequately support the installation's motor vehicle transportation requirements. For 

transport of material, refer to NAVSUP Manual, Volume 5, Part E. The 100 mile guide 

shall not be exceeded without written authorization and justification signed by the 

activity commanding officer or individual assigned signature authority. 

1.17 Mutual Assistance and Cooperation. In the interest of good transportation 

operations, it is the responsibility of an activity transportation department to render 

assistance to other Naval Activities when their equipment experiences 

breakdowns/difficulties while on extended operations. Reimbursements for labor and 

material costs incurred will be charged in accordance with applicable NAVCOMPT 

accounting procedures. Assistance rendered includes, but is not limited to: 

a. Providing emergency repairs/maintenance. 

b. Fuels, oils, lubricants. 

c. Towing service. 

1-13

2.1 Assignment 

CHAPTER 2. ADMINISTRATION 

2.1.1 General Assignment Criteria. Transportation equipment will be assigned only 

to those shore activities that have approved inventory objectives (IOs) and those 

deployable units that have a CNO approved Table of Allowance (TOA). Replacement 

and additional equipment are to be assigned by the appropriate TEMC. Assets will be 

supplied by redistribution of excess, from new procurement, rental or lease. Only that 

transportation equipment needed to carry out the stated mission will be assigned to a 

naval activity. Subsequent and continuing determinations and justifications of 

requirements will be based upon analyses of equipment use, and activity mission, task 

and function. The equipment selected shall be the best suited by virtue of size, 

configuration, and economy of operation. Differences in activity missions, facilities and 

geographic locations preclude complete uniformity in operational procedures. The 

following list, however, offers the essential procedures of operations and resource 

management applicable to all assignments. 

a. Provide for the pooling of administrative use vehicles. 

b. Establish procedures for assignment and use of vehicles. 

c. Establish a central dispatch point for control. 

d. Periodically review requirements and make periodic reassignments to 

satisfy changing conditions. 

e. Provide for the most economical use of manpower and equipment. 

f. Provide for the collection of operational data as a basis for 

inventory/inventory objective actions and cost performance reporting. 

g. Provide for training of personnel. 

h. Ensure the safety, security, and authorized use of equipment. 

i. Provide for rotation of vehicles, where practical and economical, to equalize 

equipment usage. 

j. Use standard family vehicles to the fullest extent to meet general 

transportation requirements. 

2.1.2 Assignment Controls. Subsequent to pooling of resources and establishment 

of administrative control under dispatching authority, effective management requires 

further evaluation of available vehicle resources against mission requirements. Normally, 

such evaluation will indicate that the bulk of the motor transport requirements can be 

2-1

supported by dispatching vehicles for short periods of time, to include "taxi" vehicles or 

vehicles driven by users. (See 2.1.2.c following for Class C dispatch service.) The 

determining of justifiable requirements for all types of vehicle service shall be based on 

the following categories. 

a. Class A - Continuing Assignments. For Navy purposes, a Class A 

assignment is defined as the full-time assignment of a specific nonstandard vehicle (i.e., 

midsize/large sedan or command and control vehicle) to an individual billet. 

(1) Class IV (Large) Sedan Assignments. The use of Class IV (large) 

sedans is limited to those officials specifically authorized full-time assignment of a Class 

IV sedan by the Secretary of Defense, identified in paragraph 3-1.d of DoD 4500.36-R. 

(2) Class III (Midsize) Sedan Assignments. The full-time assignment of a 

Class III (midsize) sedan may be authorized when CNO has determined that a Class III 

sedan is essential to the accomplishment of the mission. Request for these assignments 

shall be forwarded to CNO for approval, via the chain of command and the cognizant 

TEMC with a copy to NAVFAC (Code 134). 

(3) Command and Control Vehicle Assignments. Radio-equipped, 

emergency-configured (command and control) vehicles may be provided on a 24 hour-aday 

basis to commanders who live on the military installation, who are charged by the 

head of the military department concerned with the overall responsibility for installation 

security and/or operational functions, and who cannot adequately discharge their 

responsibility without 24-hour mobility and communication capability. Appendix C of the 

DoD 4500.36-R provides a checklist for authorizing command and control vehicles. 

Requests for these assignments shall be forwarded to CNO for approval, via the chain of 

command and the cognizant TEMC with a copy to NAVFAC (Code 134). 

(4) Executive Vehicles. The use of executive vehicles (individually 

assigned vehicles with chauffeurs) are limited to those authorized by SECNAV. 

Additional assignments for executive sedans are not authorized. These authorizations, 

however, can be reassigned within the claimancy. 

Personnel authorized Class A assignments shall not use these vehicles for other than 

the actual performance of official duties. Class A assignments neither provide nor 

change vehicle inventory objectives, are not authorizations for "home to work", and are 

not to be construed as prestige assignments nor as waivers of marking and identification 

requirements established by law. Class A assignments must be individually approved by 

CNO. Requests for these assignments shall be forwarded to CNO for approval, via the 

command chain and the cognizant TEMC with a copy to NAVFAC (Code 134). 

b. Class B - Recurring Dispatch Assignments. A Class B assignment is the 

assignment of an automotive vehicle authorized in writing by the local Commander, or 

the Commander's designee, to an organizational unit of the Command or a tenant 

activity on a regular or continuous basis for the conduct of official business. 

2-2

Commanding Officers can restrict the use of a Class B assignment to an individual billet 

or to expand its uses to meet changing requirements within the organization. A Class B 

assignment is contingent on meeting requirements which cannot be met by use of pool 

equipment, other types of available transportation, or is shown to be the most cost 

effective alternative. Certain exceptions may be made for unusual operating conditions; 

however, the exceptional conditions must be real and not merely so described to avoid 

the use of pool vehicles (Class C assignment). 

(1) Class B Assignment Review. Periodic surveys are to be made of all 

Class B assignments to ensure that vehicles are not being used on a convenience basis 

and are actually required to efficiently support the conduct of official business of the 

activity, office, or department to which assigned. Where vehicles are continuously 

assigned to customer activities, a review of the assignments is to be conducted at least 

annually by the cognizant command or area commander, with appropriate action taken to 

maintain the continuous assignments at a minimum consistent with good management 

practices. The appropriate TEMC will review and validate Class B assignments during 

assistance visits and evaluate the feasibility of alternatives, including evaluation of a 

radio-controlled taxi system, to satisfy requirements for movement of personnel and 

material in lieu of maintaining vehicles in a Class B assignment category. 

(2) Transportation Review Board. Activities with CESE inventory 

objectives may accomplish Class B assignments by establishing Transportation Review 

Boards. A Transportation Review Board is normally composed of department heads and 

chaired by the Executive Officer (XO), or by the Public Works Officer (PWO) if the XO is 

not available. The Board should meet quarterly, or as required and determined by the 

Chairman and Transportation Director. The meeting should be devoted to the required 

annual review of Class B assignments and to the review and approval/disapproval of 

new Class B assignment requests and the status of the C Pool. The Transportation 

Director will conduct the study/collect the data and submit the results, along with 

recommendations, to the Board. 

c. Class C - Pool Vehicles. All DoD motor vehicles not designated as Class A 

or Class B assignments shall be pooled for performance of services on an on-call basis. 

Maximum pooling of vehicles at all levels within a naval activity is to be emphasized. 

Assignments on a Class B basis shall not be made if it is practical to use pool vehicles. 

2.1.3 New Transportation Equipment Assignment 

a. Light Vehicles. To achieve maximum warranty benefits, new light vehicles 

should be assigned to those organizational segments of a naval activity where there is 

the greatest likelihood of accumulating high mileage and maximum use. In general, this 

means that new vehicles should be assigned on a Class C basis for pool operation; and 

on a Class B basis to those segments of the naval activity where essential vehicle trips 

consistently range beyond the immediate vicinity and result in high mileage. 

2-3

. Buses. Bus service can be provided at an activity when it will result in 

economical transportation. Class B assignment of buses is not recommended. To 

assure maximum use, the passenger capacity of the bus or buses assigned should, 

within reasonable limits, be commensurate with the maximum number of passengers to 

be transported at peak loading periods. To handle peak traffic or short hauls, increased 

frequency of trips is suggested rather than the assignment of additional buses. 

Generally, in order for a bus operation to be efficient, service should be provided on a 

schedule of not more than 20 minutes waiting time between trips. The schedule must be 

maintained during hours of normal service and supplemented as necessary during peak 

periods. Chapter 5 of DoD 4500.36-R provides detailed information and policy on Bus 

services. 

c. General Use Trucks. In determining the need for a truck configured to 

transport cargo or materials, the following factors are to be considered. 

(1) Maximum use shall be made of any truck assigned to an activity. 

(2) As practicable, an assigned truck shall be required for a minimum 

operation of 4 hours a day. 

(3) The criteria stated in 2.1.2 for Class B and Class C vehicle 

assignments apply to the assignment of general use trucks. Information on equipment is 

provided in the Construction Automotive and Specialized Equipment Management 

Information System (CASEMIS) descriptive reference table. 

d. Special Use Vehicles. The general use truck criteria does not apply to 

trucks with special mounted equipment, such as lubricating equipment, welding 

machines, compressors, and refrigerating units. Requirements for special use vehicles 

shall be based on activity needs for field services. Trailer-mounted rather than 

truck-mounted equipment will be used wherever feasible. 

e. Construction and Railway Equipment. Only sufficient construction and 

railway equipment shall be assigned to a naval activity to adequately carry out its stated 

mission. Subsequent and continuing determination and justifications of requirements 

shall be based on analyses of equipment utilization by the naval activity. Information on 

equipment selection may be found in the CASEMIS descriptive reference table. Short 

term rental in lieu of ownership should be considered in cases of low utilization. 

2.1.4 Assignment to Ships and Afloat Commands. The designated shore activity is 

tasked to provide transportation support to ships and afloat commands on a priority 

basis. Vehicular support for ships and afloat commands is provided from class C pools 

administered by the designated shore activity, or by hire arrangements authorized and 

funded by the Commander-in-Chief, Atlantic Fleet (CINCLANTFLT) and the Commanderin-Chief, 

Pacific Fleet (CINCPACFLT). CINCLANTFLTINST 11240.3 and 

CINCPACFLTINST 11200.3, provide guidance and direction regarding automotive 

2-4

vehicles and equipment inventory objectives for ships and afloat commands in the 

Atlantic and Pacific ocean areas, respectively. 

Shore Activities Serving In-port Fleet Units 

(1) By furnishing transportation equipment to ships and afloat commands, 

activity Class C pools essentially eliminate the need for carrying vehicles on board ships 

except for emergency and specialized types. 

(2) Activities assigned ship support responsibilities will provide 

transportation equipment to ships and afloat commands in accordance with inventory 

objectives authorized by the Fleet Commanders-in-Chief. 

(3) When the requirements of ships and afloat commands within 

authorized inventory objectives exceed the quantity of vehicles and equipment available 

in the activity's C pool, vehicles assigned to shore activities and departments will be 

withdrawn to support the requirements, or arrangements for commercial hire will be 

made by the shore activity to fulfill the afloat needs. Commercial hire shall not be used 

until every effort has been made to reassign Navy-owned vehicles to meet the 

requirements. 

(4) Transportation equipment for ships, afloat, and shore activities will be 

replaced on the normal replacement cycle as set forth in the CASEMIS Descriptive 

Reference File (available through direct access to CASEMIS, the cognizant TEMC, or 

Navy-provided software) and in accordance with paragraph 2.8. 

(5) Vehicles assigned to Class C pools for Fleet support shall be used for 

daily requirements of the shore activity, provided Fleet vehicle requirements are fulfilled. 

(6) Ships in the Reserve Fleet, being reactivated, will obtain vehicle 

support from the designated support activity at the berthing area. 

(7) Vehicles and equipment required to support ships under construction 

and repair will be provided by the designated support activity. 

2.1.5 Assignment to the NCF, NCTCs and SOUs. Organic Allowances are designed 

to support a unit’s mission as defined by that unit’s ROC and POE. An organic 

equipment allowance enables a unit or activity to carry out most operational 

requirements. Organic allowances are not designed to meet every operational 

requirement. 

2.1.6 Temporary Assignment or Loan. An IO/allowance holder may authorize the 

temporary loan (normally limited to a maximum of 90 days) of CESE when such action is 

in the interest of economy, efficiency, or military necessity. Before loaning equipment, a 

mutual loan agreement should be made which defines maintenance, repair, and damage 

responsibility by the lending and borrowing activities. It should be signed by a 

2-5

Commissioned Officer and a joint inspection should be performed both at the time of the 

loan and at the time of return of the equipment. Further information that concerns loan 

agreements can be found in (DoD 4500.36R) Management, Acquisition and Use of Motor 

Vehicles. Temporary loans may be authorized between the following types of activities: 

a. Other Navy and U.S. Military Activities. The temporary loan of 

transportation equipment to other Navy and U.S. military activities may be made when 

such action is the most economic and efficient. 

b. Civilian Agencies of the Federal Government. The loan, assignment, or 

transfer of administrative use vehicles will not be made to any non-DoD Federal agency 

without prior approval from COMNAVFACENGCOM. 

c. Combat Area Loans. Loan of vehicles to any nonmilitary Federal agency 

or any agency administering U.S. government contracts in a combat area can be 

authorized by the Commanding Officer of the lending activity, provided the loan is 

considered to be in the best interest of the government. 

d. Assignment, Lease, or Loan of Transportation Equipment for Public or 

Private Civilian Use. Numerous laws pertain to the assignment, loan, or lease of 

government-owned transportation equipment for public or private civilian use. Generally, 

authority to loan or lease transportation equipment for private civilian use will be given 

only when the loan/lease will promote the national defense or be in the public interest. 

The legal authority for a loan/lease should be determined, after a thorough review of the 

specific circumstances, by the legal council of the Command/Activity concerned. 

Assistance, if needed, can be obtained from the legal council located at the cognizant 

EFD/TEMC. 

2.1.7 Assignment of Courtesy Vehicles. The free use of courtesy vehicles is not 

authorized, regardless of whether or not the lender is identified on the vehicle. The use 

of the Navy's name directly or by implication in connection with private industry to 

suggest official approval of a commercial product or enterprise is not authorized. The 

vehicle transportation requirements of the Navy are to be satisfied by Navy-owned or 

authorized hired assets only. 

2.1.8 Assignments for Emergency and Disaster Purposes. Commanders charged 

with area coordination responsibilities have the authority to override assigned 

responsibilities of other commanders where emergency or disaster situations arise, or 

when operational considerations involving the provision of effective support to the 

operating forces of the Navy clearly demand such action. In exercising such authoritative 

direction, the area coordinators concerned assume full responsibility for their actions and 

shall promptly inform other cognizant commanders of the action planned or taken. 

(SECNAV Instruction 5400.14) 

2-6

2.1.9 Assignment to Commissaries, Exchanges, and Messes Ashore. The 

assignment of vehicles to commissary stores, Navy exchanges, messes, and similar 

special services functions ashore shall be based on the premise that vehicles are not to 

be assigned for the exclusive use of any division of an activity (special use vehicles 

excepted) unless the volume of work performed by the vehicle is sufficient to make the 

assignment economically justifiable. Navy-owned vehicles procured with appropriated 

funds may be assigned to these activities if available and the circumstances justify. The 

general policy of vehicle assignments to commissaries, exchanges, and messes ashore 

is shown in Figure 2-1. Commissary store vehicles are procured with Commissary Store 

Reserve Funds as required to meet the needs of specific store activities. The funds 

used to support the initial procurement cost, maintenance, and operation of commissary 

store vehicles are expended from the Navy Stock Fund. 

2.1.10 Assignment to Nonappropriated Fund Activities. The general policy of 

vehicle assignments to nonappropriated fund activities is contained in Figure 2-1. 

Further guidance is as follows: 

a. Excess Personal Property. Nonappropriated fund activities may obtain 

excess personal property for administrative purposes in accordance with the Defense 

Disposal Manual (DoD 4160.21M). In the case of foreign excess, which is not reportable 

to GSA, such foreign excess personal property should be available to nonappropriated 

fund activities during the normal local area screening periods in accordance with the 

Defense Disposal Manual, and under such controls as may be prescribed by the area or 

theater commanders. Nonappropriated fund activities may likewise obtain excess 

property located in the U.S. during the same period that such property is available to 

other Federal Agencies. 

b. Assignment to Special Services. Special Services may be permitted 

intermittent free use of Navy-owned vehicles, when available, for official recreation use 

only when approved by the Commanding Officer. Special Services also operate 

recreation vehicles purchased from nonappropriated fund accounts. The 

nonappropriated fund policies and procedures for the administration, operation, and 

maintenance of vehicles owned by Special Services are contained in the Special 

Services Manual (NAVPERS Instruction 1710.11). 

2.2 Inventory Objectives (IOs)/TABLES OF ALLOWANCES 

2.2.1 General Provisions For IOs. Transportation IOs are administered by the 

cognizant TEMC. IOs provide the Navy with a means to justify new CESE requirements 

and replacements. IOs represent the most efficient mix of Equipment Code quantities 

needed to perform the activity’s mission as agreed to by the TEMC and activity. IOs 

shall not include quantities for maintenance float, pipeline, or depot stocks. To avoid 

duplication of IOs, the Public Works Center (PWC) or Public Works Department (PWD) 

will be assigned the IO when Class B service is provided to a tenant or smaller activity. 

2-7

GENERAL POLICY OF VEHICLE ASSIGNMENTS TO SPECIAL SERVICES 

Navy Exchange, Commissary Stores, Ships' Stores, Morale, Welfare and Recreation 

(MWR) Division (Ashore-Afloat) and Messes (Ashore) 

Type of Activity 

and General Policy 

Cognizant Office 

Navy Exchange 1. Owns, operates and maintains vehicles from profits. 

* 2. When available has right to use Navy-owned vehicles on a 

reimbursable basis 

(1) in emergencies; 

(2) where full time assignment is not required; 

(3) where funds are not available for procurement. 

NAVSUP 3. May rent or charter vehicles commercially, using 

nonappropriated funds. 

Commissary Stores 1. Generally owns equipment. 

NAVSUP * 2. May utilize activity assigned vehicles, when available, on a 

reimbursable basis. 

Ships' Stores 1. Owns no equipment. 

2. May utilize activity assigned vehicle when available, on a 

reimbursable basis. 

NAVSUP 3. May rent or charter vehicles commercially using 


MWR Div. 1. May own, operate, and maintain vehicles from 

(ashore) nonappropriated recreation funds. 

Figure 2-1 

2-8

General Policy of Vehicle Assignments To Special Service 

Type of Activity and 

Cognizant Office General Policy 

MWR Div. 2. Free use of Navy-owned vehicles within activity 

(afloat) IO and funding availability is permitted for the purpose of carrying 

out officially scheduled and sponsored (group) welfare and 

recreational activities in accordance with the provisions of DoD 

4500.36-R. 

* 3. May hire Navy-owned buses on a reimbursable basis, where 

commercial charter services are not available. The hire or use of 

Navy-owned vehicles for personal recreation is not permissible. 

BUPERS 4. May rent or charter vehicles commercially, using 


Messes 1. May own, operate and maintain vehicles from 

(ashore) nonappropriated funds. 

2. Free use of Navy-owned vehicles permitted for official business 

of the mess when approved by the Commanding Officer. 

* 3. Has the right to hire Navy-owned vehicles for mess-sponsored 

(group) recreation on a reimbursable basis, where commercial 

vehicles are not available or adequate. 

BUPERS 4. May rent or charter vehicles commercially using 


* Reimbursement. Labor and material costs incurred by the owning activity for its 

vehicles (and drivers when provided), which are assigned to the above types of 

activities, will be charged to the activities in accordance with the accounting procedures 

under which the owning activity is operating, as prescribed in NAVCOMPT Manual, 

Volume 3, Chapter 5. 

USN Registration. All vehicles owned by the above activities, or acquired by them 

from excess personal property listings of the Military Services or any agency of the U.S. 

Government, shall be identified by USN registration numbers in the 4xxxxx series. 

Paragraph 2.10.3 prescribes procedures for requesting the assignment of USN 

registration numbers for nonappropriated fund vehicles. 

Figure 2-1 (Cont'd) 

2-9

a. Applicable. These procedures are applicable to all Navy Shore Activities, 

DBOF and non-DBOF, that hold approved CESE IOs and to unified commands whose 

headquarters receive Navy support. 

b. Not Applicable. These procedures are not applicable to ships and afloat 

commands, fleet commanders having headquarters and support activities ashore, shore 

activities receiving CESE support from a Public Works Department/Center, Marine Corps 

Air Stations, deploying Marine Air units, or the Naval Construction Force. Ship and 

afloat commands derive transportation equipment support from the shore activity 

designated as their home port. It is the responsibility of the home port shore activity to 

provide IOs for ships and afloat commands in accordance with applicable 

CINCPACFLT/CINCLANTFLT instructions relating to the number of vehicles authorized. 

2.2.2 Procedures For IOs. Activity transportation equipment IOs for shore activities 

shall be reviewed on a continuing basis. As changes in mission, new functions, and/or 

functional transfers occur, the activity IO shall be revised. The IOs shall be based on the 

minimum number of units required to accomplish the activity's mission. Activity IOs will 

be reviewed/revised by the TEMCs during TMAVs and/or with sufficient written 

justification from the activity on a one time basis for each requirement. For lease IOs the 

activity shall do an economic analysis in accordance with paragraph 2.9.5. The TEMCs 

shall review and evaluate the activity IO requests and establish/adjust the activity IOs on 

a continuing basis. 

a. Vehicles Excess to IO. CESE is received at an activity to replace current 

inventory or to fill an unfilled IO and is not to be retained when excess to IO. When new 

or used CESE is received at an activity to replace current inventory, a reasonable period 

of time is allocated for the changeover to report excess and process paperwork before 

transferring equipment to disposal. In certain situations, items excess to IO could be 

required and may be retained for a limited period of time. These situations shall be fully 

documented, approved by the TEMC, and kept on file at the activity. Examples of such 

situations include: On-hand assets are of less capacity than IO items, so additional units 

must be retained until IO items can be procured (i.e. two 5 ton dump trucks substituting 

for one 10 ton dump truck); a short term need that must be met, but where an IO change 

would not be required (less than one year duration). In each such case, authorization for 

retention of excess vehicles shall be obtained from the TEMC in writing. The TEMCs are 

to review these temporary approvals during TMAVs. 

b. Fire Fighting IOs. Fire fighting IOs shall be closely coordinated with the 

area Fire Marshal. 

c. Railroad Equipment IOs. Railroad equipment IOs will be reviewed, 

consolidated, and coordinated by each TEMC. The TEMCs are responsible for inventory 

objective management, redistribution, transfer, and disposal of railway equipment in their 

own geographic region. The overall administration of railroad operation within the Navy 

will be in accordance with NAVFAC P-301. 

2-10

2.2.3 COMNAVFACENGCOM IO Review/Approval. COMNAVFACENGCOM will 

use the CASEMIS summation of activity IOs for higher level reporting requirements. 

2.2.4 Tables of Allowances (NCFs/SOUs). CESE Allowances are a part of Tables of 

Allowance which are approved by the Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) and are 

published biennially as a COMNAVFACENGCOM notice. 

a. CESE Allowance Review and Update is accomplished by a Biennial 

Allowance and Requirement Review (BARR). The BARR is used to recommend 

changes to a Command’s CESE allowance and to indicate which vehicles require 

replacement. Biennially, each allowance holder or designated component organization 

prepares and submits a BARR in accordance with NAVFACINST 11200.35, Naval 

Construction Force Biennial Allowance and Requirement Review. Requests for 

allowance increases must be accompanied by complete justification based upon mission 

change and operational procedures and requirements changes. When allowances are 

increased, maintenance funds and personnel must also be increased. Serious 

consideration should be given to minimizing CESE allowances so that requirements for 

funds and personnel can be reduced (see Appendix C). 

(1) Prepositioned War Reserve Material Stock (PWRMS). Within PWRMS 

are Advanced Base Functional Components (ABFC) which are quantities of material and 

equipment acquired and positioned against a war requirement. PWRMS and ABFCs ensure 

timely support of designated forces or specific projects during the initial phase of war or to 

perform a specific CNO approved mission. 

(2) Naval Construction Force Support Units (NCFSU). When an assigned 

project requires more equipment than the organic allowance, it is supplemented by the 

responsible Fleet or Operational Commander. The most common form of support equipment 

is that held by an allowance holder for issue to suballowance holders. The NCFSU provides 

this capability to COMSECONDNCB and COMTHIRDNCB for support of NMCBs. NCFSU 

equipment is normally tailored to specialized tasks such as large volume earth moving, rock 

crushing, concrete and asphalt production and long haul trucking operations. 

b. Emergency CESE Requests. Each allowance holder should anticipate all 

needs during the BARR so that interim CESE requests will not be necessary. However, 

should an urgent situation arise, an allowance request may be submitted by letter to CESO, 

Code 1575, via the chain of command. The request letter must contain full justification for 

the change, fully explain the requirements for the EC involved, state the issue priority 

designator, required delivery date, and it should explain how the current annual requirements 

submission should be adjusted to best accommodate the priority of the request. The ability 

of CESO to fill such requests will depend on the availability of suitable CESE from other 

resource areas and the status of procurement programs at the time the emergency request is 

received. 

2-11

2.3 Budgeting 

2.3.1 Investment. COMNAVFACENGCOM is responsible for investment budgeting for 

the Navy-wide procurement of Civil Engineering Support Equipment (CESE) except at 

Defense Business Operations Fund (DBOF) activities, which provide funds through the 

Capital Purchase Program (CPP). 

For NCFs/SOUs, CESO analyzes equipment requirements, recommends proper 

allowances, and coordinates all CESE procurement. NAVFACENGCOM programs and 

budgets for initial outfitting of each approved CESE allowance, procurement of new 

allowance items, and CESE replacements. The following factors are used to determine the 

number and types of CESE to be procured: projected requirements (BARR), procurement 

lead time, budget constraints, and priorities levied by NAVFACENGCOM, Fleet 

Commanders, and certain other second echelon Commanders. 

2.3.2 Expense. Claimants are responsible for budgeting operation and maintenance 

costs of transportation equipment. 

2.4 Material Manager. COMNAVFACENGCOM has been assigned responsibility as 

the centralized single material manager for the Navy for all automotive vehicles, 

construction, and railway equipment procured by the Navy (less U. S. Marine Corps). 

Consolidated procurement is accomplished by the designated procuring agencies. 

COMNAVFACENGCOM is the inventory manager for 2C cognizance material, which 

includes CESE, and Civil Engineer End Items (CEEI). The Civil Engineer Support Office 

(CESO) provides centralized management for 2C material. In addition to CESE and CEEI, 

there are a variety of items also considered 2C Cog items including, but not limited to, 

decontamination units and automatic chemical agent alarms, chemical agent detector kits 

and refills afloat and ashore; material and appliances for defense ashore against chemical, 

biological, and radiological warfare, except instruments for detection and measurement of 

radioactivity; and all industrial equipment (typically, non-portable ship equipment that costs 

more than $1,000). 

2.4.1 Prior Approval for Procurement. CESE will not be procured or otherwise 

acquired for Navy ownership by any activity, office or command without prior approval of 

COMNAVFACENGCOM. The purchase of passenger carrying motor vehicles (sedans, 

station wagons, buses, and ambulances) for use by the Government is controlled by law. 

Annually, Congress (through appropriation acts) specifically authorizes the quantity of 

passenger carrying vehicles to be acquired, and establishes a maximum unit cost for 

sedans and station wagons. Law enforcement sedans are included in the quantity of 

passenger-carrying vehicles authorized by Congress, but have a separate statutory price 

limitation. 

2.4.2 Transfers of Equipment by Shore Activities. All equipment transfers shall be 

authorized and coordinated by the cognizant TEMC. 

2-12

2.4.3 Transfers of Equipment by NCFs/SOUs. For NCF/SOU units, approval is 

required from CESO via the allowance holder. After approval is granted, equipment must 

be prepared for shipment between units or to overhaul facilities to ensure its arrival in 

satisfactory condition. Disassembly shall be the minimum necessary to safeguard parts 

known to be subject to damage or loss, and to accomplish reduction in cube. Major 

disassembly shall not be accomplished without prior approval. 

a. Prepare Equipment for Shipment. Prepare for shipment as follows: 

(1) Inspect and operationally test the equipment. Repair as required. 

Service the equipment. Ensure that proper quantity of antifreeze is added, as 

applicable, to prevent freezing enroute. Prepare an Equipment Repair Order (ERO), 

described in Chapter 4 and list all required repairs not completed. File the ERO in the 

appropriate Equipment History Jacket so that the ultimate receiver will have basic 

information about the vehicle's condition. 

(2) Thoroughly clean the equipment. Protect components that may be 

damaged during cleaning with waterproof paper, plastic tape, or other suitable material. 

(3) Close all windows and doors. Protect windows and windshields with 

plywood, masonite, or similar material. All exhausts, intakes, hydraulic hoses, and other 

openings must be sealed by capping, taping, or other means to prevent entry of water 

and dirt. 

(4) Coat exposed ferrous metal machined surfaces, such as hydraulic 

ram shafts and similar surfaces. Exterior surfaces of equipment being shipped to 

overhaul facilities are to be coated with corrosion preventive rustproofing. Appendix M 

lists approved preservation and rustproofing materials. 

(5) Ship all collateral equipage with the equipment, and include the 

spare tire and rim, unless otherwise directed. Remove and box all pilferable items such 

as mirrors, windshield wipers, lighters, tools, jacks, and all disassembled components. 

Mark the box with the USN number and secure to the equipment in a protected location 

so the box will not interfere with towing, driving, or lifting the equipment. 

(6) All attachments shall be shipped with the equipment, unless 

otherwise directed, Appendix D provides additional information. Small attachments such 

as bridles, pennants, hook blocks, and wire cable shall be boxed and secured to the 

equipment in a protected location so as not to interfere with towing, driving, or lifting the 

equipment. Large components such as backhoes, pile driver leads, clamshell, and 

dragline buckets that cannot be relocated on the equipment shall be shipped separate 

from, but at the same time as, the non-rolling stock. These components are usually 

shipped loose unless handling conditions dictate otherwise. Components may then be 

secured to pallets or a skid-type base. Boxes, loose components, and palletized or skidtype 

loads shall be marked with the USN number of the basic equipment. 

2-13

(7) Remove items or parts that have low ground clearance such as 

spray bars and long extensions, and secure to the upper portion of the vehicle. 

(8) Block, brace or secure any movable component attached to the 

equipment with strapping, cable, or by other suitable means to prevent movement and 

damage during shipment. 

(9) Drain and blow dry water tanks, pumps, piping, and other 

components that contain water to prevent freezing damage en route. Cover openings to 

prevent entrance of water. 

(10) Cover equipment electrical components and instruments subject to 

damage by the elements with a waterproof shroud, plywood housing, or other suitable 

material. 

b. Transfer Actions. After completion of the preparation for shipment, 

continue with the following: 

(1) Mark the equipment for the consignee. 

(2) Transfer the equipment to the appropriate Shipping Officer. The 

equipment should be stored at the staging area for the shortest time possible to reduce 

the possibility of deterioration, cannibalization, or theft. 

(3) Ship the equipment by the first available transportation, unless 

otherwise directed. When possible check the equipment after it has been loaded and 

represerve and reseal any areas or openings disturbed by handling. 

(4) Provide consignee with all shipping data, including USN numbers, 

number of items in shipment, name of ship, scheduled departure date, and estimated 

time of arrival at destination. Identify equipment attachments by NAVFACENGCOM 

identification number (Appendix D) and indicate the USN/USNG number to which it is 

assigned. Attachments shipped separately from its USN number will be shipped under a 

separate Transportation Control Number (TCN) for accountability. 

(5) For disposition of Equipment History Jacket refer to Chapter 4. 

(6) After the item is shipped, the allowance holder must update 

CASEMIS in accordance with paragraph 2.12.7. 

(7) Check CSC recertification date before shipping USNG numbered 

ISO containers. See Appendix D. 

c. Shipment Under Combat Conditions. Additional guidelines for shipping 

equipment under combat conditions are provided in the NCF Tactical Embarkation 

Manual , COMTHIRDNCB/COMSECONDNCB Instruction 3120.1 series. 

2-14

2.5 Foreign Purchases. The Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) permits foreign 

purchases under specific conditions such as unreasonable cost for domestic 

procurement and non-availability within the United States. Detailed procedures are 

contained in the FAR under Foreign Purchases. Additional restrictions may be 

contained in specific Congressional authorization and/or appropriation acts. When 

required, data for justification and approval (J&A) will also be developed, and a J&A 

request forwarded to the applicable Command. LANTDIV coordinates procurement in 

Europe and PACDIV coordinates procurement in the Pacific Region. 

2.6 Acquisition of Fuel Efficient Vehicles. Current laws and regulations require 

compliance in the fuel efficient acquisition (purchase or hire) and reporting of passenger 

automobiles (sedans and station wagons) and light trucks with the exception of 

alternative fueled vehicles as detailed in section 3-4 of the DoD Regulation 4500.36-R. 

Procurement of sedans and station wagons is limited to compact or subcompact types 

except as specifically authorized by DoD 4500.36-R sections 3-1 and 3-4. 

2.7 Replacement Criteria 

2.7.1 Life Expectancies. The age or mileage expectancies furnished in the CASEMIS 

Descriptive Reference File (available through direct access to CASEMIS, the cognizant 

TEMC, or Navy-provided software) provide a systematic and uniform schedule of 

eligibility for replacement planning and are to be used when considering CESE for 

replacement or for overhaul and retention. The age and mileage expectancies applicable 

to automotive vehicles were derived from administrative use motor vehicle replacement 

criteria published by DoD for use by all military departments. The life expectancies are 

not applicable to specialized equipment mounted on vehicles. The statistical vehicle 

fleet average should be used for projecting mileage. Age expectancies of construction 

and weight handling equipment are to be used to determine the basic zone of eligibility; 

these age expectancies do not have the same value as the age expectancies for 

automotive vehicles. Construction and weight handling equipment have a lower use rate 

and are not as affected by age as automotive vehicles. Dependability, obsolescence, 

and major repair costs are the prime considerations for replacement of such equipment. 

2.7.2 Repair and/or Replacement Determinations For Automotive Vehicles (Alpha 

Code A through N). In addition to the age or mileage criteria, a vehicle is eligible for 

replacement when the cost of repairs exceeds certain limits. Normally, repairs will not 

be accomplished when the total cost of the one-time-repair (labor + material + indirect 

expenses/other charges) exceeds 50 percent of the original procurement cost of the 

vehicle. However, if a replacement vehicle is not immediately available and the 

requirement for the vehicle still exists, repairs may be made on the vehicle at the 

Activity’s discretion. PRIOR to the repairs being made, the cognizant TEMC shall be 

notified to determine whether or not a replacement vehicle is immediately available. 

2-15

2.7.3 Repair and/or Replacement Determinations For Construction, Railway, 

Weight Handling and Other Transportation Equipment (Alpha Code O through Z). 

The determination of whether to replace or repair a unit of equipment may be guided in 

part by the one-time repair limits provided in Appendix F. If the age of the item under 

consideration exceeds the life expectancy, a factor of 20 percent should be used. 

Authorization to exceed the one-time-repair cost limit shall be obtained from the 

cognizant TEMC. Whenever it is determined that an item of construction, railway, or 

weight handling equipment should be replaced in accordance with the criteria 

established herein, and a replacement unit is not currently available (as determined by 

the cognizant TEMC), the equipment may be maintained only at a level to ensure safe 

operation for further temporary use pending scheduled replacement. 

2.7.4 Costing of Repair Estimates For Transportation Equipment. Uniform cost 

criteria should be used to determine whether it is more economical to repair or replace 

transportation equipment (see Appendix G for labor hour input standards). Repair 

estimates shall include direct labor, material, indirect costs, and other direct charges. 

a. Direct Labor. Direct labor is all labor, civilian or military, which can be 

specifically identified to the repair job. 

(1) To arrive at direct labor cost, it is necessary to determine the direct 

labor man-hours required, and then apply the appropriate direct labor hourly rates to 

these man-hours. 

(2) Direct labor costs must represent the best available estimate. Activities 

normally use flat rate manuals to determine the direct labor man-hours required. 

Otherwise, estimates will be based on similar work performed previously, or estimates 

based on individual experience. 

b. Labor Rates for Civilian Employees. Cost of civilian labor will be based on 

the labor rate for the work center performing the work, or where applicable, the labor rate 

stated within the commercial transportation contract. 

(1) When costs of civilian labor are determined on the basis of annual 

salaries, these costs will include the factor for Government contributed benefits. 

(2) When costs of civilian labor are determined on the basis of direct labor 

hours (days, etc.) applied, these costs will be computed by adding to the gross pay, as 

shown in current pay tables, the factor for Government contributed benefits. 

c. Labor Rates for Military Personnel. Labor rates for military personnel will be 

the average military wage rate for the work center performing the work, based on 

standard rates published in the NAVCOMPT Manual, Volume 3, Chapter 5. 

2-16

d. Direct Materials 

(1) Cost to repair will include all materials directly applied and identifiable 

to the particular equipment undergoing repair, including Government-furnished material 

to be consumed by a contractor in performing all or a part of the maintenance job. 

(2) Consumable items received from the supply system will be costed at 

the standard inventory price. Items procured from local services will be priced at the 

latest invoice cost including transportation. Fabricated items will be priced at actual cost 

including direct expenses as defined herein. 

(3) Components and assemblies used in the repair process will be costed 

at the exchange rate, representing the standard inventory price less credit for return of 

repairable components. The exchange price can be established as a percentage of the 

standard inventory price as long as it reflects the estimated cost of repair. 

e. Indirect Expenses 

(1) The cost estimate will include indirect expenses associated with the 

repair process. This will be determined by applying the indirect expense rate (expressed 

as dollar cost per direct labor man-hour) to the estimated direct labor man-hours. 

(2) The indirect or overhead costs included in the indirect expense rate 

shall include: manufacturing or production expense (indirect cost incurred within or 

identifiable to the maintenance shop or organization performing the repair work, although 

not identifiable to particular jobs); and, general and administrative expenses/costs 

incurred in general management or supervision which are measurable costs chargeable 

to maintenance activities. 

f. Other Charges 

(1) Contractual Services. Services required incident to and identifiable 

with the performance of all or a portion of the specific maintenance job will be included 

as an element of cost. If the contractor is to perform a significant portion of the 

maintenance job, the cost estimate will show the estimated charges for labor and 

contractor-furnished parts in addition to the total contract price. 

(2) Readying for Shipment. When the equipment/component cannot be 

repaired on site and costs must be incurred to prepare the item for shipment regardless 

of destination, such costs are to be included in the estimate of cost to repair. 

(3) Freight. When the equipment/component to be repaired is located 

overseas and no local capability to repair exists, the cost of freight will be included as an 

element of cost. In all other cases, cost of freight will be excluded. 

2-17

(4) Miscellaneous. Any other charges required to accomplish the required 

maintenance and directly identifiable to the equipment will be included. 

g. Exclusions. The following costs will not be included in the estimate: 

(1) Maintenance Expense Items. Such items as tires, tubes, tire chains, 

tracks, batteries, and antifreeze, etc., are not to be included as a cost in the repair 

estimate except where replacement is the result of accident damage. 

(2) Accessories. The cost to overhaul or replace accessory items used to 

adapt the equipment for special uses, such as sirens, flashing lights, rank insignia, 

two-way radios, fire extinguishers, tool kits, or similar items, are not to be included in the 

cost repair estimate. Individual estimates of cost to overhaul such items will be made as 

required. 

2.8 Requirements 

2.8.1 Initial Issue and Replacement Procurement Requests. The same 

requirements procedures apply to both the initial procurement of CESE required to fill 

newly approved IOs and the replacement of CESE. Requirements must be planned and 

programmed for the budget year(s) as detailed in paragraph 2.8.3 for OPN funded 

requirements. The submission schedule and procedures for DBOF activity requirements 

are in paragraph 2.8.4. Included are all United States Navy (USN) registered CESE that 

are controlled by established IOs in the P-1 Equipment lines listed in paragraph 2.8.2. 

Items such as refuse containers which are components of mobile refuse collection 

systems, hydraulic tailgates, and construction equipment attachments are considered 

accessories or attachments to the end items and will be procured as CESE only when 

requested with the end item. The budget year requirements submission shall be based 

on the approved activity IO. Requested replacements must reach eligibility in the budget 

year(s) based on the replacement criteria in paragraph 2.7. This does not mean 

equipment will be replaced automatically or immediately when eligibility is reached. 

Replacement of eligible units is predicated on the funding approved for the purchase of 

CESE. 

For NCF and SOU units, the initial CESE Allowance Review and Update is accomplished 

by a Biennial Allowance and Requirement Review (BARR). The BARR is used to 

recommend changes to a Command’s CESE allowance and to indicate which vehicles 

require replacement. Biennially, each allowance holder or designated component 

organization prepares and submits a BARR in accordance with NAVFACINST 11200.35, 

Naval Construction Force Biennial Allowance and Requirement Review. Requests for 

allowance increases must be accompanied by complete justification based upon mission 

change and operational procedures and requirements changes (see Appendix C). 

2-18

2.8.2 Transportation Equipment P-1 Lines. The broad vehicle/equipment categories 

below comprise the budget grouping P-1 lines in the transportation equipment program 

funded as CESE. (See Figure 2-2 for P-1 Line Summary) 

XA Passenger Carrying Vehicles 

XB Special Purpose Vehicles/Equipment 

XC General Purpose Trucks 

XH Construction & Maintenance Equipment 

XJ Fire Fighting 

XG Tactical Equipment 

31 Railway Equipment 

NOTE: P-1 line 31 is not normally funded but carries a P-1 line number for 

administrative purposes. 

2.8.3 OPN Requirements Procedures. To coincide with the DoD budget submission, 

a requirements review will be conducted on a biennial basis for CESE funded in the 

Other Procurement, Navy CESE Budget Activity 5. These procedures are applicable to 

non-DBOF activities and for passenger carrying equipment only for DBOF activities. 

Requirements established during the review will, within approved funding levels, be 

procured from the two budget year funds. The first budget year is the fiscal year two 

years following the submission year, e.g., the first budget year for submission in FY 96 is 

FY 98. Funding constraints preclude the replacement of all equipment items that exceed 

life expectancy and require activities to execute an effective operation and maintenance 

program to extend the useful life of equipment to the maximum. To make the best use of 

the limited funding, the requirements identification process must emphasize selection of 

the highest priority equipment items. A projected funding level will be developed for 

each activity to be used for conducting the requirements review. Use of a projected 

funding amount eliminates the need to prioritize all eligible items and instead emphasis 

can be placed on selecting the highest priority requirements. Each activity will develop a 

requirements listing that can be funded within the projected funding amount. The 

TEMCs will forward a requirements package and any amplifying instructions to activities 

under their cognizance each review year. The following data will be provided to each 

activity or be available through direct access to CASEMIS: 

• CESE inventory records. 

• Current authorized CESE IOs. 

• Procurement status information for equipment that is funded and under 

procurement but not delivered. 

• Procurement information for equipment that is planned for procurement but 

for which funding has not been approved. 

2-19

• An activity projected funding level for planning purposes and to specifically 

assist in the selection/prioritization of requirements. It must be emphasized 

that the funding levels are projections which more than likely will change 

during the programming and budget process. 

• A CASEMIS Equipment Code Descriptive Reference Table that includes a 

complete list of NAVFAC 6-digit equipment codes to be used for the 

requested requirements. Only equipment codes/types included in the table 

should be requested. The Descriptive Reference Table designates the 

equipment codes/types for "Standard Family of Equipment" items. It also 

provides the estimated unit cost of equipment to be used in developing the 

requirements list that falls within the projected funding amount. 

a. Activity Review and Submission. Activities shall conduct the review and 

submit requirements by letter or through direct access to CASEMIS. Requirements data 

will be submitted only for equipment that falls within the projected funding level. The 6digit 

equipment code must be specified for each requested requirement. The 

requirements are to be integrated into a single priority sequence for all P-1 lines for both 

procurement years. Priority numbers should begin with "1" through the total number of 

equipment requirements submitted and each number should be used only once. Priority 

"1" will represent the most urgent requirement, priority "2" the next most urgent, etc. To 

the extent possible within the constraints of budget guidance and availability of funding, 

equipment procured will be in accordance with the needs and priorities identified by the 

activity. Program budget reductions are implemented by deleting, on an equitable basis, 

the lowest priority items unless a budget cut is aimed at a P-1 line specifically. In that 

case, the lowest priorities within that P-1 line are reduced. Therefore, activity established 

priorities should represent the relative importance of the requirements to ensure that the 

highest priorities are funded. While the selection of requirements will be based on a 

combination of mission requirements, priority of assignment, equipment condition and 

other factors, the following criteria apply: 

(1) Care should be taken to ensure that the requested requirements are 

consistent with the authorized IO. It is assumed that all equipment on hand fills an 

authorized IO or is excess to activity needs. Excess equipment (equipment over IO) will 

not be replaced. 

(2) The CESE budget is prepared for the review cycle 15 months prior to 

the budget year. Therefore, care must be taken to realistically evaluate activity needs in 

the long term. Application of the replacement criteria must consider the timing of the 

budget/procurement cycle. As a practical matter, there is only one annual procurement 

cycle after approval of the budget and release of appropriations. Input from the 

administration, operation, and maintenance branches of the transportation division as 

well as prior planning should eliminate, or keep to a minimum, the need for any 

adjustment during the procurement cycle. 

2-20

P1 LINE/LINE ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER (LIRN) SUMMARY 

LIRN Description 

P1: XA - PASSENGER CARRYING VEHICLES 

XA1A BUSES 

XA1B AUTOMOBILES 

XA1C AMBULANCES 

P1: XB - SPECIAL PURPOSE VEHICLES/EQUIPMENT 

XB2A MAINTENANCE TRUCKS 

XB2B SPECIAL PURPOSE TRKS 

XB2C TRAILERS 

P1: XC - GENERAL PURPOSE TRUCKS 

XC3A UTILITY TRUCKS 

XC3B CARGO TRUCKS 

P1: XH - CONSTRUCTION & MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT 

XH6A EARTHMOVING 

XH6B MISC CONSTRUCTION 

XH6C CRANES 

P1: XJ - FIREFIGHTING 

XJ7A AIRCRAFT FIRE/RESCUE 

XJ7B BRUSH/STRUCTURAL 

P1: XG - TACTICAL EQUIPMENT 

XG9A LIGHT TRUCKS 

XG9B MEDIUM TRUCKS 

Figure 2-2 

2-21

(3) Replacement requests must meet the established life expectancy 

replacement criteria provided in the CASEMIS Descriptive Reference File. Equipment is 

also eligible for replacement if the mileage projected for 36 months of additional service 

exceeds the standards listed in the CASEMIS Descriptive Reference File (available 

through direct access to CASEMIS, the cognizant TEMC, or Navy-provided software) 

even though the equipment is not eligible by age. 

(4) Established policy shall be to request equipment replacements from 

the standard family of equipment items listed in the CASEMIS Descriptive Reference 

Table. When requesting equipment items ending in zero-zero ("00"), the 

Description/Justification for Non-Standard Family CESE Procurement Sheet (Appendix 

H, Figure H-1) must contain all the information required for a purchasing agent to 

procure what is needed (a sample is provided as Figure H-2). Do not assume the 

purchasing agent knows the exact needs of the end user activity. For all crawler or 

mobile cranes, a Crane Requirements Data Sheet (Figure H-3) must be completed (a 

sample is provided as Figure H-4). Information on activity operational requirements, as 

well as the complete equipment description, is required. For Non-Standard Family Truck 

Tractor items, a Truck Tractor Data Sheet (Figure H-5) must be completed. It must be 

emphasized that the data provided on these sheets does not constitute a justification for 

sole source procurement. Consequently, if specific components are annotated on these 

forms, they must not be so selective as to limit competition. 

b. TEMC Review. The TEMCs will review activity requirement submissions for 

accuracy and completeness of information, to include requests for non-standard 

procurement and truck tractor/crane data sheets. The TEMCs are responsible for 

coordinating fire fighting equipment with the cognizant Fire Marshal. Where there is a 

discrepancy between the activity submission and the Fire Marshal's recommendation, 

the TEMC is responsible for resolving the differences. The TEMCs shall formulate a 

systematic plan for equitable distribution of requirements to activities. The TEMCs will 

consolidate activity requirements and establish/enter in CASEMIS one prioritized listing 

for all P-1 lines. 

c. OPN Budget Submission. COMNAVFACENGCOM will coordinate with the 

TEMCs and CESO to determine final requirements to be included in the NAVCOMPT 

budget request. 

d. Emergent Requirements. If an urgent situation arises, the requirement shall 

be submitted to the TEMC. The TEMC will determine whether the requirement can be 

met by loan, diversion of current procurement, or reassignment of an item of equipment 

available within the support area of the TEMC. When this is not possible, the TEMC will 

forward the request to COMNAVFACENGCOM (Code 134), with full justification, and 

identification of currently funded item(s) to be deleted. 

2-22

2.8.4 DBOF Requirements Procedures. CESO will provide detailed guidance to 

DBOF activities for submission of their requirements in the August/September timeframe 

prior to the start of the fiscal year in which the equipment is to be procured. 

a. Activity Review and Submission. Replacement requirements for equipment 

in Line Items XB, XC, XH, and XJ are to be submitted to CESO Code 15L2 with a copy to 

the applicable TEMC. Submission should be provided by a funded Military Standard 

Requisition and Issue Procedures (MILSTRIP) requisition in message or letter format, 

including the equipment code and type designator, item description, quantity of each 

item, unit cost, and total cost of each item. Although the activity requirements will be 

based on a combination of mission requirements, equipment condition, and various other 

criteria, the following applies: 

(1) Requirements must be within the current Inventory Objectives (IOs). 

(2) All requirements must meet replacement criteria as set forth in 

paragraph 2.7 and the CASEMIS Descriptive Reference File (available through direct 

access to CASEMIS, the cognizant TEMC, or Navy-provided software). 

(3) Established policy shall be to request equipment replacements from 

the standard family of equipment items listed in the CASEMIS Descriptive Reference 

Table. When requesting equipment items ending in zero zero (“00”), procedures set 

forth in paragraph 2.8.3.a(4) apply. 

b. Indefinite Delivery Type Contracts/Requirements Contracts. Selected items 

of construction equipment are available from the Defense Supply Center, Columbus 

(DSCC) on Indefinite Delivery Type Contracts (IDTC). The General Services 

Administration has awarded requirements contracts for a variety of other equipment, 

including medium and heavy trucks, fire trucks, trailers, trash and recycling vehicles, 

wreckers, standard aerials, pole and line trucks with auger, High Mobility Multipurpose 

Wheeled Vehicles (HMMWV), lubrication and fuel service trucks, and police transport 

vans. CESO will consolidate and process any requirements received by MILSTRIP 

submission for equipment available on these contracts. Personnel in the Shore and 

Fleet CESE Division of CESO are familiar with what items of equipment are being 

offered and the available options. However, activities which hold their own procurement 

funds may order this equipment directly from DSCC and GSA. 

c. TEMC Review. A copy of each requirement submission, along with any 

“Non-Standard” Vehicle Description/Justification Sheets, Crane Data Sheets, and Truck 

Tractor Data Sheets should be forwarded to the applicable TEMC. TEMCs will review 

the submission and advise both the activity and CESO of any recommended changes. 

d. Reimbursable Work. CESO’s processing effort for DBOF CESE 

requirements will be done on a reimbursable basis. This is implemented through a 

surcharge applied to the equipment acquisition cost. 

2-23

e. Forwarding of Funding Documents. DBOF activities are to provide a funded 

MILSTRIP requisition to CESO by 15 November annually in order for like items of 

equipment from each activity to be consolidated. This also allows CESO to take 

advantage of available options on the GSA Family Buy contract. Requirements received 

after 30 November annually may have to be placed on new contracts for the next model 

year. CESO will accept two separate funded MILSTRIP requisitions from each activity, 

one for the under $100,000 requirements and one for the over $100,000 requirements. 

This allows for execution of minor funding adjustments between equipment types without 

further action from the activity. DBOF activities need to add the surcharge to the funding 

authorization included in their initial MILSTRIP requisition. 

2.9 Lease of Motor Vehicles 

2.9.1 Authority. The authority, procedures, and limitations on the lease of motor 

vehicles by Navy activities ashore and afloat are contained in DoD 4500.36-R. As 

indicated in the NAVFAC Contracting Manual, P-68, lease of motor vehicles in excess of 

60 days utilizes NAVFAC contracts and not a NAVSUP supply type contract. The term 

"lease" includes lease or rental arrangements from commercial sources, the General 

Service Administration (GSA) government-wide indefinite quantity lease, the Navy’s 

centralized leasing contracts, or with other government agencies such as the GSA Fleet 

Management Centers. Motor vehicles are classified as charter when the driver is 

provided by the vehicle owner, and as lease/rental when military or civilian personnel of 

the Department of Defense are used as drivers. This term does not include authorized 

arrangements for passenger vehicles made by personnel in an official travel or 

temporary duty status. A "Lease" is defined as being for 61 days or more and a "Rental" 

is defined as being 60 days or less. The long-term (exceeding 60 days) lease of motor 

vehicles is restricted to activities ashore for filling the vehicle IOs established in 

accordance with paragraph 2.2.2 of this publication. 

2.9.2 Policy for Leasing Vehicles 

a. Administrative Vehicles. It is Navy policy to lease vehicles only when it can 

be proven to be cost effective, or when no reasonable alternative exists to meet mission 

requirements. It is mandatory that decisions to lease are supported by detailed 

justification/economic analysis. Sedans (or other vehicles) will not be leased based on 

rank or position alone. Class III, IV, and V sedans authorized for individuals in 

accordance with DoD 4500.36-R are exempt. 

b. Fire Fighting Equipment. Approval by COMNAVFACENGCOM shall be 

obtained prior to rental or lease of fire fighting equipment. 

2.9.3 Administration. Offices and commands (claimants) are responsible for 

budgeting and funding for the lease or rental of motor vehicles for both long-term and 

intermittent purposes. COMNAVFACENGCOM is responsible for the development and 

promulgation of technical and economic criteria for long-term motor vehicle lease, 

contracting procedures, and reporting requirements for maintaining Navy-wide lease IO 

2-24

control. COMNAVFACENGCOM is also the Navy point of contact for the conduct of 

studies and participation in the establishment of GSA Fleet Management Centers and 

Systems. Vehicle support through GSA's Interagency Fleet Management System 

(IFMS), in general, will only be provided when a cost study under the provisions of 

PL 99-272 has determined GSA should provide all administrative vehicles. However, 

activities may be able to obtain minimal vehicle support from their local GSA Fleet 

Management Centers, subject to availability of vehicles. If the local Fleet Management 

Center (FMC) can provide vehicles, include this information in the request to the TEMC. 

Accordingly, if vehicles are not available at the regional level, they may be leased 

commercially with the TEMC's approval. 

2.9.4 Limitations. Motor vehicle leases are governed by certain legislative constraints 

and economic considerations including the Balance of Payments Program. Restrictions 

are described in the COMNAVFACENGCOM Contracting Manual (NAVFAC P-68) and 

the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR). Annual appropriation acts may contain 

additional restrictions. 

a. Sedan and Station Wagon Lease. The lease of sedans and station wagons 

is limited to compact/subcompact types. An exception is permitted when, on the basis of 

documentation forwarded through established channels, the CNO approves the use of 

larger sedans or station wagons as essential to an activity's mission. Lease 

specifications shall conform to the design, weight, equipment and accessory 

specifications that are employed for the purchase of Navy compact/subcompact sedans 

and station wagons. This does not prohibit contractors from providing optional 

equipment not required by the specification in order to increase resale value. 

b. Lease IOs. The number of long-term motor vehicle leases shall not exceed 

the lease IO. However, a leased unit may be applied to a Navy-owned IO when 

Navy-owned equipment is planned/desired or pending conversion of IO from 

Navy-owned to lease. Requests for lease IOs or changes thereto shall be submitted in 

accordance with paragraph 2.2.2 in the same manner as for Navy-owned vehicles. 

Increases in vehicle lease IOs must be accompanied by a statement from the requiring 

activity that funding is available to cover the increased cost. Any decrease requested in 

existing passenger motor vehicle lease IOs may not be automatically exchanged for 

Navy-owned passenger vehicle IOs because the number of Navy-owned passenger 

carrying vehicles are controlled separately by specific language in the annual DoD 

Appropriations Act. 

c. New Requirements. Activities are responsible for forecasting vehicle 

requirements to support new or expanded mission assignments and include them in their 

IO and requirements review in time to meet the new requirement. When notifications of 

new mission assignments do not allow sufficient time to acquire new vehicles in the 

required time frames, the following alternatives should be considered before requesting 

lease authority: 

2-25

(1) Temporary reassignment from existing resources. 

(2) Retaining in-service vehicle(s) scheduled for replacement. 

(3) Diversion of due-in assets (TEMC support). 

(4) Transfer/loan from other activities (TEMC support). 

2.9.5 Justification/Economic Analysis. Requests to lease are to be supported by 

detailed justification/economic analysis. When a new requirement has been identified, 

an Economic Analysis will be conducted using the format in Appendix H, Figure H-6 to 

determine if an asset should be Navy-owned or leased. The TEMC is responsible for 

evaluating the justification/economic analysis. Leasing will only be considered when: 

a. Leasing is a cost benefit to the Navy (economic analysis supports leasing in 

lieu of Navy ownership); or 

b. Local laws or status of forces agreements preclude the use of U.S. 

Government-owned vehicles; or 

c. An emergent requirement precludes filling with a Navy-owned asset. Vehicles 

may be leased under a Navy-owned inventory objective only as long as necessary to 

meet immediate mission requirements. Action shall be initiated to obtain a Navy-owned 

vehicle either through a lease/purchase arrangement or in the next annual procurement 

process. 

2.9.6 Lease-Purchase and Lease-to-Ownership Agreements 

a. Under a Lease-Purchase agreement, the Navy may acquire ownership of a 

vehicle by making payment pursuant to a purchase option written into the agreement. A 

Lease-Purchase Agreement should be considered when leasing CESE to fill a Navyowned 

IO. When a Lease-Purchase option is desired, it should be specified in the lease 

request submitted to the TEMC. The lease request should include the type of lease 

agreement, equipment code/quantities, estimated lease cost, and the month/year the 

purchase option may be exercised. The solicitation/lease agreement should be 

structured so that the purchase option reflects a reasonable fair market value of the item 

at the time it is to be exercised. 

b. Under a Lease-to-Ownership agreement, ownership of the CESE 

automatically passes to the Navy upon completion of the specified lease period, with no 

additional payment for ownership. Lease-to-ownership agreements generally are not an 

appropriate mechanism for acquiring CESE, as it would be difficult to meet the criteria 

contained in subparagraph c. below. However, in those circumstances where a lease-toownership 

may be appropriate, full supporting documentation that would withstand audit 

review for compliance with the expense/investment criteria contained in the NAVCOMPT 

Manual is to be submitted along with the lease request. 

2-26

c. Funding. The criteria for expense/investment funding is outlined in the 

NAVCOMPT Manual (Vol. 7, Chapter 5). The activities should ensure compliance with 

these criteria. Specifically, these criteria are: 

• The lease payments must not exceed those required for a straight lease. 

• The lease term is for a period of 12 months or less (exclusive of renewal 

options). 

• The total of the payments made toward the purchase of the vehicle (whether 

as a periodic payment, a percent of the lease payment, a lump sum at the 

end of the lease, or a combination including the value of any purchase 

credits as may be stipulated by the contract) must not exceed the 

established expense/investment threshold (currently $100,000). 

Provided the agreement meets these criteria, O&M,N funds will be used to fund the 

purchase option for nonpassenger-carrying vehicles. Passenger-carrying vehicles 

require OPN funds to execute the purchase option, regardless of the amount. The lease 

portion of the lease-purchase agreements are categorized as operating expenses and 

will be funded using operating funds. 

d. Approval of Lease-Purchase and Lease-to-Ownership Agreements 

(1) Lease-to-Ownership Agreements. All lease-to-ownership agreements 

require COMNAVFACENGCOM approval. 

(2) Lease-Purchase Agreements 

• Passenger-carrying vehicles - TEMC approval is required prior to 

entering into the lease agreement. Approval to purchase and request 

for OPN funds must be requested from COMNAVFACENGCOM via the 

cognizant TEMC at the beginning of the fiscal year in which the buy out 

will occur. 

• Nonpassenger-carrying vehicles - The TEMCs will approve leasepurchase 

agreements for nonpassenger-carrying vehicles. However, 

COMNAVFACENGCOM approval is required to exercise the purchase 

option if investment funds (OPN funds) are required to exercise the 

purchase option. 

e. Conversion of Vehicle Registration from Leased to Navy-owned. When a 

leased vehicle is converted to a Navy-owned vehicle (through either a lease-toownership 

or a lease-purchase arrangement), the CASEMIS inventory database shall be 

changed from status code "I" (rented/leased equipment) to status code "O" (Navy-owned 

equipment). 

2-27

2.9.7 Short-Term Rental. Short-term rental is the rental of vehicles for a period not to 

exceed 60 days. 

a. Intermittent Rental. Activities may, within funding limitations, rent motor 

vehicles for periods not exceeding 60 consecutive days, without regard to established 

IOs, to satisfy peak loads, unusual conditions, or emergency requirements. NCF units 

will chop all intermittent leases through their respective Brigade Equipment Office prior 

to entering into a short term rental. Use of options, renewals, or consecutive 60-day 

contracts shall not be utilized to circumvent the IO system. The activity commanding 

officer may authorize the solicitation, and Form DD 1155 should be used as the contract 

document. 

b. The class of a motor vehicle rented to support the visit of a DoD official can 

be the same as that normally authorized that official. The class of vehicle rented in 

support of non-DoD officials, including those from foreign countries, shall be the same as 

that normally authorized a DoD official of comparable rank or position. 

2.9.8 Long-Term Leasing. Except for vehicles to be used by the officials listed in 

paragraphs 3.1.c and 3.1.d of the DoD 4500.36-R, new leases for sedans, station 

wagons and light trucks for terms exceeding 60 consecutive days, shall require prior 

approval from the cognizant TEMC. TEMC approved lease authority is valid for 12 

months and two 12-month options, not to exceed a total of 36 months. 

a. Procedures for Requesting Leased Vehicles. Activities are to submit 

requests for all vehicles to be leased for more than 60 days to the cognizant TEMC for 

approval. An Economic Analysis in the format of Appendix H, Figure H-6 and an Activity 

Data Sheet (Appendix H, Figure H-7) are to be submitted along with the requests. The 

TEMCs are not to approve lease requests without adequate written justification and an 

approved IO for the equipment code requested. If the requested leased vehicles will 

cause on-hand assets to exceed the approved IO, the excess units must be in the 

process of being sent to disposal, or an interim IO increase approved by the TEMC. The 

TEMC should also review similar assets at other nearby activities for possible 

redistribution of usable vehicles. Lease requests are to include justification and the 

following information: 

(1) Name and location of the activity requiring vehicle support. 

(2) Number of vehicles required, by type. 

(3) Special requirements (e.g., unmarked, heavy duty suspension, security 

configuration, etc.). 

(4) Intended use. 

(5) Length of anticipated use and projected annual mileage. 

2-28

(6) Name and telephone number (commercial and Defense Switched 

Network (DSN)) of the contact at the activity. 

(7) Purchase option, if applicable. 

(8) Vehicle support through GSA IFMS, if applicable. Include Billing Office 

Address Code (BOAC). (If the activity does not already have a BOAC number assigned, 

a number may be requested from your local GSA region.) 

b. Procedure when the TEMC authorizes leasing from commercial sources. 

When leasing from a commercial source, activities should first consider leasing 

automobiles and light trucks from the centralized open-end leases which the Navy 

negotiates annually with major commercial leasing companies. Vehicles may be 

obtained from the indefinite quantity contracts using DD Form 1155. Vehicles can be 

leased off these contracts without further competition. 

(1) Vehicle Hire Contracts. For leases from commercial sources for 

periods exceeding 60 days, a Standard Form 33, Solicitation, Offer, and Award is 

required. Contract procedures and forms are prescribed in the COMNAVFACENGCOM 

Contracting Manual, NAVFAC P-68. The activity commanding officer may authorize the 

solicitation, and Form DD 1155 should be used as the contract document. Requirements 

for the lease of vehicles shall be consolidated to the extent feasible and invitations for 

bids shall be requested on a competitive basis with award going to the lowest 

conforming bidder. 

(2) Buses. Full-time charter of buses may be considered to satisfy 

regularly scheduled and recurring requirements when Navy-owned equipment is not 

available or economical to use to meet operational demands. Requirements of less than 

four hours per day that require a full-time driver are likely prospects. Also, cyclic 

requirements of nine or less months per year may present a favorable bus charter 

situation in that the cost of paying full-time drivers (12 months) may be avoided. Charter 

bus service is considered a contract to provide specified bus service vice a contract to 

provide a specific vehicle and therefore does not require a vehicle IO. The use of 

commercial buses is advocated for the movement of large groups of personnel for 

distances in excess of the activity's established POD. Commercial bus use is also 

recommended where the need is occasional and to satisfy peak requirements. 

c. Insurance and Maintenance for Hired Vehicles 

(1) Invitation to bid solicitations and resulting contracts for leased vehicles 

shall provide for self-insurance or as otherwise prescribed by applicable portions of 

Subpart 28.3 of the FAR. The contractor shall warrant that the contract price includes no 

cost for insurance for which the Government is responsible. 

2-29

(2) The Navy shall perform all maintenance on leased vehicles unless a 

prior determination has been made that it will be more economical, or mission essential, 

for the contractor to perform such maintenance, in whole or in part. 

d. Model Year of Leased Vehicles. As a rule, invitations for bids shall not be 

limited to current year production models. However, when overall economy is not 

affected, such solicitation may be limited to current models. 

e. Identifying Leased Vehicles. Vehicles leased from commercial sources for 

more than 60 consecutive days shall be identified in the same manner as Navy-owned 

vehicles, in accordance with paragraph 2.14.4. Leased vehicles shall not be repainted 

to conform to Navy vehicle colors. Vehicles leased from the General Services 

Administration carry GSA tag numbers and markings and, therefore, do not require U. S. 

Navy registration numbers. 

2.9.9 Reports 

a. Report of Leased Vehicles. The annual activity Leased Vehicle Report 

(Figure 2-3) is to include data for the fiscal year 1 October through 30 September. The 

original and one copy of the Leased Vehicle Report will be forwarded to the cognizant 

TEMC in sufficient time to ensure its receipt by 10 October. The Leased Vehicle Report 

has been revised as follows: 

(1) Vehicle types have been listed in order by Equipment Code, 

sub-totaled to Alpha Code or Description-Tonnage/Alpha Code. 

(2) Sub-Total lines shall be included for each of the following groups: 

• Sedans (Alpha Code A) 

• Buses (Alpha Codes B, C, and D) 

• Station Wagons (Alpha Code E) 

• Ambulances (Alpha Code F) 

• 4x2 trucks (Alpha Codes G, H, and I) 

• 4x4 trucks (Alpha Codes G, H, and I) 

• Trucks (Alpha Codes J and K) 

• Trucks (Alpha Codes M and N) 

NOTE: Refer to the CASEMIS Descriptive Reference Table (available through direct 

access to CASEMIS, the cognizant TEMC, or Navy-provided software) to determine 

Equipment/Alpha codes. 

b. Report Symbol. NAVFAC Report Control Symbol 11240-7 applies to the 

Leased Vehicle Report. 

2-30

LEASED VEHICLE REPORT 

FROM: (Activity) AREA: 

DOMESTIC FOREIGN 

(US & possessions) (all other) 

TO: 

SEDANS 

Subcompact (0103) 

Compact (0104) 

Midsize (0102) 

Large (0105) 

Law Enf. (0114) 

Total (Alpha A) 

BUSES 

BOC (up to 30 pass.) 

BOC (36 + pass.) 

Integral 

Total (Alphas B, C, D) 

STATION WAGONS 

Subcompact (0220) 

Compact (0210) 

Midsize (0202) 

Large (0200) 

Total (Alpha E) 

AMBULANCES Total (Alpha F) 

TRUCKS/TRK TRAC 

½ Ton PU 4x2 

Carryall 4x2 

Panel 4x2 

Other ¼ - ¾T 4x2 

1 Ton 4x2 

Total (Alphas G, H, I - 4x2s) 

Panel 4x4 

½ Ton PU 4x4 

Carryall 4x4 

Other ¼ - ¾T 4x4 

1 Ton 4x4 

Total (Alphas G, H, I - 4x4s) 

1½ Tons 

2 Tons 

2½ Tons 

3 - 4 Tons 

Total (Alphas J, K) 

5 - 10 Tons 

11 Tons & over 

Total (Alphas M, N) 

TOTAL (Alphas A thru N) 

Util Maint (0722) (Alpha O) 

TOTAL VEHICLES LEASED 

Vehicle Type 

No. 

Units 

Total 

Mileage 

(000) 

2-31 

FOR PERIOD: 

1 Oct 19 thru 30 Sep 19 

Commercial Leases Interagency (GSA) Leases 

Total 

Costs 

(No. $) 

No. 

Unit 

Mos. 

No. 

Units 

(For instructions, see P-300 paragraph 2.9.9) 

Figure 2-3 

Total 

Mileage 

(000) 

Total 

Costs 

(No. $) 

No. 

Unit 

Mos.

c. In compiling the data for the cost columns (round to dollars), include only 

actual (or projected) lease charges as stipulated in the lease agreement, including 

mileage charge if applicable. Mileage should be rounded to thousands (e.g., 990,650 

miles would be shown as 991). Also, the No. Unit Mos. is derived from the No. Units 

times the number of leased months in the reporting period (e.g., 10 units delivered 1 July 

on a one-year lease would result in 10 units X 3 months = 30 Unit Months in the current 

fiscal year, and 10 units X 9 months = 90 Unit Months the next year). Do not include 

cost of fuel, oil, maintenance, or repairs (unless provided by the vendor and included in 

the price as shown in the lease agreement). Data on all vehicles of the types listed, 

leased for 61 days or more, including police/security and general purpose vehicles, are 

to be included. Data for charters and intermittent/short-term rentals (60 days or less) are 

not to be included. The TEMC will submit to COMNAVFACENGCOM (Code 134) by 

1 November annually the summaries of the Leased Vehicle Reports for activities under 

their cognizance. Separate summaries are required for domestic (U. S. and 

Possessions) and foreign (all other) locations. (This report is also an input to the 

Standard Form 82, Agency Report on Motor Vehicles, submitted to GSA). One copy of 

the individual activity Leased Vehicle Reports must be attached to the TEMC summary. 

d. Activities with automated data systems may submit a computer generated or 

automated Leased Vehicle Report in lieu of the format in Figure 2-3. In addition to the 

data required in Figure 2-3, reports prepared using the automated data system should 

include separate columns for fuel used (in gallons), fuel cost, maintenance cost, and 

downtime hours. 

e. Annually, agencies provide GSA with a report of vehicles actually leased. 

DoD 4500.36-R requires copies of the lease contracts be forwarded to GSA; however, 

this requirement has been modified to have the agencies provide a "Lease Agreement 

Summary." Figure 2-4 is the format for this report. The TEMCs will forward a "Lease 

Agreement Summary" of vehicles leased through commercial sources (new lease 

acquisitions only) for their domestic activities (U.S. and Possessions) to 

COMNAVFACENGCOM (Code 134) no later than 1 November following the end of the 

fiscal year. 

f. Cost Reporting for Leased Transportation Equipment. For the purpose of 

Transportation Cost Report (TCR) reporting (NAVCOMPT Manual, Volume 3, 

Chapter 7), all cost data for leased transportation equipment (i.e., lease costs, fuel costs, 

maintenance and repair costs) will be reported under the appropriate 6600 series cost 

accounts. Mileage/hours and maintenance/operation costs of lease/rental vehicles are 

not to be included with the Navy-owned inventory reporting data for equipment groups A 

through Z. 

2.9.10 Rental of Construction Equipment 

2.9.10.1 Procedure. To assist activities in meeting intermittent and peak requirements 

(i.e., "Low Usage Equipment"), procedures have been developed for obtaining 

construction and weight handling equipment on a rental basis from commercial sources. 

2-33

2.9.10.2 Authority. Activity Commanding Officers may, within funding limitations, rent 

construction equipment for periods up to 120 consecutive days without regard to 

established IOs to satisfy peak loads, unusual conditions or emergency requirements. 

NCF units will contact their respective Brigade Equipment Office prior to renting/leasing 

any construction equipment. A long-term lease (exceeding 120 days) of construction 

equipment requires prior approval from the cognizant TEMC and is restricted to activities 

ashore for filling approved IOs. Activities are responsible for budgeting and funding for 

the rental/lease of construction equipment for both long-term and intermittent purposes. 

Contract dollar limitations will be based on the contracting authority of the Officer in 

Charge of Contracts. 

2.9.10.3 General Provisions for Construction Equipment Rental. Activities wishing 

to rent construction and weight handling equipment should consider the following 

elements in soliciting bids. 

a. Equipment Rental Rates. These rates shall include all costs of loading and 

unloading the equipment at the contractor's plant, including dismantling and assembling 

charges as necessary. If the Government is able to provide the equipment operator and 

the contractor is willing to rent the equipment without the operator, this should be clearly 

indicated. If the equipment is rented with operator, the regular hourly wage rate of the 

operator and the overtime rate should be indicated. 

b. Moving Costs. These costs are applicable in the event the contractor 

delivers the equipment to the job site. The moving costs should be shown as the cost 

per move plus mileage. For example, the cost of a move for a small crawler tractor to a 

Government job site might be $45 per move plus 80 cents per mile of the distance one 

way. 

c. Termination of Lease by Government. The Navy should reserve the right to 

terminate this equipment rental upon due notice if it is determined to be in the best 

interest of the Government. The Navy will be responsible upon termination of the lease 

to return the equipment in as good condition as when delivered, less normal wear and 

tear. The Navy shall not be responsible nor obligated to pay for any damages resulting 

from the negligence of the contractor or employees of the contractor. 

d. Maintenance of Equipment. If equipment is rented and in the custody of the 

Government in excess of one work day (8 hours), the Government should be responsible 

for and perform normal operational-type services. Operational-type services should 

consist of fueling, lubrication, battery service, checking air pressure in tires, adding oils, 

etc. These services will be performed by the Navy in the manner prescribed by the 

contractor. Unless otherwise specified in the agreement, contractors shall be 

responsible for, and at their expense, maintaining the equipment in good operating 

condition during the rental period (in the terms of this agreement, this shall include labor 

or replacement parts as applicable). In the event the equipment must be removed from 

service by the contractor to perform repairs during the normal working day, such time will 

be deducted from rental payments in the applicable amount of the rate established. 

2-34

Should the contractor be unwilling or fail to make the necessary repairs or replace parts 

to maintain or restore the equipment to good operating condition, the Government 

should have the option to terminate the lease and return the equipment or arrange with 

the contractor to have the equipment returned to the point of origin. 

e. Insurance. Normally, the U.S. Government acts as a self insurer and 

paragraph 2.9.8 c(1) applies. 

f. Liability of the Contractor. The contractor shall ensure that equipment 

scheduled for rental to the Government is free from defects and in good, dependable, 

and safe operating condition. The Government shall have the option, if so desired, to 

inspect the equipment for condition prior to entering into an agreement with the 

contractor for equipment. 

2.10 Registration And Technical Record Control 

a. Responsibilities. The responsibility for assigning USN registration numbers 

to automotive vehicles, construction equipment, weight handling equipment, and 

specialized equipment, and maintaining current and complete files and records for all 

naval activities' transportation equipment ashore and afloat is assigned to 

COMNAVFACENGCOM. United States Navy numbers are assigned to all CESE and 

selected items of CEEI. USN numbers are assigned by CESO in accordance with Figure 2-5 

of this publication. Some examples of CEEI that are registered in CASEMIS by USN number 

by the NCF include, but are not limited to: Refrigerated Containers, Shower Bath Units, 

Water Purification Units and SIXCON Pump Units. United States Navy General (USNG) 

(cargo container) number identifies International Safety Organization (ISO) container 

equipment to general type found in Appendix (E), Table E-1. 

b. Purpose of Registration. The principal purpose of registering appropriate 

items of transportation equipment is to establish permanent and positive identification of 

each unit of CESE as categorized in Figure 2-5. This is accomplished by assigning a 

permanent U.S. Navy registration number to each unit of equipment at the time of its 

acquisition by the Navy. 

c. Classification by Registration Number. The U.S. Navy registration number 

assigned to each unit of transportation equipment is keyed to classify the unit by the 

pertinent subcategory within one of the eight major categories of CESE. Figure 2-5 

shows an outline of the classification system. The CASEMIS Descriptive Reference File 

(available through direct access to CASEMIS or the cognizant TEMC) identifies the 

appropriate items of CESE requiring registration. Registration numbers are also 

assigned to specialized equipment when the registration number is required for 

equipment use off-base. 

(1) Registration of Leased Equipment. Vehicles or construction equipment 

leased for a period of 61 days or more are required by law to be identified as Navy 

2-35

equipment. Vehicles leased from the GSA motor pool will retain the GSA prefix “G” 

identification number. Vehicles leased from commercial sources will be provided license 

plates with an identification number in the 5xx-xxx series. When the 5xx-xxx license 

plate series has been exhausted, USN registration numbers will be assigned from the 

series used to identify owned equipment. 

(2) Registration of Former Railroad Interchange Cars. Activities with 

railroad cars that were previously identified under "USNX" or other identification but no 

longer appear in the current Official Railway Equipment Register are to request U.S. 

Navy registration numbers in the 6xxxxxx series for the cars. All USN 6xxxxxx 

registration series cars are to be included in the I&R Subsystem of CASEMIS. 

(3) Assignment Logic for ISO/USNG Numbers (NCFs/SOUs). ISO Container 

Control Numbers (ICCN) are eleven character codes that consist of four capital letters of the 

Latin alphabet (which designate ownership of the container), followed by six Arabic numerals 

for the serial number, and one check digit. The check digit provides a means of validating 

the transmission accuracy of the owner code and serial number. The check digit is 

determined by a formula in ISO Standard, ISO 6346-1984 (E), and is the remainder left over 

after dividing the product of the formula by the modules number "11." If eleven divides evenly 

into the product the check digit equals "0" (zero). If there is a remainder after dividing by 

eleven, then the check digit equals the remainder (with the exception of a remainder of 10). 

NOTE: In order to avoid the duplication that results from the check digit value of zero 

being assigned as a remainder of both 10 and 0, the serial numbers that result 

in remainders of 10 have not been assigned. This accounts for the gaps in 

serial number assignments for the ICCNs. 

2.10.1 Procedures for Reporting Acquisition and Requesting Registration Number 

Assignment. All equipment contained in the CASEMIS Descriptive Reference File 

which is Navy-owned, Navy leased for a period of 61 days or more, or provided to the 

Navy by GSA shall be reported within 15 days of receipt. Early reporting will provide 

accurate inventory postures and assist the TEMC with requirements planning. 

Unreported equipment, centrally procured by NAVFAC, is considered a new due-in asset 

and will show a newer asset posture than actually exists. Early reporting of equipment 

will accurately show the current status of an activity's equipment inventory based on 

depreciation and life expectancy. Accurate and complete information is essential for 

locating equipment when problems arise concerning maintenance on equipment and 

equipment components. The Navy-wide transportation equipment technical records are 

included in the Inventory and Registration (I&R) subsystem of CASEMIS. The field 

working proponent responsible 

2-36

Classification of CESE by Assignment of Permanent USN 

Registration Numbers 

Registration Category 

Series 

USN 20xxxxx Crushing, Mixing, Batching and Paving Equipment 

21xxxxx Batchers 

22xxxxx Crushing, Washing, and Screening Equipment 

23xxxxx Finishers 

24xxxxx Mixers 

25xxxxx Distributors and Placers 

26xxxxx Spreaders and Transporters 

27xxxxx Asphalt Equipment (Miscellaneous) 

28xxxxx Concrete Equipment (Miscellaneous) 

USN 30xxxxx Drilling, Blasting, and Driving Equipment 

31xxxxx Compressors, Air, Portable (60 through 600 cu. ft./min.) 

35xxxxx Rock Drilling Equipment 

36xxxxx Pile Drivers 

37xxxxx Well Drilling and Earth Boring Equipment 

USN 40xxxxx Earth Moving Equipment 

42xxxxx Crane, Crawler, Revolving, w/Backhoe, Dragline, Shovel, and Skimmer Attachments 

43xxxxx Ditchers, Rooters, and Mucking Machines 

44xxxxx Graders 

45xxxxx Loaders 

46xxxxx Rollers 

47xxxxx Earth and Rock Moving Equipment, Off Highway Trucks, Trailers, and Scrapers 

48xxxxx Tractors 

USN 50xxxxx Power Generation and Miscellaneous Construction and Maintenance Equipment 

51xxxxx Generators (5 KW and up); Welders, Electric Arc; Lighting Equipment, Trailer Mounted 

52xxxxx Pump, Water, Centrifugal or Diaphragm, Portable, -inch 4 to 12-inch capacity, Gas or Diesel 

53xxxxx Pump, Special Construction and Asphalt, Portable 

54xxxxx Servicing Equipment, Refrigeration Containers (Miscellaneous) 

55xxxxx Portable Power Operated Pipe Tongs, Amphibious Fueling Hose Reel, and Skid Mounted Air-Conditioning 

Unit 

56xxxxx Soil Stabilizing and Lawn Equipment 

57xxxxx Sweepers, Snowplows, Snowplow Attachments, and Sanders 

58xxxxx Trash and Garbage Collectors 

59xxxxx Mobile Machine Shops 

Figure 2-5 

2-37

Classification of CESE by Assignment of Permanent USN 

Registration Numbers 

Registration Category 

Series 

USN 60xxxxx Railway Equipment (Except Locomotive Cranes) 

61xxxxx Car, Railway, Cargo Hauling 

62xxxxx Car, Railway, Self-propelled 

63xxxxx Car, Railway, Special Purpose 

64xxxxx Car, Railway, Tank 

65xxxxx Locomotive, Railway 

66xxxxx Equipment, Railway, Track Maintenance 

67xxxxx Car, Railway, Power Generating 

68xxxxx Station, Railway, Mobile Power 

USN 70xxxxx Fire Fighting Equipment 

71xxxxx Fire Truck, Crash and Rescue (CFR) 

72xxxxx Fire Pump, Portable 

73xxxxx Fire Truck, Pumper Combination, Structural 

74xxxxx Fire Truck, Aerial Ladder 

75xxxxx Generator Foam, Trailer Mounted 

USN 80xxxxx Weight Handling Equipment 

81xxxxx Crane, Tractor Mounted or Operated, and Landing Craft, Wheel Mounted 

82xxxxx Crane, Truck, and Missile-Handling 

84xxxxx Crane, Railway, Locomotive 

87xxxxx Hoist and Winch Power 

88xxxxx Propelling or Propulsion Unit, Marine Type 

89xxxxx Pollution Abatement Equipment 

USN 90xxxxx Passenger Vehicles, Trucks, and Trailers 

91xxxxx Bus 

92xxxxx Sedan 

93xxxxx Station Wagon/Carryall Truck 

94xxxxx Truck, Light (up to 10,000 LB. GVW) 

95xxxxx Truck, Medium (10,001 up to 23,999 LB. GVW) 

96xxxxx Truck, Heavy (24,000 LB. GVW and up) 

97xxxxx Trailer 

98xxxxx Motorcycle and Scooter 

USN 4xxxxxNonappropriated Fund Vehicles 

USN 5xx-xxx Vehicles Leased from Commercial Sources 

Figure 2-5 (Cont'd) 

2-38

for management of the system is CESO, CBC Port Hueneme, CA. The Inventory and 

Registration subsystem is an on-line data base system with records maintained on a 

daily basis. Mandatory equipment acquisition data elements to be reported for each 

equipment item are: Activity UIC, U.S. Navy Registration Number or GSA number, Status 

Code, Make, Model, Serial Number, Year of Manufacture, Equipment Code/Type 

Designator, Contract Number, Date Received, Acquisition Cost and Fuel Type. Other 

data elements may also be added in the fields provided or in the remarks field. 

a. Reporting Acquisition of Registered CESE. As part of the procurement 

contract, the manufacturer is required to identify applicable vehicles or equipment by 

U.S. Navy registration numbers affixed to the equipment. In addition, short standard 

nomenclatures describing the equipment are etched or die-stamped on the nameplates 

for use by field personnel. Initial registration provides a means of identifying each piece 

of equipment on record in a uniform manner from the time of purchase until final 

disposition. Material Inspection and Receiving Reports, Form DD 250, or Motor Vehicle 

Delivery Orders (MVDOs) are prepared for equipment purchased from DoD contracting 

offices. If the DoD contract calls for equipment to be shipped Freight on Board (FoB) 

Destination, the receiving activity must inspect and sign the DD 250 and forward the 

document to the responsible defense contracting office. Activities are encouraged to 

maintain their own records within the Inventory and Registration (I&R) subsystem of 

CASEMIS. Activities not maintaining I&R via direct access to CASEMIS will report 

equipment acquisitions by mail or fax to the cognizant TEMC. For NCFs/SOUs, a DD 

1342 or electronically prepared facsimile of the same will be prepared for each unit 

received. 

b. Registration Number Assignment and Reporting of Unregistered CESE. 

When an activity receives an item of transportation equipment that is not identified by a 

permanent U.S. Navy registration number but which requires one, a request for a 

registration number should be made immediately. The custodian of the item received 

shall initiate a request to the cognizant TEMC. The TEMC will coordinate U.S. Navy 

registration number assignment with CESO and provide the identification number back to 

the activity. Upon assignment of the registration number, activities with direct access to 

CASEMIS will enter the acquisition data elements. Activities without direct access to 

CASEMIS will fax or mail the acquisition data elements to the cognizant TEMC in a 

format similar to Appendix H, Figure H-9. The custodian of the equipment shall affix the 

assigned U.S. Navy registration number on the unit in accordance with Appendix J. 

2.10.2 Special Vehicle Registration in the National Capital Region. The TEMCs 

shall maintain a current record of official Government and State tags in use on 

Navy-owned motor vehicles within their areas of support to include the special program 

for registration and U.S. Government tags for vehicles regularly based or housed in the 

District of Columbia. The records will describe the motor vehicle by type and U.S. Navy 

registration number, cross-referenced to the special tag numbers, and will include 

information regarding all subsequent reassignments of tags and voided tag numbers. 

2-39

2.10.3 Nonappropriated Fund Vehicle Registration. All transportation equipment for 

nonappropriated fund activities, whether received from excess sources or by 

procurement, will be registered in the 4xxxxx series of USN registration numbers. 

Registration numbers for Morale, Welfare and Recreation (MWR) vehicles, are assigned 

by the Bureau of Naval Personnel (BUPERS), NAVSUPPACT Memphis, Millington, TN 

38054-5045, Code 656, telephone (901) 874-6670 or DSN 882-6670. Registration 

numbers for Navy Exchange and Commissary vehicles are assigned by the Navy 

Exchange Service Command (NEXCOM), Virginia Beach, VA, Code BPFS, telephone 

(757) 631-3633. MWR and resale vehicle markings will be in accordance with that 

command’s policy. 

2.11 Alterations and Modifications. All alterations and modifications to 

USN-Numbered Civil Engineering Support Equipment (CESE) that affect the safety, 

stability, operating characteristics, or so alter the original design configuration so as to 

change the basic function of the equipment in terms of end use performance or capacity, 

shall be approved in writing by the cognizant TEMC (except for cranes which must be 

approved by the Navy Crane Center). 

a. Requests. Requests for modification shall contain full justification and be 

accompanied by a detailed description and engineering calculations and drawings where 

appropriate. The TEMC shall approve or disapprove the request in writing. However, 

for any design change that affects the safe operating characteristics or warranty, the 

TEMC shall obtain the approval of the manufacturer (contractor). 

b. Records. Upon receipt of approval, activities shall file a copy in the 

equipment history record together with the record copy of the Shop Repair Order (SRO) 

or Equipment Repair Order (ERO) used in accomplishing the approved alteration or 

modification. When the alteration or modification affects the end use or capacity of the 

equipment so as to change its equipment code identification, the equipment code/type 

designator in the CASEMIS Inventory and Registration system shall be corrected. For 

any alteration/modification to weight handling equipment, refer to the NAVFAC P-307. 

2.12 Distribution of Excess Transportation Equipment 

2.12.1 Disposition Process 

a. Disposition Instructions for Shore Activities. The disposition process and 

documentation for excess equipment removed from service varies according to the 

condition of the equipment. If excess equipment is usable, the TEMC will ascertain if 

there are other Navy requirements for the equipment and provide direction for its 

transfer. The record holding TEMC shall immediately advise the other TEMC of any 

usable excess transportation equipment prior to sending to DRMO. If there are no other 

Navy requirements for usable equipment, the record holding TEMC will instruct the 

activity to effect a disposal action with the appropriate Defense Reutilization and 

Marketing Office (DRMO). With the exception of medical, railway, fire fighting, and 

material handling equipment as specified in paragraph 2.12.2, the holding activity will 

2-40

initiate disposal with the appropriate DRMO for equipment that is not in usable condition. 

The processing of excess equipment shall be in accordance with the Defense Disposal 

Manual (DoD 4160.21M), NAVSUP Manual Vol II, and NAVCOMPT Manual Vol 3, 

Chapter 6. 

b. Disposition Instructions for NCF, NCTCs and SOUs. Upon receipt of a request 

for 2C cognizance equipment disposition instructions from the allowance holder, CESO shall 

determine if it is feasible to retain the item within the Navy through a transfer to another 

activity or rehabilitation at an overhaul facility. If retention is not economical, CESO shall 

direct the transfer of the equipment with its collateral equipage, attachments, and Equipment 

History Jacket to DRMO. Activities will remove all unit decals and stencils from equipment 

prior to turn-in to DRMO. Upon completion of transfer actions, forward the transfer 

document, DD Form 1348-1, or DD Form 1149, Procurement Requisition Invoice/Shipping 

Document, to CESO Code 1575. 

c. Withdrawal From Property Disposal Accounts. Navy activities, other than nonappropriation 

funded, that want CESE in the property disposal account, MUST FIRST 

OBTAIN CESO/TEMC APPROVAL. It should also be noted that CESE can be issued from 

the property disposal accounts only to fill valid deficiencies in approved Inventory Objectives 

(IOs)/allowances. After receipt, the IO/Allowance Holder must ensure that CASEMIS is 

updated in accordance with paragraph 2.12.7. Navy activities may withdraw CESE for the 

purpose of obtaining a component or subassembly. After obtaining necessary parts the item 

of CESE must be returned to DRMO. 

2.12.2 Reporting of Excess Medical, Railway, Fire Fighting, and Material Handling 

Equipment. Regardless of equipment condition, the holding activity shall report excess 

medical, railway, and fire fighting equipment on a Standard Form (SF) 120 to the TEMC 

for disposal instructions as follows: 

a. Ambulances and other special medical and dental vehicles will be listed on 

an SF 120, separate from other equipment, which will be forwarded to the cognizant 

TEMC, with a copy to the Health Care Support Office. This is not applicable to NCF and 

SOU field type ambulances. 

b. Railroad equipment will be listed on a separate SF 120 and forwarded to the 

cognizant TEMC. 

c. Fire fighting equipment shall be listed on a separate SF120 and sent to the 

cognizant TEMC. 

d. Material Handling Equipment Disposition Requests (NCFs/SOUs). SPCC 

Instruction 10490.3, Material Handling Equipment for Forces Afloat Fleet Issue Control 

Points, Naval Shore Establishment and Land-Based Operating Forces: Administration and 

Control of, contains complete instructions to report redistribution and disposal of material 

handling equipment (other than 2C cognizance). The following supplemental information is 

provided to assist activities that do not hold these instructions. 

2-41

follows: 

(1) Disposal Process. A six-step overview of the disposal process is as 

(a) The Allowance Holder submits a Report of Excess Personal 

Property, Standard Form 120 (completed in accordance with paragraph 2.12.3) directly to 

Commander, Naval Inventory Control Point, Mechanicsburg, PA 17055-0788. 

(b) The Allowance Holder submits the SF-120 to NAVICP as a 

request for disposal of equipment with a copy of the SF-120 to CESO Code 1575. 

(c) NAVICP Processes the request and sends copies of the 

completed SF-120 back to the Allowance Holder and CESO Code 1575. 

(d) The Allowance Holder then transfers the equipment along with a 

DD Form 1348-1 to The Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office (DRMO), and obtains a 

signed copy of the DD Form 1348-1, Procurement Requisition/DoD Single Line Item 

Release/Receipt Document. 

(e) The Allowance Holder forwards a signed copy of the DD Form 

1348-1 to CESO Code 1575. 

(f) CESO Code 1575 then removes the USN registration number 

from CASEMIS records and the disposal transaction is completed. 

(2) Equipment Description. Reports shall include a complete description of 

the equipment in Block 18(b). 

Code A4. 

(3) Repair Estimates. Reports shall indicate repair estimates for Condition 

(4) Replacement. Reports shall indicate whether a replacement is required 

or has been received. When a replacement has been received, the USN registration 

number of the replacement will be cited. 

2.12.3 Preparation of the SF 120, Report of Excess Personal Property. This 

guidance provides a uniform system for the preparation of the SF 120. A sample form 

(Appendix H, Figure H-8) illustrates the correct format, including vehicle condition and 

repair cost estimate. To expedite handling within the TEMCs, use of a separate form for 

each P-1 line is recommended. Special attention should be given to information 

annotated in Block 18b. For example, the last item in the list, "est. cost to place in B-5 

condition", should only contain those repairs necessary to return the vehicle/equipment 

to a safe and serviceable condition (power train, lights, brakes, and other related 

repairs). Reporting activities shall prepare the SF 120 in accordance with the following 

instructions. 

2-42

a. Block 1 - The Report Number is composed of the activity Unit Identification 

Code (UIC) for the first six positions, the Julian date for the next four positions, and the 

next position identifies the type of property being disposed of as indicated by the 

following codes: 

(1) K - Items that have a national stock number (NSN). 

(2) Z - Base closure property. 

(3) U - Shelf-life property. 

(4) L - Nonstandard stock number and items in FSC 23, 24 and 7430. 

b. Block 2 - Enter the date the report is mailed or faxed. 

c. Block 3 - Leave blank. 

d. Block 4 - Insert an "X" in the appropriate box. 

e. Block 5 - Enter the Defense Reutilization and Marketing Office or the 

appropriate TEMC. 

f. Block 6 - Enter the appropriate fund account number when applicable (e.g., 

exchange/sale property, nonappropriated fund property). 

g. Block 7 - Enter the complete name and address of reporting activity. 

h. Block 8 - Enter the name and title of the person approving the report. The 

signature of this person or their authorized designee is required. 

i. Block 9 - Enter the name and DSN, FTS, or commercial telephone number 

of the person to contact for further data about reported material. 

j. Block 10 - Leave blank. 

k. Block 11 - Enter the office to which requisitions are to be sent. If the data is 

the same as Block 7, the words "see Block 7" may be used. 

l. Block 12 - Leave blank. 

m. Block 13 - Leave blank. 

n. Block 14 - Enter the UIC of the activity where the material is located. If no 

UIC is available, enter the complete name and mailing address of the activity plus the 

UIC of the reporting activity shown in Block 7. 

2-43

o. Block 15 - Reimbursement Requirement. If reimbursement is required, 

except for the exchange/sale and foreign equity property, enter the number 1 in the YES 

box. If reimbursement is not required, enter the number 2 in the NO box. DO NOT USE 

THE LETTER "X". 

p. Block 16 - Leave blank. 

q. Block 17 - Leave blank. 

r. Block 18a - Line items will be numbered in numerical sequence beginning 

with serial number 001 for the first item reported on a given day (or a given Report 

Number, Block 1). There is to be only one Item Number 001, 002, etc. on a given day 

including instances of multiple SF 120s (resulting from different P-1 items, medical 

equipment, or just too many items to be listed on one SF 120). 

s. Block 18b - The following is required (plus any other pertinent data, 

particularly that which would prevent redistribution when unsuited for the requirements of 

the receiving activity): 

(1) National Stock Number (NSN) if applicable; 

(2) USN number; 

(3) Equipment Code (EC); 

(4) Type/capacity; 

(5) Make/model; 

(6) Year manufactured; 

(7) Vehicle ID (chassis, serial) number; 

(8) Accumulated mileage (or operating hours for O-Z equipment) 

(9) Estimated cost to place in B-5 condition. 

t. Block 18c - Enter the Federal Condition Code (see Appendix I). 

u. Block 18d - Enter the standard unit of issue. 

v. Block 18e - Enter the number of units reported. 

w. Block 18f - Enter the standard unit cost (acquisition cost). 

x. Block 18g - Enter the total line item value if quantity is more than one. 

2-44

y. Block 18h - Leave blank. 

z. At the top of the form, complete Page of pages. 

2.12.4 Disposition of Serviceable Excess Transportation Equipment (Shore 

Activities). Excess equipment determined by the holding activity to be in condition (see 

Appendix I) other than H or S (Supply Condition Codes) and/or 3, 6, 9, X or S (Disposal 

Condition Codes) are considered to have the potential for further use and redistribution 

within the Navy. The holding activity shall forward a SF 120, Report of Excess Personal 

Property, prepared in accordance with paragraph 2.12.3, to the appropriate TEMC. The 

report may be mailed as an original copy or sent by facsimile machine. Such equipment 

will be screened by the TEMC upon receipt of the SF 120. If transfer to another activity 

supported by the TEMC is warranted, instructions will be issued within 15 days from 

receipt of the SF 120 to the holding activity. Prior to shipment, a physical condition 

check should be made by the receiving activity to avoid the shipping costs for equipment 

that is in unsatisfactory condition. The SF 120 containing undistributed excess items will 

be returned to the original holding activity with instructions to transfer excess items to the 

appropriate DRMO. The holding activity shall process property record disposition actions 

in accordance with paragraph 2.12.7. 

2.12.5 Disposition of Unserviceable Excess Transportation Equipment. Excess 

equipment determined by the holding activity to be in Supply Condition Codes H or S is 

considered to be unsatisfactory for further Navy use. Equipment not in usable condition 

is to be turned in to the appropriate DRMO directly by the holding activity on DD Form 

1348-1 (DoD Single Line Item Release/Receipt Document) and in accordance with local 

disposal procedures. The DRMO also requires the equipment maintenance records and 

the information listed on the SF 120. 

2.12.6 Disposition by Survey. A survey is the procedure required when Navy property 

or Defense Logistics Agency material in Navy custody is lost, damaged or destroyed 

(except in incoming shipments). Processing disposals by survey, a complex and costly 

procedure, requires reference to NAVSUP Manual Vol. II, Section VI as amended by 

NAVSUPNOTE 7200, Subj: Accounting and Reporting of Government Property Lost, 

Damaged or Destroyed, of 29 Aug 1980. 

2.12.7 CASEMIS Inventory Record Adjustment. If excess equipment is transferred to 

another activity, the record holding TEMC will update the CASEMIS inventory records to 

reflect the transfer. For excess CESE transferred to the DRMO, the holding activity shall 

complete the reporting action described herein within 15 days from disposition to ensure 

that COMNAVFACENGCOM inventory records properly reflect all disposal actions of 

CESE. Activities with direct access to CASEMIS will update the inventory records by 

direct entry of the equipment disposition data elements (U.S. Navy Registration Number 

and Status Code Z) or by file transfer of the data. Activities without direct access to 

CASEMIS will report equipment disposition data by fax or mail to their cognizant TEMC 

in a format similar to Appendix H, Figure H-9. 

2-45

2.13 Warranties and Deficiencies 

2.13.1 Warranties-General. Warranties protect the Government by guaranteeing 

equipment against defective material, poor workmanship and inadequate design. 

Warranties vary with contractor and contracting office. However, the warranty period is 

seldom less than 12 months or 12,000 miles. In addition, any warranty given to the 

general public by a contractor is almost always passed on to the Government. The 

contractor is usually responsible for parts and labor costs incurred in correcting warranty 

defects on equipment within the United States (all 50 states). Outside the U.S., the 

contractor is generally responsible for only parts replacement and not labor. Sources for 

specific warranty provisions include: Equipment labels, equipment manuals, dealers, 

contractors, and the cognizant TEMC. Clarification on disputed warranty provisions can 

be obtained from CESO, Code 15L2. Recourse for pursuing warranty defects that a 

contractor is reluctant to correct is included in the Quality Deficiency Report (QDR) 

process defined in the following paragraphs. 

2.13.2 Deficiencies. Activities shall inspect all new CESE and identify any deficiencies. 

Deficiencies will fall into one of the following categories: 

a. Theft and damage deficiencies sustained in shipment.(2.13.3) 

b. Safety deficiencies. (2.13.4) 

c. Warranty deficiencies. (2.13.5) 

d. Contract deficiencies. (2.13.6) 

e. Technical documentation deficiencies. (2.13.7) 

2.13.3 Theft and Damage Deficiencies Sustained in Shipment. The Report of 

Discrepancy (ROD), Standard Form 364, is used to report shortages in shipment and 

transportation damages. The ROD is processed through the local supply department. 

The supply department will seek appropriate resolution of the deficiency with the 

shipper. Shipping deficiencies and the ROD process are governed by NAVSUPINST 

4610.33 entitled Reporting of Transportation Discrepancies in Shipments, and 

NAVSUPINST 4440.179 entitled Report of Discrepancy (ROD). 

2.13.4 Safety Deficiencies. All CESE developing deficiencies affecting safe operation 

shall be immediately removed from service until corrective action has been completed. 

Safety deficiencies shall be reported on a Quality Deficiency Report (QDR), Standard 

Form 368 (see paragraph 2.13.9 and Appendix H, Figure H-10) to CO NCBC, CESO 

15L2, 1000 23rd Avenue, Port Hueneme, CA 93043-4301 with a copy to the cognizant 

TEMC. In lieu of a QDR form, the requested information may be stated in any type of 

written correspondence. QDR information detailing safety deficiencies can be faxed to 

CESO 15L2 at (805) 982-3395 or DSN 551-3395. CESO 15L2 will identify and notify the 

TEMCs and other Navy activities affected by the safety deficiency. After initial reporting 

of safety deficiencies, activities shall pursue the same action identified below for 

warranty or contract deficiencies. In-house repairs to correct a safety deficiency shall 

have the manufacturer’s authorization. 

2-46

2.13.5 Warranty Deficiencies. Activities shall initiate the following corrective action for 

CESE warranty deficiencies: 

a. CESE in the U.S. Activities located in the U.S. shall contact authorized 

representatives of the contractor for warranty deficiency correction. These 

representatives can include local dealers, factory branches, manufacturer’s district 

representatives or the manufacturer. The activities shall report the warranty deficiencies 

and their efforts to resolve the deficiency on a QDR as outlined in paragraph 2.13.9. 

Activities having shop facilities shall correct minor warranty deficiencies in-house when 

the total cost to the Government to transport the equipment to and from the dealer 

exceeds the total cost of the warranty claim, or when the delay in obtaining warranty 

service through the dealer will result in unacceptable downtime. Activities making inhouse 

warranty repairs cannot submit a claim against the contractor unless the 

contractor has authorized the repairs as part of the contractor’s warranty obligation. 

b. CESE outside the U.S. Usually contractors’ warranty obligation outside of 

the U.S. is limited to providing replacement parts only. Activities shall contact 

contractors directly to request replacement parts needed for the activity to correct the 

deficiencies. The activities shall report the warranty deficiencies and their efforts to 

resolve the deficiency on a QDR as outlined in paragraph 2.13.9. 

2.13.6 Contract Deficiencies. CESE with contract deficiencies can fall into one of two 

cases: Case (1) Contractor has provided equipment that does not meet contract 

requirements and, therefore, the contractor has an obligation to correct the deficiency 

(e.g. a latent defect not detected by the government inspector); or, Case (2) Contractor 

has provided equipment that meets contract requirements but the equipment does not 

meet the activity’s requirements. In case (1), the contractor has a responsibility to 

correct the deficiency and the activity shall submit a QDR and initiate the same action 

specified for warranty deficiencies in paragraph 2.13.5 above. In case (2), the contractor 

has no obligation to correct the deficiency and the activity has the responsibility for any 

action or cost associated with correction of the deficiency. Activities shall complete 

QDRs for case (2) deficiencies in accordance with paragraph 2.13.9 so future contracts 

can be written to include all Navy requirements. In some circumstances an activity may 

not be able to determine whether a contract deficiency is case (1) or case (2). In this 

situation the QDR should so state and ask for assistance from CESO 15L2 in making 

this determination. 

2.13.7 Technical Documentation Deficiencies. In those cases where technical 

manuals (operators, repair or parts) are not received with the equipment or are 

incomplete or incorrect, the receiving activity shall, within 10 days, complete and forward 

a QDR report. The original QDR shall be forwarded directly to CO NCBC, CESO 15L2, 

1000 23rd Avenue, Port Hueneme, CA 93043-4301. A copy of the QDR shall be 

forwarded to the cognizant TEMC. Note: Only one set of manuals will be shipped for 

each type of vehicle. 

2-47

2.13.8 Assistance with CESE Deficiencies. Activities unable to resolve warranty or 

contract deficiencies shall so indicate on the QDR report. CESO 15L2 shall initiate 

further action to resolve the deficiencies by communicating with the contractor and the 

contracting officer. CESO 15L2 will advise the QDR originator of progress in this regard. 

Unless otherwise directed, activities shall not communicate directly with the contracting 

officer. In order for CESO 15L2 to provide assistance in resolving QDR deficiencies, the 

QDR originator must fill out the QDR report completely per paragraph 2.13.9. The 

originator must be clearly identified on the QDR report with an accurate phone number 

and address. The TEMCs shall assist with coordinating communication between CESO 

15L2 and activities when requested either by an activity or CESO 15L2. This 

coordination can be particularly important in dealing with CESE deficiencies at activities 

overseas. 

2.13.9 Preparation and Distribution of Quality Deficiency Report (QDR), 

Standard Form 368. Activities shall complete QDR reports as indicated in the sample in 

Appendix H, Figure H-11. If a QDR form is not available, Appendix H, Figure H-10 may 

be photocopied or the requested information may be stated in any type of written 

correspondence. Completeness and accuracy are essential for processing the QDR in a 

timely manner and for providing all necessary action. 

a. Completeness. Section 1 of the QDR is to be completed by the activity. 

The activity shall provide information for blocks: 1a, 1b, 2a, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 

15, 15b, 15c, 16a (1) and (2), 16b (2) and (3), 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 (as applicable), and 22. 

Additional sheets may be added to the QDR report when there is insufficient space in the 

blocks provided. For trucks, include chassis manufacturer and chassis identification 

number as well as the body manufacturer and body identification number. Include USN 

registration number(s) in blocks 16a (1) and (2). 

b. Distribution. The originating activity shall date and assign a serial number 

to each QDR report and distribute the QDR as follows. 

(1) Original to: 

CO NCBC, CESO 15L2 FAX: CESO 15L2 

1000 23rd Avenue (805) 982-3395 

Port Hueneme, CA 93043-4301 DSN 551-3395 

If you facsimile a copy, also mail the original. 

(2) Copy to the cognizant TEMC. 

c. Final Resolution. CESO and the TEMCs will coordinate action until the QDR 

is resolved. CESO Code 15L2 will provide notification of the final resolution of major 

deficiencies to both TEMCs, NAVFAC, and to the affected activities. 

2.13.10 Additional QDR Guidance. It is important that the QDR state what corrective 

action has been taken and the status of this action. The status shall indicate names of 

dealers, factory branch offices or manufacturers contacted, and action resulting from 

2-48

such contacts. If the same deficiency is found on several units of similar equipment, only 

one QDR has to be submitted, referencing each of the several units involved. Similarly, 

if several deficiencies are found on one unit of equipment, only one QDR has to be 

submitted. Submit an additional QDR, referencing previous applicable QDR report(s), if 

a deficiency recurs on a previously repaired or replaced part. For deficiencies that are 

not satisfactorily corrected when the contractor is responsible, the QDR shall contain the 

name and address of the manufacturer’s representative who did not comply with the 

terms of the warranty or contract, and the reasons for noncompliance. The Navy Quality 

Deficiency Reporting Program is governed by SECNAVINST 4855.6. 

2.14 Painting And Identification Markings 

2.14.1 Painting Specifications, Standards and Authorized Colors. All Navy 

transportation equipment shall be treated and painted in accordance with MIL-STD 1223 

and all specifications and standards referenced within MIL-STD 1223. The colors of the 

paint shall match the color chips in FED-STD-595B unless otherwise specified and in 

accordance with colors listed in Appendix J, Figure J-3. 

a. Authorized Colors for NCF,NCTCs and SOUs. Colors of all paint used on 

CESE shall provide the best available color match of the following color chips in Federal 

Standard No. 595B. 

Yellow Number 13538 White Number 17886 

Green Number 14064 Gray Number 16187 

Sand Number 33303 Red Number 11105 

Black Number 17038 

b. Waterborne Equipment (NCF,NCTCs and SOUs). Waterborne equipment, 

which includes turntables, propulsion units, and winches, shall be painted gray, Color 

No. 16187. 

c. Other Vehicles and Equipment (NCF,NCTCs and SOUs). All other vehicles 

and equipment shall be painted lusterless green, Color No. 14064 (NSN 8010-00-298- 

2295). 

d. Special Requirements for CARC (NCF,NCTCs and SOUs). Some new 

equipment introduced to the NCF and SOU communities has been painted with 

Chemical Agent Resistant Coating (CARC). Most CARC-painted vehicles in the NCF 

may be identified by "CARC" printed near the equipment data plate. CARC-painted 

equipment must be repainted only with CARC. The 3/4-ton CUCV (M1009) EC 030731, 

and 1-1/4 ton CUCV (M1008) EC 036031 which are painted with acrylic enamel by the 

manufacturer must be touched up with CARC. STRICT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHILE 

USING CARC PAINT MUST BE ADHERED TO. Safety precautions and procedures for 

touch-up and repainting of CARC equipment are found in Appendix J. 

2-49

e. Camouflage Painting of CESE (NCF,NCTCs and SOUs). Unless directed 

by the cognizant Theater Commander or higher authority, CESE will not be painted 

camouflage. When camouflage painting is directed, it shall be the three-color 

camouflage CARC, using the applicable patterns and combinations of colors suggested 

for various seasons and climatic regions described in the U.S. Marine Corps Camouflage 

Paint Patterns, TM-4750-15/2-2. Appendix J contains additional guidance. 

f. Desert Painting of CESE (NCF,NCTCs and SOUs). Unless directed by the 

cognizant theater commander or higher authority, CESE will not be painted Desert 

colors. When desert painting is directed, the entire piece of equipment will be painted 

CARC, color number 33303. Appendix J contains additional guidance. 

Color Quantity NSN 

Sand 1 GL 8010-00-111-7988 

Sand 5 GL 8010-00-111-8336 

Olive Drab 1 GL 8010-00-111-7940 

Olive Drag 5 GL 8010-00-111-8069 

Green, Forest 1 GL 8010-00-111-8382 

Green, Forest 5 GL 8010-00-111-7937 

Field Drab 1 GL 8010-00-111-7943 

Field Drab 5 GL 8010-00-111-8129 

Green, Light 5 GL 8010-00-111-8007 

Brown, Earth 5 GL 8010-00-111-8338 

Black 1 GL 8010-00-111-8005 

Black 5 GL 8010-00-111-8356 

Yellow, Earth 1 GL 8010-00-111-7968 

2.14.2 Repainting Requirements. Transportation equipment shall be repainted when 

inadequate protection is afforded against rust or corrosion. Equipment shall not be 

repainted merely to change the color or gloss characteristics if the finish is serviceable. 

Spot painting, in lieu of completely refinishing previously painted sections, should be 

done whenever practicable. Bare surfaces of body sections and sheet metal exposed by 

deterioration of paint or by accidents shall be spot painted immediately to prevent 

deterioration of the metal. When using any paint product, particularly lead-base paint, 

all current health and safety regulations shall be strictly enforced. Contact the activity 

health and safety department/office to obtain all applicable regulations and instructions 

pertaining to a safe painting environment. 

2-50

2.14.3 Recruiting Vehicles. The color and marking of vehicles for recruiting purposes 

shall be as prescribed by the Bureau of Naval Personnel (BUPERS) and as approved by 

CNO. Those vehicles may display signs and/or slogans in accordance with Instructions 

promulgated by BUPERS or Naval Recruiting Command. 

2.14.4 Vehicle Identification. The placement of registration numbers and other 

equipment markings on motor vehicles for identification purposes, as required by law, 

are described herein. USN registration numbers are to be applied or stamped on a nonrusting 

identification plate and permanently affixed to the interior of the vehicle by the 

manufacturers of most vehicles destined for Navy ownership. Exceptions to this are the 

light vehicles from GSA Automotive Center contracts. These light vehicles, fitted with 

Navy license plates, will not have identification plates with the USN registration numbers. 

The USN registration number will be embossed on the Navy license plate. For 

permanently preserving the registration number correlation with its respective vehicle, it 

is recommended that the number be written with a permanent-type marking pen on a 

painted surface interior to the vehicle such as the underside of the trunk or hood, the 

door jams, or glove compartment interior. 

a. Vehicles With License Plates. Navy vehicles, including trailers, that are 

designed for highway travel are procured with Navy license plates containing the USN 

registration number, "FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY", and "U. S. Navy" embossed and 

attached to the front and rear of the vehicle. The embossed USN registration number 

does not include a dash (i.e. "-"). Activities receiving vehicles from DRMO or new 

procurements without plates shall request them from CESO via the cognizant TEMC and 

install locally. In areas where license plates cannot be used (such as the National 

Capital Region and some foreign countries), the required markings shall be applied by 

the using activity on receipt of the vehicle. License plates will not be switched between 

vehicles. When vehicles are disposed of, their license plates will be destroyed. 

b. Equipment Without License Plates. Motor vehicles not designed for highway 

travel like construction and earthmoving equipment are procured and maintained with 

markings on the equipment. The size of the letters and numerals shall be 3 inches. 

Location shall be as shown in Appendix J, Figure J-6. Where small surfaces are 

unsuitable for sizes shown, the size may be varied to suit the space. In general, the 

registration shall be applied to the rear and both sides of the vehicles and equipment. 

When hydraulic tailgates or other attachments can obscure the rear USN registration 

number, dual markings must be applied so that an identification number is visible 

regardless of the position of any tailgate or other device on the truck. 

(1) Identification Markings. Identifying markings shall be displayed as 

follows: 

(a) On the sides of the vehicle - DoD component identification (top 

line), registration number (middle line), and legend (bottom line). 

(b) On the rear of the vehicle - DoD component identification and the 

registration number. 

2-51

(2) Location of Markings. 

(a) Side Markings. 

1 Passenger cars, station wagons, ambulances, carryalls, 

general purpose trucks and truck tractors: Centered on each front door or in a 

comparable position in relation to the driver's seat on motor vehicles without doors. 

2 Buses: Centered on the panels just below the windows, to 

the rear of the entrance door on one side, and to the rear of the driver's compartment on 

the opposite side. (School buses shall be marked in accordance with local laws and 

regulations.) 

3 Trailers and semitrailers: Centered on each side of the front 

quarter of the vehicle. 

surface. 

4 Motorcycles, scooters and sidecars: On an appropriate 

(b) Rear Markings. Either in a single line equidistance from the 

vehicles outside edges, U.S. Navy on the left and the USN registration number on the 

right; or in an appropriate placement where the U.S. Navy identification and the USN 

registration number can be readily identified. 

(3) Marking Materials. Markings shall be applied using one of the following 

type material: 

(a) Paint. Use gloss enamel. Vehicles painted with CARC, only 

CARC paint will be used for markings. 

(b) Decal. (Non-reflectorized). Use pressure sensitive elastomeric 

film conforming to Military Specification MIL-M-43719C. 

(c) Decal. (Reflectorized). Use reflectorized pressure sensitive film 

conforming to American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D 4956, Type I Class 3. 

Wide-angle prismatic retroreflective markings shall conform to Type IV of ASTM D 4956 

Class 1. Reflective materials used for markings shall meet ASTM D 4956 Type IV. 

(d) Pressure Sensitive Vinyl (NCFs, NCTCs and SOUs). This decal 

method involves application directly on the equipment of nonreflectorized pressuresensitive 

elastomeric film or to reflectorized pressure-sensitive film. The decals may be 

procured from NCBC Port Hueneme, NCBC Gulfport, or from commercial sources. 

Requisitioning data for black pressure-sensitive vinyl numerals and letters is listed 

below. 

2-52

NOTE: Ensure quantity of issue prior to ordering. 

Item Stock Number Description 

1. 3" high 1/2" stroke 7690-01-031-9568 Numeral 0 










11. 3" high 1/2" stroke 7690-01-031-9553 Letter U 

12. 3" high 1/2" stroke 7690-01-031-9551 Letter S 

13. 3" high 1/2" stroke 7690-01-031-9546 Letter N 

14. 3" high 1/2" stroke 7690-01-032-0732 Letter A 

15. 3" high 1/2" stroke 7690-01-031-9554 Letter V 

16. 3" high 1/2" stroke 690-01-031-9557 Letter Y 

17. 3" high 1/2" stroke 7690-LL-LH2-0044 U.S. NAVY 

18. 3" high 1/2" stroke 7690-LL-L00-8135 USN 

19. 1" high 5/32" stroke 7690-00-329-0538 FOR OFFICIAL 

USE ONLY 

20. 1/2" high 1" long 7690-LL-L00-8136 DASH 

21. 1-1/2" high 3/16" stroke 7690-00-857-9737 Numeral 0 










31. 1-1/2" high 3/16" stroke 7690-00-857-9722 Letter U 

32. 1-1/2" high 3/16" stroke 7690-00-857-9720 Letter S 

33. 1-1/2" high 3/16" stroke 7690-00-857-9715 Letter N 

34. 1-1/2" high 3/16" stroke 7690-00-857-9702 Letter A 

35. 1-1/2" high 3/16" stroke 7690-00-857-9723 Letter V 

36. 1-1/2" high 3/16" stroke 7690-00-857-9726 Letter Y 

2-53

(4) Marking Colors. Painted and elastomeric film color numbers shall 

conform to FED-STD-595B. Reflective colors shall conform to ASTM D 4956. Marking 

colors shall be: 

(a) On vehicles or equipment painted yellow, use numerals and letters 

in reflective black, Type I, Class 1, No. 17038. 

(b) On vehicles painted white, individual letters and numbers shall be 

the reflective type, conforming to Type I, Class 3, Blue of ASTM D 4956. 

2.14.5 Special Markings for Aviation and Ground Fuel Servicing Vehicles. Special 

markings are required on fuel and oil servicing trucks and trailers to minimize the 

possibility of replenishing aircraft systems with an improper grade of fuel or oil. 

Precautionary markings are also required to provide sufficient warnings regarding the 

content of these vehicles. Type IV, Class 1 wide-angle prismatic reflective markings as 

outlined in ASTM D 4956 will be used. Markings will be 6-inch reflective red alphanumeric 

characters on an 8-inch prismatic reflective white background. Except as noted 

(paragraph 2.14.5.e.), painted markings, in lieu of reflective markings, are not 

authorized. 

a. Flammable. Apply the word "FLAMMABLE", using 6-inch red reflective 

letters on an 8-inch white prismatic reflective background, to the front, rear and each 

side of the vehicle tank/semitrailer. 

b. No Smoking Warning. Apply the words, "NO SMOKING WITHIN 50 FEET", 

using 6-inch red reflective letters on an 8-inch white prismatic reflective background to 

each side and the rear of the vehicle tank/semitrailer. 

c. Product Identification. Vehicle tanks/semitrailers shall be marked on each 

side and the rear with product designations. In addition, refuelers used to issue 

approved NATO aviation fuels will be marked with the NATO symbol for the product 

being dispensed. NATO symbols will be centered below each product designation (rear 

and sides). All lettering will be in 6-inch red reflective letters imposed on an 8-inch white 

prismatic reflective background. Product designation markings and NATO symbols shall 

be as follows. 

Product Marking NATO Symbol 

Aviation gasoline, 

Grade 100/130 Octane AVGAS 100/130 F-18 

Grade 115/145 Octane AVGAS 115/145 F-22 

Jet fuel, Grade JP-4 Jet Fuel JP-4 F-40 

Jet fuel, Grade JP-5 Jet Fuel JP-5 F-44 

Jet Fuel, Grade JP-8 Jet Fuel JP-8 F-34 

2-54

Motor gasoline, 

Leaded MOGAS Leaded 

Unleaded MOGAS Unleaded 

Diesel fuel DIESEL FUEL 

Lubricating oil, Aviation AVLUBE 

Lubricating oil, motor LUBE OIL 

Heating fuel HEATING FUEL 

NOTE: Refuelers and semitrailers used solely as defueling units shall be marked JET 

FUEL or AVGAS (omitting grade codes and NATO symbols). 

d. Aviation and ground fuel vehicles, refuelers and defuelers and waste fuel/oil 

trucks will display the appropriate Department of Transportation (DoT) placard depicted 

in Appendix J, Figure J-4. 

(1) The appropriate identification numbers to be displayed on the DoT 

placard shall be: 

PRODUCT CONTENT I.D. NO 

Jet Fuels (All) 1863 

Diesel/Heating Fuels (All) 1993 

Gasolines (All) 1203 

Oils (Lubricating) 1270 

(2) If liquid being transported is not listed here, refer to 49 CFR for 

appropriate ID number. 

e. Emergency switches and push/pull devices will be clearly marked 

"EMERGENCY SHUTOFF" in 2-inch lettering. The method of operation shall be 

indicated by a clearly visible arrow or by the word "PUSH" or "PULL" as appropriate. Red 

on white reflective or painted marking may be used. Whatever the case, emergency 

markings will be clearly visible at all angles to the surface being viewed. 

2.14.6 Aircraft/Fuel Servicing and Aviation Mobile Ordnance Equipment. The front 

and rear bumpers will be painted black, and 4-inch stripes of yellow reflective sheeting 

(wide-angle prismatic ASTM D 4956 Type IV, Class 1) shall be applied 4 inches apart at 

an incline of 45 degrees from the left and right of the center vertical starting pattern. 

2.14.7 Temporary Identification of Vehicles. Vehicles not ordinarily used on landing 

areas, runways, taxiways, or peripheral roads must be readily identifiable whenever they 

travel over any part of the landing area. These vehicles are required to carry a flag on a 

staff attached to the vehicle. This flag will be at least 3-feet square and will consist of 

1-foot squares of alternate international orange and white on both sides. 

2-55

2.14.8 Warning Stripes for Vehicles, Construction, and Allied Equipment. 

Variations in sizes and configurations as well as safety requirements necessitated by 

local conditions prohibit establishment of uniform instructions for the application of 

warning stripes. Such marking shall be in accordance with Note (1) to Appendix J, 

Figure J-3 as a minimum. 

2.14.9 Hazardous Materials and Dangerous Articles. Navy vehicles used for 

transporting hazardous materials and other dangerous articles shall be marked and 

operated in accordance with the effective edition of the Drivers Handbook Ammunition 

Explosives and Dangerous Articles NAVSEA OP-2239 and the rules and regulations 

prescribed by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations, U.S. Department of 

Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Bureau of Motor Carrier Safety. 

2.14.10 Slow-Moving Vehicles. The slow-moving vehicle emblem shall be displayed 

on vehicles and equipment that do not exceed a speed of 25 miles per hour on the 

highway. The design and placement of the emblem shall be in accordance with Section 

1910.145 subpart J (10) of Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Act 

(OSHA). The emblem consists of a fluorescent yellow-orange triangle with a dark red 

reflective border conforming to ASTM D 4956 Type III, Class 1. 

2.14.11 Flag Officer and VIP Identification. Flag Officers, Staff Officers of flag rank, 

and VIPs are authorized to display their flag rank on sedans by means of a special plate 

(see Appendix J, Figure J-5). Flag rank displays shall not be painted on surfaces of the 

vehicle nor shall staffs be affixed. All other identification, painting, and marking 

instructions herein prescribed for Government-owned vehicles are to be strictly adhered 

to as required by law and regulations. 

2.14.12 Law Enforcement/Security Vehicle Markings. Markings shall be as follows, 

unless a prior exemption has been approved by Naval Security and Investigative 

Command, in accordance with OPNAVINST 5530.14. The vehicles will be painted the 

manufacturer's standard gloss white. The word “Police” in 4-inch reflectorized blue 

letters of material conforming to ASTM D4956, Type III, Class 1 (encapsulated lens), will 

be centered on the vertical portion of trunk lid facing to the rear. The word "Police" in 4inch 

reflectorized blue letters will also be applied to the side of both front fenders at the 

top. A command security department logo, either magnetic or decal, may be applied to 

the center area of the front doors of the vehicle. Requests to exempt base security/law 

enforcement vehicles from law enforcement/security markings and/or standard Navy 

markings and identification shall be forwarded to the Chief of Naval Operations (N09N), 

via the major claimant with a copy to the cognizant TEMC. 

2.14.13 Ambulance Emblems and Markings. An ambulance is defined as a vehicle 

that provides emergency medical care. Those manufactured after 1977 shall be certified 

by the ambulance manufacturer as a "STAR OF LIFE" ambulance. The “star of life” 

certification shall be provided on a placard or label, permanently affixed and easily 

visible in the ambulance oxygen compartment. The "star of life" shall be used on 

2-56

emergency medical care vehicles in accordance with DoT HS 803 721 (Jan 79) and Fed. 

Spec. KKK-A-1822D (Nov 94), and all ambulances shall be identified as follows: 

a. Colors. The exterior surface, including the wheels, shall be painted the 

manufacturers standard gloss white with a solid horizontal uninterrupted orange 

stripe/band. The band/stripe of orange, not less than 6 inches wide nor more than 14 

inches wide, shall encircle the entire ambulance body configuration at the belt line below 

the lowest edge of cab windows, but may exclude the front of the hood panel. (The 

orange stripe may be edged in black or blue.) All lettering and markings shall be blue. 

The colors, orange and blue, shall be the same as specified in American National 

Standard Z53.1-1974, Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards. 

b. Markings. The material for markings shall be applied using wide-angle 

prismatic reflectorized material conforming to ASTM D 4956 Type IV, Class 1. The 

material for the emblems shall be applied using reflectorized material conforming to 

ASTM D 4956 Type I, Class 3. All markings shall be of the following type, size, color 

and location: 

(1) Front Markings. 

(a) The word "AMBULANCE" in block, blue letters, not less than 4 

inches high, shall be mirror image, centered above the grille, on the orange or white 

background. 

(b) A block type blue "STAR OF LIFE" of not less than 3 inches on a 

4-inch white field shall be located both to the right and left of the word "AMBULANCE". 

(2) Side and Rear Markings. 

(a) The word "AMBULANCE" shall be in block blue letters on the 

white field of not less than 6 inches in height, centered, alongside or under the "STAR 

OF LIFE", on each side and rear of the vehicle body. 

(b) A block type blue "STAR OF LIFE", of not less than 16 inches, 

shall be on the right and left side panels. The "STAR OF LIFE" emblems, of not less 

than 12 inches, shall be provided on each rear door window glass or rear door panels. 

(3) Top Markings. A block type, painted or tape, blue "STAR OF LIFE" 

(may be without the white staff of aesculapius), of not less than 32 inches shall be 

provided on the ambulance rooftop. 

c. NCF field-type ambulances. Shall be marked as follows: 

(1) On the front, where space permits, the word "AMBULANCE" shall be 

displayed in letters 3-inches high, centered above the windshield. A 3-inch high red 

2-57

cross on a 4-inch square white field shall be located both to the left and right, in line with 

the word "AMBULANCE" above the windshield. 

(2) On the rear, a 6-inch high red cross on an 8-inch square white field 

shall be centered on each rear door panel, approximately 8 to 10 inches below the 

window, depending on vehicle configuration. 

(3) On each side and on the top, a red cross on a white background 

shall be painted. Size of the cross and background will depend upon the vehicles 

configuration. 

2.14.14 Exemptions from Identification Markings. The exemption referred to in the 

DoD 4500.36-R is modified to apply only to exterior markings and identification for Navy 

vehicles. Navy vehicles which are exempted from exterior markings shall be identified 

by painting the USN registration number on both the underside of the trunk lid and on 

the inner side of the glove compartment lid. In lieu of painting, the registration number 

may be stamped on a corrosion-resistant metal plate to be affixed to either of these two 

prescribed locations. Theater unified commanders are designated to authorize 

exemptions for motor vehicles located within their area of responsibility, when 

conspicuous identification will endanger the security of individuals or U.S. Government 

interests. For CONUS commands, requests for marking exemptions, other than law 

enforcement/security vehicles, shall be submitted to the CNO (N46) via command 

channels, and the appropriate TEMC. Law enforcement/security vehicle marking 

exemptions are discussed in paragraph 2.14.12. 

2.14.15 Records of Exempted Vehicles. Each TEMC shall maintain current inventory 

records of all administrative use motor vehicles that are authorized exemptions from the 

identification and marking provisions of the DoD 4500.36-R. 

2.14.16 Removal of Markings. Upon permanent transfer to a disposal agency, or upon 

sale to commercial contractors, all Navy markings shall be obliterated or removed from 

the equipment prior to removal from an activity's inventory. 

2.14.17 Special Markings. All special markings (e.g., work center/shop/division 

numbers, environmental message, etc.), not previously prescribed herein or consistent 

with marking policies prescribed in DoD 4500.36-R, should be limited to placement at the 

location where the vehicle license plate(s) normally would be located. (When license 

plates are being used, an additional plate with the special marking, can be suspended 

from the front plate only - not the rear.) 

a. All BOXCARS used to transport ammunition or explosives shall be painted 

with a WHITE EPOXY paint for better heat reflection. Two coats of gloss high reflective 

white acrylic urethane enamel, Federal Color No. 27886 or equivalent, shall be applied 

over a suitable primer. 

2-58

. All FIRE TRUCKS (including wheels) shall be painted lime yellow (No. 

13670) with a white reflective horizontal band of wide-angle prismatic reflective material 

conforming to ASTM D 4956 Type IV, Class 1. The band shall be 10 inches wide along 

both sides, the full length of the truck and across the front (space permitting), and be in a 

plane with the headlights. The roof and upper part of the cab, down to a line at the 

bottom of the windshield, shall be painted the manufacturer's standard gloss white. The 

equipment compartments shall be painted with spatter type paint and the cab interior 

shall be painted with black wrinkle paint. A command fire department logo, either 

magnetic or decal, may be applied to the center area of the front doors of the truck cab. 

c. ISO Containers. ISO Containers shall display identification numbering 

system required by OPNAVINST 4620.10, Joint Procedures for Implementing the 

International Safe Container Act. 

d. Seabee Insignia. To readily identify NCF equipment, a yellow Seabee 

insignia shall be painted on all assigned equipment. NOTE: If yellow does not contrast, 

the Seabee shall be painted black. 

Recommended stenciling locations for the Seabee emblems are listed in Appendix J. 

These recommendations shall be closely adhered to. If the recommended location has 

less than 8-inch width or height, the stencil shall be centered, with the Seabee itself 

shown upon the equipment, without concern for the trim. If space does not permit this, a 

4-inch stencil may be used. If there is doubt about the proper stenciling location, 

contact CESO Code 1575. Stencils may be requisitioned from NCBC Port Hueneme or 

NCBC Gulfport, using the data below, and a funded requisitioning document. 

NSN Description U/I 

7520-00-067-8434 Stencil, Insignia Seabee 8" ea 

7520-01-160-9554 Stencil, Insignia Seabee 4" ea 

e. Octopus Insignia. To readily identify CESE assigned to the U.S. Navy 

Cargo Handling and Port Group, a yellow Octopus insignia shall be painted on all 

assigned equipment. The recommended stenciling locations shown in Appendix J shall 

be closely adhered to. 

. f. Lifting Device Markings. Lifting devices shall be painted yellow and 

identified by the words "LIFT HERE" stenciled in 1-inch black letters on a visible area 

next to the lifting device. 

g. Tire Pressure Markings. The recommended tire pressure shall be stenciled 

in 1-inch black figures on a visible area above each tire on all vehicles (except sedans) 

with pneumatic tires. A correct example for a vehicle with tires that require 25-pound 

pressure is "TP-25." 

2-59

h. Tie Down Markings. It is recommended that tie downs and the capacity of 

each tie down ring be permanently attached to the equipment. 

I. SIXCON Fuel Tanks. Fuel tanks shall be marked on each side with the 

word "FLAMMABLE" in 6-inch black letters directly above the words "NO SMOKING 

WITHIN 50 FEET" in 3-inch black letters. A removable 8- by 36-inch black sign with 6inch 

yellow letters designating the type of liquid being transported shall be mounted in a 

bracket bolted on each side of the tank frame or tank carrier. This sign shall be marked 

"MOGAS" on one side and "DIESEL" on the other. 

j. Optional Markings. The following information concerns other markings that 

may be applied to CESE when authorized by appropriate authority. 

(1) Unit Identification Markings. Unit identification markings may be 

applied on equipment when approved by the cognizant Force Commander. Currently 

approved marking size and shapes are shown in Appendix J, Figure J-6. The markings 

shall be placed in the following general locations so that they are clearly visible for at 

least 50 feet (see Appendix J). 

near the front 

(a) Automotive self-propelled equipment left front and right rear 

(b) Automotive towed equipment one on rear and one on left side 

(c) Other Equipment on each side near the USN numbers 

(2) Operator's Nameplates. Operator's nameplates may be displayed 

on automotive vehicles, centered on the grille, when approved by the cognizant Unit 

Commander. The 3-1/2 by 18-inch nameplates shall be constructed of wood and 

painted green. Two-inch yellow lettering shall be centered on the sign. 

(3) Vehicle Classification Markings. Department of the Army Field 

Manual FM5-36, Route Reconnaissance and Classification, outlines vehicle classification 

markings that shall be displayed when required by a cognizant Theater Commander. 

(a) Front Sign. All vehicles except trailers may use a yellow, 9inch 

diameter front sign with black lettering mounted or painted on the right front of the 

vehicle facing forward, on or above the bumper, but below the driver's line of vision. 

(b) Side Sign. Trailers shall use a yellow, 6-inch diameter side 

sign with black lettering and shall be mounted or painted on the right side of the trailer 

facing forward. 

2-60

k. Removal of Markings. When CESE is transferred to a naval activity or unit 

not authorized certain markings, those markings shall be removed or changed to 

authorized markings for the new custodian. 

2.15 Activity/Unit Transportation Organization. The administration of 

transportation equipment matters at an activity should be the responsibility of a 

specifically designated component of the activity. This component is usually described 

as the "Transportation Division" and is normally a part of the Public Works Department 

(PWD). Transportation functions at smaller activities are often administered by a 

transportation branch or section. 

2.15.1 Responsibilities. The Transportation Division (or branch/section) is responsible 

for providing responsive, cost effective transportation services to the activity and 

providing safe and reliable equipment. The Transportation Director (or Superintendent) 

is responsible for planning, organizing, and developing equipment, manpower, and 

funding requirements; and directs, supervises, controls and coordinates the activities of 

these branches. The Director's responsibility for achieving the objectives of the Division 

by providing responsive transportation services to the activity, must include taking 

measures needed to reduce all costs, in order to be competitive with commercial 

operations. These services normally include: 

a. Operating vehicle and equipment pools. 

b. Operating scheduled and unscheduled passenger and freight transportation 

systems. 

c. Maintaining automotive, construction, railroad, fire fighting, and weight 

handling or materials handling equipment. 

2.15.2 Organizational Components. A Transportation Division normally consists of two 

branches; an Operations Branch and an Equipment Maintenance Branch. Both are 

supervised by a Transportation Division Director or Transportation Superintendent. The 

major functions of the branches are: 

personnel. 

equipment. 

a. Operations Branch 

(1) Operates the activity bus and taxi system for the movement of 

(2) Operates the trucking system for the movement of material and 

(3) Operates the solid waste collection system. 

2-61

(4) Provides equipment with operators for facilities maintenance functions, 

including riggers and equipment for heavy lifts and movements. (Note: Riggers may be 

assigned to another Department within the Command.) 

(5) Assigns vehicles on a long-term basis to using departments (Class B 

assignments, as described in paragraph 2.1.2). 

(6) Operates station motor pool and assigns vehicles on daily or trip basis 

(Class C assignments), and responds to all intermittent random requests. 

b. Equipment Maintenance Branch. Accomplishes scheduled and 

unscheduled maintenance with minimum labor and material (parts) necessary to ensure 

a safe and serviceable fleet capable of meeting the activity's operational requirements. 

c. Subordinate Components. Depending on the size of the activity, 

subordinate organizations designated as functional sections may be established to carry 

out the functions within the two main branches of a Transportation Division. Such 

sections normally are headed by a foreman or general foreman. Possible sections are 

as follows: 

(1) Under the Operations Branch: Station Bus Section, Taxi Section, 

Heavy Equipment Section, Crane and Rigger Section, and Operator Licensing and 

Examining Section. 

(2) Under the Maintenance Branch: Automotive Repair Section, Heavy 

Equipment Repair Section, and Materials Handling Equipment Repair Section. 

2.15.3 The NCF/SOU Equipment Organization (Titles and Duties). The terms and 

titles in this manual when referring to NCFs/SOUs are normally those used in a Naval 

Mobile Construction Battalion (NMCB) as outlined in NAVFAC P-315, Naval Construction 

Force Manual. The person filling the following jobs in your organization may have a 

completely different title, but the function should be basically the same. 

a. Equipment Officer. The Equipment Officer is appointed by the 

Commanding Officer and is personally responsible for the proper use and maintenance 

of all CESE assigned to the unit and ensures that all equipment is under a dispatching 

authority and is properly controlled. Through the use of an operations section, the 

Equipment Officer evaluates available vehicle resources against the mission 

requirements of the unit and assigns all equipment accordingly. It is the Equipment 

Officer's responsibility to disseminate instructions to all equipment users and to ensure 

proper application. The Equipment Officer investigates all reports of abuse and 

improper use of equipment, conducts traffic court and motor vehicle accident 

investigations, and can designate someone to conduct traffic court and vehicle accident 

investigations. 

2-62

. Operations Supervisor. The Operations Supervisor supervises all 

personnel who operate equipment and enforces the policies of the Equipment Officer. 

The Operations Supervisor works with project officers and equipment users to coordinate 

equipment requirements; review project plans, specifications, and estimates; and 

through the operations section, maintains administrative and operational control over all 

assigned equipment. 

c. Dispatcher. The key position in the management of the equipment of the 

unit is the Dispatcher, who controls the day-to-day assignment and CESE usage. The 

Dispatcher's primary duties are to receive and evaluate requests for vehicles and then 

dispatch suitable equipment from authorized resources. It is the dispatcher's 

responsibility to check the operator's license prior to issuing a trip ticket, provide for the 

most economical use of manpower and equipment, and ensure equipment safety, 

security, and proper use. 

(1) Dispatcher Qualifications. Personnel selected as dispatchers 

should have the ability to convey information and instructions in a concise, tactful, and 

understandable manner; exercise good judgment; to make decisions quickly and to 

work efficiently under pressure; perform administrative, clerical, and record-keeping 

skills that concern transportation; and have knowledge of equipment sizes, types, uses, 

and limitations. 

(2) Dispatcher Responsibilities. The Dispatcher's primary duty is to 

manage the equipment resources of the unit efficiently. The Dispatcher must accomplish 

this within the general policies and directives of the Navy and in accordance with local 

policies, as directed by the Equipment Officer. The paperwork flow required when 

dispatching CESE is outlined and explained in Chapter 3. The Dispatcher also provides 

the following: 

(a) Route Information. The Dispatcher must brief operators on 

the weather, road conditions, routes to be followed, and emergency procedures; know 

the general details of the most frequently traveled routes, weight limits on roads and 

bridges, low-clearance viaducts, and traffic hazards; and must be able to direct 

inexperienced operators on the routes to be followed and the location of principal points. 

The Dispatcher should have a good knowledge of local transportation systems, their 

schedules, and routes, and familiarity with local laws and regulations that govern the use 

of equipment. Most states have requirements about lights, signals, and weight limits per 

tire, and require special permits for moving heavy equipment on public highways. 

(b) Equipment Status. The Dispatcher must know the current 

status and location of every assigned item of equipment. In order to evaluate and 

schedule requests for equipment and services, a color coded equipment status board is 

maintained that lists all equipment assigned to the Unit, the vehicles' current status, 

general assignment, and location. Further information about equipment status boards is 

contained in Chapter 3. 

2-63

(c) Keys. The Dispatcher controls the keys to all vehicle locking 

devices and secures all primary circuit ignition keys, padlock keys, and any duplicates 

while not in use. All self-propelled automotive equipment that have nonlocking ignition 

switches shall install a method of padlocking the steering wheel or gear shift lever. 

Dispatch offices without a 24-hour duty watch must use locked key cases or cabinets. 

(d) Records. The Dispatcher must maintain all required forms 

and records. The paperwork flow is outlined in Chapter 3. The Dispatcher must ensure 

that CESE required to operate over the road contains accident reporting procedures, 

Standard Form 91, Motor Vehicle Accident Report, and a description of local accident 

reporting procedures. Chapter 3 further explains accident reporting. The Dispatcher 

also collects feeder data such as inventory, allowance status, equipment 

availability/nonavailability, and usage/cost information. 

(e) Equipment Scheduling. The Dispatcher will rotate vehicles 

between jobs, where practical, to equalize equipment usage. Unused equipment is 

cycled and exercised to minimize deterioration. All equipment must be made available 

for preventive maintenance service as scheduled by the Maintenance Branch. 

d. Equipment Yard Supervisor. The Equipment Yard Supervisor, "Yard Boss," 

has one of the operations section's most important jobs. The Yard Boss manages the 

equipment yard and the vehicles parked in it, and establishes and enforces traffic control 

through the yard, such as stop signs, speed limits, and one-way traffic flow. The Yard 

Boss is in charge of yard maintenance and establishes parking lines and areas such as 

ready line and awaiting-entry-into-shop line; and ensures that all operator maintenance 

procedures are performed correctly to reduce vehicle misuse. The Yard Boss normally 

determines operator liability because the Yard Boss is familiar with the equipment and 

should know what dents and damage are new. Working with the Dispatcher, the Yard 

Boss cycles and exercises equipment not otherwise used. The Yard Boss is normally in 

charge of the vehicle refueling station, the equipment wash rack, and may also be 

assigned as custodian for collateral equipage or equipment attachments. The Yard Boss 

makes certain that a pre-start check of CESE is performed by the operator prior to 

leaving the yard. 

e. License Examiner. License Examiners must be designated in writing by the 

Commanding Officer or Officer in Charge. The License Examiner plans and administers 

a Unit's licensing program and supervises the unit's operator training program. Before 

the examiner issues or validates a license, each applicant's qualifications are 

determined. Locally prepared knowledge examinations, clinical tests, and performance 

qualification tests are conducted. The License Examiner must be experienced in 

aspects of the operation, servicing, and safety requirements of equipment the examiner 

is designated to license. The examiner maintains license files and records for each 

assigned person with a U.S. Government operator's license. The appointed License 

Examiner shall become familiar with, and maintain a library of, the following publications 

or the pertinent sections thereof: NAVFAC P-307, Management of Weight Handling 

Equipment; NAVSUP P-284, Materials Handling Equipment, Vols. I and II; NAVFAC 

2-64

MO-403, Navy Drivers Handbook; NAVSEA OP-2239, Motor Vehicle Drivers Handbook, 

Ammunition, Explosives, and Hazardous Material; U.S. Department of Transportation, 

Federal Highway Administration, Motor Carrier Safety Regulations; International Road 

Signs; and COMTHIRDNCB/COMSECONDNCB Instruction 5100.1, Naval Construction 

Force Safety Manual (NCF only). Chapter 3 further explains license forms and 

procedures. 

f. Operator. Every person who drives or operates any item of equipment is 

called an operator. All military operators who use government-owned or rented 

equipment must be examined and licensed in accordance with this chapter. Licenses do 

not authorize an operator to use CESE; each item of equipment must be properly 

dispatched. Under no circumstances will a vehicle be dispatched to a person who does 

not posses a valid U.S. Government operator's license that covers the size and type of 

vehicle requested. Operators are responsible for the use of CESE for authorized official 

business only, and must comply with all traffic laws, ordinances, and regulations. 

(1) Operator Qualifications. Operator qualifications are set forth in 

NAVFAC MO-403, Navy Drivers Handbook; NAVSEA OP-2239, Motor Vehicle Drivers 

Handbook, Ammunition, Explosives, and Hazardous Material; NAVSEA OP-2165 

Volume 1, Navy Transportation Safety Handbook; U.S. Department of Transportation, 

Federal Highway Administration, Motor Carrier Safety Regulations; Code of Federal 

Regulations, Title 49-Transportation Parts 100-199; and state and local laws and 

regulations. The proper selection of personnel to be licensed is of utmost importance; 

therefore, before a person in the Armed Forces can obtain a license the following 

requirements must be met. However, a Commanding Officer may impose additional 

qualifications, requirements, examinations, or certifications deemed necessary. 

(a) Age. Military operators must be at least 18 years of age. 

Ambulance drivers must be 21 years of age. 

(b) Physical Fitness. A physical examination is required except 

for military personnel applying for a license to operate general-purpose vehicles up to 

10,000 pounds gross vehicle weight (GVW) who possess a valid state operator's license 

for the vehicle types involved. Operators must have no physical defects or emotional 

instability that interfere with efficient operation of equipment. Persons with disabling 

deformities or conditions that interfere with satisfactory performance of duties may be 

disqualified by the examiner. Operators must have minimum vision of 20/40 Snellen in 

one eye, and 20/70 Snellen in the other eye, with or without glasses. Applicants must be 

able to distinguish red, green, and yellow colors regardless of position of colors. 

Hearing, with or without hearing aid, must test 15/20 for ordinary conversation in one 

ear. Operators must be able to speak English reasonably well, be able to prepare 

accident reports, and understand the meaning of standard traffic signs. 

(c) Examinations. Examination and tests for military personnel 

that apply for a license to operate general-purpose vehicles up to 10,000 pounds GVW 

will be waived if the applicant possess a valid state operator's license for the type 

2-65

vehicles involved. Applicants for licenses to operate trucks over 10,000 pounds GVW, 

buses over 10 passengers, emergency and special-purpose vehicles, 

construction/weight handling/materials handling equipment, and for transporting 

explosive/hazardous material, must successfully pass both a written knowledge 

examination and a performance qualification test as outlined in paragraph 3.10. 

(2) Operator Maintenance. Operator's must keep the vehicle clean, 

safe, in serviceable condition, and perform operator maintenance. Equipment must be 

inspected systematically to discover defects before a serious failure or an accident 

occurs. Operator Maintenance includes the following inspections and services: 

(a) Prestart Inspection. A prestart inspection consists of 

performing the services listed on the Operator's Inspection Guide and Trouble Report, 

NAVFAC 9-11240/13, also called a "Hard Card," (Appendix H, Figure H-22) and other 

services, as directed. This inspection basically covers inspection of fuel, oil, water, and 

battery levels; inspection of tires, safety devices, drive belts, cargo and mounted 

equipment; inspection for leaks and exterior or interior damage; and lubricating, as 

required. Do not operate defective or unsafe equipment. Note the discrepancies on the 

Hard Card/Daily PM Report and forward immediately to the Dispatcher. 

(b) Operating Checks. The Operator MUST use the senses to 

detect items that need attention: smell (burning rubber, grease, clutches); hearing 

(unusual noises); sight (instruments); and feeling (drag, pull, vibration). Tires should be 

periodically inspected for flats and rocks between duals. During operation, lubrication is 

the responsibility of the operator. If a defect is suspected stop the equipment, 

investigate, ensure that defects that damage equipment or impair safe operation are 

repaired before using equipment. 

(c) After Operation Services. After operation, the operator 

performs established shutdown procedures as prescribed in the appropriate operator's 

manual and other services, as directed. This operator checks equipment cleanliness 

(wash and steam clean as appropriate), drains air tanks, covers exhaust stacks, closes 

doors, windows, and hoods, sets brakes, blocks dump beds to drain, and tops off fuel 

tanks if tanks are less than one-half full. Supervisors will ensure that the equipment is 

protected against the weather and the Hard Card/Daily PM Report is completed and 

returned to the Dispatcher. 

(d) Service Station Services. The services performed during 

each refueling shall be to check the engine oil level, check under the vehicle for leaks, 

check coolant level and antifreeze, check the cleanliness of the radiator fins and the 

condition of hoses and clamps, check electrolyte level in battery, clean the battery 

terminals and carrier, check lug bolts and nuts, and retighten, and check tires for proper 

inflation and condition. 

2-66

2.16 Transportation Management Information Systems. Automated Transportation 

Management Information Systems can provide many times the data available from 

manual systems and in more formats than are normally available from central data 

processing systems. The ability to review data, make direct entries which bypass time 

consuming manual systems, retrieve data/summaries for review in print, and produce 

standard or special reports, enhances productivity. It also provides the database 

necessary to allow management to review performance on an exception or specific basis 

without the excessive effort needed to perform a manual analysis, or search through 

numerous satisfactory performance items to find the few problem areas. This means 

effective use of management time and timely identification of minor problem areas before 

they become major. A number of Transportation Management Information Systems are 

available for activity use. 

a. Personal Computer Transportation Support (PC Transport). PC Transport 

falls into the Public Works Management Automation (PWMA) arena. PWMA 

encompasses automated programs for the management of all Public Works functions. 

PC Transport is a transportation-specific module developed within this framework for 

ease of use and compatibility throughout the Public Works areas. The PC Transport 

microcomputer application is designed to take advantage of the latest microcomputer 

technology. PC Transport can be used for a fleet of any size. It can be used on a standalone 

computer or on a Local Area Network (LAN). The number of users (terminals, 

printers, etc., attached to the system) is limited only by the LAN configuration. PC 

Transport replaces the old Base Engineering Support, Technical (BEST) minicomputer 

system. PC Transport is an on-line (or “live”) system. It supports all basic 

administrative, fueling, vehicle and operator dispatching functions, maintenance 

management , and repair data collection, and provides analysis and report generation 

including the TEMES report. Questions on obtaining this program or its applicability 

should be directed to the cognizant TEMC. 

b. Computer Assisted Maintenance and Equipment Operations (CAMEO). 

CAMEO is a transportation maintenance and operations tracking program designed for 

single microcomputer users at very small activities. It supports all basic administrative, 

fueling, maintenance management and repair data collection, and provides analysis and 

report generation. CAMEO supports inventory, assignments, IOs, fuel issue 

transactions, Shop Repair Order data, and provides applicable reports including the 

TEMES. All data is from manual input after-the-fact. Questions on obtaining this 

program or its applicability should be directed to the cognizant TEMC. 

c. Naval Facilities Transportation System (NFTS). NFTS is another personal 

computer (PC) based transportation management software application. NFTS is a 

Government owned software package designed to function on a Local Area Network 

(LAN). NFTS supports all basic administrative, fueling, vehicle and operator dispatching 

functions, maintenance management and repair data collection, and provides analysis 

and report generation. Questions on obtaining this program or its applicability should be 

directed to NAVFAC Code 131 in San Diego, CA. 

2-67

d. Seabee Automated Mobile Management System (SAMMS) Equipment 

Operations and Mobile Equipment Maintenance (EO/EM) Module. The Equipment 

Operations (EO) and Equipment Maintenance (EM) encompass equipment maintenance, 

operations, licensing, DTO parts management functions, and reporting. Included in the 

equipment management functions are operational control of automotive, construction, 

and materials handling equipment, control and storage of collateral equipment, 

attachments and accessory components, and operators testing and licensing. Similarly, 

the DTO parts management functions include ordering DTO parts, receiving DTO parts, 

issuing DTO parts, and generating DTO reports as required. The EO and EM modules 

also provide for various reporting functions including the Tab A Report and Deadline 

Report. 

EM and EO are stand alone systems that are designed for use by maintenance and 

operations personnel on separate computers. The use of two computers will permit the 

equipment operations personnel and maintenance personnel maximum access to the 

systems needed to support their individual but related functions. Information is passed 

between the EO and EM systems on a daily basis. However, the systems are designed 

to function independently. Specific instructions for entering/updating data, viewing data, 

generating reports, and other functions are provided in the Equipment Management 

Systems (EMS) Users Manuals for the EO and EM modules. 

e. Because microcomputers are constantly increasing in power, decreasing in 

price, and playing a more important role for management in all areas, every activity 

holding CESE should plan and budget for installation of this necessary tool. 

2.17 Most Efficient Organization (MEO). MEO, in its generic sense, simply means 

that a function, in this case Transportation Operations and Maintenance (O&M), is 

operating at optimum efficiency and in the most effective manner possible. The term 

evolved from the Commercial Activities (CA) program reviews mandated by Office of 

Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-76, and in the past several years it has 

assumed increasing importance to CESE managers. For the most part, the Navy's 

success in Transportation O&M CA reviews can be credited to the survey teams and 

activity personnel who have identified various methods for improving efficiency and 

reducing costs through an established MEO. Activity CESE managers should look 

closely at their respective Transportation O&M functions (whether involved in CA or not) 

with a view toward achieving the MEO. To assist in this endeavor, some of the more 

significant improvement/cost reductions that should be considered are provided: 

a. Maintenance Function 

(1) Revise work generation practices. 

(a) Implement a service writer concept. 

(b) Establish a quick line repair. 

(c) Schedule body repairs separately. 

(d) Involve customer in vehicle appearance responsibility. 

2-68

(2) Implement incentive pay for mechanics. 

(3) Increase use of Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs). 

(4) Require vendors to deliver material direct to shop store. 

(5) Establish pre-expended parts bin. 

(6) Improve parts cross-referencing. 

(7) Improve communications between Transportation and Supply. 

(8) Buy rebuilt components rather than rebuild. 

(9) Use indefinite quantity parts contracts. 

(10) Evaluate economic feasibility of retaining outlying shops. 

(11) Maximize use of support contracts (body repair, component repair, 

outlying area maintenance, vehicle washing, lube services). 

(12) Adjust pay grades of mechanics to commensurate with job skill level 

requirements. 

(13) Determine requirements for diagnostic/productivity enhancing tools 

and equipment. 

(14) Cost all labor in accordance with NAVCOMPT manual Cost Account 

Codes (CACs). 

(15) Maximize use of retread tires. 

(16) Expand use of labor saving tools/equipment. 

(17) Increase technical training. 

b. Operations Function 

(1) Sub-contract construction equipment requirements that are not of a 

continuing nature, i.e., crane work, ditching, pole setting, etc. 

(2) Centralize delivery and construction operator function (absorb 

operators and equipment back under transportation control). 

2-69

(3) Implement revised dispatching procedures. 

(a) Use computerized dispatch/assignment system. 

(b) Install radio equipment to optimize equipment/operator 

productivity. 

(4) Adjust pay grades of dispatchers or make it a collateral duty of the 

operations foreman or operator on standby. 

(5) Inspect C pool equipment before issuing, document condition to ensure 

that operators damaging or abusing equipment can be identified. 

(6) Maximize the use of support contracts (peak vehicle rental, fixed runs, 

trash and garbage). 

(7) Adjust pay grades of operators to skill levels required. 

(8) Use part time labor for fixed runs (i.e., intermittent/seasonal 

schedules). 

(9) Ensure operators perform service checks (oil, water, tires, etc.) and 

applicable service facilities are conveniently located, operational, and 

utilized. 

(10) Cost all labor in accordance with NAVCOMPT manual CACs. 

c. Other Possibilities 

(1) Rotate assignments, i.e., assign lowest cost/low mileage equipment to 

highest mileage users. 

(2) Evaluate vehicle size/type required versus vehicle size/type assigned. 

(3) Revise working hours (night for trash & garbage, etc.). 

(4) Establish incentives for drivers. 

(5) Install an Automated Fuel Dispensing System. 

(6) Fuel/service at night. 

A complete summary with details concerning the above MEO elements may be obtained 

from the TEMCs. The TEMCs can also provide assistance in implementing MEO 

elements. 

2-70

2.17.1 Commercial Activities (CA) Program. In recent years, a variety of factors have 

served to decrease the availability and use of Government forces in the performance of 

maintenance, operations, and other base support services at Naval activities. The policy 

and procedures for the operation of the Navy CA are contained in OPNAVINST 4860.7 

and are implemented by related NAVSUPSYSCOM and COMNAVFACENGCOM letters. 

The OMB Circular A-76 contains policies for acquiring CA products and services needed 

by the Government and provides a comprehensive Cost Comparison Handbook as a 

supplement. Program inquiries connected with transportation equipment support shall 

be directed to the appropriate TEMC. 

a. Contracts with commercial contractors for transportation related services 

should always stipulate the status of all equipment provided to the contractor (see 

paragraph 3.15). Generally stated, any equipment provided to the contractor, but 

operated by Government personnel will remain Government owned, be replaced by the 

Government, and subject to approved IOs. Generally stated, any equipment provided to 

the contractor and operated by contractor personnel will be replaced by the contractor 

and will not be subject to approved IOs. 

b. A copy of the transportation portion of the CA study should be forwarded to 

the cognizant TEMC for their review and input. 

2-71

CHAPTER 3. OPERATIONS 

This chapter contains guidelines for the administration of transportation equipment 

matters concerning the operations functions of a Transportation Organization set forth 

in paragraph 2.15. 

3.1 Trip Tickets. The Motor Equipment Utilization Record (DD Form 1970), 

(Appendix H, Figure H-12), or an activity generated Trip Ticket, shall be employed as 

the basic document for information concerning the utilization of motor vehicles and 

shall be prepared in accordance with instructions on the back of the form. Navy 

activities using mechanized/computerized motor vehicle utilization data gathering 

systems shall establish operating procedures to implement this requirement. The use 

of the Trip Ticket for Class A and Class B assignments on station will be optional as 

determined by the activity Commanding Officer. (Trip Tickets are required for all NCF 

and SOU activities regardless of the class assignment.) Trip Tickets are required daily 

for all off station and C pool vehicle dispatching. All Trip Ticket data shall be recorded 

on the Dispatcher's Log described below and retained for at least 90 days after issue. 

3.2 Dispatcher's Log. The Dispatcher's Log (NAVFAC Form 9-11240/2) is shown 

in Appendix H, Figure H-13. It will be used to record all vehicles dispatched off station 

and for all Class C pool vehicles. The Dispatcher's Log provides space for recording 

accounting data (job order number) not provided for on the Trip Ticket. Completed 

dispatch logs and trip tickets will be forwarded to the transportation/operations 

supervisor for review and filing. The Dispatcher's Log will be retained for at least 36 

months at shore activities and 90 days for NCF/SOU units. 

NOTE: The retention criteria for Trip Tickets and Dispatcher's Logs will provide an 

audit trail of historical data needed to conduct short term cross reference comparisons 

and/or utilization studies. 

3.3 Bus Service 

3.3.1 Bus Service, General. It is Navy policy to provide sufficient bus service to 

effectively support activity missions. This support may be provided to military 

personnel, DoD civilians, contractor employees, and military dependents. This service 

may be provided with government-owned, leased, or chartered equipment, or with 

contract service. Expenses for the operation of such services will be paid from 

appropriated funds. In all cases, bus systems are funded from station O&M,N funds, 

whether or not fares are collected. For reimbursement which may be available for 

certain school bus operations, see Chapter 6 of the DoD 4500.36-R. While not all 

inclusive, Figure 3-1 provides a quick reference to the types of bus service available. 

Government-furnished transportation services will be categorized as group 

home-to-work transportation service, base mass transit, and shuttle bus service. 

3-1

CATEGORIES OF BUS TRANSPORTATION 

Authorizing Approving Method of 

Bus Service Directive Authority Funding 

Shuttle Bus DoD 4500.36-R Local CO Appropriated 

NAVFAC P-300 funds 

Group home to DoD 4500.36-R CNO Appropriated 

work NAVFAC P-300 funds (fares 

collected must 

be deposited to 

U.S. Treasury 

as misc. receipts) 

Base Mass Transit DoD 4500.36-R CNO Appropriated 

NAVFAC P-300 funds (fares 



U.S. Treasury 


Emergency DoD 4500.36-R CNO Appropriated 

NAVFAC P-300 funds (fares 



U.S. treasury 


Liberty NAVFAC P-300 Local CO Appropriated 

funds 

School DoD 4500.36-R Local CO Appropriated 

funds 

Morale, welfare, DoD 4500.36-R Local CO MWR Appropriated 

recreation, command funds 

religious program 

(Chaplains Program) 

Figure 3-1 

3-2

a. Application of the various types of available transportation services: 

(1) Group Home-To-Work Transportation Service. Transportation 

services to and from places of employment, provided on a fare basis. The fact that 

commercial transportation facilities are inadequate and cannot be made adequate is 

the primary factor in approving group home-to-work transportation requests. 

(2) Base Mass Transit Service. Non-duty transportation services 

among places on a military installation or between subinstallations, provided on a fare 

basis. Base mass transit service is designed to fulfill requirements beyond the scope of 

shuttle bus service. 

(3) Shuttle Bus Service. Scheduled activity bus service provided 

fare-free within or between installations for transporting military and DoD personnel 

between offices and work areas; enlisted personnel between troop billets and work 

areas; DoD contractor personnel on official defense business; and employees of 

non-DoD federal agencies on official business. Available space on shuttle buses may 

be used by other categories of personnel; however, such conveyances may not be 

used to provide domicile-to-duty transportation. 

b. When more than one of these services is deemed appropriate for an 

installation, their use should be integrated in the overall installation transportation plan 

and with any commercial service being provided. There should be a clear distinction 

concerning the purposes of the various types of service. 

3.3.2 Mass Transportation Services (Group Home-To-Work Transportation and 

Base Mass Transit). Title 10, Section 2632, of the United States Code (10 U.S.C. 

2632) gives the Secretary of the Military Department concerned authorization to 

provide transportation by motor vehicle or water carrier with seating capacity of 12 or 

more passengers in order to effectively conduct the affairs of their departments. 

However, privately-owned vehicles, car pools, van pools, and scheduled buses will 

continue to be the primary sources of home-to-work transportation. (Individual 

home-to-work transportation assignments are discussed in Chapter 1, paragraph 1.13.) 

a. Authorization for Group Home-To-Work Services. Requests for group 

home-to-work services should be sent to CNO via the activity chain of command, the 

cognizant TEMC and COMNAVFACENGCOM (Code 134). Whenever CNO 

determines that the effective conduct of the affairs of the Navy requires assured and 

adequate transportation service, this service can be provided by motor vehicle or water 

carrier to and from places of employment for individuals attached to, or employed in, 

that department. In authorizing the establishment of such systems, CNO must 

determine that: 

3-3

(1) Other facilities are inadequate and cannot be made adequate; 

(2) A reasonable effort has been made to induce operators of private 

facilities to provide the necessary transportation, and such effort has been 

unsuccessful; and, 

(3) The service to be furnished will make proper use of transportation 

facilities and will supply the most efficient transportation to the persons concerned. 

b. Authorization for Base Mass Transit Services. CNO may authorize base 

mass transit services on any military installation, or in some cases between 

sub-installations, which are within the established permissible operating distance, if the 

service is determined to be efficient, practical, and in the best interest of the Navy. In 

authorizing the establishment of such systems, CNO must determine that: 

pollution; 

(1) There exists a potential for saving energy and for reducing air 

(2) A reasonable effort has been made to induce operators of private 

facilities to provide the necessary mass transportation, and such effort has been 

unsuccessful; and 

(3) The service to be provided will make proper use of transportation 

facilities and will supply the most efficient transportation to the persons concerned. 

The base mass transit authorization may be used to provide home-to-work 

transportation on military installations or between sub-installations in reasonable 

proximity. It may also be used to provide on-base transportation service to domiciles, 

shopping areas, and installation recreational areas on a routine basis, if the traffic 

volume warrants, or as a special service to support a specific event. 

c. Reimbursement 

(1) Unless specifically waived under subparagraph (3) below, a fare 

system will be structured to recover all costs of providing the mass transportation 

service, including capital investment, salaries, operations and maintenance. If the 

vehicle is used for both operational (mission) and mass transportation, only the costs 

directly related to mass transportation must be recovered, i.e., acquisition costs shall 

not be recovered through the fare system. 

(2) In overseas areas only, a "reasonable" fare may be authorized. 

This fare shall, as a minimum, recover the cost of operation. 

3-4

(3) Public Law 100-180 amended 10 U.S.C. 2632 to authorize waiving 

the fare for transportation of DoD (military and civilian) personnel to and from a military 

installation (to include dependents), in the case of a military installation located in a 

remote area determined by CNO to be inadequately served by regularly scheduled 

commercial mass transit. 

(4) All fare and proceeds received by DoD components from the 

operation of mass transportation services must be accounted for and deposited in the 

U.S. Treasury as miscellaneous receipts, pursuant to provisions of 10 U.S.C. 2632. 

d. Vehicle Acquisition. When determinations have been made that group 

transportation and/or base mass transit service are required, the Navy, subject to 

budget limitations and funding availability, may: 

(1) Buy or hire motor vehicles or water carriers; 

(2) Maintain and operate the equipment by Government-owned or 

contractor facilities; 

operation. 

(3) Lease or charter the equipment to private or public carriers for 

e. Requests for Mass Transportation Service (Group Home-To-Work 

Transportation or Base Mass Transit Service). Requests for authority to establish 

these transportation services shall be submitted through the cognizant TEMC and the 

command chain to CNO, via the Commander, Naval Facilities Engineering Command 

(Code 134), for determination. The following information shall be furnished: 

(1) Name, mission, and location of the activity. 

(2) Current military and civilian strength, and authorized changes that 

will affect transportation requirements. Show breakdown of work-shifts if applicable. 

(3) A description of existing facilities, including the use of privately 

owned vehicles, carpools, and group riding arrangements. 

(4) Points to which service is required and the distance between the 

installation and each point. 

(5) The number of people requiring recurring transportation between 

the installation and each point (indicate by shift if applicable). 

(6) In the case of group home-to-work transportation service, a 

statement describing the efforts which have been made to make existing facilities, 

public or private, adequate, or efforts to induce private operators to provide the 

necessary transportation. 

3-5

(7) In the case of base mass transit service, an assessment of the 

potential for saving energy and reducing pollution. 

(8) The type of service proposed, plus information concerning all 

necessary arrangements such as rentals, charters, rates, routes, and schedules; and 

type, source, number, and seating capacity of the equipment to be used. The amount 

of fare to be charged shall be stated and a map or sketch of the area enclosed. If the 

proposed service is to be operated with Government-owned vehicles, requests must 

indicate that the local commercial carriers have no desire or capacity to provide the 

service. 

(9) A statement as to the estimated cost and availability of 

appropriated funds to operate the service. 

(10) The date on which the service is needed or can be started. 

f. Transit Facility Control Number. After CNO's approval of the group 

transportation or base mass transit service request, a Transit Facility Control Number 

shall be assigned by COMNAVFACENGCOM for reference, control, and reporting 

purposes. These bus systems shall be reviewed at least annually to determine 

continued validity and a statement indicating the continuing validity of the requirement 

for such transportation is to be attached to the report required by paragraph g. below. 

g. Annual Report. A report indicating the actual expenditures chargeable to 

the home-to-work transportation and/or base mass transit service facility operations 

shall be prepared at the end of the fiscal year (30 September) using the format shown 

in Appendix H, Figure H-14. NAVFAC Report Control Symbol 11240-16 applies to this 

report. This report shall be forwarded to COMNAVFACENGCOM with a copy to the 

appropriate TEMC by 30 November annually. A statement indicating the continued 

validity of the requirement for this transportation must be attached to the annual report. 

This will constitute the annual review required by DoD 4500.36-R. 

h. Types of Fares for Group Home-To-Work Transportation and Base Mass 

Transit. Fares normally will be collected by the vehicle operator. Fares may be 

collected in any or all of the following forms. 

(1) Books of tickets; 

(2) Single-trip tickets; 

(3) Round-trip tickets; 

(4) Commutation tickets; 

(5) Identification as authorized to travel free of charge; 

(6) Cash. 

i. Selecting Types of Fares. In general, the use of cash fares should be 

discouraged. Serially-numbered tickets for payment of fares should be employed to the 

maximum extent. Tickets may be single-trip, round-trip, in books, or commutation 

3-6

tickets. In considering the type of tickets to be used, it should be noted that refunds 

may be paid only to the original purchasers. Ticket books and commutation tickets 

should provide space for the original purchaser's name, signature, and badge number 

(if applicable) with the date of purchase shown. 

j. Inventory Control of Tickets. An inventory control record of all types of 

tickets received from the printer (supported by a copy of the printer's invoice or delivery 

receipt) and of tickets issued to ticket agents for sale (supported by a signed custody 

receipt) shall be maintained by the office responsible for the control of tickets. At least 

once a month, a physical count of tickets on hand should be made and reconciled with 

the balance reflected by the inventory control record. Tickets returned to the custodian 

will be reported in the control record as a receipt and will be supported in the records of 

the ticket agent by a custody receipt. Ticket agents will maintain an inventory control 

record of tickets, recording the tickets received from the Transportation Officer (by 

denomination) and the tickets sold each day. At least once each month the 

Transportation Officer will make a physical count of the tickets held by the agents, and 

the results of such counts will be reconciled with the agents' control records. The 

amount of sales recorded in the inventory control records will agree with the collections 

turned over for deposit with the Disbursing Officer. If the collections are given to a 

collection agent responsible for obtaining cash from all ticket agents for deposit with 

the tickets held by the agents, the results of such counts will be reconciled with agents' 

control records. The amount of sales recorded in the inventory control records will 

agree with the collections turned over for deposit with the Disbursing Officer. If the 

collections are given to a collection agent responsible for obtaining cash from all ticket 

agents for deposit with the Disbursing Officer, the ticket agent should obtain a custody 

receipt for the cash turned over. The custody receipt may be changed to indicate 

receipt for cash instead of tickets. The depositing collection agent will maintain a 

record of ticket sales, showing this data, to substantiate the Cash Collection Voucher 

(DD Form 1131), NAVCOMPT Manual, Volume 4, Chapter 3. Receipts will be 

deposited with the Disbursing Officer daily or at any other reasonable interval. 

k. Use of Coin Boxes. Where coin boxes are used, the activity Disbursing 

Officer shall establish policy and procedures for accounting for cash deposits. Vehicles 

shall be equipped with tamper-proof coin boxes that permit visual inspection of coins 

inserted. If lock type boxes are used, the keys shall be kept by the Transportation 

Officer or an authorized representative other than the driver of the vehicle. 

3.3.3 Shuttle Bus Service (Scheduled Activity Bus Service). The capability to 

transport groups of individuals on official business between offices on installations or 

between nearby installations is a recognized requirement and is essential to mission 

support. The effective use of buses reduces the requirement for individual assignment 

of administrative vehicles. 

a. Shuttle bus services may be provided fare-free on or between 

installations for the transportation of: 

3-7

(1) Military personnel and DoD employees between offices and work 

areas of the installation or activity during designated duty hours when justified by the 

ridership. These routes will be designed to service offices and work areas only and will 

not include base housing areas, recreational, or shopping areas unless these areas 

cannot reasonably be avoided in servicing the authorized points. 

(2) Enlisted personnel between troop billets and work areas. 

(3) DoD contractor personnel conducting official defense business. 

(4) Employees of non-DoD federal agencies on official business. 

Such transportation will only be provided over routes established for primary support of 

the defense mission. 

b. The following instructions apply to establishing and maintaining shuttle 

bus routes: 

(1) Established routes and schedules must be based on a validated 

need to transport passengers authorized above. Shuttle bus routes will not be used to 

provide domicile-to-duty travel except as authorized above. 

(2) The conveyance used must be no larger than the most economical 

available to accommodate "duty" passengers. 

(3) Frequent surveys (at least annually) must be conducted to 

ascertain that the conditions cited in (1) and (2) remain constant. 

c. Space-available transportation on shuttle buses may be provided to the 

following categories of passengers: 

employees. 

(1) Off-duty military personnel and DoD civilian employees. 

(2) Reserve and National Guard members. 

(3) Dependents of active duty military personnel and DoD civilian 

(4) Retirees. 

(5) Visitors to the base (intra-installation only). 

Shuttle bus service may be provided with Navy-owned or contract equipment. 

Expenses for the operation of such services will be paid from appropriated funds. 

3-8

3.3.4 Transportation for Morale, Welfare and Recreation (MWR) Programs. 

Transportation provided for activity-approved Morale, Welfare and Recreation (MWR) 

programs, i.e., athletic teams, and the Chaplain's program, shall generally be organized 

on a group basis large enough to employ buses. The Commanding Officer of an 

activity may, however, authorize the use of vehicles with seating capacities less than 

buses where feasible and economically justified. 

3.3.5 Liberty Bus Service. At naval activities where commercial transportation 

services are not available, or are inadequate for transporting liberty personnel, activity 

Commanding Officers may inaugurate liberty bus service. Liberty bus facilities that in 

any way parallel or compete with common carriers are not to be authorized unless the 

carriers provide the activity Commanding Officer with a letter indicating an 

unwillingness, disinterest, or inability to provide adequate service necessary to satisfy 

the requirements. Liberty bus service shall not be established in lieu of fare-charging 

group transportation services, nor used to transport civilians, military dependent 

personnel, or guests. Bus service furnished to military personnel on base is not 

considered liberty bus service. 

3.3.6 Emergency Bus Service. In compliance with Title 10, Section 2632, U.S. 

Code, transportation between domicile and places of employment may be provided for 

military personnel and civilian employees during public transportation strikes or other 

stoppages. This applies only to those who are actively engaged in projects, or the 

support of projects, the continued delay of which would adversely affect national 

defense. Fares for such service shall be charged and accounted for as described in 

paragraph 3.3.2. Routine construction, repair, or overhaul of aircraft, ships, or material 

peculiar to the Navy will not qualify under this policy. When public transit strikes or 

other work stoppages are imminent or in progress, Commanding Officers who 

determine that transportation between domiciles and places of employment is essential 

shall submit the following information to CNO, with COMNAVFACENGCOM and the 

appropriate TEMC as a copy addressee. 

a. Installation or activity requiring transportation support. 

b. General nature of the transportation requirements, including efforts to 

induce private facilities to provide the necessary transportation. 

c. Titles of critical projects. 

d. Availability, type, and number of vehicles required. 

e. Number of personnel, by project, to be transported. 

f. Proposed fares. 

3-9

3.3.7 School Bus. School bus operation is covered in Chapter 6 of the DoD 

4500.36-R. However, a Transit Facility Control Number for each school bus operation 

should be requested from the COMNAVFACENGCOM (Code 134). The request for the 

Transit Facility Control Number should include the name of the activity, the school(s) 

served, the approximate number of children provided daily transportation, the number 

of buses involved, the approximate distance traveled one way daily by each bus, and a 

map showing the route(s). COMNAVFACENGCOM should also be advised when the 

school bus service is discontinued. 

3.4 Operation of Ambulances 

a. Policy. The following rules, which are based on a Bureau of Medicine 

and Surgery (BUMED) instruction (NAVMEDCOMINST 6700.9), shall be strictly 

adhered to in relation to the operation of Medical Department ambulances. 

b. Use of Ambulances 

(1) Ambulances shall be used only for the transportation of such 

wounded or injured persons who are eligible by law, regulation, or humanitarian 

consideration for treatment in Medical Department facilities of any of the armed 

services. 

(2) Ambulances shall not be used in lieu of other vehicles for transporting 

messengers, mail carriers, baggage, food, other commercial type hauling, or general 

use. 

(3) Vehicles other than ambulances shall be used to the maximum extent 

practicable to provide transportation for personnel between remote sections of an 

activity, or between adjacent activities, for routine medical and dental examinations or 

treatment, including x-rays, laboratory tests, and dental treatment. 

(4) Each ambulance dispatched shall have at least one attendant who is 

Emergency Medical Technician-Ambulance (EMT-A) trained. 

c. Authorization of Emergency Runs. Only personnel delegated by the 

Commanding Officer may authorize emergency runs, and these authorizations must be 

in writing. When emergency runs are authorized, a brief report on the necessity for the 

run shall be fully recorded in the duty log of the cognizant Medical Department. 

d. Ambulance Speed Limits. All State laws, municipal ordinances, and local 

command orders and instructions relating to operations of motor vehicles shall be 

strictly observed. 

e. Use of Ambulance Warning Lights and Sirens. Warning lights or sirens 

are to be used only on authorized emergency runs. The use of the siren and the red 

light shall be governed by local laws and command regulations. It is emphasized that 

3-10

the use of the siren or red light in emergencies does not give the ambulance operator 

the authority or privilege to violate local traffic regulations. Each designated 

ambulance operator shall be required to acknowledge in writing that this fact has been 

brought to their attention. 

f. Ambulance Driver Qualifications. All ambulance drivers, whether civilian 

or military personnel, shall have successfully completed the DoT training program (or 

equivalent) for the operation of emergency vehicles, and shall have a valid U.S. 

Government Motor Vehicle Operator's Identification Card (OF-346) in their possession 

while operating ambulances. In addition, ambulance drivers must satisfy State and 

municipal requirements as to age and other qualifications (see paragraph 3.8.7). 

Drivers shall be fully conversant with local traffic regulations and local geography prior 

to being assigned to drive Medical Department ambulances. 

g. Operating Records and Forms. Each ambulance shall carry a book or 

clip board containing orders and safety precautions prescribed by the local command 

for the locality. Each vehicle shall also carry the Motor Vehicle Accident Report, 

Standard Form 91, and an accident identification card (DD Form 518), and all drivers 

shall be thoroughly instructed in their proper use. 

3.5 Assignment and Operation of Law Enforcement Vehicles 

3.5.1 Use of Law Enforcement/Security Vehicles 

a. Assignment of law enforcement vehicles (EC 0114) shall be limited to law 

enforcement or security functions. These vehicles will be used solely by law 

enforcement/security personnel to perform their assigned functions/duties. 

b. Use of law enforcement vehicles for administrative purposes is prohibited. 

3.5.2 Authorized Vehicles. Navy policy and standards for law enforcement/base 

security vehicles are regulated by CNO (N09N). That office has issued OPNAVNOTE 

5530 of 4 Feb 1991 (to be incorporated in the next update of OPNAVINST 5530.14), 

providing the following guidance on law enforcement/security vehicles. 

The only vehicles that come equipped with a police package are the standard law 

enforcement/security vehicles specified in Federal Standard 122 as Item 17 (midsize 

patrol sedan) and the Item 17A (large pursuit sedan). These vehicles are authorized 

for use by Navy security departments as outlined in subparagraphs a. and b. below. 

However, since individual activity requirements vary, non-police package compact and 

midsize sedans or pickup trucks may be substituted for the Item 17 and 17A vehicles. 

Consideration should be given to the high cost of leasing the 17 and 17A vehicles and 

fuel economy when determining base security vehicle requirements. Activities should 

also consider using a mix of vehicles to fill their security vehicle requirements. 

3-11

a. The Item 17 midsize patrol sedan is equipped with a six cylinder engine 

and is recommended for patrol vehicles and can generally accommodate prisoner 

shields, shotgun mounts, and communication consoles. 

b. The Item 17A large pursuit sedan is equipped with an eight cylinder 

engine and is primarily used for traffic enforcement and exclusive law enforcement 

purposes such as prisoner transports absent a designated transport vehicle, i.e., patrol 

wagon. Standard law enforcement/security vehicle requirements should be 

coordinated between the Security Department and the Public Works Transportation 

Department. 

3.5.3 Non-standard Vehicles. There may be special needs for unmarked vehicles or 

other non-standard law enforcement vehicles; e.g., vans, and patrol wagons specially 

designed for prisoner transport, special response vehicles, or transport vehicles for the 

K-9 Corps. Public Works Departments will provide non-standard vehicles only when 

authorized by the major claimants. Requests for such vehicles should be forwarded to 

major claimants for approval. Requests must cite complete justification for nonstandard 

vehicles. 

3.5.4 Acquisition of Law Enforcement/Security Vehicles. Requirements for base 

law enforcement/security vehicles will be filled through leasing except when 

procurement would be more practical or cost effective, e.g., specially equipped vehicles 

or low mileage/use vehicles. Leasing is more practical than procurement because of 

rapid accumulation of mileage and extensive wear. Vehicles should be leased off the 

Navy’s Centralized Leasing Contract for Surveillance and Law Enforcement Vehicles 

since these vehicles are equipped with heavy duty components, have unlimited 

mileage, and specific models can be requested. A cost analysis is not required for 

high-mileage law enforcement/base security vehicles. 

3.6 Utilization 

3.6.1 CESE Utilization Program. The principal purpose of the utilization program is 

to provide activity managers with meaningful management indicators for the efficient 

and effective management of CESE. The program provides management information 

to assist in the evaluation of CESE, including assignment criteria at the activity level. 

Utilization targets are established as local management indicators to identify abnormal 

variations in utilization for vehicles at a naval shore activity, NCFs/SOUs and are not 

hard performance standards; however, it is important to define and document the basis 

of each assignment (i.e., mileage, mission/task, hours in use, cost savings, etc.). 

3.6.2 Technical Coordination/Assistance. The utilization program is to be 

technically coordinated by the TEMC. The cognizant TEMC shall provide assistance in 

the performance of a detailed evaluation of the activity's equipment utilization by 

reviewing and validating all assignments (Class B and Class C) during the activity 

TMAV. Justification letters for all Class B assignments shall be maintained by the 

Transportation Department/Division. Upon completion of the review/validation of 

3-12

activity assignments, annual utilization targets for each individual assignment shall be 

established by the activity. Review, approval, and validation by the cognizant TEMC 

shall be at the assignment level. These individual utilization targets will be based upon 

one or more of the following criteria: Criticality to, and importance of mission 

accomplishment; DoD mileage standards; cost effectiveness (i.e., relative costs of 

alternatives to a full-time assignment); safety of operations; work productivity; and 

energy conservation. The criterion for each assignment shall be documented and kept 

on file to facilitate review. For report purposes, the individual assignment targets will 

be segregated by alpha code and the average will become an annual alpha code target 

per unit. Individual utilization targets at the assignment/unit level will vary from the 

alpha code average target due to variations inherent in the "averaging" process. 

3.6.3 Applicability. The CESE utilization program is applicable to all naval shore, 

Naval Construction Force (NCF) and Special Operating Unit (SOU) activities. The 

Activity Utilization Report, Appendix H, Figure H-15, can be used for both individual 

assignments and summary information. It will be used for activity quarterly reviews. 

Activities use the quarterly data to monitor/evaluate assignments and take action as 

necessary to manage the utilization program on a continuing basis. 

3.6.4 Equipment Subject to the Program. All Navy-owned or leased CESE grouped 

under Alpha Codes A through N (less Alpha Code F), are subject to the program. 

Alpha Codes R (MHE), S, U, W, and Y may be included at the discretion of the activity 

and activities are encouraged to do so. A summary of all alpha codes is provided as 

Appendix H, Figure H-16. 

3.6.5 Equipment Excluded from the Program. All Navy-owned or leased CESE 

grouped under Alpha Codes F, O, P, Q, T, V, X, and Z are excluded from the utilization 

program; however usage (miles/hours) shall be recorded to satisfy other reporting 

requirements, e.g., TEMES, cost reports, maintenance scheduling, etc. Administrative 

use vehicles are not to be excluded from the program because of assignment to special 

use. Some examples of special use are pickup trucks assigned to station fire 

departments, trucks modified with temporary racks to facilitate handling certain types of 

cargo, service oriented trucks such as tire and lube service trucks mounted with small 

air compressors, and truck tractors used with aviation gasoline (AVGAS) trailers. 

3.6.6 Formula for Utilization Reporting. The standard utilization percentage for all 

alpha codes reporting utilization performance is 100. Ideally, the actual utilization 

percentage should be equal to the standard utilization percentage. When computing 

the actual utilization percentage, the "Total Actual Period Miles" (or hours if R, S, U, W 

or Y are included), are the total miles generated by the activity's equipment during the 

report period and the "Total Target Period Miles" are the alpha code target miles per 

unit for the reporting period multiplied by the average inventory: 

Total Actual Period Miles (Alpha Code) = Utilization Percentage 

Total Target Period Miles (Alpha Code) 

3-13

3.6.7 Activity Utilization Report, NAVFAC 9-11240/9. The Activity Utilization 

Report, NAVFAC 9-11240/9 (Appendix H, Figure H-15), is designed to keep activity 

management informed of transportation equipment utilization. Quarterly targets 

generally reflect 25% of the approved annual target; however, variable quarterly targets 

may be established to account for fluctuating workload conditions. In any event, the 

sum of the quarterly targets must equal the established annual target. This report is 

made up of the following data: 

a. Column 1 - Alpha Code. Enter the standard equipment Alpha Code A-N 

(less Alpha Code F). Alpha Codes R, S, U, W, and Y may be entered, if desired (at the 

Activity's discretion). 

b. Column 2 - Description. Enter the type of equipment, e.g. sedans, buses, 

etc., assigned to the activity. 

c. Column 3 - Annual Target Miles Per Unit. Enter the activity approved 

annual target per unit for the alpha code. 

d. Column 4 - Fiscal Year Beginning Inventory. Enter the number of 

equipment on hand at the activity for each applicable alpha code. This shall be the 

actual count of assigned units as of 1 October. 

e. Column 5- 

(1) Target. Enter the total target miles/hours for the first quarter of the 

fiscal year. Usually this figure is determined by using 25% of the target miles/hours per 

unit in Column (3) multiplied by the average inventory in Column (7). This method is 

only a guideline since variable quarterly targets, based on usage experience, may be 

used when preparing the report to reflect quarterly fluctuating workloads. 

(2) Actual. Enter the total miles/hours accumulated on all equipment 

in each alpha code during the quarter. This figure is obtained from odometer readings, 

hour meter readings, or mileage/operating hour reports. Miles/hours accumulated on 

units excessed/surveyed during this period must also be included. Actual miles 

driven/hours operated must be recorded at the close of each quarter in order that 

utilization and vehicle assignments may be properly evaluated. 

f. Column 6 - Percent of Use. Enter the utilization percentage obtained by 

dividing the target miles/hours into the actual miles/hours operated for the period. 

g. Column 7 - Average Inventory. Enter the figure obtained by dividing the 

sum of columns (4) and (8) by two. Calculate to one decimal place. 

3-14

h. Column 8 - Ending Inventory. Enter the number of vehicles on hand by 

alpha code at the end of the first quarter. Do NOT count vehicles excessed/surveyed 

during the period, but DO count new assets received and assigned prior to the end of 

the report period. 

i. Column 9 - 

(1) Target. Enter the cumulative total of target miles/hours for the first 

and second quarter of the fiscal year. The procedure described for determining column 

(5) may be used, except in this quarter 50% of the annual target miles/hours per unit in 

Column (3) is multiplied by the average inventory in Column (11) unless variable 

quarterly targets are used. 

(2) Actual. Enter the total miles/hours accumulated during the first and 

second quarter for all equipment in the alpha code. Be sure to include the mileage or 

operating hours accumulated on units excessed/surveyed during this six month period. 

j. Column 10 - Percent of Use. Repeat Column (6) procedure. 

k. Column 11 - Average Inventory. Enter the figure obtained by dividing the 

sum of columns (4), (8), and (12) by three. Calculate to one decimal place. 

l. Column 12 - Ending Inventory. Enter the number of equipment on hand at 

the end of the second quarter. (Column 8 comments are applicable for determining 

ending inventory.) 

m. Column 13 - 

(1) Target. Enter the cumulative total of target miles/hours for the first, 

second, and third quarters of the fiscal year. The procedure described for determining 

Column (5) may be used, except in this quarter 75% of the annual target miles/hours 

per unit in Column (3) is multiplied by the average inventory in Column (15) unless 

variable quarterly targets are used. 


in this alpha code during the first three quarters of the fiscal year. Be sure to include 

the mileage or operating hours accumulated on units excessed/surveyed during this 

nine month period. 

n. Column 14 - Percent of Use. Repeat Column (6) procedure. 

o. Column 15 - Average Inventory. Enter the figure obtained by dividing the 

sum of Columns (4), (8), (12), and (16) by four. Calculate to one decimal place. 

3-15

p. Column 16 - Ending Inventory. Enter the number of equipment on hand at 

the end of the third quarter. (Column 8 comments are applicable for determining 


q. Column 17 - 

(1) Target. Enter the total target miles/hours for the fiscal year. The 

procedure described for determining Column (5) may be used, except in this quarter 

100% of the annual target miles/hours per unit in Column (3) is multiplied by the 

average inventory in Column (19). 


in this alpha code during the fiscal year. Be sure to include the mileage or operating 

hours accumulated on all units excessed/surveyed during this fiscal year. 

r. Column 18 - Percent of Use. Repeat Column (6) procedure. 

s. Column 19 - Average Inventory. Enter figure obtained by dividing the 

sum of Columns (4), (8), (12), (16), and (20) by five. Calculate to one decimal place. 

t. Column 20 - Ending Inventory. Enter the number of equipment on hand at 

the end of the fourth quarter. (Column 8 comments are applicable for determining 


u. Column 21 - Requires Evaluation. This column is to be used to indicate 

areas of concern. As a minimum, equipment obtaining less than 90% utilization shall 

be reviewed. 

3.6.8 Utilization Analysis. The activity transportation manager will evaluate 

equipment usage by individual assignment on a quarterly basis through the use of the 

Activity Utilization Report (NAVFAC 9-11240/9). Activities experiencing a 10% 

deviation from the established target shall conduct an analysis to determine the cause 

of the change. Results of this analysis and recommendations for corrective action such 

as: pooling or sub-pooling assets, resetting assignment targets, etc., should be 

furnished to the appropriate activity officials for their action. 

3.6.9 Customer Notification of Equipment Utilization Performance. Activities that 

provide transportation equipment on a reimbursable and full-time basis (both PWCs 

and PWDs) shall prepare a cumulative year-to-date report of equipment utilization for 

each customer, quarterly, based on these procedures. PWCs and PWDs shall make a 

concerted effort to obtain maximum utilization performance and maintain control over 

their corresponding inventories and IO levels by encouraging customer activities to 

restrict requests for equipment assignments to the minimum essential for the 

accomplishment of their respective missions. 

3-16

3.7 Guidelines for Achieving Motor Vehicle Fuel Economy 

3.7.1 Vehicle Usage Reduction. Vehicle usage should be reduced to that essential 

to mission accomplishment. Walking and use of bicycles should be encouraged where 

appropriate. The most fuel efficient mode of transportation consistent with total cost 

effectiveness should be employed, considering the following: 

a. Bus Systems. Maximize use of scheduled bus systems where 

economically feasible and justified by passenger density. 

b. Pooling. Maximize vehicle pooling. Establish pickup points and follow 

the practice of every Navy vehicle operating where practicable with a full payload of 

passengers and/or cargo. 

c. Taxi Service. Where economically feasible, establish a radio-dispatched 

base taxi (feeder system) employing passenger vans for multiple random-passenger 

transport to connect with or supplement the regularly scheduled bus routes. 

3.7.2 Operation of Vehicles in a Fuel Efficient Manner 

a. Ensure that the vehicle is the minimum weight and size for the payload. 

Remove unnecessary loads, but carry maximum payloads. Moving the total vehicle 

weight and its load accounts for 80 percent of the fuel consumed. 

b. Plan and schedule trips to reduce the distance traveled, but avoid idling in 

heavy traffic. 

c. Avoid prolonged engine warm-up. 

d. Accelerate slowly. Allow automatic transmission to shift into high range 

by easing off accelerator as soon as possible. With a manual transmission, shift into 

high gear as soon as possible without lugging engine. Avoid high acceleration starts. 

e. Drive at a steady speed. Anticipate needs for a slower or faster speed to 

avoid rapid acceleration and braking, as both operations waste fuel. Braking dissipates 

energy in the form of heat. 

f. Reduce vehicle speed to that really necessary. Normally, the best fuel 

economy is achieved with the transmission in high gear at speeds between 30 and 40 

miles per hour (mph). Wind resistance at speeds in excess of 40 mph results in a 

significant increase in fuel consumption. 

g. Eliminate engine idling while waiting. 

h. Limit use of electrical accessories. Turn off lights and heater when not 

needed. 

3-17

i. Limit use of air-conditioner. Use of this accessory significantly reduces 

the miles per gallon (mpg) below that achievable without its use. 

j. Ensure proper maintenance procedures are followed as outlined in 

paragraph 4-1.10.6. 

3.8 Testing and Licensing of Vehicle and Equipment Operators 

3.8.1 Policy. It is the policy of the Navy to ensure that all military personnel, civilian 

employees, and contractor personnel operating vehicles and equipment on a naval 

installation are qualified and properly licensed. Most States now have a classified 

motor vehicle operator's licensing program that includes appropriate examinations to 

ensure knowledge of traffic laws, ability to read road signs, vision, and color 

recognition; and to ensure by road test competency to operate a specific class of 

vehicle. It is Navy policy to accept, without further testing and examination, a valid 

operator's license issued by a state or jurisdiction as proof that the applicant has 

achieved the proficiency level to safely operate non tactical Government vehicles up to 

10,000 pounds gross vehicle weight (GVW). Examination and testing of motor vehicle 

operators by non NCF and SOU Navy activities will be limited to personnel required to 

be licensed to operate vehicles over 10,000 pounds GVW, buses, emergency service 

vehicles, and special purpose vehicles, and to military personnel not possessing a valid 

state license. Further, it is Navy policy to establish and conduct training programs for 

full-time motor vehicle operators (MVOs) to promote driver safety, fuel efficient 

operation, and reduced vehicle maintenance costs. Additional training shall be 

provided to all operators of police vehicles, ambulances, fire trucks, fuel trucks, buses, 

motorcycles, and vehicles used for transporting ammunition/explosives and hazardous 

material. 

3.8.1.1 Policy for NCF and SOUs. All military personnel in the NCF and SOUs who 

operate government owned or leased equipment under the administrative or 

operational control of COMSECONDNCB, COMTHIRDNCB, or the Civil Engineer 

Support Office shall be qualified and licensed in accordance with the provisions of this 

section. Under no circumstances shall a vehicle be dispatched to a person who does 

not have in his/her possession a valid U.S. Government Motor Vehicle Operator’s 

Identification Card (OF-346) that covers the size and type of vehicle requested. 

3.8.2 Applicability. The policy and procedures set forth herein are applicable to all 

naval activities, afloat and ashore, including ships, and will include military and civilian 

operators of all motor vehicles and construction equipment. These policies and 

procedures are not applicable to operators of aircraft ground handling and servicing 

equipment under the cognizance of the Naval Air Systems Command, or to operators of 

materials handling equipment (MHE) under the cognizance of the Naval Supply 

Systems Command. Commanding Officers of shore activities and ships have authority 

to issue the U.S. Government Motor Vehicle Operator's Identification Card (OF-346) 

under the procedures prescribed herein, and the Construction Equipment Operator's 

License (NAVFAC 11260/2) in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph 

3-18

3.9. (See Appendix H Figures H-18 and H-19.) Operators of weight handling 

equipment (WHE) should refer to NAVFAC P-307, Management of Weight Handling 

Equipment, for testing and licensing requirements for WHE. 

3.8.3 DoD Contract Personnel. Contracts and agreements should require that 

equipment and operators comply with the licensing requirements of state and local 

motor vehicle laws. DoD contract personnel shall not be issued an OF-346 (U.S. 

Government Motor Vehicle Operator's Identification Card) or a Construction Equipment 

Operator's License (NAVFAC 11260/2). DoD contract personnel assigned to operate 

either government owned or contractor owned/leased motor vehicles/equipment in 

performance of a contract shall be certified, by the contractor and at the contractor's 

expense, as being fully qualified to operate the vehicles/equipment to which they are 

assigned. The prime contractor shall document all operator qualifications. This 

documentation shall be provided to the contract administrator prior to an operator 

engaging in any mode of equipment operation. Documentation shall be retained by the 

contract administrator. 

3.8.4 Motor Vehicle Operator's Testing and Licensing Procedures. The 

regulations issued by the U.S. Office of Personnel Management govern all agencies in 

authorizing their civilian employees to operate Government owned/leased vehicles for 

official purposes and are set forth in Chapter 930 of the Federal Personnel Manual. In 

addition, activities shall comply with the procedures prescribed herein for military and 

civilian operators, and with current regulations prescribed in the following publications 

as applicable to all affected vehicle operators. 

a. Management, Acquisition, and Use of Motor Vehicles (DoD 4500.36-R). 

b. Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986 (PL 99-570). 

c. Driver's Handbook, Ammunition, Explosives, and Dangerous Articles 

(NAVSEA OP-2239). 

d. Navy Transportation Safety Handbook (NAVSEA OP-2165, Volume I) 

e. U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, 

Motor Carrier Safety Regulation, 49 Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 300-999. 

f. State and local laws and regulations. 

g. Navy Driver's Handbook (NAVFAC MO-403). 

In addition to the foregoing publications and the regulations prescribed herein, 

Commanding Officers of activities or installations may prescribe more stringent or 

additional qualifications, requirements, examinations, or certifications as may be 

required in testing personnel for issuing the OF-346, or for suspending or revoking the 

3-19

OF-346. Suspension or revocation of the OF-346 for civilian operators, however, shall 

be consistent with the Federal Personnel Manual. 

3.8.5 License Applications. Prospective operators of Government motor vehicles 

shall be selected and recommended by their military or civilian supervisors based on a 

prior interview. To obtain an OF-346, Parts I and II of NAVFAC Form 11240/10, 

Application/Record for U.S. Government Motor Vehicle Operator's Identification Card, 

shall be completed and signed by the supervisor. Both the NAVFAC 11240/10 and a 

completed Optional Form 345 (OF-345), Physical Fitness Inquiry for Motor Vehicle 

Operators, shall be forwarded to the office responsible for issuing the OF-346. 

3.8.6 Operating Government-Owned/Leased Motor Vehicles on Official Business 

0330) 

a. Vehicles up to 10,000 pounds GVW. (Includes Truck Van/Carryall, EC 

(1) Civilian 

(a) Personnel required to operate a motor vehicle to carry out their 

assigned duties (Incidental Drivers) may operate a motor vehicle both on and off base 

when in possession of a valid state (or host nation, if applicable) license for the type 

and class of vehicle to be operated. 

(b) Incidental Drivers not possessing a valid state license may be 

issued an OF-346 to operate a motor vehicle on base only. The following notation shall 

appear on the OF-346: "VALID FOR USE ON BASE ONLY". 

(c) When the requirement for employment or their primary 

responsibility is to operate motor vehicles (e.g., Motor Vehicle Operator (MVO)), they 

shall have in their possession a valid state (or host nation, if applicable) license for the 

type and class of vehicle to be operated either on or off base. 

(2) Military 

(a) Shall have in their possession a valid state license or a valid 

OF-346 for the type and class of motor vehicle to be operated on base. Possession of a 

valid State Operator’s License is NOT required for the issuance of an OF-346 or 

NAVFAC Form 11260/2 to NCF or SOU personnel on active duty. 

(b) Shall comply with state (or host nation, if applicable) motor 

vehicle laws and regulations for the area in which the motor vehicle will be operated off 

base. (States differ widely in their requirements. Some states require a license from 

their state, some recognize a license from another state, even when expired, and some 

states recognize a valid OF-346 alone.) 

3-20

. Vehicles over 10,000 pounds GVW; Vehicles designed to carry more than 

15 passengers, including the driver; Emergency Service Vehicles; and Special Purpose 

Vehicles. 

(1) Civilian 

(a) Personnel required to operate a motor vehicle to carry out their 

assigned duties (Incidental Drivers) may be issued an OF-346 to operate a motor 

vehicle on base only. The following notation shall appear on the OF-346: "VALID FOR 

USE ON BASE ONLY". 

(b) All operators of motor vehicles (full-time regular and 

incidental), not restricted to on base only driving, shall have in their possession a valid 

state (or host nation, if applicable) license and a valid OF-346 for the type and class of 

motor vehicle to be operated either on or off base. The following notation shall appear 

on the OF-346: "VOID UNLESS ACCOMPANIED WITH A VALID STATE 

OPERATOR'S LICENSE FOR CLASS OF VEHICLE BEING OPERATED". 

(2) Military 

(a) Shall have in their possession a valid state license or a valid 

OF-346 for the type and class of vehicle to be operated on base. 

(b) Shall comply with state (or host nation, if applicable) motor 

vehicle laws and regulations for the area in which the vehicle will be operated off base. 

(States differ widely on their requirements. Some states require a license from their 

state, some recognize a license from another state, even when expired, and some 

states recognize a valid OF-346 alone.) 

c. Driver Education/Training. In addition to driver selection and training set 

forth in the DoD 4500.36-R, the following training is required (OPNAVINST 5100.12): 

(1) Individuals shall not be assigned as a driver of Navy police 

vehicles, ambulances, fire trucks, and crash and rescue vehicles until they have 

successfully completed the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's 

Emergency Vehicle Operator Course (EVOC) conducted by a Naval Safety Center 

approved instructor, or other training approved by the Naval Safety Center. Operators 

shall complete the training every three years thereafter to ensure competency in the 

safe operation of such vehicles. EVOC instructors shall not instruct unless they have 

been recertified within the previous three years. 

(2) Each individual driver shall meet these additional requirements and 

fully understand the operational peculiarities of the vehicle prior to being issued a U.S. 

Government Motor Vehicle Operator's Identification Card (OF-346). All required 

training shall be documented in the operator's history record file. 

3-21

(3) For information concerning the above, contact the Motor Vehicle 

Safety Division at: Commander, Naval Safety Center, Motor Vehicle Safety Division, 

375 A Street, Norfolk, VA 23511-4399, commercial (757) 444-1470 or DSN 564-1470. 

d. Basic Summary of Licensing Requirements 

Up to 10,000 GVW and less than 15 Passengers 

ON BASE OFF BASE 

Civilian OF-346 OR valid state license 

Incidental valid state license 

Civilian 

MVO 

valid state license valid state license 

Military OF-346 OR meet state requirements 

(all) 

Military 

valid state license 

(NCF/ 

SOU) 

OF-346 OF-346 

Over 10,000 GVW or more than 15 Passengers 

ON BASE OFF BASE 

Civilian OF-346 OR OF-346* AND 

Incidental valid state license valid state license 

Civilian OF-346* AND OF-346* AND 

MVO valid state license valid state license 

Military (all) 

OF-346 OR valid state 

license 

3-22 

meet state requirements 

* OF-346 shall be annotated “VOID UNLESS ACCOMPANIED WITH A VALID STATE 

OPERATOR’S LICENSE FOR CLASS OF VEHICLE BEING OPERATED”. 

NOTE: When only an OF-346 is used for on base operation, the OF-346 shall be 

annotated “VALID FOR USE ON BASE ONLY”. 

. 

3.8.7 Requirements for Issue of an OF-346 

a. Comply with paragraph 3.8.5. 

b. Pass a physical examination, when required. 

c. Satisfactory completion of a written test, devised by the activity, that will 

ensure the applicants knowledge of all applicable Federal, State, and local laws and 

safety regulations pertaining to the operation of the specific type vehicle for which the 

OF-346 is to be issued. 

d. Satisfactory completion of an operational road test, devised by the activity 

and administered by personnel who are licensed and qualified to evaluate the

applicants knowledge and operational ability with respect to each type of vehicle for 

which the applicant is to be issued the OF-346. 

NOTE: The operational road test can be waived for vehicles up to 10,000 pounds 

GVW, provided the applicant has a valid state license. 

e. Applicants will be provided instruction on the operator's responsibility for 

vehicle safety inspection, accident reporting procedures, fuel efficient operation, 

preventive maintenance, and official use. 

f. An OF-346 shall not be issued if the applicant's state motor vehicle 

license has been revoked or suspended. 

NOTE: When there is any reasonable doubt regarding the authenticity or validity of an 

applicants' state motor vehicle operators license, a prompt inquiry is required, and a 

certified copy of the applicant's state driving record obtained. Additional inquiries 

regarding the applicants driving record can be obtained from the National Driver 

Register (NDR), National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, U.S. Dept. of 

Transportation (DoT), Washington, DC 20590. 

3.8.8 Testing Operators for Transportation of Explosives and Hazardous 

Material 

a. Regulations established by NAVSEA OP-2239, Driver's Handbook, 

Ammunition, Explosives, and Dangerous Articles, are to be applied to all applicants of 

an OF-346 where operators will be engaged in transporting ammunition, explosives, or 

other dangerous/hazardous materials. Operators shall know, understand, and adhere 

to the requirements of NAVSEA OP-2165, Navy Transportation Safety Handbook, 

Volume I and the U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration 

Motor Carrier Regulations, as well as all State and local laws and regulations regarding 

the transportation of ammunition, explosives, and other hazardous or dangerous 

articles. 

b. Hazardous Materials/Hazardous Wastes (HM/HW) are pervasive in 

modern society. One of the most important aspects of HM/HW handling is 

transportation. The method in which HM/HW is transported can be the determining 

factor whether an accident or spill could occur, and proper identification of HM/HW will 

determine the correct accident/spill response measures to be implemented. 

Department of Transportation (DoT), Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Title 40, 

parts 261, 262 and 263, shall apply when identifying, handling or transporting 

hazardous materials and/or waste. 

3.8.9 Optional Form 346 (OF-346) Government Motor Vehicle Operator 

Identification Card 

a. The OF-346 shall: 

3-23

(1) Be signed by the qualified issuing official. 

(2) Be signed by the operator. 

(3) Show expiration date. 

(4) List/identify the type and class of vehicle the operator/cardholder is 

qualified/authorized to operate, including capacity. 

(5) List/identify all restrictions imposed (e.g., specific driving 

conditions, geographical areas, automatic shift vehicles only, corrective lenses, etc.), 

including any restrictions noted on the operators state license. 

(6) List/identify any moving violations and/or suspensions, recorded 

against the OF-346. 

b. Each OF-346 shall be numbered and a chronological record of issuance 

maintained. 

c. A history record file shall be maintained for each individual operator/driver 

who has been issued an OF-346. This file shall contain all the documentation required 

for issuance/renewal of the OF-346 and related driving record. Pertinent information 

shall be forwarded to the personnel office for retention in the operator's Official 

Personnel File (OPF). For NCF and SOU personnel, all pertinent licensing documents 

will be filed in the individual’s License Record and stored in the custody of the 

command License Examiner. 

3.8.10 Physical Fitness Review. Every four years, or less if deemed necessary, 

activities shall provide for the review of physical fitness of all civilian employees who 

are required to possess an OF-346 to operate government owned or leased motor 

vehicles in accordance with standards and procedures established by the Office of 

Civilian Manpower Management. Activities have the option of conducting this review 

on a more frequent basis and are recommended to do so for regularly employed MVOs. 

The Physical Fitness Inquiry (OF-345) is to be completed in accordance with Appendix 

A, Chapter 930 of the Federal Personnel Manual. A physical fitness review of 

personnel who only require a valid state driver's license to operate government owned 

or leased motor vehicles shall be conducted in accordance with the licensing 

guidelines of the state in which the license was issued. 

3.8.11 Expiration and Revocation of OF-346 

a. Expiration The OF-346 is valid for the same time frame as the operator's 

state motor vehicle license or for a period of four years, which ever occurs first. The 

OF-346 renewal is dependent upon a determination by the issuing authority that the 

operator continues to meet the prescribed physical standards and continues to 

3-24

demonstrate competence in driving the motor vehicles the individual is authorized to 

operate. For NCFs/SOUs, the license examiner shall maintain a tickler file of each 

operator’s license expiration date. Renewal action should start approximately 90 days 

before the expiration date. 

b. Revocation Activities shall establish programs to take adverse, 

disciplinary, or other appropriate action against drivers who fail to operate government 

motor vehicles in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Such programs 

shall include provisions for the assignment of points for official duty related moving 

traffic violations and the suspension and revocation of the authority to operate 

government motor vehicles. As a minimum, activity directives shall include convictions 

for driving under the influence of alcohol or narcotics and leaving the scene of an 

accident without identifying oneself as sufficient cause for suspension or revocation of 

driving privileges. The OF-346 can be suspended or revoked for cause by the activity 

Commanding Officer or by the designated individual with that authority in accordance 

with procedures prescribed in the Federal Personnel Manual. A suspended OF-346 

can be reinstated after a predetermined designated time period, but a revoked OF-346 

shall not be restored until it is determined the operator is fully qualified through 

evaluation, re-examining, and testing. All revoked or suspended licenses shall be 

returned to the license office without delay. 

3.8.12 National Driver Register (NDR) 

a. The Department of Transportation provides a central U.S. driver records 

identification facility which contains information on drivers whose licenses have been 

denied, suspended, or revoked. The states provide DoT with data for the register and 

utilize the register (via computer inquiry) for evaluating initial and renewal applicants for 

licensing. 

b. DoD components may make use of data in the NDR in evaluating 

applicants for an OF-346. As a minimum, DoD components shall utilize the NDR to 

verify driving records on initial applicants for an OF-346 when the applicant does not 

possess a valid state driver's license, or when the issuing activity has reason to 

suspect a poor driving record of an applicant with a valid state license. DoD 

components shall not provide the Department of Transportation with data on OF-346 

suspensions or revocation action. DoD components may also utilize the NDR when 

issuing a new or renewal OF-346. Data received from the NDR shall be utilized by the 

issuing agency to deny or approve OF-346 issue/renewal actions. 

c. Activities may obtain instructions and material for participation in the NDR 

by contacting the National Drivers Register, National Highway Traffic Safety 

Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590. 

3.8.13 Accident Reporting and Traffic Safety Program 

3-25

a. DoD policy, as set forth in DoD Instruction 6055.4 (Department of 

Defense Traffic Safety Program), requires each DoD component to establish and 

maintain comprehensive traffic safety programs. DoD Instruction 6055.7 (Mishap 

Investigation, Reporting and Record Keeping) requires each accident involving a DoD 

motor vehicle to be investigated. 

b. The Navy Traffic Safety Program, promulgated by OPNAVINST 5100.12, 

requires all accidents/mishaps involving Navy vehicles/automotive equipment to be 

reported in accordance with OPNAVINST 5102.1. 

c. All vehicles shall contain a DD Form 518 (Accident-Identification Card) 

and all drivers involved in accidents shall complete a DD Form 518 and SF 91 (Motor 

Vehicle Accident Report). Additionally, a copy of local area reporting procedures 

should be available. 

d. Naval activities shall develop safety and accident prevention programs for 

the safe operation of DoD motor vehicles which shall also include provisions for 

mandatory use of seat belts (OPNAVINST 5100.12) and a prohibition against the use of 

tobacco products in all government owned or operated vehicles (OPNAVINST 6100.2). 

e. A Traffic Safety Council shall be established at each naval station 

(OPNAVINST 5100.12). Membership of the council shall include representation from 

all major commands located at these stations. 

f. In any duty period a person may not drive a motor vehicle for more than a 

total of 10 hours, or after having been on duty for 15 hours, or after eight hours if the 

vehicle is carrying explosives or other hazardous cargo. A vehicle carrying explosives 

or other hazardous cargo requiring more than eight hours driving time shall have TWO 

drivers assigned who may drive no more than eight hours each and total driving time 

for both driver's shall not exceed 10 hours (OPNAVINST 5100.12). 

g. Wearing portable headphones, earphones, or other listening devices 

while operating a motor vehicle is prohibited (OPNAVINST 5100.12). 

3.8.14 Commercial Driver's License Program (CDLP). The Commercial Driver's 

License Program (Public Law 99-570) was established by the Commercial Motor 

Vehicle Act of 1986. The provisions of the Act apply both to interstate and intrastate 

drivers. 

a. The Act requires that drivers of commercial vehicles: (1) Have a single 

driver's license; (2) be tested for the knowledge and skills needed to drive a 

commercial motor vehicle; and (3) be disqualified from driving a commercial motor 

vehicle if the driver commits certain criminal or traffic violations. 

b. A commercial vehicle is defined as being a vehicle that: 

3-26

(1) Has a manufacturer's gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) or gross 

combination weight rating (GCWR) of 26,001 pounds or more, or has a GCWR, 

inclusive of a towed unit with a GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds; or 

(2) Is designed to carry 16 or more passengers, including the driver; or 

(3) Is of any size and used in the transportation of hazardous materials 

in a quantity requiring placarding by federal law or regulations. 

c. As of 1 April 1992, personnel who operate a commercial motor vehicle on 

public highways must possess a state-issued Commercial Driver's License (CDL). 

d. The following personnel are waived/exempted from the Act's requirements 

and are not required to obtain/possess a CDL: 

(1) Military personnel on active duty who operate equipment owned or 

operated by the Department of Defense in pursuit of military purposes. 

(2) All operators of fire fighting and other emergency equipment. 

(3) Operators of farming equipment. 

e. All personnel who operate a commercial motor vehicle involving interstate 

commerce (trade, traffic, or transportation from a place in a state to a place outside of 

such state) are subject to Controlled Substances Testing in accordance with interstate 

commerce laws and regulations. Testing shall be conducted in order to meet any (but 

not limited to) of the following requirements: 

(1) Pre-employment; 

(2) Biennial (once every two years); 

(3) Post-accident (when driver is cited resulting from accident); 

(4) Reasonable Cause; 

(5) Random Selection. 

f. The use of a DoD motor vehicle by a civilian employee to obtain a CDL as a 

condition of employment meets the Ethics Reform Act of 1989, and therefore can be 

authorized. 

g. Complete details concerning CDL requirements for Controlled Substances 

and alcohol testing can be obtained from the Department of Motor Vehicles of each 

State and from the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR 49), Part 382, Part 383 (CDLP) 

and Part 391, Subpart H, (substances testing) dated 1 October 1995. 

3-27

3.9 Construction and Railroad Equipment Operator Testing and Licensing 

Program 

3.9.1 Applicability to all Personnel. All personnel who are or may be assigned to 

duties involving the operation of government furnished construction and railroad 

equipment shall be tested and licensed in accordance with the provisions of this 

publication before being permitted to operate such equipment. Equipment listed on 

Figure 3-2 requires licensing under this program. Operators of weight handling 

equipment will refer to NAVFAC P-307, Management of Weight Handling Equipment, 

for testing and licensing requirements. DoD contract personnel will not be issued a 

government license. 

3.9.2 Personal and Physical Qualifications 

a. Age. Applicants must have attained their 21st birthday, except that military 

personnel assigned to activities operating or preparing to operate outside the 

continental United States must have attained their 18th birthday. 

b. Physical Faculties and Fitness. A periodic physical examination by a medical 

officer is requisite. See Federal Personnel Manual 930-A-1 for civilian personnel. In 

addition, the minimum requirements described below must be met by the applicant. 

Conformance to or deviation from these requirements must be noted by the examining 

medical officer and such findings must be forwarded to the licensing office for inclusion 

in the applicant's file. 

(1) Limbs. Applicant's arms, hands, fingers, legs, and feet must be 

sufficiently intact and functional to permit safe operation of construction equipment, 

even under severe operating conditions. 

(2) Eyesight. Applicants must have minimum vision of 20/30 Snellen in 

one eye and 20/50 Snellen in the other eye, with or without glasses/contact lenses. 

(3) Color Perception. Applicants must be able to distinguish red, 

green, and yellow colors regardless of position of colors. 

(4) Hearing. Applicant's hearing, with or without hearing aid, must test 

15/20 for ordinary conversation in one ear. 

(5) Physical Fitness. Applicants must evidence sufficient strength, 

endurance, agility, and speed of muscular reaction to meet the demands of equipment 

operation. 

3-28

Construction Equipment Requiring Licensed 

(NAVFAC Form 11260/2) Operators 

NAVFAC Equip Code Equipment Description 

2520 thru 2521 Distributor; Asphalt/Water 

3531 Drill Core 

3710 Auger Earth 

4230 thru 4270 Crane, Crawler 

4310 Ditching Machines 

4330 thru 4350 Excavators 

4410 thru 4420 Graders 

4530 thru 4531 Loaders 

4610 thru 4640 Rollers 

4730 thru 4750 Scrapers 

4760 thru 4805 Off-highway Trucks, Trailers, 

& Tractors 

4820 thru 4851 Tractor, Crawler 

4872 thru 4894 Tractor, Wheel 

5700 thru 5745 Sweepers 

5750 thru 5757 Snowplows 

5820 and 5835 thru 5842 Refuse Trucks 

6210 thru 6240 Car Railroad, Self-propelled, all types 

6530 thru 6580 Locomotives, Railway 

8160 thru 8235 Cranes, Truck Mounted 

8241 thru 8244 Cranes, Crash 

8245 thru 8254 Cranes, Hydraulic 

8410 thru 8430 Cranes, Railway 

Figure 3-2 

3-29

c. Physical Defects or Emotional Instability. Notwithstanding the required 

physical examination, evidences of physical defects, poor attitude, or emotional 

instability which would render applicants a hazard to themselves and others, or which 

in the opinion of the examiner would interfere with an applicant's safe or efficient 

performance of duties, are sufficient cause to disqualify an applicant. For an operator 

who has previously established qualifications to operate, deviations from the physical 

requirements are not necessarily totally disqualifying. However, where such deviations 

exist, competent medical and management authorities will give special consideration to 

each individual case and may recommend waivers. Waivers may be approved by the 

activity commanding officer. Waivers will not be granted for applicants who have never 

before established operator qualifications. Any limitations imposed by reason of 

physical defects will be noted on the license and record (NAVFAC Forms 11260/2 and 

11260/3). 

(1) Grounds for Disqualification. Justification for disqualification of the 

applicant on the grounds of physical defect or emotional instability may be derived by 

the examiner from interviews, reference to the applicant's medical and personnel 

records, analysis of accident reports involving the applicant, and the results of 

specialized clinical tests. Specialized clinical tests by the examiner may consist of the 

use of devices to indicate the applicant's depth perception, brake reaction time, field of 

vision, manual dexterity, tendencies to dizziness, or similar pertinent characteristics. 

d. Language Ability. Applicants should be able to write essential words in 

English or the prevailing language in the area of operation. Applicants must be able to 

speak English or the prevailing language and must be able to read and understand 

signs and orders applicable to the operation of the equipment. 

e. Other Qualifications. Commanding officers of naval activities may require 

the applicant to meet additional personal and physical qualifications for operating 

specific items of equipment. 

3.9.3 Prerequisite Safety Instruction, Written Examinations, and Performance 

Qualification Tests. All applicants for initial licensing shall be instructed and tested 

on all applicable procedures of Safety Precautions, activity safety guidance, and 

specific safety instructions for the equipment for which the applicant is to be licensed. 

Initial applicants must pass the written tests and demonstrate operating proficiency by 

passing the performance qualification test. Written tests may be obtained from the 

TEMC. Tests for equipment not covered shall be developed in writing and prescribed 

by each activity. 

3.9.4 Acceptance of Construction and Railroad Equipment Operator License. 

The Construction Equipment Operator License, NAVFAC 11260/2 (Appendix H, Figure 

H-18), is to be honored throughout the Navy. The standards of the operator's testing 

and licensing programs covering construction and railroad equipment should be such 

that only qualified operators are issued licenses regardless of where the licenses are 

issued. 

3-30

3.9.5 Use and Limitations of Licenses 

a. Significance. The Construction Equipment Operator License, NAVFAC 

11260/2, is official evidence that the person named therein has been officially accepted 

as qualified to operate the types of equipment specified on the license. 

b. Authorized Operation. Possession of the Construction Equipment 

Operator License, NAVFAC 11260/2, does not of itself constitute authorization to 

operate this equipment. Such authorization must be specifically obtained from the 

cognizant supervisor charged with responsibility for equipment operations. 

c. Use and Possession of Licenses. Operators who have been issued a 

valid Construction Equipment Operator License, NAVFAC 11260/2, shall have such 

license on their person when operating construction or railroad equipment. 

d. Equipment Unit Familiarity Checkouts. The Navy's construction and 

railroad equipment inventory consists of a wide variety of equipment types, makes, and 

models and innumerable variations in the control mechanisms and operational 

characteristics. For this reason, it is not economically feasible to devise and administer 

examinations and issue licenses to cover each equipment variation. The objective of 

the licensing program is to ensure that operators are qualified to operate equipment 

having the same essential basic functional characteristics. Possession of a valid 

Construction Equipment Operator License, NAVFAC 11260/2, means that the person 

holding such license is qualified to operate any unit of equipment with the 

characteristics of the equipment types authorized on his license provided the operator 

has been checked out on the specific unit to be operated. Satisfactory checkout is the 

responsibility of the cognizant equipment operations supervisor. 

3.9.6 Testing and Licensing Program Administration 

a. Organization. Each activity commanding officer shall designate the 

official and organization responsible for the management and administration of the 

program for instructing, testing, and licensing of construction and railroad equipment 

operators. Normally this shall be the activity public works officer and/or the 

transportation organization head who is normally responsible for the operation and 

maintenance of this type equipment. This individual is also responsible for testing and 

licensing of motor vehicle operators at naval activities. 

b. Designation of Qualified Instructors/Examiners. The head of the activity 

organization responsible for licensing shall select, designate, and train 

instructors/examiners. These shall be selected from the best qualified licensed 

equipment operators. Qualified instructors/examiners must hold a license for the 

specific equipment for which they are conducting operator testing and be completely 

familiar with all aspects of its safe and effective operation. Further, they shall be 

competent to effectively instruct, examine, and test license applicants. This includes 

3-31

the capability to develop and conduct formal courses of classroom instruction on the 

various aspects of equipment operation and safety. 

c. Instructor/Examiner Training. There is no prescribed formal or required 

course of instruction for training operator instructors/examiners. All manufacturers of 

equipment which the Navy procures provide operator instruction. It is desirable that 

operator instructors/examiners and operators attend these manufacturers’ schools 

where available. A list of recommended courses of instruction may be obtained from 

the appropriate Transportation Equipment Management Center (TEMC). 

NCF and SOU License Examiners will be designated in writing by their Commanding 

Officers and should hold PRCP Skill 590.1 which is obtained by successful completion 

of the course at either Naval Construction Training Center (NCTC), Port Hueneme, CA, 

or NCTC Gulfport, MS. 

3.10 Testing of Construction and Railroad Equipment Operators 

3.10.1 Application for Test and License 

a. Purpose of NAVFAC Form 11260/1. A sample format is shown in 

Appendix H, Figure H-19. This form provides a progressive presentation of facts and 

developments pertinent to applying for and issuing or denying licenses to applicants. 

b. Use of NAVFAC Form 11260/1. Part I of the application is prepared by 

the applicant and sponsor. Part II is endorsed by the applicant's supervisor. Parts III 

and IV are prepared by the license office. The use of appropriate spaces in Parts III and 

IV and the preparation and routing of copies needed simplify and reduce paperwork. 

3.10.2 Status Control of Applications for Tests and Licenses. Use of a status 

control sheet will enable visual progress control of individual applications by means of 

brief entries for each step in the application, test, and license process. Its use enables 

follow-through action and facilitates scheduling tests and examinations. Following are 

some of the items which might be included on a status control sheet: 

a. Applicant's name. 

b. Description of equipment license requested. 

c. Date of supervisor's request for test and license. 

d. Date and status of action notice to supervisor. 

e. Date and results of physical examination. 

f. Date and results of written test and prerequisite information if required. 

g. Date and results of performance qualification test. 

h. Date and status of license issuance or denial. 

3.10.3 Physical Examinations and Clinical Tests. The form and content of physical 

examination certificates may be determined by the medical office making the 

examination, with due consideration for the provisions of this publication. The United 

3-32

States Civil Service Commission Certificate of Medical Examination, Standard Form 78, 

is an acceptable form for this purpose. Clinical test results may be presented in 

narrative form or graphically as devised locally. 

3.10.4 Written Examinations 

a. Formats. Test formats have been prepared in question and answer form. 

These formats, complete with approved questions and correct answers, are available 

from the TEMC. These test formats cover a variety of the most commonly used 

equipment. Tests for equipment not covered will be developed locally using the 

prescribed test formats as a guide. 

b. Use of Written Examinations. The testing procedure seeks to determine 

whether the applicant knows the answers to questions asked in the written examination 

involving nomenclature, equipment application, safety, operator maintenance, and 

similar data. 

c. Evaluating and Scoring Written Examinations. Answers should not be 

marked wrong if the response is substantially correct but not well stated. Although the 

answers that are provided with the tests have been screened and approved, equipment 

operation is not an exact science. Some answers, however, are matters of fact and are 

not subject to interpretation. In cases of dispute, the judgment of the examiner will be 

final. 

d. Grading of Examination and Record. Incorrect answers should be circled. 

The required percentage of correct answers is 70 percent. The latest graded 

examination shall be filed in the operator license jacket and shall not be returned to the 

applicant; however, the applicant should be notified of the grade attained and all 

incorrect answers critiqued. 

3.10.5 Training Program for NCFs/SOUs. Poor equipment operating practices and 

habits cause mishaps and premature equipment breakdowns. An effective training 

program on the procedures for issuing or renewing a license reduces poor practices, 

mishaps, and habits. In addition to being supervised by the license examiner, this 

training program must be supervised by the equipment officer, safety officer, the 

applicant’s supervisor, and other qualified operators. 

a. Training License. Equipment training licenses are issued to personnel 

who meet all the required physical and mental qualifications to be licensed, but need 

more on-the-job training on a piece of equipment. The training license expiration date 

should not exceed 30 days from the date of issue and must have the work learner 

stamped on the face. The license is only valid when the trainee is accompanied by a 

qualified instructor or when the trainee is using Navy equipment in a controlled training 

environment. Training licenses are not required to operate Navy equipment as part of 

formalized training programs given at the Naval Construction Training Centers. 

3-33

. Course of Instruction. In addition to learning how to operate equipment, a 

trainee is required to study a course of instruction. This locally prepared course must 

include, but need not be limited to, the following subjects. 

(1) Fundamentals of vehicle operation, including the functions and 

proper use of major assemblies and attachments and equipment limitations. 

(2) Operator responsibilities before, during, and after operation 

maintenance. 

practices. 

(3) Safety precautions and accident prevention through safe driving 

(4) Traffic laws, rules and regulations, hand signals, traffic signs, 

signals, and markings. 

(5) Accident reporting procedures and other forms and reports that an 

operator is responsible for completing. 

3.10.6 Performance Qualification Tests 

a. Formats. Formats have been prepared to conform to functional groups, 

corresponding to operational characteristics of the specific types of construction or 

railroad equipment involved. These test formats cover a variety of the most commonly 

used equipment. Tests for equipment not covered will be developed locally using the 

prescribed test formats as a guide. These formats, complete with notes to the instructor 

on evaluation criteria, are available from the TEMC. 

b. Use of Performance Qualification Tests. The purpose of the performance 

qualification testing procedure is to enable a qualified examiner to evaluate the 

operating skills of an applicant. It is assumed that the applicant, because of experience 

and/or training, is sufficiently capable of performing the various tasks called for by the 

problem situations described in the tests. These situations have been carefully devised 

to reflect typical equipment operations so that they can be set up and administered with 

the most economical use of funds, facilities, man-hours, and equipment time. 

c. Evaluating and Grading Performance Qualification Tests. Performance 

qualification tests will be graded as satisfactory or unsatisfactory. If subsequent 

"make-up" tests are authorized, only those items that were checked adversely need be 

tested again. The examiner shall initial and date each "group" on the performance 

qualification test to denote completion of that group. In evaluating these tests, 

examiners must be guided by the applicant's performance rather than his experience, 

background, and history. The latest graded performance test shall be filed in the 

operator's license jacket. 

3-34

d. Notation on Failures. A short line is provided before each item on the 

performance qualification test form. The examiner will make a check mark to denote 

that the applicant has correctly performed and/or answered the question. The 

examiner will indicate by zero or circle where applicant fails to perform or answer 

correctly. The examiner shall provide a short written explanation of all failures. Items 

on test forms not applicable will be marked N.A. 

3.11 Test Facilities and Equipment 

3.11.1 Test Facilities. Test facilities include course sites, flags, barricades, and similar 

items or actual working conditions. These are described in detail in each performance 

qualification test under the operating problem or situation requiring such facilities. 

Figures provided with the tests illustrate suggested course layout, equipment 

positioning and operation, and related items for certain performance qualification tests. 

3.11.2 Test Equipment. Test equipment refers to units of equipment in use for testing 

purposes. Ordinarily these units are used for other work and assigned for test 

purposes as required. Caution should be exercised to ensure that the test equipment 

is in a safe operable condition when furnished to an applicant for operation. The unit of 

construction or railroad equipment furnished to the applicant must conform to the same 

basic functional characteristics, attachments, types of control, and similar details as the 

equipment noted in the application for test and license, NAVFAC 11260/1. See sample 

form in Appendix H, Figure H-19. 

3.12 Licensing 

3.12.1 Essential Elements of Construction Equipment Operator License (NAVFAC 

Form 11260/2). The essential elements of NAVFAC 11260/2 and the Construction 

Equipment Operator License Record, NAVFAC 11260/3, are identification, 

qualification, limitation, authorization, and validity. See sample forms in Appendix H, 

Figures H-18 and H-20. 

a. Identification. The principal identifying entries are the name of the 

operator and the license number. 

(1) Name. The operator's name, as contained in official personnel 

records, should be noted in this space. Use of permanent personnel identification 

numbers is optional. 

(2) License/Card Number. The entry in this space calls for a 

sequential number not likely to be duplicated and one that can be issued by any naval 

activity. It incorporates a two part figure. The initial part is the activity number or unit 

designation of the original license issuing activity. The second part is the appropriate 

sequential number in order of issue. The license number remains in force, no matter 

where the operator is serving, until the operator's military or civilian service is 

terminated. 

3-35

. Qualification. Entries in this category are grouped under the general 

heading "Equipment Type Data." These comprise descriptions of the functional 

characteristics of the types of equipment that the operator is licensed to operate. 

(1) Basic Unit. Typical notations in this space are grader, crawler 

tractor, and front end loader. Also included is the type of controls, such as hydraulic, 

mechanical, and air. 

(2) Attachment. Typical notations in this space are bucket, backhoe, 

blade, forks, and concrete breaker. 

(3) Type of Control. Where this is a variable, typical entries may be 

hydraulic (H), electrical (E), and mechanical (M). 

c. Physical Limitation. Entries in this category are shown only on the license 

and license record cards, NAVFAC Forms 11260/2 and 11260/3, as application under 

the headings "Vision" and "Hearing" and so annotated on the license. 

(1) Vision. Typical notations for deviations from normal may be 

"glasses" and "daytime." 

(2) Hearing. A typical notation for deviation from normal may be 

"hearing aid." 

d. Authorization. Evidence of official authorization, as a duly licensed 

construction equipment operator, is contained in the initial heading under "Licensing 

Data." 

(1) Issuing Activity. The proper entry under this heading is the 

abbreviated name of the issuing activity. For example, WPNSTA Yorktown or 

NAVSHIPYD Norfolk. 

(2) Examiner. The proper entry under this heading is the printed name 

and full signature of the examiner. 

(3) Date Issued. Abbreviated entries of the issuing date, month, and 

year are to be made. 

e. Validity. License to operate equipment type as noted specifically under 

"Equipment Type Data" remains in force until revoked. If the license to operate some 

equipment types is revoked, the license to operate whatever unrevoked equipment 

types are shown on the license remain valid. As noted in paragraph 3.13.3 of this 

publication, the operator must turn in the license (NAVFAC 11260/2) to the licensing 

activity when all equipment types have been revoked. 

3-36

(1) Date Revoked, NAVFAC 11260/3. Abbreviated entries of the date, 

month, and year of revocation are to be made. 

(2) Birth Date. Abbreviated entries of the date, month, and year of the 

operator's birth are to be made. 

3.12.2 History Record and License. The Construction Equipment Operator License 

Record, NAVFAC 11260/3 (Appendix H, Figure H-20), is sufficient in size to include the 

several types of equipment one operator is licensed to operate. This form should be 

retained in the file as a permanent record and backup data for the preparation and 

issuance of the Construction Equipment Operator License, NAVFAC 11260/2. 

3.13 License Issuance, Renewal, Suspension and Revocation 

3.13.1 License Issuance. The Construction Equipment Operator License, NAVFAC 

11260/2, shall be issued or validated only when all requirements for the specific license 

are complied with and attested to, in writing, by an authorized examiner. 

3.13.2 Renewal 

a. Expiration and Renewal Frequency. The Construction Equipment 

Operator License, NAVFAC 11260/2, shall be renewed every two years for all 

equipment types authorized on the license. Expiration dates for all authorized 

equipment shall not exceed two years from the date of initial issuance. 

b. Procedure. The licensing office of the activity holding the operator's 

license file will use a tickler file to flag renewal action approximately 90 days before the 

expiration date. Arrangements for renewal examinations and tests must be made early 

enough to enable all items to be cleared before the expiration date. Expiration and 

renewal or issue dates shall be noted on NAVFAC Forms 11260/2 and 11260/3. 

c. Requirements for Renewal. The following elements of the examination 

and test complex are required every two years: 

(1) Physical examination. 

(2) Clinical tests for reaction time, etc. 

3.13.3 Suspension and Revocation. Licenses may be suspended or revoked for 

cause at any time by the licensing office. Licenses will be automatically suspended 

when the operator is charged with a reportable accident as defined in OPNAVINST 

5102.1, Accident Investigation and Reporting. In such cases, the requirements for 

renewal shall consist of those elements in paragraph 3.13.2.c considered necessary by 

management after investigation and consideration of the circumstances relating to the 

accident and any additional factors devised by the examiner after review of the accident 

report. In cases of suspension for chargeable accidents, the renewal examination and 

tests shall be given not later than 15 days after suspension where practical. 

3-37

a. Date Revoked Justification. Notations in the "Date Revoked" column of 

NAVFAC 11260/3 should be initialed by the examiner. Supporting justification for this 

action shall be kept in the equipment operator's license file. 

b. Revoked License Return. When all equipment types are revoked, the 

operator license (NAVFAC 11260/2) shall be returned to the license office without 

delay. 

3.14 Construction Equipment Operator License Jacket. All relevant forms and 

supporting data shall be kept in the operator's license jacket. There shall be an 

individual jacket kept for each applicant and operator. Each operator's license jacket 

shall contain the following as a minimum: 

a. Application for Construction Equipment Operator License, NAVFAC 

11260/1 or equivalent. 

b. Construction Equipment Operator License Record, NAVFAC 11260/3 or 

equivalent. 

c. Copy of Construction Equipment Operator License, NAVFAC 11260/2. 

d. Certificate of Medical Examination CSC Standard Form 78 or equivalent 

and any clinical tests. 

e. Written test (graded and signed by examiner and dated). 

f. Performance test (graded and signed by examiner and dated). 

g. Training records pertinent to licensing. 

3.15 Use of Government-Owned Transportation Equipment by Commercial 

Contractors. DoD policy is for contractors to provide all necessary transportation 

equipment needed for contract performance when an activity transportation function or 

subfunction is to be contracted (service contract), or when an entire 

Government-owned facility is to be contractor operated (GOCO). However, when 

excess Government-owned equipment is available, and it is determined to be in the 

best interest of the Government for the contractor to use the equipment, it will be 

released to the contractor in an "as is" condition and used by the contractor for contract 

performance. All equipment furnished to a contractor should be identified/listed in the 

contract by registration number, type (description), and status code. 

3.15.1 Equipment Replaced by the Government. Government furnished equipment 

(GFE) provided to a contractor that will be replaced by the Government will be 

assigned status code "E". An IO will be established to properly validate these 

requirements. 

3-38

3.15.2 Equipment Not Replaced by the Government. All Government-owned 

transportation equipment provided for use by commercial contractors, that will not be 

replaced by the Government will be assigned status code "C". An IO will not be 

established for this equipment. 

3.15.3 Vehicle Identification in Contract Use. Transportation equipment acquired 

for official purposes by a naval activity and operated by a contractor will be marked to 

indicate U.S. Government ownership in accordance with the DoD 4500.36-R and this 

publication. For "C" status equipment, special markings such as contract number, 

name of firm, etc., may be used when approved by the cognizant TEMC. 

3.16 Motor Fuel Security Measures. The increasing cost and scarcity of motor fuel 

may require special security measures in certain areas to prevent theft. A list of 

suggested fuel security measures for various areas is available from the TEMCs. A 

Fuel Automated Dispensing System (FADS) can function both as a theft deterrent and 

as an inventory control system. 

3.17 Recording Fuel Issues by Service Stations and Fuel Trucks. Procedures 

shall be established at each activity responsible for fuel management to ensure 

adequate fuel accountability. Methods existing for dispensing and accounting for fuel 

issues vary among activities from totally manually operated to fully automated systems. 

3.17.1 Systems. Activities interested in updating or changing their system of 

dispensing and/or control of fuel may request assistance from their cognizant 

EFD/TEMC. 

3.17.2 Records. Each activity shall maintain accurate records of fuel issues by 

equipment registration/identification number. Dispensing pump meters shall be 

checked daily and reconciled with issue records to ensure fuel dispensed is accounted 

for. Records of fuel issue by equipment registration/identification number will be 

maintained by the Transportation Department/Division for management evaluation. 

Records of bulk issues to fuel servicing tank trucks and the subsequent issues to 

equipment shall similarly be recorded and reconciled. 

3.18 U.S. Government Fleet Services Cards. U.S. Government Fleet Services Card 

and commercial credit cards have been authorized for use by U.S. Government 

agencies in obtaining commercial service station motor vehicle fuel and services. 

Although the use of Fleet Services Cards is not mandatory and you are free to arrange 

for an alternative method of paying for fuel if you so choose, GSA strongly encourages 

you to take advantage of this new technology. The U.S. Government Fleet Services 

Cards may provide the following: 

* Fuels: Regular unleaded, premium unleaded, special unleaded, regular 

leaded, premium leaded, aviation grade, unleaded for boats, diesel and diesel marine 

fuel, fuel oil, and aviation turbine fuel. Alternate fuels: methanol, ethanol, gasohol, 

liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) (Propane/Butane), and compressed natural gas (CNG). 

3-39

* Lubricating services and lubricants (including differential and 

transmission lubricants). 

* Ethylene glycol antifreeze. 

* Oil filter elements and servicing. 

* Air filter service. 

* Battery charging. 

* Tire and tube repairs. 

* Washing and cleaning. 

* Mounting and dismounting snow tires and chains. 

* Emergency replacement of spark plugs, fan and generator belts, 

windshield wiper arms and blades, lamps, etc. 

3.18.1 Application. The U.S. Government Fleet Services Card must only be used 

when motor pool or similar type facilities are not readily available. Detailed information 

on the acquisition, accounting, and control of U.S. Government Fleet Services Cards 

may be obtained by faxing to 1-800-817-8846 or writing to Wright Express Corporation, 

97 Darling Avenue, South Portland, MA 04106. 

3.18.2 Use of Self-Service Gasoline Stations. Operators of Navy motor vehicles 

who purchase gasoline with the Fleet Services Cards are required to use service 

stations that will accept Government cards. Listings of these service stations are 

available through Wright Express Corporation. When the Fleet Services Card is used 

for the purchase of gasoline, operators shall be instructed to use self-service gasoline 

pumps in order to reduce costs by avoiding the fuel dispensing labor cost resulting from 

full service. Unless specified by the engine manufacturer, regular grade unleaded 

gasoline will be used. 

3.19 Payment of Highway Tolls. Procedures shall be established at each activity 

for the payment, or reimbursement of payments, for highway tolls. The head of the 

transportation division is responsible for ensuring the established control procedures 

are followed and, as a minimum, will document the monetary value, date of issue, 

purpose, valid receipts, and the signature of the person payment was issued to for each 

transaction. The procedure must contain all required information for audit purposes. 

3.20 Fire Extinguishers on Transportation Equipment. Except for the items listed in 

paragraph 3.20.1, it is the Navy’s policy to eliminate fire extinguishers on automotive 

vehicles operated on Government property or within the confines of municipal or 

metropolitan areas contiguous thereto where fire protection is normally provided. 

3-40

3.20.1 Exceptions. Fire extinguishers shall be installed on the following types of 

vehicles. 

* Buses. 

* Ambulances. 

* Vehicles regularly used to carry explosives, acids, compressed gases, 

fuel, or other hazardous/dangerous materials. 

* Police and patrol vehicles. 

* All emergency vehicles of structural and crash fire departments. 

* Vehicles dispatched on trips where fire protection is not readily available; 

vehicles occasionally used to carry explosives and other dangerous articles; and 

vehicles hauling equipment/cargo covered with tarpaulin in the body of the truck are to 

be provided with fire extinguishers on an incidental basis, dependent upon the type of 

cargo and environmental conditions. 

* In an emergency where it is considered essential that a fire extinguisher 

be temporarily installed in an automotive vehicle other than those listed in the 

preceding paragraph. The extinguisher is to be removed when the emergency has 

expired. 

3.21 Use and Installation of Seat Belts. Policy and guidance pertaining to the use 

of seat belts in Navy motor vehicles (excluding tactical and combat vehicles) are 

provided in OPNAVINST 5100.12. Installation of seat belts and vehicle modification 

shall meet Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 208, 209, and 210 (49 CFR). 

3.21.1 Motor Vehicle Seat Belt Requirement. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety 

Standard Number 208, Occupant Crash Protection, (49 CFR 571.208) requires the 

installation of occupant restraint systems for designated seating positions in all new 

vehicles manufactured for sale in the United States. The term "designated seating 

position" does not include auxiliary seats, such as jump seats. 

a. Passenger Cars. Each new passenger car manufactured after January 1, 

1968, must have a lap/shoulder belt at the driver's seat and at the right front 

passenger's seat and either a lap belt or a lap/shoulder belt at all other seats. 

b. Trucks and Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles with a gross vehicle weight 

rating of 10,000 pounds or less. [A multipurpose passenger vehicle (MPV) is a motor 

vehicle with motor power designed to carry 16 persons (including the driver) or less 

which is constructed on a truck chassis, such as a van/carryall, or with special features 

for occasional off-road use.] Except for the vehicles listed below, each new light truck 

and MPV manufactured on or after January 1, 1976, must have a lap/shoulder belt at 

3-41

the driver's seat and at the right front passenger's seat and must have either a lap belt 

or a lap/shoulder belt at all other seats. 

• Open-body type vehicles, such as a Jeep. 

• Walk-in van-type trucks, such as the GMC step van. 

• Convertibles. 

• U.S. Postal Service vehicles. 

• Vehicles with chassis-mounted campers. 

• Motor homes. 

• Forward control vehicles, such as Chrysler, GM, and Ford vans. 

c. Trucks and Multipurpose Passenger Vehicles with a gross vehicle weight 

rating greater than 10,000 pounds. 

(1) Each new heavy truck and MPV manufactured after July 1, 1971, 

must have either a lap belt or a lap/shoulder belt at all seats. 

(2) Buses manufactured after July 1, 1971, must have either a lap belt 

or a lap/shoulder belt for the driver. No belts are required at other seating positions. 

(A bus is a vehicle specifically designed and manufactured to carry more than 16 

seated occupants.) 

d. Commercial vehicles of foreign manufacture purchased for use outside 

the United States, its territories and possessions, shall meet all applicable safety 

requirements of the country in which they are to be used. 

3.21.2 Special Requirements 

a. Individuals shall not ride in seating positions where safety belts have not 

been installed or are inoperative, except as specified herein. 

b. Passengers (e.g. work crews) shall not ride in the cargo areas of motor 

vehicles except when the vehicle has been modified (e.g. side-facing seats) for such 

purposes in accordance with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) 208, 

209, and 210. Seat belts that are installed on side-facing seats in accordance with 

Motor Vehicle Seat Belt Assembly Installations (SAE J800c), are not subject to the 

strength tests of FMVSS 207, paragraph S4.2 or FMVSS 210, paragraphs S4.2 and S5. 

If the vehicle is not equipped to carry passengers in a seated position with properly 

installed safety belts, then a second vehicle shall be requested to transport the work 

crew. However, per CNO message 171757Z of July 86: 

"When operational requirements dictate, on a case by case basis, the commanding 

officer may authorize transportation of work crews in cargo vehicles providing the 

following criteria are met: 

3-42

(1) The sides and the end must be enclosed with stakes measuring 36 

inches from floor of the truck; and 

(2) Only the exact number of workers may be transported that are 

required to do the job." 

Note: NCF and SOUs are exempt from the above regulation under CNO Ltr 11200 Ser 

N09F/500814 of 29 Aug 94 when transporting troops in Tactical Vehicles designed to 

transport troops and designated as essential transport by the unit Commanding Officer. 

c. The driver or operator of any Navy motor vehicle is responsible for 

informing all passengers of safety belt requirements. 

d. It is the responsibility of the senior occupant or rider of the vehicle to 

ensure compliance by all passengers with these requirements. 

3.22 Installation and Use of Warning Lights and Sirens 

3.22.1 Application 

a. Warning Indicators. Warning or right-of-way indicators are required in 

certain vehicle and equipment operations. The installation of warning lights and sound 

devices shall in all cases comply with local and state regulations and laws controlling 

the application of such devices. Normally, such devices are procured as original 

equipment by COMNAVFACENGCOM on certain special application vehicles and 

equipment. The requirement for and the installation of warning devices on vehicles 

and equipment not so equipped by COMNAVFACENGCOM will be approved in writing 

by the Commanding Officer. 

b. Responding to Emergency Calls. Military services police, fire, rescue 

vehicles and ambulances responding to emergency calls will use sirens and emergency 

warning devices only in accordance with standard operating procedures as set forth in 

pertinent directives, local regulations, and civil laws of the locality in which the vehicle 

is operated. To ensure safe operation, regardless of permissible speed limits, vehicles 

will be operated within the limits dictated by road or traffic conditions. 

3.23 Radio-Dispatched Taxi and Material Transportation Systems 

3.23.1 Radio-Dispatched Taxi Systems. Installation of radio-dispatched taxi 

systems in highly populated or widely dispersed activities is encouraged. Taxi service 

to supplement mass transportation service for official business will contribute to 

reductions in Class B requirements and provide for greater availability of equipment 

assets. The cognizant TEMC can provide assistance in determining the feasibility of 

installing radio-controlled taxi service. 

3-43

3.23.2 Radio-Dispatched Material Transportation Systems. The use of 

radio-dispatched trucks and vans to pick up and deliver material, parts, and supplies is 

usually feasible in industrial and congested areas. These systems have potential for 

reducing the number of vehicles, fuel consumption, and general costs by greater 

utilization. The general procedures that apply to radio-dispatched taxis also apply to 

material systems. 

3.24 Vehicle Size, Weight, and Load Limitations 

3.24.1 Highway Use. It is the policy of the Navy to conform to state and local laws, 

regulations, and ordinances relating to motor vehicle weight and size limitations. 

Limitations on the weight and dimensions of vehicles that move over public highways 

are determined independently by each state and may vary considerably. Where 

interstate movements are involved, activity transportation directors or equivalents 

should ensure that they have a current vehicle size and weight limitation publication 

from state authorities of the states in which they plan oversize or overweight 

movements. 

3.24.2 State Laws. State laws provide that no vehicle exceeding any legal limitation 

of weight or dimension may move over public highways unless prior permission for 

such movement is granted by the state or states concerned. Limitations on the weight 

and dimensions of vehicles are necessary to ensure safe passage over the roads and 

bridges and to prevent damage to highway facilities. 

3.24.3 Permits. Vehicles exceeding the legal weight or size limitations shall not be 

moved over public highways by or for any agency of the Navy unless prior permission 

is granted by the state or states concerned. 

3.24.4 Navy Representatives Authorized To Obtain Permits. The activity 

Commanding Officer shall designate an activity representative (normally the 

Transportation Superintendent of the Public Works Department) to maintain liaison and 

direct communication with the authorized state representative for the purpose of 

obtaining permits for movement of overweight, oversize, or special military loads in 

vehicles owned, leased, or rented by the Navy. 

a. The authorized representative of the activity shall, when contacting the 

state representative in regards to an oversize, overweight, or other special Navy 

vehicular movement, furnish the necessary information for a reasonable evaluation of 

the effects the movement will have on the highway facilities involved. The information 

furnished shall include, but not be limited to the following: 

(1) Type of equipment, with manufacturer's name if available, pertinent 

accessories, gross weight, axle or track loads, spacing, and the height, width, and 

length of the loaded or unloaded vehicle. 

(2) The U.S. Navy identification number of the unit(s). 

3-44

(3) Origin and destination of the movement. 

(4) Proposed date and time of the movement. 

(5) Nature of the cargo (within security limitation). 

b. In cases where the local activity cannot make satisfactory arrangements 

for a movement permit, the problem shall be referred to the cognizant TEMC for further 

assistance. When unsuccessful in obtaining the necessary movement permit, the 

TEMC shall refer the problem to COMNAVFACENGCOM (Code 134). 

3.24.5 Records. Documentation of all negotiations with state representatives on 

movement permits shall be maintained in activity files. 

3.24.6 Truck, Truck Tractor, and Trailer Load Ratings 

a. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). Commercial trucks, including 

those procured by the Navy, are rated by the manufacturer by GVWR. The GVWR of a 

truck is the total weight of the loaded vehicle on the tires at ground contact. The 

GVWR is the sum of the weights of chassis, body, cab, accessories, equipment, tires, 

fuels, lubricants, coolants, driver (estimated at 175 pounds), and the payload. 

b. Curb Weight (CW). The CW of a truck is the scale weight of the vehicle 

fully equipped, ready to operate, but without driver or payload. The CW includes the 

weights of chassis, body, cab, accessories, equipment, tires, fuels, lubricants, and 

coolants. 

c. Payload (PL). The PL of a vehicle is the allowable rated load that a 

vehicle can transport. The PL is computed by subtracting the sum of the CW and the 

weight of the driver from the GVWR. 

d. Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR). The GCWR rating of a 

tractor and trailer is the total weight of a fully loaded tractor-trailer unit on the tires at 

the ground. The GCWR includes the sum of the weights of the truck tractor chassis, 

cab, accessories, equipment (including fifth wheel), tires, fuels, lubricants, coolants, 

driver (175 pounds), with the semitrailer and its payload included. In the case of a 

truck in combination with a towed full trailer, the GCWR is the rated GVW of the truck 

plus the weight of the trailer and its payload. 

3.24.7 Payload Weight Distribution. It is important that the PL weight be properly 

distributed over the body so that the percentage of weight carried by the front axle and 

that carried by the rear axle will be in the ratio for which the vehicle was designed (see 

Figure 3-3). 

3-45

3.25 Operation of Construction and Weight Handling Equipment 

3.25.1 Equipment Management. Sustained productive use of assigned construction 

and weight handling equipment is necessary to justify continued retention and 

ownership. Satisfactory productivity of an equipment fleet is principally achieved as a 

result of organized action directly controlled by technically competent and informed 

supervision. The details and forms of management control of an equipment fleet and 

its operating personnel are not specified herein because of the varied conditions and 

types of maintenance and construction work performed throughout the Navy. It is the 

basic responsibility of each transportation division to have equipment available, and to 

assign equipment and operating personnel to accomplish job performance. 

3.25.2 Work Plan. The work plan must be based on the priority and type of work to 

be accomplished. Initial and continuing surveys by management are necessary to 

determine foreseeable equipment needs. A useful planning tool for this purpose is a 

graphic chart of projected work adjusted each month to show the probable work 

demands over the next three months. It is expected that long range projects and work 

of a recurring nature will constitute most of the projected work. Scheduling equipment 

and operator requirements must be closely coordinated between the transportation and 

other departments concerned with work accomplishment. Equipment and operators 

must be available to respond to emergency situations. 

3.25.3 Equipment and Personnel. Obtaining and furnishing the proper equipment 

and qualified personnel to accomplish the workload is a basic function of the 

transportation department. Knowing the location, availability, and suitability of these 

resources is a practical and continuing requirement. Such information can be 

displayed visually on a control board or similar device. The following items are related 

to this control technique: 

a. Inventories of equipment reflected by up-to-date record cards. 

b. Properly marked and identified equipment. 

c. Locator devices for personnel and equipment. 

d. Direct and rapid means of communication, responsive to the nature of the 

workload. 

3.25.4 Work Generation. The daily requirement for construction and weight 

handling equipment man-hours and equipment-hours of service are generated by the 

needs of various organizational elements of each naval activity. A current list of 

organizational representatives authorized to request work involving the use of 

equipment will be available to those who authorize or supervise equipment operations. 

The procedure for requesting services and channeling such requests shall be clearly 

written and made available to all personnel concerned. This procedure shall be 

specific and concise for both routine and emergency situations. 

3-47

3.25.5 Work Requests. Requests for work must be exact and complete. If the work 

is well defined, a measure of control and planning assistance is provided by outlining 

the time, dimensions, and extent of each job. Omissions, errors, and vague statements 

will be rectified by direct contact with personnel concerned or by inspection of the job 

site before the work is authorized. A test of the clarity and usefulness of a work request 

is whether an equipment supervisor can use its contents, without other explanation, to 

plan and perform the required service. 

3.25.6 Work Classification. The work of the equipment fleet is, in most cases, 

related directly to the needs of organizational elements of the naval activity or 

supported activities involving operations, production, supply, ordnance, public works, 

and similar functions. The nature of the work of these organizational elements is 

predominantly routine, scheduled, and orderly. There is no reason why the same 

emphasis on routine, scheduled, and orderly work can not be reflected by the 

equipment fleet management serving these elements. The three appropriate 

classifications of work to be accomplished by the construction and weight handling 

equipment fleet can be described as "scheduled jobs," "immediate unscheduled jobs," 

and "deferrable unscheduled work." 

a. Scheduled Jobs. If the priority of authorized work is not classified and 

handled as "scheduled jobs," intelligent planning and effective control of the equipment 

operating force is made more difficult. Although most construction and weight handling 

equipment is mobile or portable, its uncoordinated shifting from one job site to another 

on an unscheduled basis is costly and wasteful. The application of priorities to 

scheduled jobs is necessary. Often equipment supervisors prefer to arrange for the 

order and the time in which jobs should be done to conform to the best interests of their 

own organization and the environmental factors at the job site. Although this viewpoint 

is understandable, it shall be tempered by the needs and related commitments and 

schedules of the requesting group. A complex system of priorities is discouraged. 

b. Immediate Unscheduled Jobs. Management must expect the occurrence 

of unforeseen situations, including some of an emergency nature. These situations 

may require immediate and perhaps around-the-clock use of one or several units of the 

equipment fleet for a short period of time. The classification of "immediate 

unscheduled jobs" shall apply only to unforeseen and unscheduled jobs requiring 

immediate performance and not likely to continue for a prolonged period. If such 

continuance is indicated the jobs can be included with the "scheduled jobs" and 

designated as such. Management must be experienced with the role of construction 

and weight handling equipment and operators in emergency and contingency plans 

and be prepared to commit them on an "immediate unscheduled" basis. 

c. Deferrable Unscheduled Work. Special circumstances may temporarily 

defer essential work. Temporary lack of funds, unavailability of equipment or operators, 

and unfavorable environmental conditions are typical causes of deferment. Essential 

work shall not be deferred indefinitely. The circumstances dictating deferment shall be 

reviewed periodically to determine whether they are still valid. Deferrable unscheduled 

3-48

work shall not be confused or identified with the normal backlog of scheduled jobs not 

started, or with scheduled jobs where progress has been stopped temporarily. 

3.25.7 Job Authorization. The concept of action through the chain of command 

applies particularly to job authorization. Written delegation of authority (whereby 

supervisory personnel are authorized to approve jobs involving construction and weight 

handling equipment and operators) shall be a matter of record. The authorizing 

signature on a job order or movement order means the signer is authorized to commit 

those resources, is fully informed on all aspects of the job, and has approved the 

actions ordered. No job shall be performed without proper job authorization. When 

circumstances require verbal authorization, this shall be followed immediately with a 

written confirmation. 

3.25.8 Job Planning. The job plan is the framework for placement, operation, flow, 

support, and interaction of the equipment. A job plan must be well thought out to avoid 

confusion and delay and shall be structured to conserve material, time, and money. 

Some of the elements of a job plan are as follows: 

a. Exact specifications of the work to be done. A job order attached to the 

job plan will suffice if the job order is sufficiently detailed and complete. 

b. Sequence of all job phases. 

c. Scheduled completion time for each phase and the overall job. 

d. Equipment requirements for each phase. These requirements can be 

best obtained through consultation with the transportation supervisor or his/her 

designated representative. 

e. Personnel requirements and estimated man-hours for each phase. 

f. Material requirements and estimated cost for each phase. 

g. Clearance permits, special licenses, and similar items pertinent to the job. 

h. Environmental conditions such as climate, wind, terrain, drainage, soil 

mechanics, visibility, access roads, unusual hazards, and similar items. 

i. A record of progress when units of equipment operate individually to 

perform routine or repetitive tasks can render a job plan unnecessary. In such cases, 

the job order authorizing and defining the work can be considered the job plan for that 

operation. 

3.25.9 Job Supervision. There is no substitute for competent supervision. This is 

especially true when field supervisors know the job plan and are technically competent 

to direct its accomplishment as smoothly and safely as the resources under their control 

3-49

permit. This on-the-scene level of management control does not relieve the operators 

and operating crews of their specific responsibilities. It does provide a more assured 

working climate and an accepted point of referral for needed decisions beyond those 

required by operators and work crews. The supervisor in the field may be considered 

the focus around which otherwise independent equipment units and operators unite to 

form an operating team. As an aid to job supervision and management control, each 

activity is required to keep a record of starting and stopping time for each job; including 

travel time, idle time, downtime, and fuel consumption for each unit of equipment. 

3.25.10 Equipment Selection and Application 

a. Importance of Proper Equipment Selection. The ideal basis for equipment 

selection and application is to acquire the most suitable equipment to accomplish each 

job undertaken. Economic restrictions on this ideal line of action, however, must be 

recognized. The high acquisition cost of construction and weight handling equipment, 

and the different types and conditions of work to be accomplished, inhibit the use of the 

most suitable equipment for every job. Nevertheless, it is not economically sound to 

undertake jobs without reasonably suitable equipment. Commercial contracting firms, 

for example, seek jobs that can be handled effectively with their on-hand equipment 

inventory. Such an option is not open to naval activities which must perform their tasks 

without the privilege of accepting or rejecting the assignments. As a result, selection of 

the basic equipment fleet for naval activities must be made on a sound basis with 

regard for overall utility, flexibility, and cost. Another option available is short term 

rental or leasing of equipment for specific work and time frames. 

b. Criteria for Equipment Selection. The essential considerations for 

justifying the acquisition of construction and weight handling equipment on a regularly 

assigned basis are as follows: 

(1) Predictable continuing requirements must exist over a considerable 

period of time for stated quantities of specific types and capacities of the equipment. 

(2) The continuing requirements cannot be satisfactorily and 

economically supplied by suitable loaned, rented, or leased items. 

(3) The equipment acquired will efficiently perform various recurring 

jobs of primary importance to the activity, through the quantity, types, capacities, and 

attachments of the acquired units. It is of secondary importance that this equipment 

have the flexibility to satisfactorily perform other jobs of a nonrecurring nature. 

c. Application Criteria for Specific Jobs. The process of selection requires a 

knowledge of the characteristic advantages and disadvantages of equipment units and 

attachments, the nature of the jobs they were designed to perform, and the proper size 

and capacity of the equipment. Compromises can be expected because of the several 

factors involved. The overall utility and flexibility of construction and weight handling 

equipment, however, can be increased by the inclusion of proper attachments and 

3-50

effective work procedures. Consideration shall be given to the use of general purpose 

equipment of the most versatile, multi-use type available. As an example, a tractor with 

front-end loader, back-hoe, auger, and trencher attachments offers maximum use of the 

power unit which is the primary cost factor in the procurement. Generally, the following 

apply to application criteria: 

(1) Functional characteristics of equipment and attachments. 

(2) Applicability to workload. 

(3) Size and capacity of equipment for job performance. 

(4) Cost. 

(5) Standardization. 

3-51

CHAPTER 4. MAINTENANCE 

SECTION 1. SHORE MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT 

This section pertains to shore activities’ CESE maintenance management. Units 

assigned to the Naval Construction Force (NCF) or designated as Special Operating 

Units (SOU) should refer to Section 2 for guidance on maintenance management. 

4-1.1 Basic Maintenance Objectives. The basic objectives of the Transportation 

Maintenance Management Program are to provide at the lowest possible cost: 

a. Maximum availability of safe and reliable equipment, thus reducing the 

capital investment needed for providing effective and efficient transportation service. 

b. Ensure the maximum economic service life of the equipment, thus reducing 

the capital replacement cost. 

4-1.2 Program Elements. To accomplish the basic maintenance objectives 

efficiently and effectively, the application of management principles, procedures, and 

techniques for maintenance planning, organization, direction, coordination, control, and 

evaluation have been incorporated into the Transportation Maintenance Management 

Program. These have been included in the following basic program elements which are 

provided in this section. 

a. Planning and Scheduling. Provides for the establishment of a complete 

and accurate inventory of the equipment to be maintained; an inspection and 

preventive maintenance schedule that will ensure safe, serviceable equipment, and a 

uniform shop workload. 

b. Organization and Facilities. Establishes the necessary organizational 

structure to ensure efficient accomplishment of the maintenance workload through 

proper direction, supervision, environment, and control of the work force. 

c. Coordination. Provides for the necessary coordination with the supply and 

fiscal organizations for material support and accounting service, and with other 

organizations for coordination support. 

d. Control. Provides procedures and standards for the control of work input, 

direct labor productivity, overhead, material, downtime, and overall maintenance cost. 

e. Reports and Performance Evaluation. Provides a uniform system of cost 

and statistical accounting, together with management indices to evaluate all phases of 

the program in sufficient detail to determine those elements needing corrective action, 

and provides a data base for transportation maintenance budget projections. 

4-1-1

4-1.3 Levels of Maintenance 

It is the policy of the Navy to require efficient and uniform maintenance 

management policies, procedures, plans, and programs. COMNAVFACENGCOM 

administers a Service Life Extension Program (SLEP) for various items of high cost 

equipment. The purpose of this program is to perform a complete rebuild of selected 

items that will significantly extend the useful life of this equipment. Repairs at this level 

are normally accomplished by contract or at designated facilities under the control of 

the TEMC. The levels of maintenance within DoD are: 

a. Organizational Maintenance. That maintenance which is the responsibility 

of and performed by using organizations on its assigned equipment. Phases normally 

consist of inspecting, servicing, lubricating, and the adjusting and replacing of parts, 

minor assemblies, and subassemblies. 

b. Intermediate Maintenance. That maintenance which is the responsibility of 

and performed by designated maintenance activities for direct support of using 

organizations. Phases normally consist of calibration, repair, or replacement of 

damaged or unserviceable parts, and providing technical assistance to using 

organizations. Intermediate maintenance is normally accomplished in fixed shops, 

tenders, shore-based repair facilities, or by mobile field teams. (For CESE this is the 

normal maintenance provided by Public Works Departments or Public Works Centers.) 

c. Depot Maintenance. That maintenance which is the responsibility of and 

performed by designated maintenance activities to augment stocks of serviceable 

material and to support organizational maintenance and intermediate maintenance 

activities by the use of more extensive shop facilities, equipment, and personnel of 

higher technical skill than are available at the lower levels of maintenance. Phases 

normally consist of inspection, test, repair, modification, alteration, modernization, 

conversion, overhaul, reclamation or rebuild of parts, assemblies, subassemblies, 

components, and equipment end items. The manufacture of critical nonavailable parts 

and providing technical assistance to intermediate maintenance organizations and other 

activities also fall under this category. Depot maintenance is normally accomplished in 

fixed shops, shipyards, and other shore-based facilities, or by depot field teams. (For 

CESE, this level of maintenance is not performed unless specifically authorized by the 

appropriate TEMC.) 

4-1.4 Commercial Contract Maintenance. It is the Navy's policy to perform 

maintenance in its own facilities or by commercial contract, whichever is the most 

economical method consistent with the optimum availability of equipment. The use of 

commercial contracts shall be evaluated periodically using the commercial industrial 

evaluation procedures set forth in the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) 

Circular A-76 (see paragraph 2.17.1 herein). The use of commercial contracts should 

be considered for the repair and rebuild of repairable components such as engines, 

transmissions, rear axles, electrical components, and cooling system components 

4-1-2

where specialized skills, tooling, and equipment are required, and the volume 

generated by the activity is not sufficient to support the specialized capability. 

4-1.5 Maintenance at Small Activities. Small activities having vehicle and 

equipment inventories too small to economically justify the specialized skills, tools, and 

equipment to properly maintain the equipment should arrange to have the maintenance 

performed either by another Government activity or by commercial sources. The using 

activity is responsible for funding all maintenance. Where maintenance is of a 

recurring nature, interservice/intraservice support agreements should be established 

with the performing Government activity. Where the activity cannot obtain maintenance 

from a Government activity, or service is not responsive, the procedure should be to 

procure services from commercial sources. 

4-1.6 Maintenance Organization and Staffing 

a. Standard Organization. Effective maintenance at an activity requires an 

organizational structure with duties, responsibilities, and authority clearly defined. 

Supervision can then effectively direct and control the accomplishment of work. In 

addition, the organization must be staffed and provided with facilities and resources 

required to perform in the most cost effective manner. The general organization and 

functions of the Transportation Division, including the Operations and Equipment 

Maintenance Branches, are described in paragraphs 2.15 through 2.15.2. A detailed 

description of the Equipment Maintenance Branch follows. 

b. Equipment Maintenance Branch. The Equipment Maintenance Branch 

Head reports to the Transportation Division Director. Briefly, the Branch Head's 

responsibility is to ensure all vehicles and equipment are maintained in a safe and 

reliable condition, and the time during which vehicles and equipment are out of service 

(downtime) is kept to a minimum. Further responsibility is to ensure maintenance is 

performed in a cost effective manner, and the cost of such maintenance is 

accomplished within the Transportation Division's budget plan. The Maintenance 

Branch is organized into a work input and records section and one or more repair 

sections. Each section head reports to the Maintenance Branch Head. Functional 

responsibilities of these sections are: 

(1) Work Input and Records Section 

(a) Maintains the inventory, schedules maintenance, receives all 

equipment, makes basic repair descriptions on Shop Repair Orders (SROs) (NAVFAC 

Form 11200/3A) and routes all maintenance work and SROs to the repair section 

supervisor(s) for work accomplishment. 

(b) Meets with the customer to identify complaints, performs simple 

safety inspections, and describes in writing on the SRO the work to be accomplished. 

4-1-3

(c) Allocates on an SRO the job operation time standards (flat rate) 

to be used in measuring the repair section's productivity. 

(d) Performs all shop accounting functions, including completion of 

labor distribution cards' reconciliation with time cards. 

(e) Maintains all equipment history record files. 

(f) Provides the Equipment Maintenance Branch Head with status 

reports such as downtime status, labor expended against standards, productivity of the 

repair section(s), and performance against maintenance input and overhead standards. 

(g) Develops, revises, and adjusts all preventive maintenance 

schedules, including items to be inspected, frequency, and necessary depth and detail. 

(h) Expedites work through the shop(s), including parts for vehicles 

out of service awaiting parts (OSP). 

(i) Advises customers when work has been accomplished, and 

provides necessary status information. 

(2) Repair Section(s) 

(a) Performs work described on SROs. Brings to the supervisor's 

attention, for further work authorization, added deficiencies requiring correction 

disclosed during accomplishment of work. 

(b) Accomplishes work on SROs within established job operation 

time standards (flat rate). 

(c) Keeps overhead and indirect time at a minimum, allocating such 

time within established standards. 

(d) Restricts the use of repair parts to a level necessary to achieve 

effective repairs, holding material costs within overall established budget standards. 

(e) Performs final inspection and testing to ensure that the work has 

been properly accomplished and that the equipment is safe and reliable. 

c. Staffing. Staffing requirements can be determined from the maintenance 

man-hour input standards set forth in Appendix G. These factors, applied to the miles 

or hours operated by the activity, can be used to develop the required staffing needed 

to maintain the vehicle and equipment in a safe and serviceable condition. Applying 

labor rates and material cost factors to these man-hours can develop funding 

requirements. 

4-1-4

4-1.7 Maintenance Coordination 

a. Coordination Requirement. Management attention and action must be 

constantly directed to the important function of coordination, both within the 

Transportation Division and Public Works Department and with other departments 

within the activity. A failure of proper coordination can result in a serious breakdown in 

the effectiveness of the maintenance program and result in excessive costs. 

b. Supply and Comptroller Department Coordination. The Supply and 

Comptroller Departments provide material support and cost accounting services to the 

Transportation Division. Paragraph 4-1.9.4 describes in detail the necessary 

coordination in the area of repair parts support. NAVCOMPT Manual, Volume 3, 

Chapter 7, Transportation Equipment Cost Accounting, presents the responsibilities of 

the Supply and Comptroller Departments with respect to cost accounting and report 

preparation. The Transportation Division Director shall be completely familiar with the 

NAVCOMPT Manual, Volume 3, Chapter 7 and maintain necessary liaison with the 

Supply and Comptroller Departments to ensure accurate and timely data and reports. 

In addition, the Transportation Division Director shall review the operation of the 

service stations if operated by the Supply Department to ensure that the service 

stations are performing certain preventive maintenance functions correctly. 

c. Operations Branch and Other Using Departments. Proper preventive 

maintenance and efficient shop loading programs require maintenance schedules be 

met. However, such schedules must be compatible with the equipment requirements of 

the Operations Branch and other using organizations. The Transportation Division 

Director shall ensure the schedules are realistic and coordinate them through the using 

organizations. Schedules shall be flexible to the extent that operational requirements 

are met. 

4-1.8 Maintenance Planning 

a. Requirement. Effective and economic preventive maintenance services 

require a systematic scheduling program that will make equipment available for 

mechanical and safety inspections, lubrications, adjustments, and necessary repairs at 

predetermined intervals. Thus, downtime is reduced as well as the resultant costly 

disruptions of transportation operations work schedules because of equipment failures. 

In addition, effective planning and scheduling will ensure that the major portion of the 

shop workload will be uniform and balanced, reducing the required work force and 

increasing the application of the work force to productive effort. It should be 

recognized that there is an economical point at which the random failure of equipment 

can be reduced by preventive maintenance. 

b. Management Action. The Transportation Division Director shall review 

actual performance against planned schedules and take appropriate corrective action 

in the following cases: 

4-1-5

(1) Where actual miles or hours between inspections indicate equipment 

is being inspected or serviced too frequently or not frequently enough, resulting in over 

or under maintenance. 

(2) Where analysis of unscheduled work indicates faulty inspection or 

driver abuse. 

(3) Where activities are not turning in vehicles for inspection and service 

on scheduled dates. 

4-1.8.1 General Plan. The basic policies and procedures for the financial management 

of the Navy are prescribed by the Comptroller of the Navy and set forth in NAVSO 

P-3006, Financial Management of Resources. This system is designed to provide the 

department heads of activities and their subordinates with the basic information 

necessary to develop an operating plan (including a transportation plan) which will 

efficiently manage the O&M,N resources made available. Effective transportation 

management depends on the development, approval, and execution of a realistic and 

cost effective budget plan. In order to execute such a plan, all levels of management 

require timely and frequent feedback reports on the basic elements of transportation 

maintenance and operations, such as: 

a. IO to inventory balance; 

b. Equipment downtime; 

c. Equipment utilization; 

d. Maintenance man-hour input; 

e. Direct labor productivity; 

f. Indirect labor (overhead); 

g. Repair parts and material expenditures. 

The foregoing elements must be monitored constantly to ensure that the budget plan is 

being followed and the mission of providing safe, reliable, and efficient transportation 

support services is being accomplished. 

4-1.8.2 Budget Plan. Each transportation director shall be responsible for developing 

the Transportation Division (or Department) portion of the activity budget. Appendix G 

provides guidance on a uniform system for the preparation of a transportation 

maintenance direct and indirect labor and material budget. Figure G-1, Appendix G, is a 

sample worksheet which should be used in preparation of the budget plan. Preparation 

of the operations portion of the plan should be based on historical data and projected 

operational requirements. The standards presented in Appendix G, Table G-1, provide 

4-1-6

the direct labor necessary to maintain units in a safe and reliable condition throughout 

their economic service life. These standards include the necessary labor hours to 

lubricate, service, clean, wash, install tires and batteries, remove, repair, and replace 

major/minor components, subassemblies, parts, and accessories, except those 

resulting from accidents. The standards do not cover extensive one-time major repair 

or overhaul of a complete unit of equipment. 

4-1.8.3 Transportation Reports. The primary formal information systems available to 

transportation management are the NAVCOMPT Form 2168, Operating 

Budget/Expense Report (Figure 4-1-1) and the NAVCOMPT Form 2169, Performance 

Statement (Figure 4-1-2). Details of these reports are provided in NAVSO P-3006. 

These or other similar reports should be provided monthly by the activity 

comptroller/fiscal officer from the activity accounting system as required by NAVSO 

P-3006. The essential information provided by these reports and their recommended 

functional use by the transportation managers are as follows. 

4-1.8.4 Evaluation of Reports 

a. Operating Budget/Expense Report, (NAVCOMPT Form 2168). The 

NAVCOMPT Form 2168 provides management with details as to work units completed, 

man-hours, and accrued expenses, cumulative-to-date by cost account code. Using 

the monthly NAVCOMPT Form 2168 and records maintained by the activity 

transportation organization, i.e., IO, inventory, work units, downtime, etc., an analysis 

can be made to determine if the transportation organization is meeting the plan and 

what elements may be causing a deviation from the approved budget plan. A 

suggested budget troubleshooting chart (Figure 4-1-3) is provided to aid the 

transportation director in analyzing the budget performance. 

b. Performance Statement, (NAVCOMPT Form 2169). The NAVCOMPT 

Form 2169 (Figure 4-1-2) is designed to provide management with the actual fiscal 

year to date totals for accrued expenses and work units which are compared with the 

approved annual operating budget for each cost account code. In theory, a uniform 

expenditure rate is about 8.3 percent per month. While the actual expenditures for 

individual cost accounts may vary from the uniform rate, the transportation director 

should analyze the significance of any variance from the uniform rate and take 

corrective action when appropriate. Similarly, the report provides the number of work 

units performed for each cost account code and the to-date percentage of the planned 

work units related to the budget. For example, in theory if 8.3 percent of funds for 

maintenance were expended in the first month, then in theory 8.3 percent of the 

planned work units (miles/hours) should also have been accomplished, since this was 

the basis of the budget amount. Here again the transportation director must analyze 

the variance and take necessary corrective action. 

4-1-7

Sample Quarterly Performance Statement 

Figure 4-1-2 

4-I-9

4-1.8.5 Inventory Objective (IO) Control. Control of inventory to IO is necessary if 

the transportation director is to function within the operating plan and established 

standards. Maintenance and operating costs for equipment in excess of the approved 

IO places undue strain on the O&M,N budget. Since the approved equipment IO is the 

basis for the transportation budget, every effort must be taken to remove equipment 

from service within 15 days after replacement equipment is received. Retaining 

equipment in excess of IO also adversely affects COMNAVFACENGCOM's position in 

justifying the procurement of replacement equipment. 

4-1.8.6 Equipment Downtime. Transportation equipment downtime is based on a 

24-hour day and a 365-day year. The maximum acceptable standard downtime is 

normally 10 percent of the total hours, which equates to 10 percent of the fleet out of 

service (OS) for maintenance at any given time. The demand hours based on a 

24-hour day, 365-day year, is 8,760 hours per year. Within the 10 percent downtime, 

some 3 percent can be expected to be out of service awaiting maintenance (OSM), 

another 3 percent out of service being worked on (OSW), and some 4 percent out of 

service awaiting parts (OSP). The term "deadline" is often used when referring to 

equipment out of service awaiting parts (OSP). The terms "out of service" and 

"downtime" have identical meaning. For transportation cost reporting purposes, the 

total downtime will be shown. Downtime hours shall begin when the vehicle/equipment 

is removed from service and end when the user is notified that the vehicle/equipment is 

ready to return to service. An Out of Service Analysis form, such as that illustrated in 

Appendix H, Figure H-21, can be used by the maintenance manager on a daily basis to 

monitor the status of equipment out of service. Corrective action should be taken when 

the analysis indicates planned out of service levels are exceeded. 

4-1.8.7 Maintenance Man-Hour Input. Maintenance man-hour input standards listed 

in Appendix G are the basic elements used by management in determining O&M,N 

funding and staffing requirements for the maintenance of CESE. It is therefore 

essential that the Transportation Division Director, through Maintenance Branch Head 

and inspectors, control the amount of maintenance man-hours authorized for 

accomplishment of SROs. An analysis in the format suggested in Figure 4-1-4 can be 

compiled on a monthly basis (by data processing or manually) which will provide the 

budgeted/standard maintenance man-hour versus actual expended man-hours to date. 

This simple analysis will alert management if the expenditure of maintenance 

man-hours is not being controlled within the budget plan. Activities that prepare the 

transportation budget in accordance with the guidelines contained in Appendix G will 

have the total annual budgeted/standard maintenance man-hours projected for each 

cost account already computed. Other activities should follow the guidelines contained 

in paragraph 2.c of Appendix G in computing the total annual standard maintenance 

man-hours for each cost account. The Operating Budget/Expense Report, 

NAVCOMPT Form 2168, or similar tabulated report, will provide the actual direct labor 

man-hours expended for each cost account. The percentage of the budgeted or 

standard maintenance man-hours direct labor should not exceed 8.3 percent per 

month. 

4-1-11

SAMPLE MAINTENANCE MAN-HOUR INPUT 

AND SHOP PRODUCTIVITY ANALYSIS 

4-1-12 

Period 30 October 199_ 

Equip. Cost Annual Applied Actual Percentage of Percent of 

Code Account Budgeted Standard Man-Hours Budgeted Hours Productivity 

Number Man-Hours Man-Hours Expended (Col 5 : Col 3 x 100) (Col 4 : Col 5 x 100) 

To Date 

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 

0102 62A2 576 43 56 9.7 85.7 

0103 62A3 192 14 21 10.9 66.6 

0104 62A4 480 32 46 9.5 69.5 

0200 62E0 576 40 37 6.4 108.1 

0202 62E0 288 24 20 6.9 120 

Sub Total 62E0 864 64 57 6.5 112.2 

0311 63H0 840 70 70 8.3 100 

0313 62G0 672 56 52 7.7 107.6 

0319 62G0 336 28 34 10.1 82.3 

Sub Total 62G0 1.006 84 86 8.5 97.6 

0441 62J0 1.152 80 90 7.8 88.8 

0580 62M0 331 20 18 5.4 111 

Total A-N 5.443 412 444 8.1 92.7 

0325 6420 175 14 14 8.0 100 

0880 64P0 8 6 1 12.5 60 

0756 64Q0 46 4 6 13.0 66.6 

0887 64Q0 4 0 0 0 0 

0891 64Q0 14 2 3 21.4 66.6 

Sub Total 64Q0 247 20.6 24 9.7 85.8 

Figure 4-1-4

4-1.8.8 Direct Labor Productivity. Direct labor hours expended for the month are 

shown on the NAVCOMPT Form 2168; however, there are no provisions for containing 

standard (flat rate) hours. A work center productivity record showing standard flat rate 

hours should be maintained at the shop level. A Vehicle/Equipment Direct Labor 

Productivity and Downtime Record, prepared on a weekly basis, will provide the 

Maintenance Branch Head with timely, concise information for analyzing the overall 

performance of each work center, highlighting areas requiring attention. The form 

should include the following information: USN, SRO number, job order number, date 

and time in and out, action date, start and stop time, SRO labor hours (standard and 

actual), and downtime hours (OSW, OSM, OSP, and total). The information for the 

report should be compiled daily and the direct labor data can be taken from the labor 

record maintained on each SRO. This form, if used, should be originated in 

conjunction with and attached to the copy of the SRO maintained by the cost clerk for 

posting of actual hours expended on each job. 

4-1.8.9 Indirect Labor (Overhead). Indirect maintenance labor (overhead) is reported 

on NAVCOMPT Form 2168 under Cost Account Codes (CACs) 6910 and 6950, and 

summarized under CAC 6900. CAC 6910 represents labor and material expenses 

incurred by personnel performing indirect duties or services relating to functions in the 

transportation maintenance shop. CAC 6950 represents costs incurred for allowed 

time, standby time, training, safety meetings, and tardiness. It is the responsibility of 

the Transportation Division Directors to ensure that the total overhead hours under 

CAC 6900 do not exceed 32 percent of the direct productive standard hours for the 

Maintenance Branch. The formula for computing maintenance overhead is provided in 

paragraph 2.f., of Appendix G. 

4-1.8.10 Material Management. The Transportation Division Director, through the 

Maintenance Branch Head and section supervisors, must exercise control over 

expenditures for parts and materials to ensure they do not exceed the planned budget 

figure. The budget for parts and materials is normally based on an average parts and 

materials cost per standard labor hour (Appendix G). Management should use the 

monthly NAVCOMPT 2168 to review parts and materials expenditures. As a customer 

of the Supply Department, transportation management should expect and receive a 

complete, current, updated material status report reflecting the status of all outstanding 

requisitions on active/open SROs. The Maintenance Branch Head shall establish a 

simple system for recording all outstanding requisitions and arrange with the Supply 

Department an agreeable follow-up time frame. The system developed should be 

structured to allow for comparison with reports provided by the Supply Department. 

4-1.8.11 Maintenance Evaluation and Quality Control. The control of the quality of 

maintenance performed by the shop forces is exercised by the Maintenance Branch 

Head through section supervisors. The section supervisors are responsible for 

checking the work of each mechanic through the various stages of repair and at 

completion. Work completed to the supervisor's satisfaction will be attested to by his 

signature on the SRO. The Transportation Division Director, accompanied by the 

4-1-13

Maintenance Branch Head, will make unannounced audits, at least quarterly, following 

the procedures set forth below: 

a. Select SROs that have been estimated, but on which work has not been 

started. 

b. Inspect equipment. 

c. Review findings immediately with the original inspector (over/under 

maintenance) (clear descriptive entries on SRO). 

d. Review standard time authorized by checking the flat rate manuals. 

e. Take random sampling of SROs, check for repeat work. 

f. Breakdown plus interim repair hours should be compared to scheduled 

preventive maintenance repair hours. The ratio should not exceed 20 percent. 

g. Take corrective action as appropriate. 

Findings of the audit should be documented and retained for record purposes. 

Problem areas should be discussed with the appropriate levels of management to 

provide corrective action. 

4-1.8.12 Equipment History Record Requirements. The Transportation Division 

Director is responsible to ensure that individual equipment history record files are 

established for each unit of CESE assigned to the activity. This record file shall be 

maintained in complete and up-to-date status from the time the equipment is acquired 

until it is transferred for disposal or excess. History record files may be maintained in 

hard copy and/or computer media. History record files will accompany vehicles 

transferred from one activity to another. As a minimum, the equipment history record 

files shall contain the following: 

a. Certificate of origin (or vehicle title/ownership certificate). 

b. DoD Property Record Form DD 1342 or other computer generated form. 

c. SROs covering all inspection, maintenance, and repair items 

accomplished to date (government or contractor work). 

d. Current annual safety inspection. 

e. Accident reports. 

f. Manufacturer recalls or notices. 

4-1-14

g. Copies of any applicable quality deficiency reports (QDRs). 

h. Copies of any vehicle modification requests or work completed. 

i. Other appropriate documentation considered necessary for further 

reference purposes, such as warranty work and unsatisfactory equipment reports. 

4-1.8.13 Transportation Cost Report (TCR). The NAVCOMPT Manual, Volume 3, 

Chapter 7, provides the system of uniform cost accounting and external reporting. This 

requirement is consistent with the Federal Property Management Regulation 

requirement for transportation operation and maintenance (O&M) expenses and 

management performance data in the Transportation Cost Report (TCR) (Figure 4-1-5) 

which is a byproduct of the NAVCOMPT Form 2168. All activities with an IO and 

inventory of 50 or more units of transportation equipment, excluding forces afloat, 

attachés, and missions, shall submit the TCR in sufficient time to be received at the 

cognizant TEMC by 6 November of each year with a copy to COMNAVFACENGCOM 

(Code 134). The TCR should be reviewed by the Transportation Director prior to 

submission to the cognizant TEMC to ensure accuracy/validity of data supplied by the 

Transportation Division/Department. A computer generated report containing all TCR 

information may be submitted to meet this requirement. 

4-1.8.14 Transportation Equipment Management Evaluation Summary (TEMES). 

The TEMES will provide the Transportation Director and subordinates with timely 

information on fleet operations and maintenance. By closely observing the change in 

values in each category from the previous quarter(s) (or months), trends will be 

established from which corrective action shall be taken. The TEMES (Figure 4-1-6) 

should be completed each quarter, and preferably each month, by the Transportation 

Division. The latest TEMES report shall be readily available for the TEMC 

representatives to review during the regularly scheduled TMAV. An annual TEMES 

report, NAVFAC Report Control Symbol 11200-16, shall be forwarded in sufficient time 

to be received at the cognizant TEMC by 6 November of each year with a copy to 

COMNAVFACENGCOM (Code 134). Activities are also requested to submit a 5-1/4" 

or 3-1/2" disk containing an IBM PC compatible text file (ASCII format) of their TEMES 

data along with the hard copy. A computer generated report containing all TEMES 

information may be submitted to meet this requirement. The report does not currently 

meet submission requirements of the TCR report. From this evaluation sheet the 

Transportation Director and his/her subordinates will have at their disposal a 

comparison of: 

4-1-15

TRANSPORTATION COST REPORT (TCR)

a. Average inventory levels; 

b. Miles traveled for the period; 

c. Percentage of utilization; 

d. Fuel miles per gallon and cost per mile; 

e. Actual maintenance man-hour input versus P-300 standard; 

f. Downtime hours; 

g. Lease/rental vehicle cost; 

h. Indirect operations and maintenance costs; 

i. Total actual maintenance cost; 

j. Maintenance cost per mile; 

k. Accidents and costs. 

Listed data may be available at various detail levels and can assist in isolating areas 

causing any digression from the management plan and enable corrective action before 

major financial problems develop. 

4-1.8.15 TEMES Preparation. Procedures for preparing the TEMES for submission 

are included in Figure 4-1-6. The following additional information applies: 

a. Report Period. Enter the period of the report; month ending, quarter 

ending, or fiscal year ending date. 

b. Activity. Enter the name and UIC of the reporting activity. 

c. Line Item Entries: 

(1) Enter required data in the appropriate column for each Alpha/Sort 

Code as shown in Figure 4-1-6. 

(2) Do not total commercial and/or GSA leased vehicle data with 

Navy-owned (N) vehicle costs in the Alpha lines of data; show as three separate data 

lines. 

(3) Total all leased and Navy-owned vehicle costs for the summary box 

data at the end of the report. 

4-1-17

(4) Cost Account Codes (CACs) not directly associated to a specific 

Navy-owned (CESE) item should be shown as a line entry, after the Alpha "O thru Z" 

subtotal lines of data (see Figure 4-1-6). These CACs include, but are not limited to, 

6460 (Reimbursable Maintenance), 6560 (Reimbursable Operations), 6650 (Service 

Contracts), 6290 and 6490 (Accident costs), and 6870 (Gas Tax refund). These 

special CAC line entries plus Column 22 (SLEP) costs are shown to provide specific 

man-hour and cost data for budgeting and accounting purposes, but are not considered 

part of routine transportation maintenance and operations. CACs in the 6600 series 

(leased vehicles) are subtotaled at the CAC level for summary information at Alpha 

Groups "A-N" and "O-Z". 

(5) Run totals of each column as shown. 

Note: 6?Z0 and 6?Z1 accounts will be ignored since gross values (vice net values) are 

required. 

4-1.9 Maintenance Scheduling 

4-1.9.1 Scheduling and Shop Control. An effective and efficient maintenance 

program requires the establishment and upkeep of a preventive maintenance 

scheduling system and a sound shop control procedure. Vehicles and equipment shall 

be scheduled for inspection and servicing in accordance with the time, mileage, and 

operating hours prescribed in paragraph 4-1.10.4. As a minimum, the schedule shall 

ensure that each vehicle is inspected for safety in accordance with paragraph 4- 

1.10.4.a at least every 12 months or 12,000 miles, whichever occurs first. The 

schedule can be formulated by determining each vehicle's estimated annual miles, then 

divide by the manufacturer's recommended service interval. This will determine the 

number of service intervals per year for each vehicle. Dividing the number of working 

days per year (250) by the number of service intervals per year will develop the number 

of working days between each inspection or the designated inspection group for each 

vehicle. From this determination a schedule can be established providing a quota of 

vehicles for inspection daily that will provide a balanced shop workload. A 

Vehicle/Equipment Service Record form should be used to record service intervals and 

service performed. This form should include: USN, EC, make, model, year, estimated 

annual miles/hours; and columns for type of service, date, cumulative mileage or hours, 

miles or hours of operation, and miles or hours operated or a specified interval. 

4-1.9.2 Shop Workload. Adequate control demands positive direction of shop 

workloads. The best method for accomplishing positive direction of shop workload is to 

identify and keep current the following information: 

a. Available work force by work center; 

b. Vehicles/equipment awaiting input by work center; 

4-1-18

23.3

SAMPLE TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT EVAULATION 

SUMMARY (TEMES) 

Col 1. Alpha/Sort Code (source of registration/title). Enter each Alpha Code in alpha order, followed by: "A" for commercial leased/rental 

vehicles, ”G” for GSA leased/rental vehicles, and "N" for Navy-owned vehicles/equipment. Alpha/Sort Code data shall be subtotaled at the 

"A thru N", "O thru Z", and "A thru Z" level. Data for Columns 3, 4, 6, 7, 16, and 18 should not be shown for subtotal lines of data where 

there is a mixture of meter types (miles, hours or units). CACs which are not related to any one Alpha Code, e. g., 6290, 6490, and 6600 

series shall be listed after the Alpha "O thru Z" subtotal lines of data. The Alpha "A thru Z" subtotal data and block summary data shall 

follow the CAC lines of data. 

Col 2. Inventory. Enter the average inventory for the period of the report for each Alpha/Sort Code the activity had on board during any 

part of the report period. The average is obtained by adding the beginning and ending inventories and dividing by two, with fractional 

numbers rounded to one decimal place. 

Col 3. Miles/Hours. Enter the miles to the nearest thousand, i.e., 120,500 is rounded to 121. Enter operating hours as whole numbers 

without rounding. (Equipment in Alpha Codes P, T, V and Z will be blank). 

Col 4. Utilization. Enter the utilization percent calculated from the actual mileage accumulated for the Alpha/Sort Code when compared 

to the activity approved/TEMC validated target; i.e., actual miles accumulated, divided by the mileage target for the period, multiplied by 

100 and rounded to one decimal place. Utilization for Alpha Codes F, O, P, Q, T, V, X and Z are excluded (para 3.6.5). 

Col 5. Fuel Gallons. Enter gallons of fuel used for the period. 

Col 6. Miles Per Gallon (MPG) Gallons Per Hour/Unit. Enter the calculated miles per gallon carried to one decimal place for the period 

derived from the miles accumulated, divided by the gallons used. For Alpha/Sort Codes with hour meters, divide gallons used by hours 

operated. For all units that do not record miles or hours, divide the gallons used by the average inventory. 

Col 7. Operations Cost Per Mile/Hour/Unit. Enter the calculated cost per mile/hour. Use the fuel cost divided by the miles/hours 

accumulated. For vehicles that do not record miles/hours, divide the fuel cost by the average inventory and show the result carried to two 

decimal places. 

Col 8. Man-hours - Standard. Enter the total standard man-hours per 1000 miles (man-hours per hour or man-hours per unit) for each 

Alpha Sort Code, obtained by using the methods described in Appendix G. 

Col 9. Man-hours - Actual. Enter the actual productive maintenance man-hours expended. 

Col 10. Labor Cost. Enter the actual labor cost related to the man-hours expended, which is determined by multiplying the direct labor 

hours by the shop labor rate. Input from the Public Works Fiscal Office or the Comptroller will be used to establish the shop labor rate 

and should include acceleration for employee benefits. 

Col 11. Material Cost. Enter direct material cost. 

Col 12. Contract Costs. Enter the sum of direct maintenance costs to include labor and material costs associated with work performed 

by commercial contractors. Do not enter costs for accident repairs performed by contractors in this column, use Col 20. 

Col 13. Other Government Costs. Enter the sum of direct maintenance costs for work performed by other Government agencies/ shops. 

Do not enter costs for accident repairs performed by other Government agencies/shops in this column, use Col 20. 

Col 14. Downtime Percent. Enter the percentage obtained by dividing the downtime hours by (average inventory [ Column 2 ] x 8760 

hours), multiplying the result by 100, and then rounding the answer to one decimal place. NOTE: 8,760 hours represent the available 

hours in a year, per unit. 

Col 15. Total Direct Maintenance. Enter the sum of Columns 10, 11, 12 and 13. 

Col 16. Maintenance Cost per Mile/Hour/Unit. Enter the calculated cost obtained by dividing the total maintenance direct cost (Column 

15), by the miles accumulated or hours operated (Column 3), carried to two decimal places. For the vehicles that do not record 

miles/hours, divide by the average inventory (Column 2). 

Col 17. Total Direct Cost. Enter the sum of the fuel cost, and direct maintenance costs. 

Col 18. Fuel and Maintenance Cost per Mile/Hour/Unit. Enter the calculated cost obtained by dividing the total direct cost (Column 17), 

by the miles accumulated or hours operated (Column 3), carried to three decimal places. For the vehicles that do not record miles/hours, 

divide by the average inventory (Column 2). 

Col 19. Accident - Number. Enter the number of accidents associated with the accident cost in Column 20. All accidents should be 

documented whether the repair is accomplished or not. 

Col 20. Accident - Cost. Enter the total cost associated with the number of accidents reported in Column 19. Vehicles damaged beyond 

economical repair (totaled) should have fair market value or the balance of depreciation applied to this column, i.e., a six-year life 

expectancy vehicle which is totaled in its third year would have half the acquisition cost written off in this column. 

Col 21. Service Life Extension Program - Hours. Enter the hours associated with the one time repairs on vehicles/equipment. These 

hours are not included in Column 9. 

Col 22. Service Life Extension Program - Costs. Enter all costs associated with the one time repairs on vehicles/equipment. These 

costs are not included in Column 15. 

Box 23. Operations - Direct Labor. Enter the hours and cost of direct labor for drivers, trainmen, and operators, CAC 6700 series. 

Box 24. Operations - Indirect Labor. Enter the hours and cost of indirect labor for CAC 6800 series. 

Box 25. Operations - Indirect Material. Enter the costs for indirect material for CAC 6800 series. 

Box 26. Total Fuel Cost. Enter the total fuel cost. 

Box 27. Total Operations Cost. Enter the total operating costs from Boxes 23, 24, 25 and 26. 

Box 28. Maintenance - Indirect Labor. Enter the hours and costs of indirect labor for CACs 6910 and 6950. 

Box 29. Maintenance - Indirect Material. Enter the cost of material for CAC 6900 series. 

Box 30. Total Maintenance Cost. Enter the total maintenance costs of Column 15, and Boxes 28 and 29. 

Box 31. Total Transportation Business. Total operations, maintenance and contract costs. Enter the total of Boxes 27 and 30 

Figure 4-1-6 (cont’d) 

4-1-22

c. Vehicles/equipment in process by work center; 

d. Vehicles/equipment deadlined for parts; 

e. Vehicles/equipment awaiting outgoing inspection; 

f. Vehicles/equipment awaiting customer pickup; 

g. Work performed by outside contractor. 

4-1.9.3 SRO Flow Procedures. Figure 4-1-7 illustrates recommended SRO flow 

procedures. See paragraph 4-1.9.5 for details on preparing SRO. 

4-1.9.4 Supply Support 

a. Purpose. For a maintenance organization to perform effectively, it is 

essential that it receive responsive repair parts support. This support requires a high 

degree of cooperation and communication between the management and staff of the 

shop and the shop store, and between the Public Works Officer and the Supply Officer. 

The responsibilities involved must be understood and fulfilled. COMNAVFACENGCOM 

and COMNAVSUPSYSCOM have recognized these understandings and promulgated 

them as policy outlined in the following paragraphs. 

b. Public Works Responsibility to the Supply Department 

(1) The Public Works Department shall ensure that all initial support 

repair parts received in Public Works are turned over to the Supply Department for 

inventory control and accountability. Initial support repair parts intended for activity 

stock shall not be retained in the Public Works Department spaces without the prior 

knowledge and consent of the Supply Officer. By mutual agreement between the 

Public Works Officer and the Supply Officer, and when local conditions warrant, 

designated initial repair parts may be retained in the physical custody of the Public 

Works Officer, but shall remain on the records of the Supply Department until issued to 

the end user for inventory control and accountability purposes. 

(2) Provide information regarding repair parts requirements needed to 

support vehicles/equipment on hand or for any new vehicle/equipment received. 

(Requirements would normally be generated from actual operational experience or 

through normal routine inspection of equipment.) 

(3) Furnish advance information regarding repair parts requirements for 

scheduled overhauls. (Requirements would be generated in the same manner outlined 

in paragraph 4-1.9.4.b(2).) 

4-1-23

(4) Provide technical assistance to the transportation shop store in 

identifying parts and insurance items, and in determining parts interchangeability. 

(5) Advise the transportation shop store of equipment scheduled for 

disposal or phaseout, and assist in identifying stocked items which should be 

eliminated from the shop store. 

(6) In the absence of stock items, provide end use O&M,N funds to 

permit procurement and delivery of repair parts required for work in progress, or for 

subsequent scheduled services and repair for which job orders have been issued. 

(7) Conduct periodic follow-up of shop store parts orders (after required 

delivery date has passed) to ensure that appropriate action has been taken to reduce 

further delay. 

(8) Encourage active coordination/communications between Public 

Works and Supply Department personnel. 

c. Supply Department Responsibility to Public Works (Transportation) 

(1) Provide for the most timely method of repair parts support through the 

use of available stock, system stocks, or purchase action using imprest fund or blanket 

purchase authority and indefinite delivery parts contracts (IDTC) when practical. 

(2) Perform technical research for parts identification and to determine 

part numbers, interchangeability, and cross-referenced parts numbers. 

(3) Collaborate with Public Works in establishing stock levels in support 

of current and projected vehicle/equipment inventories. 

(4) Record parts usage data for subsequent stock range and depth 

adjustments. 

(5) Expedite local procurement action for immediate issue requirements 

when parts required are not readily available in the shop store or main supply 

department (e.g., BPAs, COPARS, IDTC). 

(6) Review outstanding requisitions regularly to ensure that status 

received indicates satisfactory supply action is in progress. Follow-up as necessary to 

obtain delivery status. 

(7) Advise Public Works personnel promptly indicating delivery date(s) of 

requested repair parts. 

4-1-25

(8) Assume responsibility for staging of material by segregating material 

receipts applicable to specific repair jobs and advising the shop maintenance 

supervisor of material status. 

(9) Encourage active coordination/communications between Supply 

Department and Public Works personnel. 

d. Technical Parts Ordering Data. Surveys conducted by 

COMNAVFACENGCOM into the breakdown of repair parts support have revealed that 

much delay and downtime is caused by the mechanic's failure to provide adequate 

technical data when requesting parts. It shall be standard practice in all maintenance 

shops to provide shop stores with the following information for all but common 

hardware and bulk material. 

(l) Description of Major Unit. Describe the vehicle or equipment unit for 

which the part is applicable, such as Truck, l/2 ton, 4 x 2, 5,000#GVW. 

(2) Manufacturer of Major Unit. Give the make. 

(3) Model of Major Unit. Give manufacturer's model designation. 

(4) Year of Manufacture or Model Year. Determine from nameplate. 

(5) Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Determine from nameplate. 

(6) Description of Component. Describe major component for which the 

part is required. For example: Engine V8 260 cubic inches; Transmission, Automatic, 

5 speed, Allison, Model AT-545. Component identification can be determined from 

manufacturer's component line set lists provided with all new equipment. 

(Manufacturer's line set lists should be filed in the equipment history record jacket.) 

(7) Manufacturer of Component. Give make of major component when 

other than make of major unit. 

(8) Serial Number of Component. Give serial number from component 

nameplate where applicable. 

(9) Description of Part. Give full description of part using standard 

nomenclature with noun name first followed by descriptive modifiers such as sprocket, 

camshaft; kit, carburetor. Provide the part name when available; however, the correct 

part name is the responsibility of the parts person and should be verified. Part 

numbers should be recorded on the SRO for future reference. This practice saves 

research time for the parts person. 

4-1-26

4-1.9.5 Preparation of Maintenance Forms 

a. Operator's Inspection Guide and Trouble Report (NAVFAC 9-11240/13). 

The Operator's Inspection Guide and Trouble Report is used by operators of motor 

vehicles to indicate the items they are required to inspect before and after operation. It 

also serves as a means of transmitting information regarding deficiencies detected 

during inspection or operation. The following procedures are prescribed for field 

application of this form. (See Appendix H, Figure H-22.) 

(1) The operations dispatcher issues a form to the operator at the time of 

vehicle assignment. 

operation. 

(2) The operator inspects each item listed on the form before, and after 

(3) The operator indicates by a check mark any item that does not 

function properly. The "Remarks" space may be used for items not listed, or for 

additional information concerning deficiencies indicated by a check mark. 

(4) The operator turns in the form to the operations dispatcher at the end 

of each day unless a deficiency is discovered that would require immediate attention by 

a mechanic. 

(5) The operations dispatcher forwards the forms that indicate 

deficiencies to the maintenance branch for appropriate action. Other forms may be 

destroyed. 

(6) The work input section refers the NAVFAC 9-11240/13 (Operators 

Report) to the service writer or maintenance supervisor who determines if the 

deficiencies noted on the form require immediate attention, or if correction may be 

safely deferred until the next scheduled inspection. If the correction is deferred, the 

form is attached to the Service Record Card so that the deficiency may be described on 

the SRO (NAVFAC 9-11200/3A) at the time the SRO is prepared for the next scheduled 

inspection. 

b. Shop Repair Order (SRO). NAVFAC 11200/3A (Shop Repair Order) is a 

three-part set (see Appendix H, Figure H-23). Each SRO set consists of an original 

white, green, and yellow copy. Activities utilizing computer generated SROs (i.e., 

PCTransport, NFTS, etc.) shall develop local procedures for SRO copy distribution. 

Space is provided for indicating description and identification of equipment, statistical 

and cost coding, standard and actual hours, and scheduling and dispatching 

information. The SRO is used to: 

(1) Specifically authorize and control repair work on all types of CESE, 

including authorization to requisition necessary repair parts from shop stores; 

4-1-27

(2) Furnish basic information for management analysis; 

(3) Authorize work on equipment when work is performed in a shop other 

than the activity transportation shop; 

(4) Authorize a specific job under a Work Request (NAVCOMPT 

Form 140) issued by the ordering activity; 

(5) Support the Order for Supplies or Services (DD Form 1155) as 

source material for the preparation of reports at small activities wholly serviced by a 

commercial facility. 

c. SRO Preparation. An SRO will be prepared each time labor or materials 

are expended for the maintenance, repair, modernization, alteration, or improvement of 

an item of equipment except for minor work that does not exceed 18 minutes (0.3 

hours). The SRO shall clearly and specifically describe the work to be performed in 

terminology generally used in commercial flat rate manuals. Maintenance personnel 

are not authorized to perform work not specified on the SRO. The SRO will be 

considered complete at the time the control section releases the equipment to the using 

organization's representative. In cases where items on the SRO must be deferred 

because of a lack of parts, and it is determined that the equipment can be safely 

returned to service, the remaining repair operations shall be entered on a new SRO 

and accomplished as scheduled work at a later date. Under no circumstances shall the 

original SRO be held open pending completion of repairs once the vehicle is released 

for use. The white copy of the SRO shall be completed showing all labor and material 

expended and totaled in the lower right hand block. 

d. Preliminary Entries. A designated person in the work input and records 

section shall complete the heading entries, Blocks (1) through (14) of the SRO for each 

piece of equipment prior to the inspection due date shown on the preventive 

maintenance schedule. 

e. Work Input and Records Section. Upon receipt of the SRO and related 

equipment, the service writer shall enter mileage or hours of operation, inspect the 

equipment, and make minor adjustments. As repair requirements are identified, each 

repair operation shall be entered on the SRO and standard job operation time (flat rate 

hours) applied to each separate repair operation to be accomplished. The SRO is then 

passed to the records section which issues the white copy to the appropriate repair 

section supervisor for work accomplishment. The green copy is routed to the cost 

clerk. The record section retains the yellow copy for tracking control and expediting 

until work is completed. The repair section supervisor assigns work to a mechanic, 

reviews and approves parts/material requirements, checks work in progress, checks 

work upon completion and signs Block 37 on the SRO indicating the work has been 

satisfactorily completed, and returns SRO to the work input and records section. 

4-1-28

f. Work Accomplishment. The mechanic, upon receipt of the assigned SRO 

from his supervisor, checks in with the cost clerk, proceeds with the work, initials the 

completed repair operations specified on the SRO, and returns the SRO to his repair 

branch supervisor, and checks out with the cost clerk when work is completed or work 

is delayed for any reason. The cost clerk records the mechanic's start time on the labor 

job card, clips the card to the green copy of the SRO, and files it with the active repair 

work file. When the work is stopped for any reason, the cost clerk pulls the green copy 

of the SRO and the labor job card and records the stop time. Delayed SROs shall be 

held in the cost clerk's pending file until again activated. When work is completed, the 

cost clerk shall compare the white original and the green copy of the SRO, record 

actual time, compute downtime, and advise the Operations Branch or customer that the 

vehicle is ready for pick up. The date, miles/hours, and type of service is then posted 

on the service record. The original copy of the SRO is filed in the vehicle history jacket 

for the life of the vehicle; a copy shall be forwarded to the Public Works Administrative 

Section if the work is for a customer, and a copy is to be forwarded to the station safety 

office if the work is the result of accident damage. 

g. Work on Equipment Owned by Other Activities. Upon completion of shop 

work on equipment owned by another activity, disposition of the SRO shall be as 

follows: 

(1) The original shall be priced and forwarded to the Comptroller 

Department or Fiscal Office of the performing activity for attachment to a bill or report 

and subsequent transmission to the ordering activity. 

(2) A copy shall be forwarded with the vehicle for filing in the equipment 

history jacket. 

(3) A copy shall be retained for the performing shop's records, or 

destroyed, as desired. 

h. Work Performed by Other Shops Within the Activity. When work on 

equipment is to be performed by another shop within the activity, an SRO identifying 

the equipment and work to be performed, together with the appropriate transportation 

job order number, shall be prepared and distributed as follows: 

(1) The original to the other shop for work listed on the SRO to be 

performed by that shop; the other shop shall perform designated repair operations, 

record elapsed time, price labor and material issues, and return the original with the 

equipment. 

(2) A copy shall be retained by the records section when all work is 

performed by the other shop, or forwarded to the cost clerk when work will be 

performed by both the transportation shop and other shop(s). 

4-1-29

eturned. 

(3) A copy shall be retained by the records section until the original is 

i. Work Performed by Commercial Contractors. An order for supplies or 

services (DD Form 1155, supported by an SRO) is used when equipment maintenance 

work or service is performed by a contractor, or when occasional work is ordered from a 

commercial facility. The Work Input and Records Section shall ensure the SRO 

covering equipment scheduled for contract work is properly documented with the 

necessary preliminary data and turned over to the Repair Section Supervisor. The 

supervisor shall list on the SRO the necessary repair operations and apply 

manufacturer's flat rate standards for each operation listed; then return the SRO to the 

records section for entry of final data. The SRO will indicate the contract labor rate and 

amount, contract number, order number, and necessary accounting data. The SRO 

shall then be forwarded to the Contracting Officer who will prepare an original and six 

copies of the DD Form 1155; one copy shall be forwarded to the Comptroller or Fiscal 

Officer, where the estimated amount shall be entered on allotment records as an 

obligation. The original and four copies, together with both copies of the SRO, shall be 

returned to the shop dispatcher for delivery with the equipment to the contractor. The 

person delivering the equipment to the contractor shall obtain a custody receipt and 

return it to the records section. Upon completion of repairs, the contractor shall return 

the equipment with the original and one copy of the SRO, four copies of the DD Form 

1155, and the original plus three copies of the contractor's bill. Upon completion of the 

inspection and approval of the work performed by the contractor, the repair section 

supervisor shall certify the bill for payment. The original of the SRO, three copies of 

the DD Form 1155, and three copies of the contractor's bill shall then be forwarded to 

the appropriate office for final processing and payment. One copy of the SRO, one 

copy of the DD Form 1155, and one copy of the contractor's bill shall be filed in the 

vehicle history jacket for the life of the vehicle. 

j. Work Performed by Other Government Agencies. Procedures for the 

performance of work or services by other Government departments or agencies, 

military or nonmilitary, are basically the same as for work performed by a commercial 

contractor. An appropriate order for work or services (Project Order, NAVCOMPT Form 

2053 for other military departments; Order for Supplies or Services, DD Form 1155, or 

NAVCOMPT Form 2053 for nonmilitary departments) is prepared from data cited on the 

SRO supporting the order. Procedures for preparing the necessary documents are 

contained in the NAVCOMPT Manual, Volume 3, Chapter 5. After completion of the 

work or services, the other Government department shall indicate the actual hours 

worked and the actual material cost on the SRO. The original and a copy of the SRO 

shall be returned to the requesting activity with a Voucher for Transfer Between 

Appropriations and/or Funds, Standard Form 1080. After inspection, approval, and 

certification of the work, the original of the SRO and attached documents shall be 

forwarded to the Comptroller or Fiscal Officer for payment. A copy of the SRO shall be 

filed in the vehicle history jacket for the life of the vehicle. 

4-1-30

4-1.9.6 Maintenance Inspection/Service Record. The Maintenance 

Inspection/Service Record, NAVFAC 11200/46 (Appendix H, Figure H-24), is an 

adhesive-type sticker which is placed on the windshield, dash, or other conspicuous 

section of the equipment after each scheduled PM service. The purpose of the form is 

to remind the operator of the date the equipment is scheduled for the next PM service. 

It also provides information on the dates of the last oil and filter change and lubrication. 

4-1.9.7 Operator's Daily PM Report (Construction and Allied Equipment). The 

Operator's Daily PM Report, Construction and Allied Equipment, NAVFAC 11260/4 

(Appendix H, Figure H-25), is used by operators of construction and allied equipment 

(except weight handling equipment) as a guide when performing daily PM services, and 

when reporting equipment deficiencies, hours operated, and fuel issued. (See 

NAVFAC P-307, for Operator's Daily Check List of weight handling equipment.) The 

following procedures are prescribed for field application of NAVFAC 11260/4: 

a. The operations dispatcher issues a form to the operator when the 

equipment is assigned. 

b. The equipment operator performs pre-service maintenance checks and 

indicates findings on the form. 

c. The equipment operator records malfunctions of other items requiring 

attention as observed during the working day. 

d. The equipment operator records the number of gallons of fuel issued to the 

equipment while in his custody and enters hours operated at the end of the day. Hour 

readings shall be taken from the equipment hour meter. Actual operating hours shall 

be estimated for those units not equipped with hour meters. 

e. At the close of business each day, the form is turned in to the operations 

dispatcher, who reviews the form to ensure that the entries are valid and to take note of 

any deficiencies reported. The form is then forwarded to the maintenance dispatcher 

for further processing. 

4-1.10 Preventive Maintenance Procedures for Automotive Vehicles 

4-1.10.1 Purpose of Preventive Maintenance. An important element of the 

Transportation Maintenance Management Program is the periodic performance of 

scheduled preventive maintenance (PM) inspections, lubrication services, and 

adjustments. The purpose of PM is to keep equipment in a safe and reliable condition, 

with maximum equipment availability and minimum cost of maintenance and capital 

equipment. 

4-1-31

Sample Vehicle Safety 

Inspection Sticker 

2 

Figure 4-I-8 

4-l -32

4-1.10.2 Operator Preventive Maintenance. Operators are the first line of defense 

against equipment wear, failure, and damage. Equipment must be inspected by the 

operator on a daily basis before, during, and after operation so defects or malfunctions 

can be detected before they result in serious damage, failure, or accident. Defects 

detected during these inspections, or during operation of the equipment, shall be noted 

on the Operator's Inspection Guide and Trouble Report, NAVFAC 9-11240/13, and 

reported as soon as operation has ceased. The operator must stop operation 

immediately when a deficiency develops that renders the equipment unsafe, or could 

damage the equipment. 

4-1.10.3 Service Station Servicing. The following services shall be performed by the 

operator, service station attendant, or maintenance personnel during each refueling: 

a. Check the oil level in crankcase and fluid levels in transmission and power 

steering pump; 

b. Check the tires for proper inflation and condition; 

c. Check the electrolyte level in battery (maintenance-free batteries should 

be a visual check; DO NOT REMOVE TOP); 

d. Check the coolant level and antifreeze. 

NOTE: When the preceding functions are performed by other than the operator, it is 

still the operator's responsibility to supervise the performance, ensure that the required 

services have been accomplished, and determine that the equipment appears to be in 

safe operating condition. If the vehicle is not displaying a currently valid inspection 

sticker (Figure 4-1-8), it must not be operated unless approved by the Operations 

Supervisor. 

4-1.10.4 Scheduled Preventive Maintenance for Automotive Vehicles. Automotive 

vehicles shall be inspected periodically by qualified automotive inspection personnel 

for safety and reliability as follows: 

a. Safety Inspection. Each motor vehicle shall be inspected for safety at 

intervals not to exceed 12 months or 12,000 miles, whichever occurs first. To avoid 

unnecessary downtime, the safety inspection shall be performed at the time of the 

scheduled reliability inspection in accordance with the manufacturer's 

recommendations. The safety inspection shall include all the items set forth in 

paragraph 4.1.10.5. Any deficiencies detected shall be corrected before returning the 

vehicle to an operational status. For commercial motor vehicles, documentation of an 

annual safety inspection shall be in compliance with 49CFR396.17. This 

documentation may be in the form of a report or a sticker or decal (e.g., NAVFAC 

11200/46, Appendix H, Figure H-24) that contains the following: 

4-1-33

(1) Date of inspection 

(2) Name and address of maintenance facility holding report 

(3) Vehicle I.D. 

(4) Certification of successful inspection 

b. Reliability Inspection. In addition to the safety inspection prescribed, 

vehicles shall be inspected and serviced in accordance with the manufacturer's 

prescribed services and service intervals, such as miles or time as set forth in the 

manufacturer's shop manual and lubrication chart furnished with the vehicle. Corrective 

adjustments and repair actions taken as the result of serviceability inspections shall 

generally be limited to only those items prescribed by the manufacturer and only to the 

extent necessary to restore the vehicle to a degree of serviceability consistent with 

achieving the highest degree of cost effectiveness. Repairs shall be authorized by the 

inspector only after a thorough diagnosis and detection of malfunction, wear, or 

deterioration has been determined. When repairs are to be accomplished by 

commercial contract, only the contracting officer has the authority to authorize work, 

and the request must be in writing unless deemed an emergency or specified within the 

maintenance contract. Where the manufacturer specifies optional adjustments, such 

as "engine tune-up," such adjustments shall be made. Adverse local conditions may 

require more frequent routine maintenance inspections of a preventive nature to reduce 

road failure service calls. In such cases, the requirement shall be determined by 

management and the action shall be a policy matter directed by management in writing. 

c. Development of Specifications for Scheduled Inspections and Services. 

Each activity shall develop an inspection specification and schedule in accordance with 

manufacturers’ specifications. The inspection, lubrication, and adjustment functions 

and frequencies shall be determined from those recommended in the manufacturer's 

maintenance manual provided with the vehicle. A separate specification and schedule 

shall be developed for each make and model where different. These specifications and 

schedules shall be developed under the direction of the Transportation Director and 

shall be approved in writing. 

d. Unscheduled Maintenance Service. Unscheduled maintenance service is 

the correction of deficiencies reported by the vehicle operator that occur between 

scheduled safety or other inspections and services as prescribed by the manufacturer. 

Unscheduled maintenance services will generally be limited to the correction of only 

those specific items reported as being deficient by the operator and confirmed by 

qualified inspection personnel. Other unreported deficiencies observed by the 

inspector at the time of an unscheduled service that affect safety, or could cause 

damage to the equipment, shall be corrected prior to releasing the vehicle for service. 

e. Air Conditioner Maintenance Operations. Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) have 

been identified as ozone depleting substances. Automotive vehicle air conditioners have 

been identified as a controllable source of CFC-12 (Freon R-12) atmospheric emissions. 

Per OPNAVINST 5090.2, emissions of ozone depleting substances are prohibited. 

4-1-34

(1) All air conditioning servicing shall include the requirement to 

recycle/reclaim CFC-12. 

(2) All service contract bidders shall have equipment certified to 

recycle/reclaim CFC-12. 

(3) Only equipment certified by Underwriters Laboratory Inc. (U.L. 1963) 

shall be used by certified technicians to recover, recycle, or reclaim CFC-12. 

f. Retrofit of Ozone-Depleting Substances (ODS). Class I ozone-depleting 

substances (ODS), including CFC-12 used in most air conditioning systems of vehicles 

manufactured before model year 1994, were phased out of production in December 

1995. To ensure Navy vehicle fleet managers are making appropriate plans to support 

existing vehicle fleets, the following policy applies to all Navy vehicle inventory 

holders: 

(1) Vehicle retrofits will not be performed on functioning MVAC systems. 

(2) Should major repair of an air conditioning system be required prior to 

the end of the useful life of the vehicle, retrofit should be considered as an option and 

the retrofit should be the most economical system available. 

(3) Retrofits will be in accordance with OPNAVINST 5090.1B, Chapter 6. 

(4) Use only products recommended by original equipment 

manufacturers (OEMs), and products which are EPA Significant New Alternatives 

Program (SNAP) approved. 

4-1.10.5 Automotive Vehicle Safety Inspection Checklist. The following inspection 

shall be performed every 12 months or 12,000 miles, whichever occurs first, or 

simultaneously with the manufacturer's recommended service interval and services. 

a. Brakes 

(1) Test to determine if brakes are functioning properly. 

(2) Check brake pedal free travel as required. 

(3) Remove a front wheel (alternate sides each safety inspection); 

inspect brake drum or rotor for wear or cracking; inspect linings or pads for excessive 

wear; check wheel cylinders for leaks and evidence of deterioration. (Remove opposite 

rear wheel and repeat the process.) 

(4) Check fluid level and all hydraulic brake lines for leaks. 

4-1-35

(5) On air brake systems, inspect air brake accessories and all air lines 

and air tanks for leaks and deterioration; check air brake instruments, control air 

valves, trailer hose, and glad hands. 

b. Lights 

(1) Check all lights, signals, and reflectors. 

(2) Check condition of trailer jumper cable. 

(3) Check headlights for proper alignment. 

c. Instruments, Controls, and Warning Devices. Check instruments, gages, 

mirrors, switches, controls, and warning devices for proper functioning and damage. 

d. Exhaust System. Check muffler, exhaust and tailpipes, and all 

connections for leaks. 

e. Steering System. Check steering devices and linkage for wear and 

damage. 

f. Seat Belts. Check all safety belts for wear and proper mounting. 

g. Fifth Wheel and Trailer. Check trailer kingpin for wear and damage. 

Check tow bars, tongue sockets, and safety chains. 

h. Tires. Check all tires for damage or excessive wear. Remove and replace 

tires on front wheels of buses, trucks, or truck tractors when the tires in use have less 

than 4/32-inch of tread at any point on a major tread groove. Tires shall be replaced 

when any tread groove pattern measures less than 2/32-inch. 

i. Windshield Wipers, Glass, and Defrosters. Check wipers, glass, and 

defrosters for proper operation, wear, damage, and deterioration. 

j. Other Items. Check all other components required by the states in which 

the vehicle is operated. 

k. Exhaust Emission. Check exhaust emission for compliance with local 

restrictions. 

l. Exhaust Emission Controls Tampering Check. Check for the presence of, 

or damage to, the catalytic converter, fuel filler inlet restraint, exhaust gas recirculation 

valve, air pump, air pump drive belt, and other pollution control devices which are 

readily visible. Check also for plugged or disconnected vacuum lines. 

4-1.10.6 Maintenance of Vehicle in a Fuel Efficient Condition. To achieve maximum 

fuel economy, the vehicle engine must efficiently convert the fuel into horse-power. 

This power, in turn, must be efficiently transmitted through the drive train to the wheels. 

4-1-36

Finally, the vehicle must roll freely on the road. The following maintenance actions 

must be taken to ensure the total vehicle is maintained to achieve the top fuel efficiency 

for which it was designed. 

a. Emission Inspection and Maintenance 

(1) Under the Clean Air Act, as amended, the DoD is required to comply 

with state and local programs to improve air quality. All DoD components shall conform 

with the state and local standards to monitor and analyze emissions from commercial 

vehicles and shall utilize state and local guidelines in conducting such analysis. 

(2) Section 203 of the Clean Air Act also prohibits DoD personnel or 

contractors from removing or rendering inoperative any emission control device or 

element of design on automotive vehicles operated within the United States. The civil 

penalty for violation of this provision is $2,500 per vehicle. Violations of the unleaded 

fuels regulations can result in penalties of up to $10,000 per violation. When 

performing corrective adjustments and repair actions or tune-ups, engine settings shall 

not be accomplished outside of the manufacturer's recommended specifications, nor 

shall pollution control related equipment, such as the catalytic converter, exhaust gas 

recirculation valve, or heated air intake system, be removed or rendered inoperative. 

b. Engine. Tune the engine as required by the manufacturer's recommended 

specifications using modern diagnostic and test equipment. Especially check to ensure 

that the following systems and components are functioning correctly. 

(1) Ignition timing 

(2) Emission control system 

(3) Automatic choke is fully released when engine is warm 

(4) Exhaust system is unrestricted 

(5) Air cleaner is unrestricted 

(6) Thermostat is closing/opening at specified coolant temperatures 

c. Power Train Chassis, Wheels/Tires. Abnormal power train and chassis 

friction and other rolling resistance requires excessive fuel consumption which can be 

eliminated or reduced by the following actions: 

(1) Adjust service and parking brakes to ensure there is no drag; 

(2) Adjust wheel bearings to proper torque rating; 

(3) Check wheel alignment to ensure proper camber, castor, and toe-in; 

(4) Inspect springs and hangers to ensure vehicle is tracking correctly; 

(5) Inspect motor and transmission mounts and drive shaft to ensure 

drive train is not distorted; 

(6) Lubricate chassis at frequencies recommended by manufacturer; 

(7) Maintain tire manufacturer’s rated air pressure. This will reduce 

rolling resistance and prolong tire life. Under-inflated tires are also a safety hazard. 

4-1-37

4-1.10.7 Tire Maintenance. Tire and tube maintenance procedures outlined in 

Rubber Manufacturers Association (RMA) publications for passenger, truck and bus, 

off-highway, industrial, special purpose, and farm tires shall be used in maintaining 

Navy vehicle and equipment tires. Tires shall be inspected and removed from service 

in accordance with the safety standards prescribed in RMA publications. These 

publications are available from the Rubber Manufacturers Association Inc., 1400 K 

Street NW., Washington, DC 20005. 

a. Retread Tires. Retreaded tires shall be used as replacement tires in 

accordance with the EPA Guideline for the Federal Procurement of Retreaded Tires 

and must be listed on the current issue of GSA's Qualified Products Lists (QPL); 

QPL-22-T-381, QPL-22-T-410, QPL-22-T-1083, QPL-22-T-1619, for the particular tire 

type. Worn tires that have been inspected and the casings found to be structurally 

sound shall be retreaded for further use in accordance with the procedures established 

below. Retreaded tires shall not be used on the front wheels of Buses, Ambulances, or 

Aircraft Rescue Fire Fighting (ARFF) Vehicles. Re-grooving on tires is prohibited. 

b. Tire Retreading Program. The use of retread tires can produce substantial 

reduction in operating expenses of vehicles and equipment. Retreading services are available 

in most areas under the prevailing GSA Federal Supply Schedule (FSG-26). In areas where 

GSA schedules are not available for retreading services, it is recommended that a contract be 

awarded for such service under competitive bidding procedures. Retreading is a labor-intensive 

workmanship-oriented process and must be monitored closely and frequently. The following 

procedures shall be followed in assuring quality retreads. 

(1) Specification of Work. Tire retreading, repair, and material shall be in 

accordance with Federal Specification ZZ-T-441H (6-13-89) entitled "Tire Pneumatic: 

Retreaded and Repaired." Contractors shall furnish documentation showing their facility 

is certified under GSA's Quality Assurance Facility Inspection Program (QAFIP). The 

QAFIP certification shall be displayed in the contractor's business office and inspected 

by the activity's representative to insure the certification is updated as required. 

(2) Scope of Work. As in any retreading system, a retread is only as 

good as its basic casing. Therefore, careful selection and stringent inspection 

procedures must be followed. Inspection of the casings before and after retreading is 

of prime importance for good quality control. Quality assurance shall be in accordance 

with applicable paragraphs of Sections 3 and 4 of specification ZZ-T-441H, with the 

following additional requirements: 

(a) Before Retreading. Select premium tires for retreading that have 

been well maintained during operation and have been pulled for retreading when tread 

depth is not less that 4/32 of an inch deep on front-mounted tires and not less than 2/32 

of an inch on all other tires. Casings, as furnished to the contractor, shall be identified 

as Navy-owned and shall be further inspected by the contractor in accordance with 

paragraph 3.3 of ZZ-T-441H before acceptance for retreading. 

4-1-38

(b) During and After Retreading. As set forth in paragraph 4.1 of 

ZZ-T-441H, the Government reserves the right to perform any of the inspections as 

provided in the specification for compliance with prescribed contract requirements. A 

representative of the user activity should establish the inspection procedure with the 

Contracting Officer in order that quality checks of the contractor’s plant can be 

arranged. A visit to the retreading plant to observe craftsmanship, process controls, 

condition of processing equipment, quality of the rubber used, and cleanliness of the 

shop provides the necessary confidence level for quality assurance. When the 

retreaded tires are returned to the user, the activity's representative who has become 

familiar with the contractor's retreading process should inspect each tire. Retreaded 

tires found to be defective should be returned to the contractor (at the contractor's 

expense) for corrective action. Activity inspections shall verify that the newly delivered 

retreaded tire is on the original Navy casing. Also, additional visual inspections are to 

be performed as outlined in Tables II and III of Specification ZZ-T-441H, to determine 

any defective material used, poor processing, or poor workmanship. 

c. Tire Marking/Identification. Tire labeling of ownership shall be established 

by user activities in the following areas: 

(1) On tire casings furnished to a contractor for retreading/repair service. 

(2) On popular size tires under specific conditions. 

(a) To improve local control and accountability. 

(b) As a deterrent to pilferage. 

Tire labeling/marking shall be by either patch or branding for permanent identification 

and shall be made up of enough lettering to spell out "USN activity". This label is to be 

located on or into the area of the tire side wall (but not in the scuff ribs) and shall not 

interfere with other DoT required markings. Branded letters shall be approximately 

1/16 to 1/8 inches deep, measured from the surface immediately surrounding the 

lettering. 

4-1.11 Preventive Maintenance Procedures For Construction And Allied 

Equipment (Less Weight Handling Equipment) 

4-1.11.1 General. Preventive maintenance (PM) principles and general procedures set 

forth in paragraphs 4-1.9 through 4-1.13 are equally applicable to all construction 

equipment. (See the NAVFAC P-307 for weight handling equipment.) Maintenance 

inspections and services shall be performed as prescribed by the manufacturer in the 

maintenance manual provided with the equipment and at the recommended 

frequencies. The frequencies shall generally be based on hours of operation as 

recorded on an hour meter, rather than fixed time intervals, except for the daily services 

performed by the operator. 

4-1-39

4-1.11.2 Operator's Daily Inspection. All equipment shall be given a daily inspection 

and service by the assigned operator before, during, and after operation. The operator 

shall complete this daily requirement in accordance with the procedures set forth in 

paragraph 4-1.9.7 and NAVFAC 11260/4, performing all inspections, services, and 

adjustments specified. The Transportation Director shall augment these procedures 

with any additional daily services to be performed by the operator, as recommended by 

the manufacturer; such instructions shall be explicit and in writing. The operator shall 

turn in a completed NAVFAC 11260/4 (operators report) to the equipment dispatcher or 

his supervisor daily. It shall be the operator's responsibility to ensure that the 

equipment is safe and reliable. The operator shall stop the equipment immediately 

when a deficiency develops that renders the equipment unsafe or could damage the 

equipment. 

4-1.11.3 Development of Specifications for Inspections and Services. Each activity 

shall prepare a specification that will set forth, in writing, the inspection and service 

operation, and frequency with which that operation shall be performed. Data for the 

specification and schedule shall be obtained from the manufacturer's maintenance 

manual provided with the equipment. If data is not provided by the manufacturer, it 

shall be established locally, with frequencies expressed in terms of operating hours. 

Similarly, adverse local conditions may require the specification of additional operations 

or frequencies by the activity, beyond or different from those recommended by the 

manufacturer. Emphasis shall be placed on the inspection and servicing of all control 

and safety devices. A separate specification and schedule format shall be prepared for 

each make and model where different. These specifications and schedules shall be 

approved in writing by the Transportation Director. The TEMC can provide assistance 

in preparing the specifications. 

4-1.11.4 Lubrication Schedule. Equipment shall be lubricated in accordance with 

recommendations provided by the manufacturer's maintenance shop manual or 

operator's manual provided with the equipment. When this data is not available, the 

data shall be obtained from the manufacturer by the activity. Contact the TEMC for 

assistance if unable to obtain the necessary data. 

4-1.11.5 Maintenance and Testing of Boom, Hi-Lift and Aerial Service 

Trucks/Equipment 

a. Applicability. This section applies to vehicle mounted elevating and 

rotating aerial or lifting devices; boom supported elevating work platforms which either 

telescope, articulate, rotate or extend; self-propelled, vertically adjustable work 

platforms; airline ground-support vehicle-mounted lift devices; ammo handling trucks 

with hydraulic booms; stake trucks with hoists or booms installed; and maintenance 

trucks with hydraulically operated extension ladders that raise, lift, move, or support 

personnel and/or material. Including, but not limited to, the following ECs: 0343, 0525, 

0603, and any other type of equipment when modified to include a boom, hi-lift, or other 

lift equipment; ECs 0704, 0723, 0725, 0729, 0731, 0735, and 5460 have to be tested 

because equipment is procured as elevating or lift equipment. 

4-1-40

(1) Operation. Operators shall have a valid OF-346 in their possession 

when operating any of the equipment described above. The OF-346 must show each 

type of equipment the licensee is authorized to operate. Applicable guidelines 

pertaining to policy and procedure to be followed for testing and licensing equipment 

operators are provided in Chapter 3 of this publication. These procedures shall be 

used when issuing an OF-346 

(2) Maintenance. Maintenance and lubrication [includes regularly 

scheduled preventive maintenance (PM) type inspections] shall be performed per 

manufacturers' recommendations and guidelines. If the manufacturers' maintenance 

and lubrication frequency and inspection requirements are not available, the activity 

shall develop and accomplish its own maintenance, lubrication and/or inspection 

requirements and schedules based on available guidelines and past local experience. 

An equipment history record file shall be developed and maintained for each individual 

unit of equipment. Each equipment history record file shall contain the current, and 

immediate prior documentation for all types of inspections, test reports, and 

certifications. The file shall also contain all prior SROs, equipment specifications, and 

modification/alteration approvals. 

(3) Inspection 

(a) Daily. Each operator shall perform a check of the equipment 

prior to placing the equipment in service and again when securing the equipment. 

Using the manufacturer’s manual and past local experience, each activity shall develop 

a daily check list for the operators' use. The completed daily check lists shall be kept 

on file for a minimum of 60 days. If the operator detects any condition that would 

indicate the equipment to be unsafe or unreliable for use, the equipment shall be 

removed from service until the suspect condition is corrected. 

(b) Annual. A condition inspection, an electrical insulation test 

(when applicable), and a load test shall be performed annually. Certification of these 

inspections and tests shall be the responsibility of the designated (in writing) activity 

certifying official who will certify the equipment safe and reliable for use. A copy of the 

certification shall be posted on the equipment, in full view of the operator, with the 

original certification form being filed in the equipment history record file. A locally 

developed condition inspection, load test, and certification format shall be used. 

(4) Testing 

(a) Load Testing. Prior to any load testing, a complete condition 

inspection shall be performed. Any items found to be unsatisfactory, which will render 

the equipment unsafe (including warning devices) or unreliable, shall be corrected prior 

to conducting the load test. Nondestructive testing (NDT) methods shall be used where 

there are questionable structural components. In addition to visual inspections, all load 

lifting hooks shall be removed and nondestructively tested every five years (i.e., 

EC-0704). All hooks shall be measured for hook throat opening before and after each 

4-1-41

load test. A permanent tram point base measurement shall be established across the 

hook throat opening and hooks shall be discarded if the throat opening varies more 

than five (5) percent of the base measurement. Test loads can vary from 100 to 150 

percent (based on type of equipment being tested) with a tolerance of +5%/-0% of the 

manufacturer’s rated capacity. Outriggers or stabilizers (if so equipped) shall be fully 

deployed on a firm level surface prior to lifting test loads or working loads. Unless 

restricted by the manufacturer, the following test loads shall be used as a minimum: 

TEST LOAD 

EC (PERCENT OF RATED CAPACITY) 

0704 110 

0723 100 

0725 150 

0731 133 

5460 150 

The weight of all handling gear shall be included as part of the test load. The reference 

material listed in paragraph 4-1.11.5.b shall be used to establish test procedures for 

the particular type (EC) of equipment being tested, including the load testing of 

hydraulically and electrically operated tail-gates used for lifting. 

(b) Electrical Insulation Test. All aerial devices/equipment shall be 

clearly marked and readily visible to inform the operator whether the aerial device is 

insulated or non-insulated. In the case of insulated aerial devices, the voltage for 

which the aerial device has been satisfactorily tested shall be posted and readily visible 

to the operator. Aerial devices/equipment that are not rated for use as an insulated 

device, and operating near any electrical transmission lines, shall maintain the 

following minimum required clearances: 

MINIMUM 

VOLTAGE (KV) REQUIRED CLEARANCE (FT.) 

TO 50 10 

51 TO 200 15 

201 TO 350 20 

351 TO 500 25 

501 TO 750 35 

751 TO 1000 45 

Operators of aerial devices that are rated for use as an insulated device must know the 

rated line voltage of energized power lines in order not to exceed the insulation test 

voltage of their aerial device. Insulation testing equipment shall meet the requirements 

of American National Standard Institute Techniques for Dielectric Tests, ANSI/IEEE 

STD 4-1969 and American National Standard Institute Techniques for Switching 

Impulse Testing, ANSI/IEEE STD 332-1972, or the latest revision thereof. A test 

procedure which is approved by the aerial device manufacturer or an equivalent entity 

shall be considered an acceptable test for certification. 

4-1-42

(5) Certification. The certifying officer is responsible for ensuring the 

safety and reliability of all boom, hi-lift, and aerial service trucks/equipment at the 

activity. The certifying officer shall be designated in writing by the Commanding Officer 

of the activity. The certifying officer shall, in turn, designate the authorized test 

directors and inspection and test personnel. Certifications shall be based on the 

condition inspection and load tests or other appropriate proof test prescribed in 

paragraphs 4-1.11.5.a(3) and (4). These inspections and tests shall be performed 

by technically competent inspection and test personnel under the direction of a 

designated test director. Upon successful completion of the condition inspection and 

load test or other appropriate proof test, a Certification of Load Test and Condition 

Inspection shall be signed by the test director, inspection and test personnel, and the 

certifying officer. All certifications are automatically void after one year, after exceeding 

the certified rated capacity during operation, or after an adjustment, repair, 

disassembly, replacement, or alteration/modification of a load bearing or load 

controlling part or component. 

(6) Modifications. No modification or additions which affect lifting 

capacity, stability, the mechanical, hydraulic or electrical integrity, or safe operation of 

the aerial device shall be made without the written approval of the manufacturer or an 

equivalent entity (e.g., EFD/TEMC). Upon the approval and completion of such 

modifications, and after repairs or adjustments to load bearing/controlling components, 

the equipment shall be load tested and certified. 

(7) Markings/Instructions/Warnings. As a minimum, the following 

information shall be permanently affixed, clearly understandable and readily visible to 

the operator. 

(a) Equipment identification number (USN); 

(b) The function of each control; 

(c) Rated load capacities at all configurations; 

(d) Annual certification and date of load test; 

(e) Whether insulated or non-insulated; 

(f) Voltage and date of insulation test; 

(g) Any operational or electrical hazards involved during operation. 

b. References. In addition to the foregoing instructions, the current 

edition/revision of the following references shall be used to establish a program for the 

inspection, maintenance, and testing of related aerial lifting devices/equipment: 

(1) Manufacturers’ technical manuals/instructions; 

4-1-43

Device; 

(2) ANSI A92.2-1979, Vehicle-Mounted Elevating and Rotating Aerial 

(3) ANSI A92.3-1980, Manually Propelled Elevating Work Platforms; 

(4) ANSI A92.5-1980, Boom-Supported Elevating Work Platforms; 

(5) ANSI A92.6-1979, Self-Propelled Elevating Work Platforms; 

(6) ANSI A92.7-1981, Airline Ground Support Vehicle-Mounted Vertical 

Lift Devices; 

(7) ASME/ANSI B30.22-1987, Articulating Boom Cranes (Commercial 

Truck-Mounted); 

(8) NFPA 1914-1988, Testing Fire Department Aerial Devices (Ladder 

Trucks/Platforms); 

(9) NAVFAC P-307, Maintenance and Certification of WHE. 

4-1.11.6 Inspection and Testing of Fire Department Aerial Devices 

a. General. All fire department aerial devices shall be inspected and tested 

in accordance with the current edition of the National Fire Protection Association 

(NFPA) 1914 Standard for "Testing Fire Department Aerial Devices." The NFPA 1914 

specifies minimum inspection and testing requirements and shall be used to 

supplement, not to replace or modify, any instructions recommended by the aerial 

device manufacturer. Aerial devices shall include fire apparatus equipped with aerial 

ladders, elevating platforms, and water towers designed to position personnel, handle 

materials and/or discharge water as specified in NFPA 1901, Standard on Automotive 

Fire Apparatus. 

b. Scope. Visual inspections, operational tests, and load tests specified in 

NFPA 1914 shall be conducted at least annually; after major repairs or overhaul; when 

the aerial device may have been subjected to unusual operating conditions of stress or 

load; or when there is reason to believe that usage has exceeded the manufacturer’s 

recommended operating procedures or capacity limits. 

(1) Inspection Personnel. Most of the inspections and tests outlined in 

NFPA 1914 are intended to be performed by "qualified" fire department personnel. 

"Qualified" is defined as a person who, by possession of a recognized degree, 

certificate, professional standing, skill, knowledge, training and experience has 

demonstrated the ability to deal with problems relating to the subject matter, the work, 

or the project. However, if the fire department prefers, the inspections and tests can be 

performed by a third-party testing company or the manufacturer. 

4-1-44

(2) Load Testing. Test loads shall be equal to the manufacturer's 

specified rated load capacity. The handling gear, supporting hangers, containers, etc. 

shall be calculated as part of the test load and the total test load shall not exceed the 

rated load capacity. Tests shall be conducted when wind velocity is less than ten miles 

per hour (MPH). The test load shall be sustained by the unsupported aerial device for 

FIVE Minutes. 

(3) Nondestructive Testing (NDT). In addition to the required annual 

inspections and tests, a nondestructive test shall be performed at least every five years. 

Several methods of NDT are used to inspect structural components without physically 

altering or damaging the materials. Nondestructive testing procedures shall be 

conducted in accordance with "American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)" 

standards. The person actually performing the NDT shall be certified as an "American 

Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT)" Level II Testing Technician. Structural 

welds shall be inspected in accordance with the American Welding Society (AWS) 

Standard AWS D14.4 and comply with a Class IV weld as outlined in Table 7-17.4 of 

AWS D14.4. Nondestructive testing may be desirable on a more frequent basis than 

every five years, depending on the service the aerial device is subject to (i.e., extensive 

use over rough roads that rack the device in its bed). Whenever structural damage is 

detected, the aerial device shall be removed from service, and the condition shall be 

reported, in writing, to the manufacturer with a copy of the report going to the cognizant 

area fire marshal. The aerial device shall be repaired to an acceptance level in 

accordance with the manufacturer's standard and tested for full operational use before 

it is placed back in service. 

c. Procedures. Every aerial device shall be inspected and tested in 

accordance with the NFPA 1914 Standard. However, since each manufacturer's unit 

will be somewhat different, specific attention shall be given to the manufacturer's 

instructions concerning periodic maintenance and inspection checks. Also, specific 

written checklists should be developed by each fire department for their style and brand 

of apparatus, combining the manufacturer's recommended checks with the procedures 

outlined in the NFPA 1914 standard. 

d. Records and Reports. The aerial devices' service records shall always be 

checked for any reports that may indicate defective conditions. A report form, which 

will include, as a minimum, the information required by NFPA 1914, shall be completed 

for each inspection/test performed and signed by the person responsible for the test. 

All inspection and test records shall be maintained in the equipment history record file 

for the respective aerial device. A copy of all test report forms shall be forwarded to the 

cognizant area fire marshal. 

4-1.12 Corrosion Prevention. Vehicles and equipment at many shore activities are 

subject to severe corrosion due to atmospheric conditions or the contact of salt from ice 

removal operations. Corrosion damage causes excessive maintenance expenditures to 

correct the damage, or significantly reduces the economic service life of the vehicles 

and equipment. Corrosion can be economically controlled by the proper application of 

4-1-45

protective coatings and adequate maintenance of these coatings. Vehicle and 

equipment manufacturers have been responsive in applying corrosion treatment to 

vehicles at the factory. Manufacturers' extended warranties and state-of-the-art 

procedures minimize the need for additional corrosion protection. All new vehicles 

should be examined to determine if corrosion treatment has been applied. If corrosion 

treatment is needed, it usually is more economical to utilize commercial sources as 

they are properly equipped and will provide warranty service. 

4-1.13 Technical Information And Procedures 

4-1.13.1 Technical Publications. Technical publications are an essential tool of the 

Transportation Maintenance Management Program. There is a continuing need for 

both management and maintenance personnel to refer to authoritative sources of 

technical data. Maintenance management shall be able to refer readily to competent 

technical authority in support of decisions that pertain to technical procedures. It is the 

responsibility of maintenance management to constantly review and disseminate to 

maintenance personnel the latest technical data pertaining to the maintenance of the 

assigned equipment. 

a. Equipment Manufacturers' Technical Publications. Each equipment 

manufacturer is required under the provisions of the purchase contract to furnish 

operator manuals, lubrication charts, parts manuals, and shop repair manuals with 

each purchase. NOTE: Only one set of manuals will be provided to each consignee 

regardless of the number of vehicles/equipment delivered. If new equipment arrives 

without the required manuals, the receiving activity should report this fact directly to 

CBC Port Hueneme (Code 1574) immediately. Unless otherwise specified in this 

publication, the manuals provided by the manufacturer are the authoritative technical 

guides for maintenance of the equipment. Replacement manuals, additional manuals, 

or manuals for equipment transferred from one activity to another without manuals, can 

be stocked by CBC Port Hueneme upon letter request; CBC Port Hueneme (Code 

15741) will provide any ordering instructions required. Original equipment 

manufacturers periodically publish service bulletins that provide further information 

concerning recommended modifications applicable to Navy-purchased equipment. 

Such service bulletins shall be considered the necessary authority to effect such 

modifications without further reference to COMNAVFACENGCOM or the cognizant 

TEMC. 

b. Military Technical Publications. Technical publications covering specific 

equipment of military design, such as U.S. Army Technical Manuals (TM) and 

Modification Work Orders (MWOs), constitute the authoritative technical information 

sources for maintenance procedures applicable to an item of equipment unless 

otherwise prescribed in this publication. Technical modifications to equipment 

recommended by the cognizant military service shall constitute all the necessary 

authority to effect such modifications. 

4-1-46

c. Job Time Standards. Job time standards [otherwise known as "engineered 

performance standards" (EPS) or "flat rate standards"] shall be applied by the service 

writer on all SROs. The standards set forth in the following subparagraphs are the 

approved sources of standards for all general purpose vehicles covered by the 

referenced publications. COMNAVFACENGCOM (Code 134) shall be notified via the 

appropriate TEMC of any standards in approved publications that appear to be 

unrealistic. 

(1) Job Time Standard Publications 

(a) Motor's Flat Rate and Parts Manual, Motor, 250 W. 55th Street, 

New York, NY 10019. 

(b) Chilton Flat Rate Manual, Chilton Company, Chilton Way, 

Radnor, PA 19089. 

(c) Mitchell Manuals, "Mechanical Parts/Labor Estimating Guides" 

P.O. Box 26260, San Diego, CA 92126. 

(2) Equipment Manufacturers' Job Time Standards. Job time standards 

published by the equipment manufacturer may be used in lieu of any of the foregoing. 

(3) Equipment Not Covered by Job Time Standards. Job time standards 

for equipment not covered by the foregoing shall be developed locally and approved in 

writing by the Transportation Division Director. 

4-1.13.2 Procedures for Obtaining Technical Publications. Normally, commercial 

publications are procured by local purchase. Overseas activities without commercial 

sources of supply shall forward requisitions to the Fleet and Industrial Supply Centers 

at Oakland, CA or Norfolk, VA, as appropriate, via the activity Supply Department. 

4-1.13.3 Manufacturers' Service Representatives. The transportation equipment 

industry generally has service representatives available throughout the world. These 

representatives are trained specialists with technical knowledge of their particular fields 

and are a valuable source of information to an equipment maintenance organization. 

As a general rule, the services of these representatives are provided without cost to the 

Government. The EFDs/TEMCs are focal points for contact with such representatives, 

and can assist an activity in arranging for their services. 

4-1.14 Facilities Layout For Transportation Shops 

4-1.14.1 General Criteria. Standard criteria for transportation shop layouts have been 

developed by COMNAVFACENGCOM. These standard criteria shall be used as 

guidelines in developing the most economical and efficient shop configuration. New 

construction shall combine the maintenance and operations functions for automotive, 

construction, weight handling, and railway equipment. Maximum accessibility of 

4-1-47

support areas to production bays, centralized administrative areas, and drive-through 

general repair bays that eliminate wasteful traffic aisles are typical of improved shop 

layout features. Activities planning new or modified facilities shall obtain assistance 

from the appropriate EFD/TEMC. 

4-1.14.2 Shop Facilities Requirements Planning. Planning factors and other 

planning data for developing and reviewing requirements for transportation 

maintenance and operations facilities have been provided in Section 2, Chapter 3 of 

NAVFAC P-80, Facility Planning Criteria for Navy and Marine Shore Installations. 

4-1.14.3 Shop Layout Details. Definitive drawings and design criteria have been 

developed for shop layouts. See NAVFAC P-272, Definitive Designs for Naval Shore 

Facilities, Part 1, Volumes 1 and 2, and NAVFAC DM-28, Design Manual for 

Maintenance Facilities. 

4-1.14.4 Additional Factors to be Considered 

a. The Transportation Director/Superintendent of the planned new Facility 

should be included in all planning phases. 

b. In addition to activity-owned equipment, consideration must be given to the 

maintenance and servicing of customer-owned equipment when determining the square 

footage of the facility. 

c. Collateral functions that may be unique to a particular facility must also be 

considered when determining square footage and lay-out plans. These functions could 

include, but not be limited to: 

(1) Supply Room/Shop Stores; 

(2) Tire Shop; 

(3) Welding Shop; 

(4) Battery Shop; 

(5) Body Shop; 

(6) Paint Shop; 

(7) Car/Vehicle Wash Bay; 

(8) Hazardous Material Storage/Disposal. 

4-1-48

SECTION 2. NCF/SOU EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE 

This section pertains to those units assigned to the Naval Construction Force (NCF) or 

designated as Special Operating Units (SOU). These units are deployable. 

4-2.1 Maintenance Organization 

a. Organization. The organization of equipment maintenance shops varies 

in such areas as number and types of assigned equipment, number and experience of 

personnel, work hours, number of shifts, environmental conditions, and the activity’s 

mission. The following organization is based on a typical Naval Mobile Construction 

Battalion (NMCB) operation, but the functions are applicable to small shops where one 

person may perform several functions. 

b. Maintenance Supervisor. The Maintenance Supervisor is usually the 

senior mechanic assigned to an activity. The supervisor is responsible for the 

maintenance program for all assigned CESE and personally supervises the inspectors, 

cost control clerks, technical librarian, and parts expediters. Some of the Maintenance 

Supervisor’s responsibilities are to enforce all established maintenance policies, 

approve all repair actions prior to their accomplishment, approve all requisitions for 

procurement of Not In Stock (NIS) and Not Carried (NC) material, maintain the shop 

workload files, make all decisions that concern deadline CESE, control all CESE 

transfers and disposals, supervise the preventive maintenance program and live 

storage, and control all construction mechanics and shop tools and kits. The 

Maintenance Supervisor will initiate appropriate action when, during maintenance 

procedures, equipment abuse or misuse is suspected. 

Shop Supervisor. Each maintenance section has a Shop Supervisor who 

is responsible for the quality of maintenance performed in the shop. A typical NMCB 

maintenance organization is divided into three sections: (1) Service Shop, (2) Repair 

Shop, (3) Support Shop. The Service Shop will perform preventive maintenance and 

make minor repairs to CESE providing the repairs do not exceed one hour, or as 

scheduled by the Shop Supervisor if time permits. The Repair Shop Supervisor usually 

acts as the Field Maintenance Supervisor. The Repair Shop will perform major repairs 

and make minor repairs to CESE providing the repairs exceed one hour. The Support 

Shops usually include facilities such as the Machine Shop, Tire Shop, 

Chassis/Body/Fender and Radiator Shop, Battery Shop, and the Electric Shop. 

d. Inspector. Inspectors examine equipment for needed repairs and 

services. Inspectors, who work directly for, and are responsible to, the Maintenance 

Supervisor, should be mechanics who are knowledgeable and proficient in their rating 

and able to describe clearly each repair action on the Equipment Repair Orders (ERO). 

All work must be listed. Each piece of equipment is inspected after the completion of 

repairs to ensure that the work is done correctly. Thorough final inspection increases 

reliability and, in turn, reduces the mechanic’s workload. Inspectors may perform minor 

4-2-l

epair work that pertains to inspection procedures only. Inspectors shall immediately 

notify the Maintenance Supervisor when suspected equipment abuse or recurring 

failures are discovered. 

e. Cost Control Clerk. The Cost Control Clerk controls the Preventive 

Maintenance Program as directed by the Maintenance Supervisor. He should be a 

senior mechanic, knowledgeable in his rating and possess proficient administrative 

skills. He personally supervises the Preventive Maintenance Clerk and the Direct 

Turnover Clerk. 

f. Preventive Maintenance Clerk. The Preventive Maintenance Clerk 

compiles all CESE into PM groups, prepares the PM schedule, and maintains the PM 

record cards with each vehicle’s preventive maintenance history. The PM Clerk also 

controls EROS, maintains the ERO log, Equipment History Jackets, and is responsible 

for maintaining the Maintenance Office Equipment Status Boards. 

9 Direct Turnover Clerk. The DTO Clerk maintains the maintenance shop’s 

repair parts status and accountability records and is the liaison between the Supply 

Office and the shop. All requisitions for Not In Stock (NIS) and Not Carried (NC) 

material must pass through the DTO Clerk, who maintains the Direct Turnover (DTO) 

Log and the Repair Parts Summary Sheets. The DTO Clerk is responsible for the DTO 

parts and storage bins, and maintains the deadline file and the deadline status board. 

h. Technical Librarian. The Technical Librarian, who should be an 

experienced mechanic, is responsible for the prepacked library, which contains 

operational, maintenance, and parts manuals as described in Chapter 5 (if they are 

subcustodied from repair parts). The librarian establishes and enforces check-out 

procedures for all manuals and maintains all required reference materials needed to 

research and initiate part requisitions. The Technical Librarian usually researches and 

prepares the requisitions in accordance with Chapter 5, paragraph 5.5. This frees floor 

mechanics from administrative duties. 

4-2.2 Maintenance Cateaories 

a. Maintenance Obiectives. Maintenance keeps equipment in constant safe 

and serviceable condition at minimum cost, and detects and corrects minor deficiencies 

before they lead to costly repairs. 

b. Maintenance Levels. The CESE Maintenance System of the Naval 

Construction Force (NCF) and Special Operating Units (SOU) has three categories of 

maintenance: (1) organizational, (2) intermediate, and (3) depot. A unit’s repair parts 

support is keyed to the authorized category of maintenance. The four levels of repair 

parts support that can be assigned are described in Chapter 5, paragraph 5.3.2. 

4-2-2

(1) 

Organizational Maintenance. Organizational maintenance is the 

responsibility of the Equipment Operator, and scheduled preventive maintenance 

services are performed by trained personnel (paragraphs (a) and (b) below). 

Organization maintenance consists of proper equipment operation, safety and 

serviceability inspections, lubrications, minor adjustments, and services. Usually, 

activities accomplishing only organizational maintenance are provided with “0” level 

repair parts support as described in Chapter 5, paragraph 53.2. 

(a) Operator Maintenance. Every operator is to detect any 

malfunction and maintain his vehicle in clean, safe, and serviceable condition. 

Operator maintenance includes daily before, during, and after operation inspections, 

and lubrications and adjustments. Before, during, and after operation inspections and 

services are described in Chapter 2, paragraph 2.15.3.f. 

(b) 

Preventive Maintenance. Preventive maintenance (PM) is 

scheduled to maximize equipment availability and minimize repair costs. Preventive 

maintenance consists of safety and serviceability inspections, lubrication, and minor 

services and adjustments, in addition to operator maintenance. Operators should 

participate in this work, unless directed otherwise. Scheduling PM is described in 

paragraph 4-2.3. 

(2) Intermediate Maintenance. Intermediate maintenance is the 

removal, replacement, repair, alteration, calibration, modification, rebuilding, and 

overhauling of assemblies, subassemblies, and components. These repairs are 

performed in a designated maintenance shop. Equipment which needs extensive or 

numerous assembly rebuilds require prior approval by higher authority. Maximum onetime 

repair costs (see Appendix F) are evaluated by the relationship of equipment age 

to equipment life expectancy. Because intermediate maintenance requires more skill 

than organizational maintenance, intermediate maintenance is authorized a larger 

assortment of repair parts, precision tools, and testing equipment. Usually, activity 

main bodies are provided “H” level repair parts support, and major detachments are 

provided “G” level support. 

(3) Depot Maintenance. Depot maintenance is performed by 

designated maintenance activities to support organizational and intermediate 

maintenance activities that have more extensive shop facilities, equipment, and 

personnel of higher technical skills. Currently, NAVFACENGCOM authorized 

maintenance for CESE is performed under organization and intermediate levels only. 

4-2-3

NOTE: Amphibious Construction Battalions (PHIBCB) maintenance data for the 

SLWT (Side-Loadable Warping Tug), CSP (Causeway Section, Powered), 

and CSNP (Causeway Section, Nonpowered) will be performed and 

reported under 3M system, DOD Equipment Maintenance Program. 

Maintenance data for the ELCAS (Elevated Causeway) and ABFHS 

(Amphibious Buoyant Fuel Hose System) remains reportable under this 

publication. 

4-2.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 

Preventive Maintenance Program. A dynamic preventive maintenance 

(PM) pyogram reduces equipment downtime and disruption of work schedules caused 

by equipment failures. Proper PM scheduling maintains uniform and balanced shop 

workload and reduces the required work force. The scheduling system outlined herein 

is the minimum prescribed standard for PM of all USN-numbered and USNG-numbered 

equipment when operating under favorable conditions. The Maintenance Supervisor 

determines when equipment requires more frequent inspections. Inspections are 

critical for low-usage equipment such as equipment in a deadline or standby status. 

Once the activity’s PM schedule has been established, deviations must be authorized 

by the Maintenance Supervisor. The standard interval between PMs for NCF 

equipment is 40 working days, based on a 5 day work week, with services performed in 

accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and specifications. 

b. Preventive Maintenance Groups. Preventive Maintenance groups are 

scheduling units in which all of an activity’s equipment is evenly distributed. Each 

CESE item must be assigned to at least one PM group. The equipment should be 

evenly distributed throughout 40 PM groups so that a minimum number of similar items 

are out of service at any one time. Normal grouping should work like this: 1 of 10 

dump trucks in the inventory should be assigned to very fourth PM group; 1 of 4 water 

distributors should be assigned to every tenth PM group. 

Equipment should be grouped so that units that normally work together are 

scheduled for PM together; for example, semitrailers with truck tractors, and scrapers 

with tractors. Units should initially use 40 PM groups. After the system is established 

and operating, the Maintenance Supervisor should review its effectiveness and reduce 

time intervals if necessary. 

The PM frequency can be increased by reducing the total number of groups or 

by assigning specific items of equipment to more than one group. For example, using 

Table 4-2-1) assume the following situation: a base taxi is assigned to PM group 30 

and enters the shop for a scheduled PM on 11 April. Upon inspection, it is found that 

the taxi has accumulated more than the recommended miles since the last scheduled 

PM on 11 February. The Maintenance Supervisor would then reduce the interval 

between PMs by also assigning the taxi to PM group 10. Thus, the taxi receives the PM 

twice as often. However, suppose that in 20 working days, when the taxi enters the 

4-2-4

shop with PM group 10, it again has been used more than the recommended miles. 

The Maintenance Supervisor should reduce the interval again. This would be done by 

also adding the taxi to PM groups 20 and 40. 

NOTE: The dispatcher should notify the PM Clerk/Maintenance Supervisor if 

equipment is accumulating miles/hours quickly. As a result, the schedule 

can be adjusted as required, rather than waiting for equipment to exceed 

standards. 

Preventive Maintenance Due Date Schedule. A Preventive Maintenance 

Due D”a,, Schedule (Table 4-2-l) shall be established annually by the PM Clerk 

because the schedules are based on the workdays in each calendar year. An NMCB 

PM schedule is set up using Operations (S3) Workday/Deployment schedule. The 

workdays on the schedule must correspond to the unit’s actual workdays; for example, 

if you work a 6-day week, enter 6 days and omit holidays. The PM groups are 

numbered vertically down the first column. Table 4-2-l depicts the standard 40 PM 

group concept. The dates of workdays in January are then listed consecutively in the 

January column. After January’s last workday is entered, start February’s workdays in 

the February column. At completion, the schedule shows each workday that each PM 

group is due for inspection. For example, Table 4-2-l shows that PM group 5 is due on 

January 25, March 25, May 20, July 17, September 12, and November 7. 

d. Preventive Maintenance Record Cards. A Vehicle/Construction 

Equipment Preventive Maintenance Record Card, NAVFAC 11240/6 (Figure 4-2-l) 

shall be accurately maintained for each item of assigned equipment. PM record cards 

contain the vehicle’s preventive maintenance history in chronological order and 

necessary information to assist the PM Clerk to prepare Equipment Repair Orders 

(ERO). PM cards shall be maintained in PM group sequence in a separate file. 

Equipment assigned to more than one PM group shall have dummy PM record cards 

filed in the extra PM group(s). The PM Clerk shall record the following information on 

the PM record card from the completed preventive maintenance EROS: type of PM 

service performed, date it was performed, cumulative miles/hours. Engine oil changes 

or filter changes shall be indicated by entering “O/C” or “F/C.” PM record cards shall be 

returned to the Equipment History Jacket when the vehicle is transferred. 

NOTE: CESE Attachments. The PM record cards on CESE that have 

m Attachments are marked with a red tag to alert the PM Clerk that 

Attachments are listed on the back and require servicing. 

e. Preventive Maintenance Inspection Depth. The Preventive maintenance 

- scheduling explained in paragraph 4-2.3.~ describes only PM frequencies; it does not 

determine the extent of the PM inspection. Preventive maintenance and services 

required shall be determined by an inspector, based on the manufacturer’s 

recommendations and specifications. 

4-2-5

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE INSPECTION SCHEDULE 

Table 4-2-l 

4-2-6

Figure 4-2-l: Vehicle/Construction Equipment PM Record Card (NAVFAC 11240/6) 

(1) 

Deadline Inspection. The term “deadline” applies to any item of 

equipment that, in the opinion of the Maintenance Supervisor, parts cannot be obtained, 

or equipment cannot be safely operated within a period of 72 hours or more without 

endangering the operator or equipment performance. Inspections are critical on 

deadlined equipment to guard against further deterioration. The minimum deadline 

inspection shall ensure that all openings are covered and weathertight; machine 

surfaces are preserved; disassembled components are tagged, covered, and stored; 

no cannibalization has taken place since the last inspection; and equipment is cycled, if 

possible. If cycling is accomplished, represerve as needed. 

NOTE: To fulfill an operational commitment, controlled parts interchange may be 

authorized only by the Maintenance Supervisor, provided all parts are 

replaced using the nonserviceable item, replacements are promptly 

ordered, and all parts and labor cost related to the interchange are 

charged to the equipment on which the parts failed. The ERO authorizing 

installation of the new part on the deadline equipment must be annotated 

under work description “Replacement for a cannibalized part, no cost. ” 

(2) Type A (01) Preventive Maintenance. Inspections are scheduled 

at intervals of 40 working days and shall be performed at each scheduled PM due date 

until a vehicle qualifies for a Type “B” preventive maintenance. To ensure that 

equipment does not deteriorate, these inspections are particularly critical on low-usage 

equipment, such as equipment in a standby status. Type “A” preventive maintenance 

consists mainly of safety and serviceability inspections and lubrication. They shall be 

performed by using the appropriate portions of Appendix K or L. 

(3) 

Tape B (02) Preventive Maintenance. Inspections shall be based 

on the equipment manufacturer’s recommended maintenance interval for mileage/hour 

usage. A vehicle may undergo several Type “A” PMs before accumulating the required 

mileage/hours for a Type “B” PM. Deviations from the recommended interval, to more 

4-2-7

frequent intervals, shall be the decision of the Maintenance Supervisor based on 

extreme climate conditions, heavy dust conditions, and use of the equipment. They 

shall be performed by using the appropriate portions of Appendix K or L. 

(4) 

Tape C (03) Preventive Maintenance. Inspections shall be as 

directed by the Maintenance Supervisor, the Civil Engineer Support Office (CESO) 

based on technical bulletins concerning safety of use, the responsible record holder, 

and/or Brigade Equipment Offices. Type “C” PM should be used to increase equipment 

safety and reliability and have no specified intervals. 

4-2.4 Equipment Repair Order 

a. ERO Purpose. The Equipment Repair Order (ERO), NAVFAC Form 

11200/41 (Appendix H, Figure H-27), is used to specify, authorize, and control repairs 

to all USN-numbered and USNG-numbered equipment. Use the ERO Continuation 

Sheet, NAVFAC Form 11200/41A, when the repair items to be performed exceed the 

space provided on the Equipment Repair Order. Because the ERO is designed to meet 

the needs of different users, only applicable blocks are to be filled in. 

Each month all completed original copies of EROs or SAMMS Program 

Computer Disks shall be forwarded by the NCF to their respective Brigade Equipment 

Office. SOUs submit their completed information to CESO Code 1574. Information 

inserted in the heavily outlined blocks is extracted and compiled; therefore, neatness, 

completeness, and accuracy of the information is imperative to provide historical cost 

and utilization data for each piece of CESE. This data provides a reliable source of 

information for budget planning, determining life expectancy, and predicting equipment 

and training requirements. The ERO flow is outlined in Appendix H, Figure H-28. 

b. ERO Design. The Equipment Repair Order form and Continuation Sheet 

are designed as a five-part multicolored snap set. The five ERO sheets are colored 

white ERO (W), blue ERO (B), green ERO (G), yellow ERO (Y), and pink ERO (P). The 

ERO (G) copy is for use by the Construction Equipment Department (CED) and is not 

currently required by the NCF and SOU. The Continuation Sheets are colored the 

same as the ERO and follow the same flow pattern. 

C. ERO Usaqes. The Equipment Repair Order is the sole authority to 

perform work on CESE in the field or in the shop. An ERO is prepared for each specific 

piece of equipment each time labor (more than one hour) or materials are expended on 

any of the following types of work: 

Code for Block Type of Repair 

01 Type “A” Preventive Maintenance 

02 Type “B” Preventive Maintenance 

4-2-8

03 

04 

05 

06 

07 

08 

09 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

Type “C” (03) Preventive Maintenance/ 

Annual Safety inspection (ASI) 

Interim Repairs 

Overhaul 

Repairs Performed in the Field (not PMs) 

Receipt Inspections (Acceptance/BEEPS) 

Repairs for Stock 

Preservation of Equipment 

Warranty 

Rework 

Accident 

Shipping Inspection (CEDs only) 

Surveillance Inspection (CEDs only) 

Operational Test (CEDs only) 

d. ERO Completion. Instructions to complete the ERO are detailed in 

Appendix H. 

e. Job Control Number. The Job Control Number (JCN) consists of fourteen 

characters unbroken by hyphen or space. The first six characters are extracted from 

Block 3 of the ERO form (UIC and the appropriate Alpha service code prefix). The last 

eight characters are known as the Job Sequence Number and are extracted from the 

ERO Number block (upper right corner) of the ERO. This number is entered in Blocks 

13, 14, and 15 of the NAVSUP Form 1250-1, as illustrated in Figure 4-2-2. Additional 

information can be found in Chapter 5, paragraph 5.6.2. 

FIGURE 4-2-2. Job Control Number Entered on NAVSUP Form 1250-l 

4-2-9

, 

f. Equipment Downtime. Blocks 27 through 41 on the Equipment Repair 

Order downtime blocks (Figure 4-2-3) are used to determine the time the equipment is 

not available for dispatching (downtime) by recording events by time and date. A stepby-step 

example to complete Blocks 27 through 41 follows. 

Example Situation: A vehicle has unusual engine noise during warm-up and is reported 

to the Dispatcher by returning the Hard Card. The Dispatcher has the vehicle parked 

on the shop working line and delivers the Hard Card to the PM clerk at 0730 on 10 

October 1996. The Inspector workload was responsible for a 6-hour delay in starting 

inspection (1330). Initial inspection of the engine indicated a broken valve in No. 2 

cylinder; a check at the parts storeroom indicated that the valves were not in stock 

(NIS). Further teardown and repair was delayed because of the shop workload. Upon 

receipt of the new valve at the parts storeroom (1100 hours on 17 October) and upon 

final teardown and removal of the head, it was found that the piston had been broken 

when the valve dropped into the cylinder. The piston was also NIS, so vehicle repairs 

were again delayed while waiting for parts. The necessary parts were received at 0900 

on 28 October, and repairs were completed without further incidents. 

Block Entry 

*27/28 Equipment Available. Actual time (0730) and Julian Date (96283 for 10 October 

1996). The Dispatcher notified the PM Clerk that the equipment was available to 

the shop. 

*29/30 lnspection Start. Time (1330) and Julian Date (96283). The actual vehicle 

inspection was started. 

46/47 Shop Start. Actual time (1400) and Julian Date (96283). Mechanic started work 

on equipment. If .5 is entered in Block 14 for inspection time, actual work cannot 

start prior to that amount of time being expended. Example: Block 29 time 

1315; Block 14 inspection hours 1.0; work cannot start prior to 1415. 

32/33 Stop for Parts. Mechanic stopped work at 1415 on 96283 because parts were 

not available. Use only when all work on equipment must stop due to lack of 

parts/material. 

34/35 Parts Available. At 1100 on 17 October (96290) the needed repair parts were 

available at the parts storeroom. Therefore, delay is no longer attributable to 

lack of parts (down for supplies) ((DFS)). Repairs should commence as soon as 

possible. 

36/37 Stop for Parts. Mechanic stopped work at 1600 on 96290 because parts were 

again not available. Use only when all work on equipment must stop due to lack 

of parts/material for second time. 

4-2-l0

38/39 Parts Available. At 0900 on 28 October (96301) the repair parts were available 

at the parts storeroom and work commenced immediately. 

*40/41 Completed. At 1645 on 28 October work was completed. The Dispatcher is 

notified that the vehicle is ready for service by asking the Dispatcher to sign 

Block 77, “Customer Approval,” and then the time and Julian Date is entered. 

Figure 4-2-3. Equipment Repair Order Downtime Blocks 

9. Equipment Histotv Jacket. An Equipment History Jacket shall be 

maintained for each USN numbered item of CESE and each USNG-numbered IS0 

container. The History Jacket shall contain the respective vehicle’s pertinent descriptive 

data and maintenance history. The descriptive data include the appropriate DOD 

Property Record, DD Form 1342 (see Appendix H, Figure H-26), and Equipment 

Attachment Registration Records, NAVFAC Form 6-l 1200/45, if applicable. The 

maintenance history includes the completed PM Record Cards, NAVFAC Form 

11240/6, and blue copies, ERO (B), of completed Equipment Repair Orders. When a 

vehicle is transferred, the current PM Record Card shall be removed from the PM group 

file and returned to the History Jacket. The jacket shall then be either hand carried or 

forwarded by mail to the receiving custodian. When a vehicle is transferred to a 

Property Disposal Office (PDO), the History Jacket shall accompany it. All units that 

receive equipment by direct delivery from the manufacturer are required to establish the 

initial Equipment History Jacket. 

h. Equipment Repair Order (ERO) Work Sheet. The ERO work sheet is a 

single copy sheet and is used to document repair parts used. 

4-2-11

42.5 Maintenance Program Evaluation 

a. Maintenance Guidelines. An activity’s maintenance program should be 

continually evaluated to ensure that it is effective. Guidelines and tools for program 

evaluation that the Maintenance Supervisor may use are listed below. 

(1) 

Mechanic-to-Equipment Ratio. The ratio indicates the number of 

mechanics assigned compared to the number of vehicles assigned to a location. In 

addition to all the mechanics assigned to the shop, the title “mechanic” in this ratio 

includes all administrative and supervisory maintenance personnel and any personnel 

assigned to work with the mechanics, such as steelworkers, machinery repairmen, and 

electricians. The ratios can be used as a general yardstick to determine if additional 

mechanics may be required to maintain the unit’s equipment adequately. Obviously 

many factors such as training, experience, environment, and equipment condition will 

cause the optimum ratio to vary. However, experience shows that the ratio should 

average approximately one mechanic to five pieces of equipment at each location. One 

way to improve the on-site mechanic to equipment ratio is through the use of the live 

storage program (see Appendix N). 

(2) 

PM-to-Repair Ratio. This ratio shows the number of scheduled 

maintenance actions performed compared to unscheduled maintenance actions 

(interim repairs). The ratio can be used as a primary indicator of the effectiveness of a 

unit’s preventive maintenance program. The PM Clerk can compute the PM-to-repair 

ratio from the ERO log. Ideally there should be many more PMs performed than interim 

repairs. Experience indicates that a unit, operating on a 40-day PM schedule, should 

average approximately three scheduled PM inspections to each interim repair: a ratio 

of three to one. If the ratio drops below three to one, the preventive maintenance 

program should be reviewed for the following problems: inadequate scheduling, not 

adhering to the schedule, not performing the proper depth of PM, and inadequate shop 

quality control. The closer the ratio comes to one to one, the more ineffective the PM 

program becomes. 

(3) 

Equipment Availability. Equipment availability is the percentage 

that shows the time the equipment is available to be dispatched as compared to 

downtime. Equipment downtime is figured on a 24-hour, 7-day-week basis. Equipment 

availability of a unit at 90 percent is considered excellent, 85 percent is good, 80 

percent is fair, and 75 percent is poor. Equipment with a fair availability record should 

be analyzed to determine the cause, such as overwork or abuse, inadequate COSAL 

(Consolidated Seabee Allowance List) or supply support, or shortage of mechanics. 

b. Maintenance Schedule. Ensure that all vehicles receive maintenance. If 

the shop is on a 40-day PM schedule each vehicle should receive maintenance about 

once every 8 weeks. Frequently check to ensure that all vehicles are on the PM 

schedule and that the schedule is being followed. 

4-2-12

If the vehicle is returned to the shop too soon after it has been worked on, 

compare the completion date of the first ERO with the available date of the next ERO 

when the vehicle is returned to the shop. If the time between returns is short, compare 

the meter reading (how much was the vehicle used). 

If two or three consecutive interim repairs have been performed, it is 

possible that the PM frequency for the vehicle should be increased. As CESE gets 

older, good PMs help keep the vehicle up or allow the parts to be ordered before they 

actually fail. Frequent interim repairs can also mean poor shop quality control, operator 

equipment abuse, a deficiency in inspection procedures, and a need for additional 

training. 

If vehicles are in for interim repairs and come back in a few days for a PM, 

the shop is doing unnecessary work. If a vehicle enters the shop for an interim repair 

within 5 working days of a scheduled PM due date, the PM should be performed. This 

saves inspection time and keeps the shop from processing an additional ERO. This 

also increases equipment availability. 

(1) Shop Maintenance Efficiency. Compare the Down-for- 

Maintenance (DFM) time with the actual labor hours expended, and if the times are 

correctly recorded in the downtime block (Figure 4-2-3), a good average is three times 

longer in the shop than time being worked on. If the shop is much above the ratio, 

either Down-for-Supply (DFS) time is not correctly reported, the shop is short of 

mechanics, or it is inefficient. If the ratio is around one to one, either the shop is 

“super” efficient or it is not reporting downtime correctly. Shop efficiency is also 

indicated by the amount of wait time shown on the Equipment Repair Order. Excessive 

wait time adversely affects the DFM time and equipment availability. The person who 

initiates the ERO enters in Blocks 27 and 28 the time and date the Hard Card is 

received by the shop. The Inspector then enters the time and date in Blocks 29 and 30 

when work is started on the vehicle. The time a vehicle waits between the inspector 

and the mechanic is charged as DFM time. 

(2) 

Mechanics Labor Schedulinq Efficiency. The ERO can be used to 

determine how efficiently the mechanics labor is being managed by using the following 

method: 

(a) Compare actual labor hours used with labor hours available. 

Labor hours available can be computed by taking the average number of floor 

mechanics and inspectors multiplied by their average hours worked per month. For this 

comparison, count only those people whose time should be entered on the EROS and 

use only actual working time. 

(b) Compare hours available with the total actual labor hours 

reported on the month’s EROS. Obviously, all of the worker’s time is not going to be 

reported; however, most should have been reported. 

4-2-13

(3) 

CESE Maintenance Cost Check. The ERO should be used to 

check on the use of the unit’s CESE maintenance money. To do this, compare the total 

cost listed on the month’s ERO with the actual funds reported by Supply. For several 

reasons these totals will not be equal. However, if there is a wide variance, a check 

should be made. Notice where parts are installed without being reported on an ERO: 

DTO bins full of parts (bought but never installed), and nonmaintenance items charged 

to your account by mistake. 

(4) 

Supply Response Time Check. The ERO provides an indication of 

supply response time. If the ERO shows more Down-for-Supply (DFS) time than Downfor 

Maintenance (DFM) time, check to ensure that the correct Urgency-of-Need- 

Designator (UND) priority is used. If the ERO shows little or no DFS time, the shop is 

either performing extremely well or is not completing the downtime blocks properly. To 

verify this, check the EROS. All EROs for deadline vehicles should have a “stop-forparts” 

time entered in Blocks 32 and 33. If these blocks do not have entries, the ERO 

is still adding up maintenance hours. 

(5) 

Maintenance Evaluation Guide 

(a) Is an ERO used for all work in the equipment repair shop? 

(Not required if repair can be done in less than one hour with no 

repair parts.) 

(b) Are EROS reviewed and work authorized by maintenance 

supervisor prior to commencement of work? 

(c) Are all decisions to deadline equipment made by 

maintenance supervisor? 

(d) Are formal ordering documents used to purchase spare 

parts? 

(e) Are all pertinent publications that concern equipment 

maintenance available, such as NAVFAC P-300 and Technical 

Bulletins, and are they being followed? 

(f) Are legible copies of EROS being forwarded to CESO/ 

Brigade monthly as per NAVFAC P-300, Chapter 4, Section 2? 

(g) Is deadlined equipment being cycled, inspected, preserved, 

and protected from parts cannibalization? 

(h) Are PM record cards used and is all up-to-date information 

entered in accordance with NAVFAC P-300? 

4-2-14

(0 

Is a system in effect for inventory and maintenance of 

mechanic’s tool kits? 

(j) 

Are maintenance shops’ cleanliness and safety conditions 

correctly maintained? Are jack stands or blocks used, fire 

extinguishers available, floor clean of accumulated grease, oil, and 

discarded parts? Are hand tools properly maintained and power 

tools grounded? 

(k) 

Do EROS reflect realistic actual man-hours and downtime for 

maintenance and major repairs? If downtime is excessive, does 

the problem lie in maintenance or supply? 

(1) 

Are spare parts stored properly? 

(m) Are maintenance personnel familiar with contents of 

NAVFAC P-300? 

(n) Are organizational and equipment status boards 

maintained? 

(0) Are direct turnover parts maintained according to NAVFAC 

P-300, Chapter 5, paragraph 5.7, and are they being installed at 

first PM after receipt? 

(P) Is a good inspection program being used before and after 

repairs? 

C. Equipment Condition Codes. The appearance of CESE is a quick 

indicator of the care it receives. Clean equipment is more likely to be well cared for and 

mechanical problems easier to identify. The condition of CESE can be categorized with 

condition codes. Coding will be in accordance with DOD Regulation 4160.21, Defense 

Disposal Manual, chapter 1, and NAVCOMPT Manual, Activity Unit identification Code, 

section 036206. The code is composed of two characters: (1) an alpha Supply 

Condition Code, and (2) an alpha numeric Disposal Condition Code. The first position 

determines serviceability and is coded with an “A,” ” F,” “G,” or “S.” The second position 

determines relative condition or degree of serviceability and is coded with “1” thru “6” 

for serviceability Code “A;” with a “7” thru “9” for serviceability Code “F” or “G;” and an 

“X” or “S” for serviceability Code “S.” Refer to Appendix I for description of condition 

codes. 

4-2-l 5

The following is a complete list of the possible codes with a brief description. 

Code Description 

Al 

A2 

A3 

A4 

A5 

A6 

F7 

F8 

F9 

G7 

G8 

G9 

sx 

ss 

Serviceable/Unused-Good 

Serviceable/Unused-Fair 

Serviceable/Unused-Poor 

Serviceable/Used-Good 

Serviceable/Used-Fair 

Serviceable/Used-Poor 

Unserviceable Repairable/Repairs Required-Good 

Unserviceable Repairable/Repairs Required-Fair 

Unserviceable Repairable/Repairs Required-Poor 

Unserviceable Incomplete/Repairs Required-Good 

Unserviceable Incomplete/Repairs Required-Fair 

Unserviceable Incomplete/Repairs Required-Poor 

Unserviceable Scrap/Salvage 

Unserviceable Scrap/Scrap 

4-2-16

CHAPTER 5. EQUIPMENT SUPPORT 

FOR NAVAL CONSTRUCTION FORCE AND 

SPECIAL OPERATING UNITS 

NOTE: This chapter applies only to the Naval Construction Force and Special 

Operating Units. 

5.1 Logistic Support 

5.1.1 Supply Support. The Navy Supply System is tasked to support all Naval 

Forces. The Supply System's basic functions include identification of requirements; 

procurement to meet demands; storage, stocking, and maintenance of inventory; 

requisitioning, issue, and shipment of needed items; and disposition of excess or 

unusable assets. The Supply System uses Inventory Managers to centralize 

procurement and management of material. These Inventory Managers ensure that 

there is proper balance between requirements and National Stock Number (NSN) 

material assets. The Inventory Manager for each NSN can be identified by cognizance 

symbols which precede the stock number. For example, NAVFACENGCOM manages 

all "2C" cognizance equipment, such as Civil Engineer Support Equipment (CESE), and 

ISO Containers. 

5.1.2 NCBC Support. Naval Construction Battalion Centers (NCBC) are the main 

sources of supply support for most Naval Construction Force (NCF) units. In addition, 

NCBCs perform most of CESE shipping and overhauling for the NCF. A complete 

range of initial outfitting repair parts and peacetime operating stocks is maintained at 

the NCBCs under the support criteria outlined in paragraph 5.2.1. When a NCBC 

prepares a new unit allowance for the first time, the repair parts are assembled and 

packaged into reusable mount-out boxes for shipping. This initial allowance is 

procured by NAVFACENGCOM using Other Procurement Navy (OPN) funds. The 

NCBCs are normally responsible for follow-on equipment support while deployed. The 

unit submits its requirements to the NCBC, which will meet the need from supply stock 

or initiate local procurement/referral action. This routine procurement of replacement 

repair parts is funded from Operation and Maintenance, Navy (O&MN) funds controlled 

by the respective allowance holder. 

5.1.3 Coordination with Unit Supply. Maintenance personnel expect repair parts to 

be available when requested. However, Supply cannot satisfactorily perform its 

support mission without coordination and cooperation between Maintenance and 

Supply. Maintenance personnel should understand the "repair" parts supply system 

and the Maintenance Supervisor should develop an information exchange. At least 

one mechanic should be assigned to the repair parts storeroom to provide service at 

the parts counter. The mechanic can also assist storeroom personnel to identify 

unknown items and provide parts interchangeability data. The Maintenance Supervisor 

5-1

should designate one person, normally the Cost Control Clerk, to provide liaison with 

supply to check requisition status. Consolidated Seabee Allowance Lists (COSAL) are 

designed to provide support for new or like new equipment for 60 days or 1200 hours. 

The Maintenance Supervisor must help determine requirements for additional repair 

parts. 

5.2. Table of Allowance 

5.2.1 Purpose. The Table of Allowance (TOA) identifies and quantifies the basic 

personnel, material, and equipment for the performance of the unit's mission(s) in 

contingency, wartime, and disaster recovery operations. The TOA is designed to 

sustain construction operations for 60 days without resupply, except that ammunition is 

limited to 15 days, subsistence rations are limited to five days, and fuel is limited to 

three days. 

5.2.2 Authority and Responsibility. Commands with authority and responsibility for 

TOAs are as follows: 

a. The Chief of Naval Operations (CNO OP-44) formulates the doctrine and 

policy for all Naval Construction Force (NCF) units and approves all NCF Tables of 

Allowance and any changes that impact on the unit's mission. 

b. The Chief of Civil Engineers (COMNAVFACENGCOM) advises OP-44 in 

TOA matters that concern mission and state-of-the-art technological advances. 

c. Fleet Commanders, Naval Construction Battalions, Atlantic and Pacific 

Fleets (COMSECONDNCB/COMTHIRDNCB). 

d. The Civil Engineer Support Office (CESO) is the system manager that 

maintains NCF Tables of Allowance, develops a new allowance as directed by 

COMNAVFACENGCOM, and collects field recommendations for revisions to TOAs. 

5.2.3 General TOA Information. The NCF Tables of Allowance provide personnel, 

material, and equipment to enable the unit to carry out operational requirements. Since 

the unit is expected to build any number of different facilities in any climatic condition, 

judicious selection of items is necessary to prevent the allowance from reaching 

excessive proportions. A compromise must be reached that balances bulk against 

capability. The NCF Tables of Allowance represent the best selection to provide 

general construction capability, but they are not all inclusive. They are not, nor should 

they be, capable of meeting every conceivable operational requirement. When an 

assigned project requires tools or equipment in excess of the unit's capability, the 

allowance is supplemented by augmentation. Augment tools, equipment, and 

personnel may come from the Naval Construction Force Support Unit (NCFSU), or may 

be provided by the responsible fleet or operational commander. 

5-2

5.2.4 TOA Organization. Individual line items of material and equipment are 

identified by stock number: either National Stock Number (NSN) or Navy Item Control 

Number (NICN). Stock numbers for Civil Engineer Support Equipment (CESE) are 

listed within the Equipment Codes (EC). Other stock numbers are assembled within 

functional Assemblies. Assemblies are grouped functionally into either Groups or 

Facilities. Groups and Facilities are segregated by major category or material into 

Sections, and by purpose into Echelons, within the NCF Tables of Allowance and the 

Advanced Base Functional Component (ABFC) System components. 

a. The ABFC Component and NCF Tables of Allowance. An ABFC 

Component and NCF Tables of Allowance are designed for personnel, material, and 

equipment required to perform specific taskings delineated in OPNAVINST 5450.46, 

Doctrine and Policy Governing U.S. Naval Mobile Construction Battalions. Components 

and TOAs are given names to indicate their functions, and unclassified codes that 

consist of letter (alpha) and number (numeric) combinations. For example: A Naval 

Mobile Construction Battalion (NMCB) in the NCF Tables of Allowance system is 

designated "P-25," and has an ABFC counterpart designated "P-25." The NCFSU 

Table of Allowance is designated "P-31," and has an ABFC counterpart "P-31." 

b. Echelons. In both contingency and day-to-day operations, an NCF unit 

may be required to support, simultaneously, multiple projects and tasks in various 

locations. Preplanning for such contingencies and management of resources required 

to support these operations are aided by "echeloning" certain TOAs. For example: 

The NMCB Table of Allowance is echeloned into an Air Detachment, an Air Echelon, 

and a Sea Echelon. This echeloning is based on anticipated prioritization of personnel, 

material, and equipment, and the availability of airlift versus sealift support. The 

NCFSU Table of Allowance is echeloned to augment and support various special 

operations which are beyond the organic capability of the NMCBs. 

5.2.5 Allowance Review. The Naval Facilities Engineering Command 

(NAVFACENGCOM) and the Civil Engineer Support Office (CESO) will initiate a 

complete annual review of each TOA by inviting comments and participation from all 

Commands that have an interest in the TOA under review. 

5.2.6 Initiating TOA Changes. All changes to TOAs managed by NAVFACENGCOM 

will be initiated in accordance with NAVFACINST 4423.1, Modification and 

Documentation of Naval Facilities Engineering Command Managed Tables of 

Allowance. 

a. Format. The NAVSUP Form 1220-2, Allowance Change Request/Report, 

or a formal letter are the prescribed documents to request item addition/deletion, or 

quantity increase/decrease in all published allowance lists. Submit justification for 

each suggested allowance modification. 

5-3

. Justification. Justification for changes shall be based on one or more of 

the following: 

(1) Mission Capability Improvement. Will the proposed change 

improve the capability to perform assigned mission? Quantitative estimates of 

increases in construction quality, productivity, or readiness will be made. Proposed 

changes which result from changes in a unit's mission will be specifically identified. 

(2) Cost Effectiveness. Does the proposed change lead to a reduction 

in material or labor costs or in the cost of the allowance itself? Include a brief cost 

comparison. 

(3) Safety. Will the proposed change result in a safer operation? 

(4) Other. Will the proposed change result in a nonquantitative 

improvement such as improved health, comfort, or morale? 

c. Submittal. Recommendations that involve changes to authorized TOAs 

shall be submitted to Commanding Officer, Code 15, Naval Construction Battalion 

Center, 1000 23rd Avenue, Port Hueneme, California 93043-4301. After CESO's 

research and evaluation, the Allowance Change Request (ACR) is forwarded to the 

appropriate chain of command (COMSECONDNCB/COMTHIRDNCB) for endorsement 

to COMNAVFACENGCOM Code123. 

5.2.7 National Stock Number (NSN) Breakdown of Sets, Kits, Outfits (SKO). 

Within the NCF Tables of Allowance there could be several hundred NSNs listed under 

a single SKO NSN. Each of these NSNs may contain several items not individually 

listed or cataloged in the TOA. For example: a mechanic's phillips screwdriver set, 

NSN 5120-00-104-0005, consists of five separate items. For inventory and resupply, 

CESO Code 157 maintains and distributes an inventory aid catalog entitled National 

Stock Number Breakdown of Sets, Kits, and Outfits Inventory Aid Catalog. This SKO 

catalog provides the custodian with a pictorial display of a set, kit, or outfit with the 

means to identify all included items. Selecting only those missing items should 

preclude the purchase of complete sets when only one or two items are needed. 

5.2.8 Master Packing Plan. The Master Packing Plan (MPP) is a general guide for 

the standardized packup of NCF TOA in ISO storage and shipping containers. Each 

TOA packup has some unique variances due to different dimensions of materials, 

deferred items, or availability of suitable substitutes. The Master Packing Plan 

organizes the materials within the various echelons. Facility/Group components are 

packed together in bulk containers. Configured containers with cabinetry store 

materials together within common groups and assemblies such as the Central Store 

Room and the Armory. Other specialized containers are Half-Heights for drums of 

Petroleum, Oils, and Lubricants (POL) and Flat Racks for lumber and pipe. Special 

5-4

handling of hazardous and shelf life materials is required and deferred from the initial 

packups until the TOA is readied for mobilization. The location system in the MPP 

identifies each line item within the TOA (NSN and quantity) by container and position 

inside the container, and provides designated locations for deferred and short 

materials. 

5.3 Repair Parts Support 

5.3.1 Support Criteria. In the NCF a wide range of CESE is used. Because of the 

different design characteristics of each of these CESE items, different repair parts are 

required to meet the support requirements. The NCF initial outfitting repair parts is 

designed to support new or like-new CESE for the first 1,200 construction hours and is 

computed as two 10-hour shifts, seven days per week, for the first 60 days of 

deployment. 

a. Allowance Parts List. The initial outfitting of repair parts is designed so 

that each CESE item has a list of parts -- an Allowance Parts List (APL). From these 

data a publication called a Consolidated Seabee Allowance List (COSAL) is prepared 

and distributed to the NCF unit being supported, plus one copy to the requesting 

Command and one copy to the Civil Engineer Support Office. The Naval Construction 

Battalion Center (NCBC) draws the required initial outfitting parts peculiar, called 

Modifier Code 98 kit, and parts common, called Modifier Code 96 kit and Modifier Code 

97 kit, and packages and ships the parts to the unit. Note that in correspondence the 

Consolidated Parts List is referred to as the COSAL, the repair parts peculiar as the 

Mod 98, and the repair parts common as the Mod 96 and Mod 97. 

b. Special Operating Units (SOU) New Receipts. SOUs will receive initial 

parts support for new receipts upon submission of the DD Form 1342, DoD Property 

Record, to CESO Code 1575. Stock replenishment thereafter is the responsibility of 

the user. 

5.3.2 Levels of Support. Each repair part listed on an APL is assigned a three-digit 

maintenance code that identifies one of four levels of support: "O," "G," "H," or "D." 

The first digit is the lowest maintenance level authorized to remove the item. The 

second digit indicates the lowest maintenance level authorized to repair the item. The 

third digit indicates the lowest maintenance level authorized to dispose of the item. 

Level of Support Definition 

O Major detachments with a maintenance 

capability, as defined in Chapter 4, paragraph 

4-2.2.b 

5-5

G Major detachments with an intermediate level 

maintenance capability 

H Main bodies with an intermediate maintenance 

capability, as defined in Chapter 4, paragraph 

4-2.2.b(2) 

D Depot level maintenance, not currently used by 

the NCF 

NOTE: Each higher level of support includes all lower levels. For example, "H" level includes "O" and 

"G" level items. When the second digit is "Z" the item is nonrepairable and should be 

condemned and disposed of at the level indicated in the first position maintenance code 

column. 

5.3.3 COSAL Arrangement. Each COSAL is arranged and divided into three 

separate parts. 

a. Part I. Cross Reference List. Part I consists of three equipment cross 

reference lists used to determine which APL applies to which USN Number, but they 

are sorted and printed in different sequences. Section A is printed in USN registration 

number sequence; Section B is in EC (equipment code) sequence; and Section C is in 

APL (allowance parts list) sequence. 

b. Part II. Allowance Parts List. Part II consists of APLs arranged in 

identification number sequence. The APL identification number is listed in both the 

upper and lower right corner of each APL page and consists of nine digits, such as 

950044121. 

The Part II MAJOR SEQUENCE is based on the last four digits (950044121) of 

the APL identification number (low to high), which are commonly referred to as the APL 

number. Normally, one APL number covers the complete vehicle. Exceptions are 

vehicles such as truck-mounted water distributors (one APL for the truck and another 

APL for the distributor), and mobile cranes (one APL for the carrier and another APL for 

the crane). 

The Part II MINOR SEQUENCE is based on the preceding three digits, such as 

950044121 for the fuel system group items. A list of groups covered in each APL is 

displayed on the first page of each APL, such as 950044121. The first two digits of the 

APL number (950044121) are consistent in Naval Construction Force COSALs 

because they identify the APL as NCF versus shipboard. 

c. Part III. Stock Number Sequence List. Part III consists of a Stock Number 

Sequence List (SNSL) and two repair part cross reference lists. The SNSL lists the 

5-6

COSAL provided repair parts arranged in National Item Identification Number (NIIN) 

sequence in the COSAL, to support a specified level of maintenance. The SNSL also 

lists the APL numbers each part is stocked for, the unit price, and the total COSAL 

quantity. The first cross referenced list is the manufacturer's part number to the NSN. 

The second list is NSN, in NIIN sequence to part number. If the NIIN is not included in 

the COSAL, it will not be on these lists. 

5.3.4 Repair Parts. Two basic types of repair parts are "parts peculiar," and "parts 

common." 

a. Repair Parts Peculiar. Parts applicable to a specific make and model of 

equipment are Repair Parts Peculiar. All parts peculiar to a unit are listed on the APL. 

b. Repair Parts Common. Common and consumable supplies that can be 

used on numerous types of equipment are Repair Parts Common. These items have 

been separated into a Repair Parts Common Assembly (NAVSUP Modifier 96 and 

Modifier 97 kits) to reduce overstocking that could occur if these items were carried 

within separate Repair Parts Peculiar Allowance Parts Lists. The Mod 96 and Mod 97 

kits are designed to supplement Repair Parts Peculiar for the first 60 days or 1,200 

construction hours of a contingency operation. The Mod 97 kits are packaged as 

Modular Assemblies. A Mod 97 kit consists of 29 different kits, Mod 96 kit consists of 

19 different kits, each of which has been assigned an individual APL number. This 

allows Repair Parts Common Assemblies to be printed in the same COSAL format and 

arrangement as Mod 98 kits. Also, illustrated CESO catalogs are provided called 

NAVSUP Modifier Code 96 and 97 Catalogs. 

5.4 COSAL Allowance Changes 

5.4.1 COSAL Deficiencies. Most Consolidated Seabee Allowance List (COSAL) 

deficiency reports result from errors on individual Allowance Parts Lists (APL). 

Because these same APLs are frequently used in other COSALs, any identified error 

must be reported to CESO immediately on NAVSUP Form 1220-2, Allowance Change 

Request/Report (Figure 5-1). If a NAVSUP Form 1220-2 is not available, the same 

information should be submitted by letter to CESO Code 1574. 

5.4.2 CESO Responsibilities. The Civil Engineer Support Office (CESO) shall 

thoroughly research each report to ascertain its validity and, where appropriate, CESO 

shall request that Navy Inventory Control Point (NAVICP) make necessary APL 

changes. The activity originally submitting the report shall then be notified of the 

action taken. Changes that affect several COSALs shall be listed in the CESO 

Maintenance Bulletin. 

5-7

FIGURE 5-1 Allowance Change Request/Report 

NAVSUP Form 1220-2 

5.4.3 Completion of NAVSUP Form 1220-2. Prepare an original and one copy (more 

if required by Command) for each report submitted. Multiple errors may be listed on 

one form if they relate to the same APL and component identification group. Retain 

one copy for file and submit the original to CESO. Most reported problems require 

extensive research; therefore, the originator should include all available information 

and attach any supporting documentation; for example, VIN, line setting tickets, 

component model numbers/codes. The following detailed instructions are a ready 

reference. 

5-8

Block Entry 

1 From: Originating unit To: CESO Code 1574 Via: Use only if required 

by the Command. 

2 Date: Date the report was prepared. Serial Number: Sequential number 

assigned by originator to track and identify the NAVSUP Form 1220-2. 

3 APL/AEL/RIC Number: Allowance Parts List/Allowance Equipage 

List/Repairable Identification Code number and USN number that apply to 

the report. 

4 Status of Requested/Allowed Item: Check appropriate block(s). 

5 National Stock Number (NSN) or CAGE and Part Number: Stock number 

or code and part number of item affected by the change. If a request is 

made for the replacement of one item with another, enter the item to be 

deleted first, followed by the item recommended as the replacement. 

6 Equipment/Component (E/C) or Item Nomenclature: Enter nomenclature 

corresponding with NSN or CAGE and part number. 

7 Unit of Issue: Self-explanatory. 

8 Unit Price: Not required by CESO. 

9 Present Quantity Allowed: How many are shown on present APL? 

10 New Total Quantity: How many should be shown on APL? 

11 Extended Value of Change: Not required by CESO. 

12 Justification: Indicate reason for requested change. If existing item is 

incorrect, explain why it doesn't work. 

13 Copy To: For internal use as required by Command. 

14 Signature: Requires signature of person authorized to report/request 

allowance changes, usually the Maintenance Supervisor. 

15 First Endorsement: Leave blank. This block will be used by CESO to 

indicate to the submitter what action has been taken. 

5-9

NOTE: Manufacturers identify vehicle component parts with unit/division codes. 

Forward copies of line set tickets, bill of materials, calibration codes, 

service parts identification labels, certification labels, or any parts 

identification information associated with a piece of equipment, with the 

NAVSUP Form 1220-2. 

5.5 Technical Manuals 

5.5.1 Provision of Technical Manuals. An effective equipment management 

program needs technical data and guides for each item of equipment. Within the NCF, 

operator manuals, lubrication charts, parts manuals, and shop repair manuals are 

included in each unit's parts peculiar COSAL under NCBC Port Hueneme local stock 

number "0NL-7610-LL-Lxx-xxxx." The quantity of technical manuals (TM) is determined 

by the same methods used for repair parts. This provides one copy for each piece of 

equipment of the same make and model assigned to the unit; two copies for two pieces 

of the same make and model; three copies for three to eight pieces of the same make 

and model; and four copies for nine to twenty pieces of the same make and model 

equipment. 

5.5.2 CESO Responsibilities. The Civil Engineer Support Office directs and 

administers the technical manual support program for NCF Units and requires 

equipment manufacturers to furnish the appropriate TMs with every purchase. These 

TMs can be military (U.S. Army, USMC, USAF), Commercial (standard manufacturers), 

or modified Commercial (standard manufacturers TMs modified to meet specific 

requirements). 

5.5.3 Construction Battalion Center Responsibilities. Based on COSAL 

computations, NCBC Port Hueneme provides TMs to NCF units with the repair parts 

packup. 

5.5.4 Manual Maintenance. All NCF units shall maintain all TMs listed in their 

COSAL. Inventory control of TMs must be maintained through periodic inventories and 

check-out procedures because replacement manuals for older equipment are usually 

hard to obtain. Manuals in excess of COSAL quantities must be returned to NCBC Port 

Hueneme marked for "M3 Stock." If the COSAL lists incorrect TMs or does not list all 

the required TMs, submit a NAVSUP Form 1220-2 to CESO in accordance with 

paragraph 5.4.3. Technical Manuals that are lost, damaged, worn out, or otherwise 

unserviceable shall be replaced by submission of funded requisitions to NCBC Port 

Hueneme. The requisitions shall include the TM stock numbers from the COSAL. If 

not available all TM identification and equipment identification that includes USN 

number, make, model, year of manufacture, serial numbers, and original procurement 

contract number, will be provided. 

5-10

5.6 Issue Request Document 

56.1 Single Line-Item Consumption Document. NAVSUP Form 1250-1, Single 

Line Item Consumption Document (Figure 52), is used as authorization to draw 

material from the storeroom and to request not in stock (NE) or not carried (NC) items 

from the unit supply. NAVSUP Form 1250-l is a seven-part snap set with copies 

colored white (original), white (copy), green, blue, pink, yellow, and buff (hard back). 

Colored copies of the NAVSUP 1250-l will be distributed in accordance with NAVSUP 

P-485, Afloat Supply Procedures, Chapter 6 and the Seabee Supply Manual 4400.3, 

Chapter 6. 

USE TYPEWRITER OR BALL-POINT PEN PRESS HARD 

FIGURE 5-2. Single Line-Item Consumption Document 


5-11


5.6.2 Completion of NAVSUP Form 1250-1. The NAVSUP Form 1250-1 shall be 

prepared, processed, and transmitted in accordance with NAVSUP P-485 and 

directives such as the Seabee Supply Manual, 4400.3. The forms shall be prepared 

with either a ballpoint pen or typewriter. Confusion between the numeral zero and the 

letter O shall be avoided by using the communication 0 (or virgule) for zero. A detailed 

explanation of each of the form's data blocks that pertain to maintenance personnel is 

listed below. Blocks marked with an asterisk (*) must be completed by maintenance 

personnel before submitting the form to Supply. 

Block Entry 

*1 Material Request Date. Enter the Julian date that the form is submitted to 

Supply. 

*2 Department No. Enter the internal control number assigned to each form 

submitted to Supply for procurement of material. 

*3 Urgency. Enter the Urgency-of-Need Designator (UND) "A," "B," or "C" as 

appropriate. UNDs are defined as follows: 

UND A. The requirement is immediate. Without the material, the 

unit cannot perform its mission. 

UND B. The requirement is immediate or shall be in the future. 

Without this material, the unit's capability shall be impaired. 

The designator can be used to order stock for missionessential 

equipment when the last (minimum replacement 

unit) item has been issued off the shelf. 

UND C. Routine requirements. 

*4 Required Delivery Date (RDD). Enter the Julian date that delivery of the material 

is required. Entered only when the required item is not in stock (NIS) or not 

carried (NC) and the priority authorized will not provide timely delivery. 

5 Location. Supply entry. 

6 Selected Item Management (SIM/Non-SIM). Supply entry. 

7 Material Issue Date. Supply entry. 

*8 Noun Name or Reference Symbol. Enter nomenclature or noun name of 

the item requested. 

5-12

Block Entry 

*9 Failed Part Replacement (FPR). Annotate it. For example, a 

replacement pump failed (did not wear out). 

10 Allowance Parts List/Allowance Equipage List/Component Identification 

(APL/AEL/CID). Enter the APL number or TOA assembly number of the 

equipment for which the item is requested. 

11 Inventory. Supply entry. 

12 Not In Stock/No Carried (NIS/NC). Supply entry. 

13 Unit Identification Code (UIC). Prefix the UIC by the appropriate service 

designator code: "R" for Pacific, "V" for Atlantic, and "N" for other units. 

14 Work Center Code. Supply entry. 

15 Job Sequence Number (JSN). The JSN is a four-digit numeric. When the 

material being documented is not identified to a specific ERO, such as 

Pre-Expended Bin (PEB), and SHOP USE material, the JSN block shall 

be filled with zeros. When JSN "0000" is used, print "PEB" or "SHOP 

USE," as applicable in Remarks Block 29. For maintenance and repair of 

specific CESE items, each ERO shall be given a JSN sequentially 

assigned between the numbers 0001 and 9999. 

*16 Enter "Z100000" except for PEB or SHOP USE material, for which 

"X000000" is entered. 

17 Equipment COSAL Supported Yes/No. Supply entry. 

18 Source Code. Supply entry. 

19 Cognizance (COG). Enter the numeric-alpha cognizance symbol of the 

NSN listed in Blocks 21 and 22. 

21/23 National Stock Number/Navy Item Control Number (NSN/NICN); includes 

Special Materials Identification Code (SMIC), if applicable. For part 

number items, the Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) must be 

indicated, followed by the part number. When the manufacturer's part 

number consists of ten digits or less, the part number shall begin in the 

second position of Block 22 and may continue through Block 23. The 

five-digit CAGE Code, if known, shall be entered in Block 21 and the first 

position of Block 22. If the CAGE Code is not known and cannot be 

5-13

determined, Block 21 and the first position of Block 22 shall be left blank. 

When a part number exceeds ten digits, an asterisk (*) shall be entered in 

the first position of Block 21 and a corresponding asterisk shall be 

entered in data Block 29 preceding the CAGE/part number. 

When a part number exceeds ten digits, an asterisk (*) shall be entered in 

the first position of Block 21 and a corresponding asterisk shall be 

entered in data Block 29 preceding the CAGE/part number. 

*24 Unit of Issue (U/I). Enter unit of issue. 

*25 Quantity. Enter quantity requested. 

26 Unit Price. Enter unit price of material. 

27 Extended Price. Enter unit price times quantity. 

28 Fund. Supply entry. 

*29 Remarks. USN number and equipment description data when there is no 

APL. Enter additional information pertinent to the requested item. For 

parts without an NSN, enter the manufacturer's five-character CAGE 

code, part number, technical manual title and publication number, page 

number, figure number, and item number. 

*30 Approved by. Signature of the Maintenance Supervisor or the designated 

representative. 

31 Received by. Signature and grade or rate of the person who receives the 

material. 

A Requisitioned Quantity (Reqn Qty). Supply entry. 

B Requisition Number (Reqn No). Supply entry. 

C Obligated Amount (Obl Amt). Supply entry. 

D Posted. Supply entry. 

E Supply entry. 

5-14

5.6.3 Nonavailability of Parts. If the required part is not immediately available, 

Supply shall annotate the NAVSUP Form 1250-1 with data that concerns like items on 

order but not received, mark the form NIS (Not In Stock) or NC (Not Carried) and return 

the form to the mechanic. The Maintenance Supervisor or higher authority shall assign 

priority and authorize the part to be ordered. Cost Control shall assign a department 

order number for each part ordered, starting with the number 0001, and forward the 

copies back to Supply for ordering. Parts on order are called "parts pending" if they 

were ordered to replenish stock. If parts were ordered for a specific USN number of 

CESE, they are called "direct turnover" (DTO) parts. 

5.7 Repair Parts Status and Accountability 

5.7.1 Direct Turnover Parts Procedures. The Maintenance Supervisor assigns 

priorities for all NAVSUP Forms 1250-1 marked NIS or NC, and completes Blocks 3 

and 4. The Maintenance Supervisor (or higher authority) authorizes all NAVSUP 

Forms 1250-1 for procurement by signing Block 30. 

All NAVSUP Forms 1250-1 for NIS or NC material must pass to the Cost 

Control/DTO Clerk who enters an order number in Block 2 of the form, annotates the 

Direct Turnover (DTO) Log, annotates the Repair Part Summary Sheet, and then 

submits the form to the unit Supply. 

Supply completes the ordering actions and issues a Procurement Document. 

Supply shall assign a requisition number to each Procurement Document, and enters 

this requisition number in Block B of the form, and returns the yellow (Y) copy to the 

Cost Control/DTO Clerk. 

The Cost Control/DTO Clerk enters the requisition number on the DTO Log and 

the Summary Sheet, and files the yellow copy with the correct Summary Sheet. The 

Cost Control/DTO Clerk shall maintain accountability and status of all parts on order by 

periodically requesting status from Supply. When Supply receives the ordered repair 

part, a copy of the NAVSUP Form 1250-1 is forwarded to the Cost Control/DTO Clerk 

who must then determine if the part is still required. 

Questionable items shall be discussed with the Maintenance Supervisor. Parts 

that are not required shall not be stored in the DTO bins; they shall be returned to 

Supply for return to stock, in accordance with Supply regulations. The Cost 

Control/DTO Clerk tags each repair part with the correct USN number, PM Group, and 

the yellow (Y) copy of the NAVSUP Form 1250-1, and dates the DTO Log and the 

Summary Sheet to show that the item was received. 

The part is stored in the DTO bin, and the pink (P) copy of the form is filed with 

the appropriate Summary Sheet. The Summary Sheet can now be used as a record to 

show what parts were stored in the DTO bins. 

5-15

When the part is issued, line through the received date (column 6) with a yellow 

marker pen to show that the part is no longer in the bin. If the received part is for a 

deadlined piece of equipment, notify the Maintenance Supervisor who decides if 

enough parts are available to restart work on the vehicle. 

Each time an Equipment Repair Order (ERO) is issued, the Cost Control/DTO 

Clerk checks the Repair Parts Summary Sheets to determine if parts are stored in the 

DTO bin for the USN number. If so, the Cost Control/DTO Clerk attaches a note to the 

ERO to alert the Shop Supervisor who shall ensure that the parts are either used or 

returned to Supply. The DTO bin for the PM group that was worked through the shop 

yesterday should be empty today, because all parts should have been used or returned 

to Supply. The only exception is when all the required parts have not been received for 

a vehicle. 

5.7.2 Direct Turnover Status-Keeping Records. Each department that orders 

material is required to maintain records to manage and control requisitions. This 

information must be maintained in a standardized and logical manner, since log 

procurement lead times and periodic rotation of units and personnel increase the 

changes that the part will be received by someone who did not originally place the 

order. The unit's Cost Control/DTO Clerk shall maintain the maintenance shop's DTO 

records. 

When requesting status from Supply, the Cost Control/DTO Clerk must be able 

to identify the requisition number in which he is interested. Accurate DTO records 

allow the Cost Control/DTO Clerk to identify the USN numbered equipment for which 

each part was ordered. The DTO repair parts status keeping system described in the 

paragraphs that follow provide excellent accountability with minimum effort. This 

system consists of two records designed to be used together: (1) the DTO Log (Figure 

5-3), and (2) the Repair Parts Summary Sheet (Figure 5-4). These records may be 

kept in the form of a book or a loose-leaf binder. In addition, a secure area to store 

received parts must be available. 

Dept. 

No. 

Julian Date PMG USN NSN Desc. Qty. PRI Req. No. Rec'd. 

0001 3003 01 48-00123 2815-00-739-6098 Valve 1 C 4010-2111 

0002 3003 01 48-00123 2815-00-962-5622 Spring 1 C 4010-2112 

0003 3010 06 96-11031 2810-00-950-8385 Injector 6 A 

FIGURE 5-3. Direct Turnover (DTO) Log 

5-16

5.7.3 Direct Turnover Log Maintenance. Fill in the columns in the DTO Log (Figure 

5-3) as follows: 

Column Entry 

1 Department Order Number. Enter the internal control number assigned to 

each NAVSUP Form 1250-1 submitted to Supply, numbered in sequence 

starting with number 0001. This column is maintained so that the last 

NAVSUP Form 1250-1 entered is the last part ordered. 

2 Julian Date. Enter the date the NAVSUP Form 1250-1 was submitted to 

Supply. 

3 PM Group. Enter the preventive maintenance group in which the USN 

number is assigned. 

4 USN Number. Enter the USN registration number of the vehicle for which 

the part was ordered. 

5 NSN Number. Enter the NSN or the CAGE and part number of the 

ordered item. 

6 Description. Enter nomenclature or noun name of ordered item. 

7 Quantity. Enter the amount ordered. 

8 Priority. Enter the priority letter/number. 

9 Requisition Number. Enter the requisition number from Block B when the 

NAVSUP Form 1250-1 yellow (Y) copy is returned from Supply. 

10 Received. Enter the date received. 

5.7.4 Repair Parts Summary Sheets. Repair Parts Summary Sheets (Figure 5-4) 

show all parts on order for each vehicle. One sheet is maintained for each assigned 

USN number, and the Repair Parts Summary Sheets are filed in PM group order. All 

preventive maintenance EROs go to the Cost Control/DTO Clerk to avoid accidental 

reordering of items and to allow the clerk to attach notification (DD Form 1250-1) to the 

ERO to show that the parts are in the DTO bin. Repair Parts Summary Sheets provide 

reference to determine the quantity of parts received from a multiple order, such as 

parts for an engine overhaul. When equipment is to be transferred or disposed of, the 

Repair Parts Summary Sheet is used to identify outstanding requisitions so that they 

may be canceled. 

5-17

Date Dept. No. Req. No. UND Nomenclature Follow-Up Rec'd. 

96018 0009 2021-2211 C Gasket Set 1/31 2/28 

96189 0161 2230-2713 B Injector 8/28 9/15 10/2 10/11 

96330 0218 B Raincap 

FIGURE 5-4. Repair Parts Summary Sheet 

a. Repair Parts Summary Sheet Maintenance. The columns required on a 

Repair Parts Summary Sheet are listed below and explained as follows: 

Column Entry 

Header Equipment Code and USN Number. Fill in numbers. One sheet for each 

USN number. 

1 Julian Date. Enter the date the NAVSUP Form 1250-1 was submitted to 

Supply. 

2 Department Order Number. The number entered in Block 2 of NAVSUP 

Form 1250-1 prior to submittal to Supply. This number serves as a crossindex 

between the DTO Log and the Repair Parts Summary Sheet. 

3 Requisition Number. Enter the requisition number from Block B of the 

NAVSUP Form 1250-1 when the yellow (Y) copy of the form is returned 

from Supply. 

4 Urgency-of-Need Designator. Enter the urgency of need designator 

(UND) from Block 3 of the NAVSUP Form 1250-1. 

5 Nomenclature. Enter description or noun name of the ordered item. 

6 Follow-Up. Enter dates when Cost Control/DTO Clerk requested status 

from Supply. 

5-18

Column Entry 

7 Received. Enter the date the ordered item is received. This column 

should allow room to explain and cross-reference cancellations, partial 

shipments, and reorders. Always enter the new Department Order 

Number on all reorders. 

b. Deadline Parts Action. The same procedure is followed for Deadline 

Parts Action as outlined above, except that the Repair Parts Summary Sheet is filed 

with the complete Equipment Repair Order in the deadline file. 

5.7.5 Direct Turnover Parts Storage. The DTO bins require a secure area large 

enough to contain 40 cubes measuring 12 inches by 12 inches by 12 inches (minimum) 

to store DTO parts. Each cube must be labeled with a Preventive Maintenance Group. 

When DTO parts are received, they must be placed in the cube that corresponds to the 

PM group of the equipment that require the parts. This area must be able to be locked, 

and must be remote from the repair parts room. 

5-19

APPENDIX A. DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 

Note: Definitions and terms pertinent to this publication are as follows: 

Administrative Use Motor Vehicles. The term "administrative use motor vehicles" 

means all wheeled-type pneumatic-tired motor vehicles normally of commercial design and 

transport type which are used for the movement of supplies, personnel, and equipment in 

providing administrative logistic support to installations or activities, including support of 

Government personnel at contractor-operated facilities. Vehicles of military design may 

also be designated and used for administrative purposes in which case they are so 

classified. 

Automotive Vehicles. The term "automotive vehicles" includes trailers and all 

self-propelled motor vehicles designed for highway or cross-country operations. 

Specifically included are buses, sedans, trucks, carryalls, station wagons, ambulances, 

refuelers, defuelers, truck trailers, brush, structural, aircraft fire fighting, and rescue 

operation trucks. It does not include bicycles, vehicles designed primarily for use on rails, 

construction equipment, materials handling equipment, amphibious vehicles, or vehicles 

(with or without armor) designed for active participation in combat. 

Base. The word base (on base/off base), as used in this publication means: 

"within the perimeter boundaries of a U.S. Government installation." 

Budget Year. This term is defined as the year two years after the current year. 

Bus. A vehicle specifically designed and manufactured to carry more than 16 

passengers (including the driver). 

Civil Engineering Support Equipment (CESE). The term "Civil Engineering 

Support Equipment" is synonymous with the term "transportation equipment" used in this 

publication. CESE is a procurement budget term referring to equipment for which 

COMNAVFACENGCOM has the responsibility for determining requirements, procuring, 

and assigning. The equipment includes automotive vehicles, construction, railway, fire 

fighting, and mobile weight handling equipment. Weight handling equipment such as 

portal, gantry, jib and other facility cranes normally fixed are not classified as CESE. 

Claimant. Claimant or Major Claimant, as used in this publication, is an Echelon II 

Command, responsible for inventory objectives assigned to activities for Civil Engineering 

Support Equipment (CESE). 

Commercial Motor Vehicle. A commercial motor vehicle is defined as being a 

vehicle that (1) has a manufacturer’s gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) or gross 

combination weight rating (GCWR) of 26,001 pounds or more, or has a GCWR, inclusive of 

A-1

a towed unit with a GVWR of more than 10,000 pounds, or (2) is designed to carry 16 or 

more passengers, including the driver, or (3) is of any size and used in the transportation of 

hazardous materials in a quantity requiring placarding by federal law or regulations. 

Construction Equipment. The term "Construction Equipment" means all 

mechanical equipment used in the construction, alteration, or repair of buildings, bridges, 

roads, or other kinds of real property. It includes pile drivers, power shovels and cranes 

with special attachments, road rollers, tractors, scrapers, plows, street sweepers, sprinkle 

carts, and the like; and portable boilers, pumps, and air compressors. It also includes such 

stationary machines and mechanical apparatus as rock crushing plants, concrete batching 

and mixing plants, and similar equipment used exclusively in the construction and 

maintenance of public works. When used as a general term "Construction Equipment" 

includes mobile weight handling equipment. 

Current Year. This term is defined as the fiscal year during which the inventory 

objective and requirements review is to be submitted. 

Defense Business Operating Fund (DBOF) Activities. DBOF activities are those 

activities engaged in producing goods or providing services on a reimbursable basis. For 

the purposes of this instruction, DBOF activities are those activities authorized to purchase 

Class III property from their revolving fund. Examples of DBOF activities are naval 

shipyards, public works centers, research laboratories, and weapons stations. 

Engineering Field Activity (EFA). The term “Engineering Field Activity” as used in 

this publication refers to the Commanding Officers of the Chesapeake, Mediterranean, 

Northwest, West, and Great Lakes activities of the Engineering Field Divisions (EFDs). 

Engineering Field Division (EFD). The term "Engineering Field Division" as used 

in this publication refers to the Commander/Commanding Officer of the Pacific, Atlantic, 

Northern, Southern, and Southwestern Divisions of COMNAVFACENGCOM. 

Expense Items. Expense items are equipment with a unit cost of less than 

$100,000 which are not designated for centralized, individual item management. 

COMNAVFACENGCOM is the central manager for CESE. Accordingly, all CESE listed in 

the CASEMIS descriptive reference table will be included in the procedures of this manual 

regardless of the unit cost. 

Hire of Motor Vehicles. This term includes charter or rental arrangements with 

commercial contractors or with the General Services Administration from its interagency 

motor pools. Hire of motor vehicles is further defined as "charter" when the driver is 

provided by the contractor, and as "rental" or "lease" when military or civilian personnel of 

DoD are used as drivers. 

A-2

Incidental Driver. A person, other than a motor vehicle operator, required to 

operate a motor vehicle to carry out their assigned duties. 

Inventory. This term is defined as the equipment on-hand and carried on the 

activity plant account records. This equipment shall be used to fill authorized inventory 

objectives. Inventory excess to inventory objectives shall not be acquired or retained for 

temporary convenience. 

Inventory Objective (IO). This term is defined as the quantity of equipment 

authorized to be held in inventory. The sum of each equipment code authorized Navy-wide 

becomes the inventory objective and is utilized in the annual CESE budget. 

Maintenance. The term "maintenance" or "preventive maintenance" as used in this 

publication denotes all work functions performed on transportation equipment to determine, 

prevent, or correct physical damage and mechanical malfunctioning in the degree 

necessary to continue or restore the equipment to a safe and serviceable condition. The 

term "maintenance" includes the functions designated as inspection, lubrication, 

adjustment, service, repair, rebuild, part replacement, overhaul, and rehabilitation. 

Material Handling Equipment (MHE). The term "material handling equipment" 

means all self-propelled and conveyor equipment used in storage and materials handling 

operations in and around warehouses, shipyards, industrial plants, airfields, magazines, 

depots, docks, terminals, and on-board ships. Included are warehouse tractors, forklift 

trucks, rough terrain forklift trucks, pallet trucks, conveyors and conveyor systems, and 

straddle carrying trucks. The Naval Supply Systems Command (NAVSUP) has cognizance 

over MHE. 

Motor Vehicle. Any self-propelled vehicle designed and operated for transporting 

property or passengers. 

Motor Vehicle Operator. A person regularly required to operate a motor vehicle 

as their primary employment responsibility. 

Non-passenger Carrying Vehicles. The term "non-passenger carrying vehicles" 

means conventional type trucks and trailers that in general are not primarily intended for 

transportation of personnel. Although scooters, motorcycles, multiple-drive weapons 

carriers, jeeps, and prime movers can be used to transport personnel, all are classed as 

non-passenger carrying vehicles. 

Overhaul. To disassemble/dismantle in order to examine thoroughly and make 

needed repairs to an individual component. 

A-3

Overseas Command. The term "overseas command" includes certain Fleet and 

Force commands in overseas areas that have responsibilities for field coordination control 

of transportation equipment matters. 

Passenger Carrying Vehicles. The term "passenger carrying vehicles" means 

sedans, station wagons, ambulances, and buses. 

Public Works Department (PWD)/Public Works Center (PWC). PWDs and 

PWCs have the mission of providing the full range of public works services, including 

utilities, facilities maintenance, housing, transportation, engineering services, shore 

facilities planning support, and all other public works support required by operating forces, 

dependent activities, and others located at, and in the vicinity of, the naval complex being 

served. 

Railway Equipment. The term "railway equipment" means all Navy-owned 

locomotives and rolling stock designed primarily for use on rails. 

Remanufacture. The term "remanufacture" is defined as a process involving the 

repair of an asset to such an extent that it meets the characteristics typical of the same type 

of equipment presently coming off the production line. In general, this process requires the 

replacement of approximately 80% of the components of the asset with new state of the art 

parts and systems. 

Repair. The term "repair" is defined as those maintenance functions which restore 

individual parts, components, or assemblies of an equipment unit to a safe, serviceable 

condition. The term "repair" includes unit overhaul and unit replacement. 

Resource Sponsor. A resource sponsor is a Deputy or Assistant Chief of Naval 

Operations (DCNO/ACNO) or Director of a Major Staff Office, who is responsible for 

programming all resources to support his/her specific mission area. The Resource 

Sponsor for all Navy OPN funded CESE is N4 (Deputy Chief of Naval Operations, 

Logistics). 

Service Life Extension Program (SLEP). The term "SLEP" is defined as any 

one-time group of major repairs/overhauls specifically planned and scheduled over a 

limited period of time which has the effect of extending the service life of the equipment two 

or more years. 

Special Use Vehicles. The term "special use vehicles" describes all vehicles not 

otherwise classified as administrative use motor vehicles. It is used to officially designate 

those vehicles which may be excluded from the general utilization program. It is applicable 

to those vehicles which are commercially designed to achieve a purpose which precludes 

its use in day-to-day, over-the-road operations. Examples of such vehicles are fire trucks 

A-4

and wreckers. The term includes vehicles originally designed for general transport but to 

which a unit of equipment has now been affixed which precludes its use as an 

administrative use motor vehicle. It does not include a unit otherwise used as an 

administrative use motor vehicle, but to which is temporarily attached (as a local expedient) 

an item of equipment such as a snowplow blade. The determination that the special 

purpose category applies will be made by the TEMCs. 

Specialized Equipment. The term "specialized equipment" describes vehicles or 

equipment which are designed, developed, and constructed for any office or command for 

its own predominant use in performance of a service peculiar to that command or office. It 

includes equipment which, though built with a standard engine and chassis, are otherwise 

modified to such a major extent that it can only be used by the specific command or office. 

This type equipment would normally be funded for by the specific command with sole use 

and/or ownership. 

Standard Family Equipment Items. Standard family equipment items are 

commercially available and represent equipment designs/configurations that will meet most 

activity transportation requirements. Selection of items from the standard family of 

equipment should be made to the maximum extent possible since standardization by make 

or model is not permitted. 

Transportation Equipment. The term "transportation equipment" used in this 

publication includes all types of automotive vehicles, construction, railway, fire fighting, and 

mobile weight handling equipment. 

Transportation Equipment Management Center (TEMC). This term means the 

component within NAVFACENGCOM EFDs located in Norfolk and Pearl Harbor 

responsible for providing technical assistance to designated Commands/Major Claimants 

and to all field activities on a geographic basis, on transportation equipment inventory 

objectives and for administering the assignment, replacement, disposal, maintenance, and 

utilization of transportation equipment. Also, for the purpose of this publication, CESO 

Code 157 and the Equipment offices of COMSECONDNCB and COMTHIRDNCB perform 

many of the same functions as LANT/PAC TEMCs and are considered TEMCs for the 

NCFs and SOUs. 

Weight Handling Equipment (WHE). The term "weight handling equipment" 

includes mobile or transportable truck, crawler and railway mounted locomotive cranes 

normally used for lifting, moving, and placing heavy material or equipment. The term also 

includes captive cranes of the gantry/portal and hammerhead type which are not included 

in the CESE program. (For detailed WHE terms and instructions, see NAVFAC P-307). 

A-5

APPENDIX B. ABBREVIATIONS 

2C COGNIZANCE EQUIPMENT. CIVIL ENGINEERNG 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (CESE) 

3-CCP 3-COLOR CAMOUFLAGE PATTERNS 

ABFC ADVANCED BASE FUNCTIONAL COMPONENT 

ABFHS AMPHIBIOUS BUOYANT FUEL HOSE SYSTEM 

ACU NAVAL ASSAULT CRAFT UNIT 

ACR ALLOWANCE CHANGE REQUEST 

AD AIR DETACHMENT 

ADP AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING 

AE AIR ECHELON 

AEL ALLOWANCE EQUIPAGE LIST 

AFFF AQUEOUS FILM FORMING FOAM 

ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE 

APL ALLOWANCE PARTS LIST 

ARFF AIRCRAFT RESCUE AND FIRE FIGHTING 

AUTODIN AUTOMATIC DIGITAL NETWORK (a DoD TELETYPE 

SYSTEM) 

AUTOVON AUTOMATIC VOICE NETWORK (NOW DSN) 

AVGAS AVIATION GASOLINE 

BARR BIENNIAL ALLOWANCE AND REQUIREMENTS REVIEW 

BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER 

BMEP BREAK MEAN EFFECTIVE PRESSURE 

BMU NAVAL BEACHMASTER UNIT 

BOAC BILLING OFFICE ADDRESS CODE 

BUMED BUREAU OF MEDICINE AND SURGERY 

BUPERS BUREAU OF NAVAL PERSONNEL 

CA COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES 

CAC COST ACCOUNT CODE 

CAGE COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY CODE 

(MANUFACTURERS’ CODES) 

CAMEO COMPUTER ASSISTED MAINTENANCE & EQUIPMENT 

OPERATIONS 

CARC CHEMICAL AGENT RESISTANT COATING 

CASEMIS CONSTRUCTION, AUTOMOTIVE, AND SPECIALIZED 

EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM 

CBC CONSTRUCTION BATTALION CENTER 

CBMU CONSTRUCTION BATTALION MAINTENANCE UNIT 

CBU CONSTRUCTION BATTALION UNIT 

CED CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT DEPARTMENT 

CEEI CIVIL ENGINEER END ITEMS 

CESE CIVIL ENGINEERING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 

CESO CIVIL ENGINEER SUPPORT OFFICE 

CDL COMMERCIAL DRIVER'S LICENSE 

CDLP COMMERCIAL DRIVER'S LICENSE PROGRAM 

B-1

CFE CONTRACTOR FURNISHED EQUIPMENT 

CHB CARGO HANDLING BATTALION 

CHTB CARGO HANDLING TRAINING BATTALION 

CID COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION 

CINCLANTFLT COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF, ATLANTIC FLEET 

CINCPACFLT COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF, PACIFIC FLEET 

CINCUSNAVEUR COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF, U.S. NAVAL FORCES, EUROPE 

CNET CHIEF, NAVAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING 

CNO CHIEF OF NAVAL OPERATIONS 

COCOWARGRU COMMAND AND CONTROL WARFARE GROUPS 

COG COGNIZANCE 

COMNAVFACENGCOM COMMANDER, NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING 

COMMAND 

COMNAVOCEANCOM COMMANDER, NAVAL OCEANOGRAPHY COMMAND 

COMNAVRESFOR COMMANDER NAVAL RESERVE FORCE 

COMSECONDNCB COMMANDER, SECOND NAVAL CONSTRUCTION 

BRIGADE (ATLANTIC) 

COMTHIRDNCB COMMANDER, THIRD NAVAL CONSTRUCTION BRIGADE 

(PACIFIC) 

COSAL CONSOLIDATED SEABEE ALLOWANCE LIST 

CPM CYCLES PER MINUTE 

CPP CAPITAL PURCHASE PROGRAM 

CSNP CAUSEWAY SECTION, NONPOWERED 

CSP CAUSEWAY SECTION, POWERED 

CSR CENTRAL STOREROOM 

CSC CONVENTION FOR SAFE CONTAINERS 

CTR CENTRAL TOOLROOM 

CULT COMMON USE MILITARY LAND TRANSPORTATION 

CW CURB WEIGHT 

DAAS DEFENSE AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SYSTEM 

DBHP DRAWBAR HORSEPOWER 

DBOF DEFENSE BUSINESS OPERATIONS FUND 

DBPP DRAWBAR POUNDS PULL 

DD DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

DED DIESEL ENGINE DRIVEN 

D&F DETERMINATION AND FINDING 

DFM DOWN-FOR-MAINTENANCE 

DFS DOWN-FOR-SUPPLY 

DISREP DISCREPANCY IN SHIPPING REPORT 

DLA DEFENSE LOGISTICS AGENCY 

DoD DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE 

DoT DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION 

DRMO DEFENSE REUTILIZATION MARKETING OFFICE 

DSN DEFENSE SWITCHED NETWORK (FORMERLY 

AUTOVON) 

DTO DIRECT TURNOVER 

E ELECTRICAL 

B-2

E/C EQUIPMENT/COMPONENT 

EC EQUIPMENT CODE (FORMERLY ECC) 

EFD ENGINEERING FIELD DIVISION 

EIR EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION RECORD 

ELCAS ELEVATED CAUSEWAY 

EM EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE 

EMD ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVEN 

EMS EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 

EO EQUIPMENT OPERATION 

EODGRU NAVAL EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE DISPOSAL GROUP 

EPS ENGINEERED PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 

ERO EQUIPMENT REPAIR ORDER 

FACSO FACILITIES SYSTEMS OFFICE (NAVAL FACILITIES 

ENGINGEERING COMMAND) 

FADS FUEL AUTOMATED DATA SYSTEMS 

FAFE FLEET AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY 

FAR FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION 

FHTA FLEET HOSPITAL TRAINING ACTIVITY 

FLEHOSPSUPPOFF FLEET HOSPITAL SUPPORT OFFICE 

FPM FEDERAL PERSONNEL MANUAL 

FPMR FEDERAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT REGULATION 

FRP FAILED REPLACEMENT PART 

FSN FEDERAL STOCK NUMBER 

GCW GROSS COMBINATION WEIGHT 

GED GASOLINE ENGINE DRIVEN 

GFE GOVERNMENT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT 

GOCO GOVERNMENT OWNED, CONTRACTOR OPERATED 

GSA GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION 

GSE GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 

GVW GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT 

GVWR GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT RATING 

H HYDRAULIC 

HM-14, HM-15 HELICOPTER MINE COUNTERMEASURE SQUADRONS 

HTW-ONE HELICOPTER TACTICAL WING ONE 

HP HORSEPOWER 

ICCN ISO CONTAINER CONTROL NUMBER 

ID IDENTIFICATION 

IEEE INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS 

IG INSPECTOR GENERAL 

ILO INTEGRATED LOGISTICS OVERHAUL 

ILS INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT 

INST INSTRUCTION 

I&R INVENTORY AND REGISTRATION 

ISIC IMMEDIATE SUPERIOR IN CHARGE 

ISO INTERNATIONAL STANDARIZATION ORGANIZATION 

J&A JUSTIFICATION AND APPROVAL 

B-3

JAG JUDGE ADVOCATE GENERAL 

JCCO JOINT CONTAINER CONTROL OFFICE (BAYONNE, NEW 

JERSEY). WORLD-WIDE TRACKING AND REPORTING 

OF DoD ISO CONTAINER FLEET 

JCN JOB CONTROL NUMBER 

JSN JOB SEQUENCE NUMBER 

JTR JOINT TRAVEL REGULATION 

LANTNAVFACENGCOM ATLANTIC DIVISION, NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING 

COMMAND 

LPG LIQUIFIED PETROLEUM GAS 

M MECHANICAL 

MCRL MASTER CROSS REFERENCE LIST 

MDSU MOBILE DIVING AND SALVAGE UNIT 

MEO MOST EFFICIENT ORGANIZATION 

MHE MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT 

MILVAN MILITARY VAN (CONTAINER) 

MIS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM 

MIUW MOBILE INSHORE UNDERSEA WARFARE UNIT 

MPG MILES PER GALLON 

MPH MILES PER HOUR 

MPP MASTER PACKING PLAN 

MUSE MOBILE UTILITY SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 

MWO MODIFICATION WORK ORDERS 

MWR MORALE, WELFARE, AND RECREATION 

NAVAIDSUPUNT NAVIGATIONAL AIDS SUPPORT UNIT 

NAVBEACHGRU NAVAL BEACH GROUP 

NAVCHAPGRU NAVAL CARGO HANDLING AND PORT GROUP 

NAVCOMPT COMPTROLLER OF THE NAVY 

NAVCONSTRACEN NAVAL CONSTRUCTION TRAINING CENTER (ALSO 

NCTC) 

NAVFACENGCOM NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND 

NAVGRAM NAVAL MESSAGE 

NAVICP NAVY INVENTORY CONTROL POINT 

NAVSEASYSCOM NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND 

NAVSPECWARGRU NAVAL SPECIAL WARFARE GROUP 

NAVSUPSYSCOM NAVAL SUPPLY SYSTEMS COMMAND 

NC NOT CARRIED 

NCB NAVAL CONSTRUCTION BRIGADES 

NCBC NAVAL CONSTRUCTION BATTALION CENTER 

NCF NAVAL CONSTRUCTION FORCE 

NCFSU NAVAL CONSTRUCTION FORCE SUPPORT UNIT 

NCR NAVAL CONSTRUCTION REGIMENT 

NCTC NAVAL CONSTRUCTION TRAINING CENTER (ALSO 

NAVCONSTRACEN) 

NDR NATIONAL DRIVER REGISTER 

NDT NONDESTRUCTIVE TEST 

NFTS NAVAL FACILITIES TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM 

B-4

NICN NAVY ITEM CONTROL NUMBER 

NIIN NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 

NIS NOT IN STOCK 

NMCB NAVAL MOBILE CONSTRUCTION BATTALION 

NMIUW NAVAL MOBILE INSHORE UNDERSEA WARFARE UNITS 

NORTHNAVFACENGCOM NORTHERN DIVISION, NAVAL FACILITIES 

ENGINEERING COMMAND 

NSN NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 

ODCL OPERATORS DAILY CHECKLIST 

O&M OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE 

OMB OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET 

O&MN OPERATION & MAINTENANCE, NAVY 

OBL AMT OBILIGATION AMOUNT 

OPM OFFICE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 

OPN OTHER PROCUREMENT, NAVY 

OS OUT OF SERVICE 

OSH OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH 

OSHA OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH ADMINISTRATION 

OSM OUT OF SERVICE AWAITING MAINTENANCE 

OSP OUT OF SERVICE AWAITING PARTS 

OSW OUT OF SERVICE BEING WORKED ON 

PACNAVFACENGCOM PACIFIC DIVISION, NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING 

COMMAND 

PC TRANSPORT PERSONAL COMPUTER TRANSPORTATION SUPPORT 

PEB PRE-EXPENDED BIN 

PEP PRIMARY EQUIPMENT PACKAGE 

PHIBCB AMPHIBIOUS CONSTRUCTION BATTALION 

PL PAYLOAD 

PM PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 

PMO PROGRAM MANAGEMENT OFFICE 

POD PERMISSIBLE OPERATING DISTANCE 

POE PROJECTED OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENT 

STATEMENTS 

POL PETROLEUM, OIL, LUBRICANTS 

PRT PORTABLE 

PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH 

PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAUGE 

PTO POWER TAKE-OFF 

PWC PUBLIC WORKS CENTER 

PWD PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT 

PWRMS PREPOSITIONED WAR RESERVE MATERIAL STOCK 

QDR QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT 

RDD REQUIRED DELIVERY DATE 

REQD REQUIRED 

REQN NO REQUISITION NUMBER 

REQN QTY REQUISITION QUANTITY 

B-5

RFI READY FOR ISSUE 

RIC REPAIRABLE IDENTIFICATION CODE 

RPT SYM REPORT SYMBOL 

RJE REMOTE JOB-ENTRY 

RMA RUBBER MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 

RMS RESOURCES MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 

ROC REQUIRED OPERATIONAL CAPABILITIES 

RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE 

SAE SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS 

SAMMS SEABEE AUTOMATED MATERIAL MANAGEMENT 

SYSTEM 

SBR SPECIAL BOAT SQUADRON GROUPS 

SE SEA ECHELON 

SEABEE OCCUPATIONAL FIELD XIII (OF-13) PERSONNEL AND 

ALL PERSONNEL SERVING NCF UNITS 

SECNAV SECRETARY OF THE NAVY 

SF STANDARD FORM 

SIM SELECTED ITEM MANAGEMENT 

SKO NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) BREAKDOWN OF 

SETS, KITS, AND OUTFITS (ILLUSTRATED CATALOG) 

SLR SHOP LABOR RATE 

SLWT SIDE-LOADABLE WARPING TUG 

SMIC SPECIAL MATERIALS IDENTIFICATION CODE 

SNSL STOCK NUMBER SEQUENCE LIST 

SOAP SUPPLY OPERATIONS ASSISTANCE PROGRAM 

SOU SPECIAL OPERATING UNIT 

SOUTHNAVFACENGCOM SOUTHERN DIVISION, NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING 

COMMAND 

SOUTHWESTNAVFACENGCOM SOUTHWEST DIVISION, NAVAL FACILITIES 

ENGINEERING COMMAND 

SPCC SHIP PARTS CONTROL CENTER 

SRO SHOP REPAIR ORDER 

SUPMIS SUPPLY MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM 

SVC SERVICE VEHICLE CATEGORY (FOR EXAMPLE: 1= 

NAVY) 

TAD TEMPORARY ADDITIONAL DUTIES 

TAP TABLE OF ALLOWANCE (TOA) AS PACKED 

TCR TRANSPORTATION COST REPORT 

TDY TEMPORARY DUTY 

TEMC TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT 

CENTER 

TEMES TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT 

EVALUATION SUMMARY 

TEU TWENTY-FOOT EQUIVALENT UNIT 

TM TECHNICAL MANUALS 

TOA TABLE OF ALLOWANCE 

TOE TABLE OF EQUIPMENT 

B-6

UCT UNDERWATER CONSTRUCTION TEAMS 

U/I UNIT OF ISSUE 

UIC UNIT IDENTIFICATION CODE 

ULV/ULD ULTRALOW VOLUME/ULTRALOW DOSAGE 

UND URGENCY-OF-NEED DESIGNATOR 

USAF UNITED STATES AIR FORCE 

USMC UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS 

USN UNITED STATES NAVY 

USN UNITED STATES NUMBER (NAVY EQUIPMENT 

REGISTRATION NUMBER) 

USNG UNITED STATES NAVY GENERAL 

VIN VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 

WC WORK CENTER 

WHE WEIGHT HANDLING EQUIPMENT 

B-7

APPENDIX C 

PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR 

NAVAL CONSTRUCTION FORCE (NCF) 

CESE BIENNIAL ALLOWANCE AND REQUIREMENTS REVIEW 

1. Biennial Allowance And Requirements Review. Under the automated Civil 

Engineer Support Equipment (CESE) Biennial Allowance and Requirements Review 

(BARR) system, each allowance holder or designated activity will receive a BARR 

printout (Figure C-1) by 15 August. The BARR printout lists the equipment in the 

current allowance for that designated activity or allowance holder. For each equipment, 

the printout lists the Equipment Code (EC), USN number, description, model, year, 

location, and condition code. The printout also provides information about the life 

expectancy in years, eligible replacement year, authorized allowance, number of pieces 

on hand, and due in. It also provides space for annotation by the allowance holder 

about current year requirements, priority, budget year requirements, and remarks. 

Each activity will review the BARR, annotate any necessary changes, and return the 

updated report to CESO Code 1575 prior to 1 October of the biennial year. Every effort 

will be made to replace equipment in accordance with the needs and priorities 

identified by the activity within the constraints of equipment availability and budget. 

2. BARR Printout. A detailed explanation of the CESE Biennial Allowance and 

Requirements Review printout follows. 

a. Headings 

(1) Allowance EC (Equipment Code). Completed by CESO. Indicates 

the current authorized EC. The ECs are used to classify equipment by type and 

technical characteristics. For example: EC 010401 is a standard compact sedan; EC 

010402 is the same sedan with air conditioning. The ECs that end in "00" are 

nonstandard equipment procurements. 

(2) DESC (Description). Completed by CESO. A 40-character 

description of the allowance EC. 

(3) Life Expectancy. Completed by CESO. The number of years of 

life expected to be derived from items of that EC. Replacement of an item, however, 

must be based on its use, condition, and ability to perform. Budget constraints require 

activities to extend equipment life to its maximum effective use. 

(4) Allow QTY (Allowance Quantity). Completed by CESO. Indicates 

the current authorized allowance for the EC. 

C-1

(5) ABFC/TOA. Advanced Base Functional Component/Table of 

Allowance. This column pertains to Third Naval Construction Brigade 

(COMTHIRDNCB), Second Naval Construction Brigade (COMSECONDNCB), 

Construction Battalion Units (CBU), Reserve activities, and the Naval Beach Group 

(NBG) community. Any change or reductions in this column will require ABFC/TOA 

revisions and coordination between the respective activity that requests the change 

and its counterpart via CESO Code 155. 

(6) Due In. Completed by CESO. The number of items of that EC 

from transfers and procurements not yet delivered at the time the report was produced. 

This information is a direct extract from files at CESO and does not require update by 

the activity. 

b. Columns 

(1) Actual EC. Completed by CESO. The actual equipment code of 

the equipment. 

(2) USN/USNG NO. USN/USNG Number. Completed by CESO. A 

list of the USN/USNG numbers of each piece of equipment under the allowance EC 

held by the activity. 

(3) DESC. Description. Completed by CESO. A 15-character 

description of each piece of equipment. 

(4) MFR/Model. Manufacturer and Model. Completed by CESO. The 

make and model of each USN number. 

(5) YR. Year. Completed by CESO. The year of manufacture of each 

USN number. 

the activity. 

(6) LOC. Location. Completed by CESO with information furnished by 

(7) ASSN CD. Assignment Code. Completed by CESO. 

(8) COND. Condition. Completed by CESO with information furnished 

by the activity. Activity annotates to reflect any recent change in condition; overhaul or 

accident damage could either better or worsen the condition previously reported to 

CESO. 

(9) Year Replaceable. Completed by CESO. Indicates the year (B = 

budget, C = current) in which the item is eligible for replacement. No entry in this 

column indicates the item is not eligible for replacement in either the budget or current 

year. An entry of "OA" identifies equipment retained by the activity that is overaged; 

past replacement eligibility based solely on age. 

C-2

(10) Excess/Remarks. Completed by CESO to obtain information about 

excess or overage equipment retained by the activity; if the quantity on hand, less the 

current year replaceables and due ins, exceeds the authorized allowance an excess is 

created. Similar entries may be made by the activity. 

(11) PRI. Priority. Completed by the activity. Enter a priority for filling 

the current year requirements for each item of equipment. A priority entry is mandatory 

for every item in which a current year requirement is identified, because it is probable 

that funds available for procurement will be inadequate to satisfy all requirements. 

Priority numbers shall run sequentially from "1" through to the total number of 

equipment line item requirements submitted, and each number shall be used only once. 

An activity that reports for more than one subordinate activity shall integrate all 

subordinate priorities so that each number appears only once in the report. 

c. Summary 

(1) Total EC On Hand. Completed by CESO. Total of all CESE held 

by the activity against the allowance EC. 

(2) Current Year Replaceable. Completed by CESO, but annotated by 

the activity, to reflect the information in paragraph b.(10) above. 

NOTE: The activity must take into account the age, condition 

code, number of due ins, priority, and total allowance 

figures. 

(3) Budget Year Replaceable. Completed by CESO. Provides for 

future planning purposes. 

3. Technical Assistance. Staff technical assistance is available from CESO Code 

1575. CESO shall conduct conferences with Allowance Holders to ensure 

comprehensive allowance reviews, as shown in the non-rolling stock Biennial 

Allowance and Requirements Review, NAVFAC Form 11200/37 (Figure C-2). 

C-3

FIGURE C-2. Non-Rolling Stock 

Biennial Allowance and Requirements Review 

C-4

APPENDIX D. ATTACHMENT MANAGEMENT FOR NCFs/SOUs 

1. Objective. Attachment management follows the same basic principles as 

USN and USNG number control. Proper registration and management are 

essential to prevent attachments from becoming separated from the basic 

machine and lost or inadvertently discarded. Proper stowage and preservation 

will also help prevent expensive attachments from being rendered useless by 

oxidation and damage. 

2. Attachment Identification. Attachments are accessories to construction 

equipment that enable the basic equipment to perform its function or to add 

versatility to the equipment. Some attachments are usable with many different 

types of equipment, whereas some can be used only by a particular make and 

model machine. 

a. Attachment Codes. Attachment codes have equipment codes (EC) 

starting with an alpha character. Attachment identification numbers are provided 

for permanent positive identification of each attachment. Attachment ID 

numbers contain three separate segments: (1) prefix, (2) acronym, and (3) 

sequential number which identify the attachment. The following are examples. 

ID Number Segment Description 

Example A 

255-BH-001 Prefix is 255 Indicates either manufacturer’s make 

and model or attachment size (Table 

D-1): P&H Model 255-A-TC. 

Example B 

Acronym is BH An abbreviation for the noun name of 

the attachment: backhoe. 

Number is 001 Sequential number assigned by CESO 

when the attachment is registered. 

11-DB-10 Prefix is 11 Attachment size (Table D-1): 2 cubic 

yards. 

Acronym is DB An abbreviation: drag bucket. 

Number is 10 Sequential number. 

D-1

Attachment Identification numbers (Table D-1) are two inches high and shall be 

permanently welded to that portion of each attachment least subject to normal 

wear. Where it is not desirable to weld directly on the attachment, as in the case 

of crane booms and hooks, the ID number shall be welded on a metal plate of 

appropriate size and then permanently fixed to the attachment. 

b. USNG-Numbered ISO Containers. ISO containers are USNGnumbered 

items which are recorded as attachments and managed like CESE. 

3. Attachment ID Number Assignment. Attachments to CESE are not 

assigned permanently Navy numbers until they reach the initial Allowance 

Holder. Therefore, units may receive attachments that do not have permanent 

ID numbers. In this event, the following procedures are necessary. 

a. ID Number Request. The receiving activity shall request an ID 

number by initiating an Equipment Attachment Registration Record Card, 

NAVFAC Form 6-11200/45 (Figure D-1) for each attachment. After this 

registration card is completed in accordance with the following instructions, two 

copies shall be submitted to CESO (Code 1575) via the Allowance Holder, if 

appropriate. Retain one copy in the appropriate equipment history jacket. 

Block Remarks 

1 From Column 1 to the Equipment Shipping Specification. 

2 thru 12 Self-explanatory. 

13 thru 16 If attachment is peculiar to only one type machine, complete 

these blocks. 

17 All items, such as shear-leg, crowd and rehaul assembly, 

lagging, high and low gantry. 

18 USN number to which assigned. 

19 and 20 Self-explanatory. 

21 CESO will complete. 

22 Enter if known; if unknown, CESO will complete. 

D-2

First Segment List of Attachment Identification Numbers 

Prefix Manufacturer Model Prefix Manufacturer Model 

R2 Burch R2-23 164A Trojan 164A 

5T Flink BDWS40 170 Hough H70D 

6 Northwest 6 175 Wain Roy Corp 175B 

06 Euclid 06-26 L175B International L175B 

W7 Case W7D 200 MRS 200 

T8 Caterpillar D8 201 Killefer 201D 

W8 Case W88 250 International 250 

W9 Case W90S L250 Lima 250TS 

B10 Bucyrus Erie M108 255 P&H 255-ATC 

K10 Koehring (MKT) DE10 305 Koehring 305-1A 

W10 Case W10D-5 325 P&H 325TC 

T15 International TD-15 335 Koehring 335-2A 

L16 Tractomotive Pettibone TL-16MD 450 Ware 450E 

D20 McKiernan Terry DE-20 500 Baldwin Lima Hamilton 500T 

T20 International T20 600 Warner & Swasey G600 

22B Bucyrus Erie 22B 604 Lima Locomotive 604 

T24 International TD-24 640 P&H 640 

25 Northwest 25 644 John Deere JD644A 

T25 International TD-25 655 P&H 655A 

30 Bucyrus Erie 30B 660 Warner & Swasey G660 

32 Lorain (THEW) MC-32M T725 Bantum Koehring T725A 

37 Bay City 37 955 P&H 955A 

Q43 Quick Way MCM43 970 Melrose 

44 Baldwin Lima Hamilton 44-SC 2460 Warner & Swasey M-2460 

50 Hough H50C 3616 International 3616 

K50 Hanson Pettibone 50TK 3636 International 3636 

T50 Oliver 550 4625 Vibrator Compactor 4625 

T55 Caterpillar 955H 8240 Euclid 

65 Baldwin Lima Hamilton 65 FAX Silent Hoist FAX 

70 Linkbelt HC-70 JD John Deere 

T70 Oliver 770 MBF Miller 5508 

72 Terex GMC 72-31FL PN Pontoon (No Mfr) 

V72 Essick V-72-M RF Rockland RF-3 

80 Northwest 80D RG Ray GO 

100 Garwood 100-BT TV Buffalo Springfield 

103 Fieco Corp VR Vibra Plus CH-43 

103MC Eimco WR Wain Roy Corp 

118 Galion 118T YIW Young Iron Works 

110 Pettibone 

Alternate first segment of ID number when attachments are buckets or other nonpeculiar items 

Prefix Size Prefix Size 

0 No size indicated 8 1-1/4 CY 

1 1/8 CY 9 1-1/2 CY 

2 1/4 CY 10 1-3/4 CY 

3 3/8 CY 11 2 CY 

4 1/2 CY 12 2-1/4 CY 

5 5/8 CY 13 2-1/2 CY 

6 3/4 CY 14 Larger than 2-1/2 CY 

7 1 CY 

Table D-1 

D-3

. CESO Verification. Upon receipt of a NAVFAC Form 6-11200/45, 

CESO will verify the information, assign an identification number if required, 

enter all available data into the CASEMIS inventory system, and return 

completed copies of the registration card. The attachment ID number shall be 

placed in the Allowance Holder’s inventory in CASEMIS, which then causes an 

Equipment Identification Load Sheet for the newly registered attachment to be 

forwarded to the Allowance Holder. 

c. ID Number Permanently Affixed. Upon receipt of the returned 

NAVFAC Form 6-11200/45, the custodian shall permanently fix the ID number to 

the attachment in accordance with paragraph 2. Then the NAVFAC Form 6- 

1200/45 shall be filed in the equipment history jacket of the vehicle to which the 

attachment is assigned. 

4. Attachment Inventory Control. All types of attachments shall be 

identified and registered on Equipment Attachment Registration Record Cards, 

NAVFAC Form 6-11200/45 (Figure D-1), as outlined in paragraph 2. These 

registration cards allow the attachment custodian to maintain an accurate 

inventory of all assigned attachments. Registered attachments shall also be 

inventoried in CASEMIS in the same manner as CESE. The Allowance Holder, 

using CASEMIS, can constantly monitor attachment assignment, location, and 

condition. As attachments are being registered, they are also being entered into 

CASEMIS. However, it is possible for Allowance Holders to have attachments 

with ID numbers that are not entered in CASEMIS. In this event, submit a 

NAVFAC Form 6-11200/45, as required in paragraph 3, which includes this 

statement in Block 17: “ID Number already assigned, to be entered in CASEMIS 

only.” 

5. Attachments Status Board. An Attachments Status Board (Figure 

D-2) shall be maintained in the Dispatch Office. It will reflect the following 

information: 

a. Attachment code from CASEMIS equipment code list. 

b. NAVFAC identification number. 

c. Abbreviated description from CASEMIS equipment code list. 

d. The USN number of the equipment to which the Attachment is 

assigned. 

e. PM Group (same as the equipment to which the Attachment is 

assigned). 

f. Location and remarks. 

D-4

Equipment Attachment Registration Record 

NAVFAC 6-11200/45 (1-70) S/N 0105-LF-06-6500 

D-5 

23. NAVFAC ID NO. 

1. Attachment Code 2. Type Attachment 3. Model No. 4. Serial Number 

5. Length (inches) 6. Width (inches) 7. Height (inches) 8. Cubes (Cubic Feet) 9. Size/Capacity 

10. Manufacturer (Name and Address) 11. Weight (lb) 12. USN 

13. Short Description 14. Name 15. Model 16. Year 

17. Accessories 

18. Assigned to 19. Date Received 20. Acquisition Cost 21. Julian Date Registered 22. NAVFAC ID No. 

$ 

Figure D-1. NAVFAC Form 6-11200/45 

ATTACHMENTS STATUS BOARD 

NAVFAC USN No. Location 

Code ID No. Description Assigned PMG and Remarks 

A01000 L175B-BH-5 Backhoe 45-01799 17 Attachment Pad 

A02500 255-BB-56 Boom Butt 42-01778 9 42-01778 

A03000 32-BE-72 Boom Ext. 82-03173 14 Attachment Pad 

Figure D-2. Attachments Status Board

6. Storage and Preservation. Attachments shall be properly stowed on 

hardstand (concrete pad, matting), to keep them out of sand, mud, and water, 

and to allow drainage of rain water from buckets or other areas where water may 

accumulate. Cover attachments if possible. Attachments and accessories shall 

be continuously inspected for accountability, proper stowage, and preservation. 

Stowage shall be accomplished in the following manner. 

a. Cables, sheaves, and bolt threads shall be lubricated and 

preserved as required to ensure that they remain in good condition. 

b. Nuts shall be screwed onto the corresponding bolts and located in 

their respective holes, when possible. 

c. Boom pendants shall be attached to the boom extensions; cables 

shall be coiled and attached to clamshell buckets, backhoe, and shovel front 

attachments, to minimize loss and to expedite the changeover from one 

operation to another. 

d. Attachment accessories such as lagging, bucket teeth, chains, 

sprockets, and wedges shall be placed in a box or on pallets and marked for the 

appropriate attachments. 

e. Exposed machine surfaces, such as hydraulic rams, and openings 

into critical areas shall be preserved and covered to prevent deterioration and 

damage. 

f. Hydraulic lines and fittings shall be sealed to prevent dirt and 

moisture from accumulating in the hydraulic system. 

g. Stowage shall be maintained to ensure that all attachments that 

belong to one USN number are stowed together. 

h. Rust areas shall be touched up when preventive maintenance is 

conducted. 

7. Attachment Transfer or Disposal. Prior to action, approval is 

required from CESO via the Allowance Holder. Transfer or disposal of 

equipment attachments shall be accomplished as follows. 

a. Reassignment From One USN Number to Another. Submit one 

copy of the updated NAVFAC Form 6-11200/45 to the Equipment Allowance 

Holder if appropriate. Transfer one copy of the registration card to the new 

vehicle history jacket. The Allowance Holder must then update CASEMIS. 

D-6

. Transfer to Another Activity. Unless otherwise instructed in the 

shipping directive, all attachments (with accessories) for a particular machine 

shall be prepared and transferred along with that machine. Put all small 

attachments with accessories in a box and then attach the box to the vehicle in 

accordance with Chapter 2, paragraph 2.4.3. The Allowance Holder must then 

update CASEMIS. 

c. Attachment Disposition. Unless otherwise requested on the 

disposal request, all attachments (with accessories) for a particular machine 

shall be disposed of along with that machine. After the item has been 

transferred, the Allowance Holder must update CASEMIS. 

D-7

APPENDIX E. CONTAINERIZATION PROGRAM FOR NCFs/SOUs 

1. Containerization. Containerization is the packing, staging, shipping, and field 

use of Seabee Table of Allowance (TOA) materials in shipping and storage containers. 

The containers are built in accordance with International Standardization Organization 

(ISO) standards. The ISO containers are capable of intermodal shipping via truck, rail, 

sea, and air, which requires certification with the Convention for Safe Containers 

(CSC). They are to be used as operating storerooms in the field. 

2. Mobilization And Deployment. The NCF pre-packed and containerized TOAs 

are staged to support rapid mobilization and deployment. Mobilization of containers 

will be by cellular-type ships. Cellular ships are the shipping industry standard and 

steel ISO containers have replaced the wooden mountout boxes. 

3. Master Packing Plan. To support the overall requirement of containerizing 

each TOA, a Master Packing Plan (MPP) was developed to take into consideration the 

size, weight, and cube of all line items within the TOA. The MPP has an assigned 

location for each item. 

4. Container Designs And Types. Total container inventory will consist of five 

different designs of containers, commonly known as ISO Standard 20s, Flatracks, Half- 

Heights, TRICONs and SIXCONS. 

a. ISO Standard 20s. The ISO Standard 20-foot containers are built as two 

types: bulk and configured. 

(1) The Bulk type has an open interior and is used for packing bulk 

items such as skids, wooden boxes, and palletized loads. 

(2) The Configured types have cabinets installed with various 

configurations of drawers and shelves. These configurations serve as Store Rooms, 

Tool Rooms and an Armory. The various cabinetry configurations compose the 

different NSNs that have been assigned to the containers. 

b. Flatracks. Flatracks have open sides and top with fixed end walls. They 

are used to stow bulk items such as lumber and pipe. 

c. Half-Heights. Half-Heights have closed sides and a tail gate end. They 

are approximately half the height of a standard 20-foot container. They are used for 

drummed oil/lubricants and steel stocks. 

d. TRICON. TRICONs are one third of a standard 20-foot container. They 

are built as two types. Three can be linked together with connectors to form a Twenty- 

Foot Equivalent (TEU) and fit the envelope of a Standard 20-foot container. 

E-1

(1) The Bulk type is open and used for packing bulk items such as 

skids, wooden boxes, and palletized loads. 

(2) The Configured types have cabinets installed in various 

configurations of drawers and shelves. These configurations serve as Store Rooms, 

Tool Rooms, and an Armory. 

e. SIXCON. SIXCONs are one sixth of a Standard 20-foot container. Six 

can be linked together with connectors to form a Twenty-Foot Equivalent (TEU) and fit 

the envelope of a Standard 20-foot container. SIXCONs are built in four configurations. 

(1) Fuel Tanks with a 900-gallon capacity. 

(2) Fuel Pumps which are self-contained with gasoline motor, fuel 

pump, hoses, and hardware. 

(3) Water Tanks with a 900-gallon capacity. 

(4) Water Pumps which are self-contained with gasoline motor, water 

pump, and hardware. 

5. General Information. The following are general information items about 

containers. 

a. Standard 20-Foot Container. The Standard 20-foot, Configured Standard 

20-foot, and the TRICON containers have an electrical porthole for the electrical 

lighting assemblies. 

(1) ISO Standard 20-foot container. Assembly 07012. 

(2) TRICON. Assembly 07011. 

b. Configured Container. Each configured container has a total drawer and 

shelf locking mechanism on the cabinets that prohibits loss or damage of material while 

in transit. 

c. Bulk Containers. In the bulk containers tie down points are strategically 

placed to secure materials. 

d. Forklift Pockets. Forklift pockets have been provided in both the ISO 

Standard 20-foot and the TRICON containers. 

(1) The forklift pockets found on the 20-foot containers are to be used 

only if moving an empty container and only with 8-foot long forklift tines. 

containers. 

(2) Forklift pockets on TRICONs can be used on empty and packed 

E-2

6. ISO Container Requirements For A NMCB. The ISO container requirements 

for a NMCB are: 

a. Standard 20 foot 71 each 

b. Flatracks 14 each 

c. Half-Height 5 each 

d. TRICONs 15 each 

e. SIXCONs 45 each 

NOTE: See Technical ISO Container Data (Table E-1) for size, weight, and other 

technical information on each container. 

7. Container Weight Handling Equipment. Container weight handling equipment 

includes cranes and forklifts. 

8. Container Transport Vehicles. There are two basic container transport 

vehicles: a 15-ton stake truck and a 34-ton tractor-trailer combination. Both vehicles 

can transport all container types. These trucks are general-purpose vehicles which 

double as container-moving equipment. Both vehicles have limited off-road capability 

and twist lock devices for quick and safe container tie-down. 

9. Container Handling. Top and/or Bottom Lift Container handling devices are 

recommended as the primary and best way to handle containers. They reduce the 

probability of damage to the containers while moving or handling. The major damage 

to containers occurs when they are moved. 

NOTE: Do not use the Container Top Lifting Device with the 14-ton crane. Use 

only the ISO Bottom Lifting Sling with the 14-ton crane. 

10. Container Moving. Containers should be loaded or unloaded and staged 

without hitting, bumping, or rubbing them together. When moving containers, 

additional personnel are recommended to be used to spot or act as lookouts for 

operators for safety and to reduce damage. The skins of the containers are 

constructed of high carbon, corrugated sheet steel and the exterior coat of paint is the 

container’s primary defense from rust and corrosion. Move or handle the containers 

minimally to reduce possibility of damage. 

11. Container Storage Requirements. Empty and packed ISO containers will be 

exposed to diverse climates and environments, which require various methods of 

protection. 

a. Covered Storage. Covered storage for protection from weather and direct 

sun is recommended for all containers, when possible. 

E-3

. Surveillance. In all instances where containers, empty or packed, are 

exposed to direct weather and sunlight, the frequency and type of surveillance on 

containers must be increased to prevent weather and water damage. 

c. Hardstands. Hardstands are recommended for all nontemporary storage 

to ensure that containers do not stand for any period of time on uneven, unlevel footing 

or in water and mud. The preferred handling and storage surface is concrete, provided 

it meets appropriate design specifications for loaded containers. See NAVFAC P-1051, 

Container Operations Manual, for specific requirements. 

12. Preservation And Surveillance. Preservation procedures require that both the 

container and its contents be protected from deterioration. Deterioration is primarily 

caused by rust and corrosion due to moisture. Scheduled inspection of containers and 

their contents on a cyclical basis is required to ensure adequate protection from the 

environment. Surveillance is to serve as a review of the overall container condition. 

a. Primary Method of Preservation. Controlled humidity is the primary 

method of preservation for stored containers and container contents. Installed in each 

container is a humidity indicator (NSN 6885-00-618-1822). When the humidity level is 

at or over the 40 percent level, containers will require opening, contents checked for 

rust, rust deteriorated contents replaced, and new desiccant placed in the container 

prior to closing the container doors. 

b. Desiccant. Use Type 1 and 2 Desiccant, MIL-D-3464, NSN 6850-00-264- 

6573 or NSN 6850-00-264-6571, in either 2-unit packages, 8-unit bags, or 16-unit 

bags. Place the desiccant in drawers, on shelves, and in boxes prior to closing and 

sealing the containers. The containers, with closed vents and doors, are then stored in 

a warehouse or covered storage until needed. 

c. Surveillance Program. The surveillance program for containerized 

materials and the containers requires various degrees of monitoring, depending on 

local conditions. Some Activities will find it necessary to monitor the humidity indicator 

on the door more closely to ensure the humidity level remains under the NAVFAC 40 

percent recommendation. 

d. Doors and Vents. Once containers reach their area of operation, 

container doors and vents will be opened to accommodate day-to-day operation 

whereby desiccant may be used as each unit deems necessary. Funding and 

procurement of rust deteriorated contents, replacement humidity indicators, and new or 

recharged desiccant is the responsibility of each Activity. 

13. Alteration, Repair, And Maintenance. ISO containers are designed for the 

specific purpose of intermodal shipping, and even minor modifications could prevent a 

container from being used for its intended purpose. 

E-4

a. Intermodal Shipping and Storage. Each container is fabricated for 

intermodal shipping and storage, and a simple modification might prevent it from being 

accepted as an ISO/CSC certified container. What may appear to be an improvement 

could actually destroy the container's structural integrity and render it unsafe for 

shipping purposes. 

b. Alteration and Modification. It is strictly prohibited to alter or modify 

containers without approval. For further information or approval of an ISO container 

modification or alteration, contact the Program Management Office, CESO Code 1573. 

14. Center Of Balance And Gravity Determination. The Naval Construction Force 

Tactical Embarkation Manual, COMSECONDNCB/COMTHIRDNCB Instruction 3120.1, 

recommends various methods to determine the Center of Balance or Gravity (COB/G). 

If some methods, such as the "rolling log" are used to determine the center of balance 

or gravity of a container, serious damage will occur to the side rails and under carriage 

of the container. Care must be taken in all field operations to prevent damage. The 

Container Operations Manual, NAVFAC P-1051, details a weighing method to 

determine the COB/G. 

a. Additional COB/G Methods. CESO will provide advice and additional 

methods to determine COB/G upon request by contacting CESO Code 1573. 

15. Air Certification. All Naval Construction Force ISO Containers, Standard 20s, 

TRICONs, Half-Heights, Flatracks, and SIXCONs have been "Air Certified" by the U.S. 

Air Force Headquarters. 

a. Aircraft Load Master. The Aircraft Load Master is an ISO container 

certification and does not relate to the contents, weight distribution, or the load security 

within the container. 

b. Responsibility. The shipper is responsible for contents, weight 

distribution and security within the container, and in all instances, must be satisfactory 

to the individual Aircraft Load Master. 

16. Bar Code System. Bar code technology is applied to the NCF containerization 

packups. The bar coded labels are used to designate locations and to identify the 

material within the containers. The location labels on the cabinetry are based on the 

Master Packing Plan (MPP). Issue/Release Document Forms (IRDF) are placed with 

the material to provide bar coded NSN and Stock Data Identification of each item within 

the location. Bar Code NSN and Location Data Labels are used to mark and control 

each line item. The bar code labels are used for Inventory Management and the 

Integrated Logistics Overhaul (ILO) Program. 

E-5

17. Technical Manuals. Technical manuals for Standard 20s and TRICONs are 

available and provided upon issue of the containers. Additional manuals can be 

ordered from Supply, NCBC Port Hueneme, CA. 

Standard 20 NSN 7610-LL-Z8A-6366 

TRICON NSN 7610-LL-Y8A-6366 

SIXCON/Water NSN 7610-LL-L26-6490 

SIXCON/Fuel NSN 7610-LL-L26-6480 

E-6

National Stock 

Number/Navy Item 

Control Number 

8145-01-287-8567 

8145-LL-LCA-0117 

8145-01-287-3293 

8145-LL-LCA-0121 

8145-01-288-9698 

8145-LL-LCA-0122 

8145-01-289-3367 

8145-LL-LCA-0123 

8145-01-289-3366 

8145-LL-LCA-0124 

8145-01-289-3368 

8145-LL-LCA-0125 

8145-01-290-1382 

8145-LL-LCA-0126 

8145-01-289-0944 

8145-LL-LCA-0127 

8145-01-287-3295 

8145-LL-LCA-0128 

8145-288-9697 

8145-LL-LCA-0129 

8145-01-287-8566 

8145-LL-LCA-0130 

8145-01-288-9696 

8145-LL-LCA-0131 

8145-01-287-8565 

8145-LL-LCA-0132 

8145-01-291-0937 

8145-LL-LCA-0172 

8145-01-290-7335 

8145-LL-LCA-0173 

CASEMIS 

Equipment 

Code 

XM03CB 

XM03CA 

XM03CN 

XM03CC 

XM03CD 

XM03CE 

XM03CF 

XM03CG 

XM03CH 

XM03CJ 

XM03CK 

XM03CL 

XM03CM 

XM03HH 

XM03FR 

TABLE E-1. Technical ISO Container Data 

JCCO 

Type 

Code 

2000 

2009 

2009 

2009 

2009 

2009 

2009 

2009 

2009 

2009 

2009 

2009 

2009 

2005 

2064 

Type and 

Style 

TYPE 1/ 

STYLE 1 

TYPE 1/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE 1/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE 1/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE 1/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE 1/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE 1/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE 1/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE 1/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE 1/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE 1/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE 1/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE 1/ 

STYLE 2 

SHIP/ 

STORAGE 

SHIP/ 

STORAGE 

Configuration Length x 

Width x 

Height 

Inches 

STANDARD 20, BULK 

STANDARD 20, BULK 

WALL CONFIGURATION../58 

STANDARD 20 

WALL CONFIGURATION 1A/6B 

STANDARD 20 


STANDARD 20 


STANDARD 20 


STANDARD 20 

WALL CONFIGURATION 4A/.. 

STANDARD 20 


STANDARD 20 


STANDARD 20 


STANDARD 20 


STANDARD 20 


STANDARD 20 

WALL CONFIGURATION ARMORY 

HALF HEIGHT 

BULK 

FLATRACK 

BULK 

E-7 

238.5x96 

x96 

238.5x96 

x96 

238.5x96 

x96 

238.5x96 

x96 

238.5x96 

x96 

238.5x96 

x96 

238.5x96 

x96 

238.5x96 

x96 

238.5x96 

x96 

238.5x96 

x96 

238.5x96 

x96 

238.5x96 

x96 

238.5x96 

x96 

238.5x96 

x51 

238.5x96 

x96 

Wei-ght 

Lbs. 

5000 

8120 

16410 

12600 

12060 

11390 

8520 

12720 

13240 

13050 

11890 

16410 

13050 

3650 

6400


Number/Navy Item 


8145-01-287-3294 

8145-LL-LCA-0116 

8145-01-289-4329 

8145-LL-LCA-0133 

8145-01-289-0945 

8145-LL-LCA-0134 

8145-01-287-8564 

8145-LL-LCA-0135 

8145-01-287-8563 

8145-LL-LCA-0136 

4320-01-156-3873 

4930-01-240-4579 

5340-01-203-9971 

5340-01-240-4578 


Numbered/Navy Item 


3990-01-212-2623 

8145-01-256-6955 

3940-01-297-355 

5410-01-203-7656 

TABLE E-1. Technical ISO Container Data (Continued) 

CASEMIS 


Code 

XM03TB 

XM03T1 

XM03T2 

XM03T3 

XM03T4 

525020 

XM03PW 

OLD 

525021 

XM03TF 

OLD 

525021 

XM03TW 

OLD 

525011 

XM03TF 

OLD 

CASEMIS 


Code 

XM03HA 

083001 

NEW 

XM03HC 

OLD 

XM03HB 

XMO3HE 

XM03HD 

JCCO 

Type 

Code 

0608 

0609 

0609 

0609 

0609 

0667 

0667 

0670 

0673 

Type and 

Style 

TYPE II/ 

STYLE 1 

TYPE II/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE II/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE II/ 

STYLE 2 

TYPE II/ 

STYLE 2 

PUMP/ 

WATER 

MODULE 

PUMP/ 

FUEL 

MODULE 

TANK/ 

WATER 

MODULE 

TANK/ 

FUEL 

MODULE 

Configuration Length x 

Width x 

Height 

Inches 

TRICON, BULK 

TRICON, WALL CONFIGURATION 

D1A/D1B 


D2A/D2B 


D3C 


ARMORY 

SIXCON 

SIXCON 

SIXCON, 900 GL CAPACITY 

SIXCON, 900 GL CAPACITY 

E-8 

77.5x96x96 

77.5x96x96 

77.5x96x96 

77.5x96x96 

77.5x96x96 

77.5x96x 

47.83 

77.5x96x 

47.83 

77.5x96x 

47.83 

77.5x96x 

47.83 

Type and Style Length x Width 

x Height 

Inches 

TOP LIFTING DEVICE/LIFTS 20FT ISO CONTAINER 

ISO LOADING JACK SYSTEM (ILJS)/FOUR JACKS 

W/WHEELS AND TOW BAR/RESEARCH AND 

DEVELOPMENT 1990 

SLING,LIFTING DEVICE/SPREADER BAR, CABLES, 

RIGGING, AND HOOKS/LIFTS 20FT ISO 

CONTAINERS/RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 1990 

CONNECTOR, ATTACHES TO ISO CORNER 

FITTINGS, LINKS TRICONS OR SIXCONS 

TOGETHER TO FORM A STD 20 CONTAINER, OR 

20FT EQUIVALENT UNIT (TEU) 

LIFTING JACK SYSTEM, SIXCON, FOUR 

JACKS/RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 1990 

238.5x96x96 

SIZE/WEIGHT 

TO BE 

DETERMINED 

SIZE/WEIGHT 

TO BE 

DETERMINED 

SIZE/WEIGHT 

TO BE 

DETERMINED 

SIZE/WEIGHT 

TO BE 

DETERMINED 

Wei-ght 

Lbs. 

2560 

5200 

7310 

3805 

2850 

2000 

2600 

2640 

2640 

Weight 

Lbs. 

4318

APPENDIX F. REPLACEMENT AND REPAIR DATA 

REPLACEMENT CRITERIA AND REPAIR LIMITS FOR 

ALPHA CODES O-Z 

1. Life Expectancies. Age or mileage expectancies, furnished in the CASEMIS descriptive 

reference table, are to be used when considering Civil Engineering Support Equipment 

(CESE) for replacement or overhaul and retention. The age eligibility and mileage 

expectancies applicable to automotive vehicles have been derived from administrative use 

motor vehicle replacement criteria published by DoD for use by all military departments. 

The life expectancies have been prepared from the criteria for application to all vehicles in 

Navy use, including those chassis used for specialized type vehicles. They should not be 

used for specialized type equipment mounted on the vehicle. Age expectancies of 

construction, railway, and weight handling equipment shown in the CASEMIS descriptive 

reference table are to be used to determine the basic zone of eligibility; these age 

expectancies do not have the same value as the age tables for automotive vehicles. 

Construction, railway, and weight handling equipment have a considerably lower use rate 

and are not as affected by age as automotive vehicles. Unreliability, obsolescence, and 

major repair costs are the prime considerations for replacement of such equipment. 

2. P-1 Line Items XA, XB, XC, XH, XJ, XG, and 31 identify Transportation Equipment 

Program items. In order to compile a comprehensive index of all NAVFAC Equipment 

Code numbers, the following P-1 Line Items have been included which represent 

specialized equipment designed for a specific function and which are not included in the 

Shore Activities Transportation Equipment Replacement Program under the procedures set 

forth in paragraph 2.8. 

P1-96 Ships' Waste and Oil Pollution Abatement Equipment 

Cognizant Agency: NAVFACENGCOM Environmental Quality Division, 

Code 40 

P1-97 Specialized Equipment 

Cognizant Agency: Claimant receiving benefits of equipment 

P1-98 ABC Warfare Disaster Preparedness Decontamination Equipment 

Cognizant Agency: NAVFACENGCOM Contingency Planning Division 

Code 122 

P1-99 Mobile Utility Support Equipment (MUSE) 

Cognizant Agency: NAVFACENGCOM Facilities and Utilities 

Engineering Division, Code 133 

F-1

3. Claimants requiring specialized equipment will administer and fund for their procurement 

and replacement through the agencies shown, where applicable. 

4. Refer to the latest edition of the CASEMIS descriptive reference table for NAVFAC 

15-character Abbreviated Description, Expanded Long Description, DoD Alpha Code, 

LIRN, Life Expectancy and other pertinent information. These descriptions will be used in 

all CESE transactions. 

5. Activities should contact their TEMC for the latest edition of the CASEMIS descriptive 

reference table. 

6. The following chart is provided to assist activities in determining the allowable one-time 

repair limits for alpha code O thru Z Transportation Equipment. 

EXAMPLE: 

To determine the one time repair cost limit for a five (5) year old wrecker truck (EC 0729), 

with a EIGHT (8) year life expectancy and an original procurement cost of $66,244 dollars: 

Using the chart, the number 5 (present age) intersects with 43 (percent factor) on the life 

expectancy line of 8yrs. Multiply $66,244 (procurement cost) by .43 (percent factor) which 

equals $28,484.92. The one-time total repair costs shall not exceed $28,484.92. 

Vehicle: 0729 Truck Wrecker 

Present Age: 5YRS 

Life Expectancy: 8YRS 

Percentage Factor: .43 

Original Procurement Cost: $66,244 

$66,244 

x .43 

$28,484.92 

(Do not exceed $28,484.92 for TOTAL Repair Cost) 

F-2

3YRS 75 48 20 

COMPUTATION FACTORS FOR USE IN REPAIR DETERMINATIONS 

For Alpha Codes O thru Z Transportation Equipment 

PRESENT EQUIPMENT AGE (YRS.) 

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

4YRS 75 57 38 20 

5YRS 75 61 47 33 20 

L 6YRS 75 64 53 42 31 20 

I 7YRS 75 65 56 47 38 29 20 

F 8YRS 75 67 59 51 43 35 27 20 

E 9YRS 75 68 61 54 47 40 33 26 20 

10YRS 75 69 63 57 51 45 39 33 24 20 

E 11YRS 75 70 65 60 55 50 44 36 32 26 20 

X 12YRS 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 

P 13YRS 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 36 32 28 24 20 

E 14YRS 75 71 67 63 59 55 51 47 43 38 32 28 24 20 

C 15YRS 75 71 67 63 59 55 51 47 43 39 35 31 26 23 20 

T 16YRS 75 71 67 63 59 55 51 47 43 39 35 32 29 26 23 20 

A 17YRS 75 71 67 63 59 55 51 47 44 41 38 35 32 29 26 23 20 

N 18YRS 75 71 67 63 59 56 53 50 47 44 41 38 35 32 29 26 23 20 

C 19YRS 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 45 42 39 36 33 30 27 24 20 

Y 20YRS 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 45 42 39 36 33 30 27 24 22 20 

21YRS 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 45 42 39 36 33 30 28 25 24 22 20 

22YRS 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 45 42 39 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 

23YRS 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 45 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 

24YRS 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 

25YRS 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 

PERCENTAGE FACTOR 

F-3

APPENDIX F. REPLACEMENT AND REPAIR DATA 

TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT CODE INDEX 

AND TABLE OF LIFE EXPECTANCIES FOR AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLES 

AND CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT 

The following table is provided as a quick reference only. The principal system designed 

to document and promulgate the latest changes to the classification of transportation 

equipment is the Construction, Automotive and Specialized Equipment Management 

Information System (CASEMIS) Equipment Code (EC) Descriptive Reference Table. 

NAVFAC Life Expectancy 

Equip. Alpha Description IO Years 

Code Code Code Shore/NCF Miles 

0061 B BUS BOC 20 PASS 16000 GVW XA1A 8 9 84,000 

0063 B BUS BOC 36-60 PASS 25500 GVW XA1A 8 9 84,000 

0065 C BUS BOC 44 PASS 27500 GVW XA1A 10 11 150,000 

0066 F BUS AMBULANCE CONV FC 8-12 LITTER R/LOAD XA1C 10 11 150,000 

0070 D BUS 44-49 PASS DED 6X2 INTERCITY XA1A 12 12 300,000 

0090 P SEMITRAILER W/PASS CONVERSION 14000 GVW XB2C 15 15 - 

0102 A SEDAN MIDSIZE 5 PASS 4 DOOR XA1B 6 7 72,000 

0104 A SEDAN COMPACT 5 PASS 4 DOOR XA1B 6 7 72,000 

0105 A SEDAN LARGE 5 PASS 4 DOOR XA1B 6 7 72,000 

0114 A SEDAN COMPACT POLICE XA1B 6 7 72,000 

0126 O SEDAN SPECIAL PURPOSE LAW ENFORCEMENT XA1B 6 7 

0200 E STATION WAGON LARGE XA1B 6 7 72000 

0210 E STATION WAGON COMPACT 5 PASS 4 DOOR XA1B 6 7 72,000 

0305 H TRUCK UTILITY COMM 4X4 4500 GVW XC3A 6 7 72,000 

0307 O TRUCK UTILITY 4X4 3500 GVW MILITARY XC3A 6 9 72,000 

0308 H TRUCK UTILITY 4500 GVW XC3A 6 7 72,000 

0313 G TRUCK CARGO PICKUP 6000 GVW XC3B 6 7 72,000 

0316 G TRUCK CARGO PICKUP 4X4 6000 GVW XC3B 6 7 72,000 

0317 H TRUCK CARRYALL 6 PASS 4X4 7000 GVW XC3B 6 7 72,000 

0319 G TRUCK CARGO PICKUP COMPACT 4X2 XC3B 6 7 72,000 

0320 Q TRUCK MULTI-STOP F/C 4000 GVW XC3B 6 7 72,000 

0321 G TRUCK CARGO PICKUP COMPACT 4X4 XC3B 6 7 72,000 

0327 H TRUCK CARGO PICKUP 4 DOOR 8800 GVW XC3B 6 7 72,000 

0329 H TRUCK PANEL F/C GED TO 6200 GVW XC3B 6 7 72,000 

0330 H TRUCK VAN F/C 8-15 PASS GED TO 9000 XC3B 6 7 72,000 

0331 F TRUCK AMBULANCE VAN PATIENT TRANSPORT XA1C 6 7 72,000 

0332 F TRK AMB FIELD COM 4 LITTER 4X4 10500 GVW XA1C 8 8 72,000 

F-4




0333 F TRUCK AMBULANCE CONV COM 2 LITTER FC XA1C 8 8 72,000 

0334 F TRUCK AMBULANCE MODULAR BODY 2 LITTER XA1C 8 8 72,000 

0336 O TRUCK PANEL PADDY WAGON XC3B 6 7 72,000 

0342 I TRUCK CARGO PICKUP 8500 GVW XC3B 7 8 84,000 

0343 I TRUCK STAKE GED 8500 GVW XC3B 7 8 84,000 

0345 I TRUCK MULTI-STOP 9400 GVW XC3B 7 8 84,000 

0348 I TRUCK CARGO PICKUP 4X4 8500 GVW XC3B 7 8 84,000 

0355 I TRUCK CARGO PICKUP 6M 4 DOOR 4X4 8800GVW XC3B 7 8 

0360 J TRUCK CARGO 4X4 M880 8500 GVW XG9A 7 8 84,000 

0361 F TRUCK AMBULANCE 4X4 XG9A 8 14 84,000 

0362 I TRUCK VAN F/C HI-CUBE 9200-10000 GVW XC3B 7 7 84,000 

0420 J TRUCK MULTI-STOP 14000 GVW XC3B 7 8 84,000 

0445 J TRUCK STAKE GED/DED 16000 GVW XB2A 7 8 84,000 

0449 J TRUCK VAN GED 16000 GVW XC3B 7 8 84,000 

0455 J TRUCK STAKE 4X4 16000 GVW XB2A 7 8 84,000 

0523 K TRUCK DUMP 3 CY DED 19000 GVW XB2A 8 9 84,000 

0525 K TRUCK STAKE DED 19000 GVW XB2A 7 8 84,000 

0527 K TRUCK VAN 19000 GVW XB2A 7 8 84,000 

0528 K TRUCK STAKE 4X4 DED 28000 GVW XB2A 7 8 84,000 

0536 O TRUCK VAN 6X6 19000 GVW XC3B 8 9 84,000 

0539 O TRUCK CARGO 6X6 19000 GVW XB2A 8 12 84,000 

0570 O TRUCK AMPHIBIAN LARC-5 4X4 5 TON XB2A 8 10 84,000 

0582 M TRUCK STAKE 6X4 DED 34500 GVW XB2A 10 11 84,000 

0587 O TRUCK DUMP 6X6 30000 GVW XG9B 10 10 150,000 

0588 O TRUCK CARGO 5 TON 6X6 MIL XG9B 10 10 84,000 

0590 M TRUCK VAN REFRIGERATOR 24000 GVW XB2B 10 11 150,000 

0591 O TRUCK CAB &CHASSIS MIL 6X6 30000 GVW XB2B 10 11 150,000 

0601 M TRUCK CAB & CHASSIS DED 24000 GVW XB2B 10 11 150,000 

0602 M TRUCK DUMP 5 CY 28000 GVW XB2A 10 11 150,000 

0603 M TRUCK STAKE DED 24000 GVW XB2A 10 11 150,000 

0604 M TRUCK TRACTOR DED 24000 GVW XB2B 10 11 150,000 

0605 M TRUCK VAN DED 24000 GVW XB2A 10 11 150,000 

0607 M TRUCK TRACTOR 6X6 36000 GVW XG9A 10 10 150,000 

0614 M TRUCK TRACTOR DED 32000 GVW XB2B 10 11 150,000 

0616 O TRUCK TRACTOR YARD SPOTTER DED XB2B 10 10 150,000 

0630 M TRUCK TRACTOR 6X4 43000 GVW XB2B 12 12 300,000 

0631 M TRUCK DUMP 6X4/6X6 39000 TO 45000 GVW XB2A 12 12 300,000 

F-5




0636 M TRUCK STAKE 6X4 DED 43000 GVW XB2A 12 12 300,000 

0638 M TRUCK TRACTOR 6X6 46000 GVW XB2B 12 12 300,000 

0643 N TRUCK STAKE 6X6 DED 46000 GVW XB2A 12 12 150,000 

0644 N TRUCK DUMP 10 CY 6X4/6X6 DED 52000 GVW XB2A 12 12 300,000 

0645 N TRUCK TRACTOR 6X4/6X6 52000 GVW XB2B 12 12 300,000 

0649 N TRUCK TRACTOR 6X4/6X6 DED 62000 GVW XB2B 12 12 300,000 

0701 O TRUCK CARGO AMPHIB CRWLR/PRT XB2B 7 8 84,000 

0704 O TRUCK AMMO W/HY CRANE 4X2/4X4 24000 GVW XB2B 10 10 84,000 

0705 Q TRUCK AIRFIELD CONTROL TOWER MOBILE XC3A 7 8 84,000 

0707 Q SCOOTER AIRFIELD MAINTENANCE XH6B 7 8 72,000 

0708 O TRUCK PLATFORM UTIL GED/EMD 4 WHL XC3A 4 6 24,000 

0709 O TRUCK FIELD SERVICING XG9B 8 8 84,000 

0710 O TTRUCK FIELD SERVICING XB2B 8 8 84,000 

0713 O TRUCK TIRE SERVICING TACTICAL XG9B 10 10 84,000 

0714 O TRUCK TIRE SERVICING COMMERCIAL XB2B 10 10 72,000 

0715 O TRUCK MULTI-PURPOSE P/L CONST 19000 GVW XB2A 8 12 84,000 

0722 O TRUCK MAINT TEL/UTIL 4X2/4X4 XC3A 7 10 84,000 

0723 O TRUCK MAINTENANCE POLE & LINE DED XB2A 10 10 84,000 

0725 O TRK OVRHD MAINT AERIAL SERV PLTFM XB2A 10 10 84,000 

0726 O TRUCK OVERHEAD MAINT AERIAL SERV PLTFM XH9B 10 10 84,000 

0728 O TRUCK VAN HAZARDOUS SPILL CLEANUP XB2B 10 10 84,000 

0729 O TRUCK WRECKER XB2B 8 10 84,000 

0730 O TRUCK WRECKER TACTICAL XG9B 8 10 84,000 

0731 Q TRUCK LDR AC HI-LIFT DED XB2B 10 10 84,000 

0735 O TRUCK REEL HANDLING/TENSIONING POWERED XB2B 10 10 300,000 

0743 Q TRUCK TANK AVIATION LUBE 200-599 GALLON XH6B 7 10 84,000 

0746 O TRUCK TANK GEN PURP TACTICAL XG9B 8 12 84,000 

0751 O TRUCK TANK FUEL SERVICING 2000-2999 GAL XB2A 10 11 150,000 

0756 Q TRUCK TANK AVGAS/JETFUEL 5000 GAL & UP XB2B 12 12 300,000 

0757 O TRUCK TANK WATER 1000-1499 GALLON XB2A 10 10 84,000 

0758 O TRUCK TANK POTABLE WATER 2000-2999 GAL XB2A 10 11 150,000 

0802 P TRAILER CARGO 2 WHEEL 3/4 TON PAYLOAD XB2C 15 15 

0804 P TRAILER CARGO 2 WHEEL 1-1/2 TON PAYLOAD XB2C 15 12 

0809 P SEMITRAILER LOWBED HYDRAULIC DROP DECK XB2C 15 15 

0812 P SEMITRAILER STAKE 12 TON PAYLOAD XB2C 15 15 

0813 P SEMITRAILER VAN 1 AX 12 TON XB2C 15 15 

0816 P SEMITRAILER STAKE 2 AXLE 20 TON PAYLOAD XB2C 15 15 

0817 P SEMITRAILER VAN 2 AXLE 20 TON PAYLOAD XB2C 15 15 

0819 P SEMITRAILER VAN REFRIGERATOR 12 TON XB2C 15 12 

F-6




0820 P SEMITRAILER VAN REFRIGERATOR 20 TON XB2C 15 12 

0822 P SEMITRAILER LOWBED 4 WHEEL 20 TON XB2C 15 15 

0823 P SEMITRAILER LOWBED 4 WHEEL 25 TON XB2C 15 15 

0825 P SEMITRAILER LOWBED 4 WHEEL 35-40 TON XB2C 15 15 

0826 P SEMITRAILER LOWBED 50 TON XB2C 15 15 

0827 P SEMITRAILER LOWBED 60 TON XB2C 15 15 

0829 P DOLLY TRAILER CONVERTER XB2C 15 15 

0832 P TRAILER LOWBED FORKLIFT TRANSP 6-9T XB2C 15 15 

0842 P TRAILER BOLSTER PIPE/POLE XB2C 15 15 

0843 P TRAILER CABLE REEL OR POLE XB2C 15 15 

0848 T TRAILER OR SEMITRAILER DUMP REFUSE XB2C 15 15 

0853 P TRAILER MISCELLANEOUS EXHIBITION 40 FT XB2C 15 15 

0862 P TRAILER OR SEMITRAILER TILT DECK XB2C 15 15 

0880 P TRAILER TANK 2 WHL 400 GAL XB2C 15 15 

0881 P TRAILER TANK GENERAL PURPOSE 500 GALLON XB2C 15 15 

0882 P TRAILER TANK 2 OR 4 WHEEL 600 GAL XB2C 15 15 

0883 P TRAILER TANK 2 OR 4 WHEEL TO 500 GALLON XB2C 15 15 

0886 P SEMITRAILER TANK 2000-4000 GALLON UP XB2C 15 15 

0890 P SEMITRAILER TANK 5000 GAL AND UP XB2C 15 12 

0891 Q SEMITRAILER TANK AVGAS 4000 GAL & OVER XB2C 15 12 

0892 P SEMITRAILER TANK 6000 GAL AND OVER GP XB2C 15 12 

2120 T CONCRETE BATCH PLANT 150 CY XH6B 10 12 

2200 T CRUSHER ROCK & SCREENING PLANT PORTABLEXH6B 8 12 

2210 T WASHING AND SCREENING PLANT AGGREGATE XH6B 6 7 

2220 T FEEDER AGGREGATE GRIZZLY OR WOBBLER XH6B 6 7 

2300 T PAVER ASPHALT DED/GED XH6B 8 10 

2410 T MIXER ASPHALT XH6B 8 10 

2417 T MIXER ROTARY SOIL STABILIZER XH6B 8 10 

2420 S MIXER CONCRETE TRUCK MOUNTED XH6B 6 8 

2425 S MIXER CONCRETE MOBILE TRUCK/TRAILER MTD XH6B 10 10 

2433 S MIXER CONCRETE PORTABLE 11 CU FT GED XH6B 8 9 

2434 T MIXER CONCRETE PORTABLE 16 CU FT XH6B 8 11 

2462 T SPRAYING MACHINE CONCRETE XH6B 6 10 

2470 T SAW CONCRETE HYDROSTATIC DRIVE DED/GED XH6B 4 6 

2520 T DISTRIBUTOR ASPHALT TRK/TRLR MTD TACTICAL XG9B 8 10 

2521 T DISTRIBUTOR WATER TRUCK/TRAILER MTD XG9B 10 12 

2522 T DISTRIBUTOR ASPHALT TRUCK/TRAILER MTD XH6B 8 10 

2523 T DISTRIBUTOR WATER TRUCK/TRAILER MTD XH6B 10 12 

2540 T SPREADER CHIP AGGREGATE 12 FT TOWED XH6B 10 12 

F-7




2610 T CONVEYOR W/HOPPER W/GRIZZLY OR SCREEN XH6B 10 12 

2620 T PUMP CONCRETE PLACING DED/GED XH6B 6 7 

2740 T KETTLE HEATING BITUMEN SKID/WHEEL MTD XH6B 8 9 

2750 T TANK ASPHALT TRUCK/TRAILER MOUNTED XH6B 12 14 

2760 T KETTLE HEATING JOINT SEAL 75 GAL TRLR MTD XH6B 6 8 

2840 T GROUTER MUD JACK SKID/WHEEL MTD DED XH6B 6 7 

3110 S COMPRESSOR AIR 125 CFM PORTABLE XH6B 6 7 

3111 S COMPRESSOR AIR TRACTOR MTD 125 CFM PRT XH6B 6 7 



3165 S COMPRESSOR AIR 600 CFM & OVER PORTABLE XH6B 8 10 

3532 S DRILL ROCK TRACK MTD XH6B 6 10 

3630 T HAMMER PILE DIESEL FUEL POWERED W/LEADS XH6B 10 12 

3635 T EXTRACTOR PILE XH6B 10 12 

3710 S AUGER EARTH SKID/WHEEL/TRUCK MTD XG9B 8 10 

3720 S DRILL WELL WATER ROTARY/PERCUSSION XG9B 7 12 

3730 S CLEANER DRILLING FLUID DESILTER TRLR MTD XH6B 7 12 

4230 S CRANE CRAWLER DED 7-20 TON XH6C 10 14 





4310 S DITCHING MACHINE WHEEL TYPE XH6A 7 10 

4320 T ROOTER ROAD OR HARROW DISC DRAWN XH6B 8 9 

4330 S EXCAVATOR MULTIPURPOSE TRK MTD XH6A 10 12 

4340 S EXCAVATOR WHEEL MTD HYD OPERATED XH6A 10 12 

4350 S EXCAVATOR CRAWLER MTD HYD OPERATED XH6A 10 12 

4410 T GRADER ROAD TOWED XH6A 8 9 

4420 S GRADER ROAD MOTORIZED DED XH6A 8 10 

4530 S LOADER SCOOP FULL-TRACKED BUCKET/DOZER XH6A 7 12 

4531 S LOADER SCOOP WHEEL MOUNTED 4X4 XH6A 7 12 

4532 S LOADER SKID STEER XH6A 7 9 

4615 S ROLLER MOTORIZED SELF-PROPELLED XH6A 7 10 

4620 T ROLLER SHEEPSFOOT TAMPING TOWED XH6A 10 11 

4621 T ROLLER GRID TOWED XH6A 12 15 

4622 S ROLLER GRID/SEGMENTED SELF-PROPELLED XH6A 12 15 

4630 S ROLLER ROAD TANDEM SELF-PROPELLED XH6A 10 11 

4635 S ROLLER ROAD VIBRATORY SELF-PROPELLED XH6A 10 12 

4750 S SCRAPPER-TRACTOR INTG S-P 1-2 ENG XH6A 7 12 

F-8




4760 S DUMP OFF-HIGHWAY TRK 15-50T 9-30 CY CAP XH6A 8 12 

4805 S DUMP END TRACTOR W/TRAILER XH6A 7 10 

4820 S TRACTOR CRAWLER DED 35-49 HP XH6A 8 12 

4830 S TRACTOR CRAWLER DED 105 HP XH6A 10 14 



4851 S TRACTOR CRAWLER DED 300 HP XH6A 10 12 

4874 U TRACTOR WHEEL IND < 40 HP XH6A 6 7 

4875 U TRACTOR WHEEL IND GED PRT 50-70 HP XH6A 6 7 

4877 U TRACTOR WHEEL IND DED 90 HP XH6A 6 7 

4891 S TRACTOR WHEEL INDUSTRIAL 7800-14K PDBP XH6A 7 7 

4893 S TRACTOR WHEEL INDUSTRIAL 20001-27K PDBP XH6A 7 8 

4894 Q TRACTOR WHEEL INDUSTRIAL 34K PDBP XH6A 7 8 

5110 T FLOODLIGHT SET ELEC TRUCK/TRLR MTD XH6B 8 10 

5120 T GEN SET SKID/TRK/TRLR GED/DED 5-9KW XH6B 8 9 

5121 T GENERATOR SET SKID/TRLR GED/DED 10-15KW XH6B 8 10 



5125 Z GENERATOR SET SKID/TRLR GED/DED 101-150K XH6B 10 12 

5128 Z GENERATOR SET SKID/TRLR GED/DED 151-250K XH6B 10 12 

5160 Z LUBRICATING UNIT POWER OPERATED SKID MTD XH6B 6 10 

5170 S WELDER ELEC ARC SKID/TRLR/TRK MTD XH6B 6 8 

5210 T PUMP WATER DIAPHRAGM PORTABLE GED/DED XH6B 6 8 

5220 T PUMP CENTRIFUGAL PORTABLE GED/DED 4IN MIN XH6B 6 10 

5230 T PUMP SUMP PORTABLE GED/DED XH6B 6 7 

5405 S CLEANER VACUUM LEAF/LITTER TRLR MTD XH6B 6 7 

5408 Q CLEANER VACUUM SELF-PROPELLED AIRFIELD XH6B 6 7 

5409 S CLEANER BASIN/MANHOLE VAC/HYD TRUCK MTD XH6B 6 7 

5410 Z CLEANER STEAM WHL/SKID MTD XH6B 4 6 

5412 S CLEANER PIPE/SEWER AUG PWR OP TRLR MTD XH6B 6 7 

5413 T CLEANER SCRAPER PORTABLE XH6B 4 5 

5414 S CLEANER SEPTIC TANK/CESSPOOL TRUCK MTD XH6B 6 7 

5416 S CLEANER PIPE/SEWER WATER JET TRK MTD XH6B 6 7 

5418 T CLEANER WATER BLAST 10000 PSI W/SAND INJ XH6B 6 8 

5420 Z SPRAYER DECONTAMINATE SKD/TRK/TRLR MTD XH6B 8 12 

5421 Z SPRAYER PEST/INSECT PORTABLE GED XH6B 5 6 

5460 Z PLATFORM MAINTENANCE XH6B 10 10 

5500 Q FUEL SERVICING UNIT AIRCRAFT TRLR MTD XH6B 8 12 

5700 S SWEEPER OR SCRUBBER INDUST >42 IN SWATH XH6B 6 7 

F-9




5710 S SWEEPER STREET MAGNETIC S-P/TOWED XH6B 7 10 

5720 S SWEEPER ROTARY S-P PICKUP XH6B 7 8 

5740 S SWEEPER ROTARY TOWED REV BROOM XH6B 7 10 

5745 T SWEEPER ROTARY TOWED SNOW AIRBLAST A/F XH6B 10 8 

5750 T SNOWPLOW TRK MTD ROTARY S-C UNIT XH6B 10 8 

5757 T SNOWPLOW ROLLOVER TRUCK MOUNTED XH6B 10 8 

5760 T TRK SNOW REMOVAL MULTIPURPOSE 4X4 DED XH6B 10 8 

5790 T SANDER SELF CONTAINED STREET TRK MTD XH6B 10 11 

5795 T SANDER STREET TRK MOUNTED/TOWED XH6B 8 9 

5820 S TRK REFUSE COLLECT COMP SIDE/REAR LOAD XB2B 8 9 

5830 S TRUCK MAT HNDLG CHAIN HOIST/HAUL XB2B 8 9 

5831 S TRUCK MAT HNDLG HOIST FORKLIFT TYPE XB2B 7 8 

5833 S TRUCK MAT HNDLG HOIST/HAUL TO 45 CU YD XB2B 7 8 

5835 S TRUCK REFUSE COLLECT-COMPACT W/HOIST XB2B 8 9 

5840 T SEMITRAILER/TRAILER REFUSE COLLECTION XB2C 12 12 

5842 T SEMITRAILER REFUSE COLLECTION COMPACT XB2C 12 12 

5900 T SAW RADIAL ARM WOODWORKING XH6B 15 12 

5910 T SHOP MACHINE MOBILE SEMITRLR MTD XH6B 15 15 

6100 V CAR RAILWAY MISCELLANEOUS SERVICE 031A 28 

6110 V CAR RAILWAY BOX 031A 28 

6120 V CAR RAILWAY FLAT STANDARD 031A 28 

6130 V CAR RAILWAY GONDOLA SOLID BOTTOM 031A 25 

6140 V CAR RAILWAY HOPPER SIDE/BOTTOM DUMP 031A 25 

6150 V CAR RAILWAY DUMP AIR/MANUALLY OPERATE 031A 25 

6160 V CAR RAILWAY FLAT DEPRESSED CENTER 031A 25 

6210 W CAR RAILWAY MOTOR MAINTENANCE-OF-WAY XH6B 15 15 

6220 W CAR RAILWAY INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE XH6B 15 15 

6222 W TAMPER SELF-PROPELLED RR TIE/BALLAST XH6B 12 12 

6230 W CAR RAILWAY MOTOR MAINT-SECTION GANG XH6B 15 15 

6240 W CAR SPOTTER ROAD-RAILER PRT SELF-PROP XH6B 15 15 

6250 W CAR RAILWAY AUTO-RAILER XH6B 12 15 

6340 V CAR RAILWAY CABOOSE 031A 28 

6370 V CAR RAILWAY COACH 031A 28 

6400 V CAR RAILWAY TANK GENERAL PURPOSE 031A 28 

6530 W LOCOMOTIVE RAILWAY 40-59 TON CLASS 031C 25 




6560 W LOCOMOTIVE RAILWAY 101 TON & UP CLASS 031C 25 

6570 W MOVER CAR RAILWAY 30000 LB DBP XH6B 15 15 

F-10




6580 W LOCOMOTIVE RAILWAY MINE 031C 25 

6600 Z RAILWAY MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT MISC XH6B 12 12 

7100 X TRUCK FIRE CRASH MISCELLANEOUS XJ7A 7 8 

7102 X TRUCK A/C CRASH FIRE RESCUE W/TWIN AGENT XJ7A 7 8 

7103 X TRUCK FIREFIGHTING HOSE WAGON XJ7B 10 11 

7160 X TRUCK A/C CRASH RESCUE 1000 GAL CAPACITY XJ7A 8 9 

7180 X TRUCK A/C FIREFIGHTING/RESCUE 1500 GAL XJ7A 12 12 

7190 X TRUCK A/C CRASH FIRE RESCUE 3000 GAL CAP XJ7A 12 12 

7195 X TRUCK A/C CRASH FIRE RESCUE 6000 GAL CAP XJ7A 12 12 

7200 X PUMP FIREFIGHTING TRAILER MTD 500GPM XJ7B 8 9 

7225 X AGENT RESUPPLIER TRUCK/TRAILER MTD XJ7A 8 9 

7230 X FOAMER/AGENT RESUPPLIER TRAILER XJ7A 12 12 

7300 X TRUCK FIREFIGHTING MISC MOUNTED EQUIP XJ7B 12 12 

7320 X TRUCK FIREFIGHTING PUMPER 750 GPM XJ7B 12 12 

7321 X TRUCK FIREFIGHTING STRUCTURAL PUMPER XJ7B 12 12 

7322 X TRUCK FIREFIGHTING MINI PUMPER XJ7B 12 12 

7330 X TRUCK FIREFIGHTING FOAM GENERATING XJ7B 12 12 

7331 X TRUCK FIREFIGHTING STRUCTURAL FOAM PUMP XJ7B 12 12 

7341 X TRUCK FIREFIGHTING BRUSH/GRASS XJ7B 12 12 

7351 X TRUCK FIREFIGHTING STRUCT W/TOWER XJ7B 12 12 

7400 X TRUCK FIREFIGHTING AERIAL LADDER TYPE XJ7B 15 15 

7500 X TRAILER FOAM GENERATOR SELF-POWERED XJ7A 10 11 

8160 Y CRANE STADDLE-CARRY 150T PRT DED XH6C 8 9 

8200 Y CRANE TRUCK MTD 2-ENG PRT 5-14 TON XH6C 8 9 





8219 Y CRANE TRUCK MTD 2-ENG PRT 51 TON & UP XH6C 10 12 

8220 Y CRANE CRUISER MTD 1 2-ENG PRT 5-100 TON XH6C 10 12 

8230 Y CRANE CRUISER MTD 1-ENG PRT 11-30 TON XH6C 12 12 




8241 Q CRANE CRASH NON-REVOL S-P (A/C SHIP) XH6C 10 11 

8242 Q CRANE CRASH NON-REVOL S-P (INTEGRAL) XH6C 10 11 

8243 Q CRANE WHL TRACTOR MTD CRASH HELICOPTOR XH6C 10 11 

8246 Y CRANE TRUCK MTD HYD DED 20-50 TON XH6C 10 12 

8249 Y CRANE TRUCK MTD HYD DED 51 TON & UP XH6C 10 12 

F-11

8252 Y CRANE CARRIER TORPEDO HANDLING DED XH6C 10 11 




8253 Y CRANE WHL MTD SWING CAB 4X4 15 TON & UP XH6C 10 12 

8254 Y CRANE WHL MTD HYD BOOM 4X4 12-35 TON XH6C 10 12 

8410 Y CRANE RAILWAY LOCO 15-30 TON XH6C 25 25 

8420 Y CRANE RAILWAY LOCO 31-50 TON XH6C 25 25 

8430 Y CRANE RY LOCO (WRECKING) 51-200 TON XH6C 25 25 

F-12

APPENDIX G. MAINTENANCE BUDGET AND MAN-HOUR STANDARDS 

1. Scope. These guidelines provide a uniform system for the preparation of a planned 

transportation maintenance budget. The budget should become an operational plan with 

scheduled periodic performance evaluation. The input standards contained in Table G-1 

provide for all the direct man-hours of labor required for transportation maintenance 

expenses in accordance with Volume 3, Chapter 7, of NAVCOMPT Manual. 

2. Budget Preparation. A realistic transportation maintenance budget should be 

developed by using the following five information elements: (1) vehicle/equipment 

requirements and usage in terms of units, miles driven, or hours operated; (2) man-hour 

input standards; (3) shop labor rate; (4) standard material cost per hour of labor; and (5) 

overhead labor. To adequately account for all maintenance man-hours, it is necessary to 

include equipment in Alpha Code "Z". Since man-hour inputs are not provided for "Z" 

equipment, these man-hours should be collected from historical data, or from NAVCOMPT 

Form 2168 under Cost Account Code (CAC) 6440. In order to ensure adequate 

staffing/man-hours for work performed on other activity equipment, CAC 6460 should also 

be included. However, as this is a reimbursable CAC, a deduction should be made on the 

NAVCOMPT 2168 budget submission. Activity Transportation Division Directors should 

follow claimants' budget guidance instructions for details of budget preparations. Figure 

G-1 is a sample worksheet which should be used in preparation of the transportation 

maintenance budget plan. 

a. Equipment Requirements and Usage. The accuracy of the budget will depend 

to a large degree upon how well the vehicle/equipment requirements and usage can be 

projected. Analysis of the automotive and construction equipment historical utilization data 

in each Equipment Code (EC) should provide sufficient information to project equipment 

requirements and usage for the budget period. It is recognized that variables such as 

mission changes and funding level changes must be considered. 

b. Man-Hour Input Standards. The man-hour input standards contained in Table 

G-1 cover the direct labor necessary to maintain a unit in a safe and reliable condition 

throughout its economic service life. These standards include the necessary labor hours to 

lubricate, service, install tires and batteries, as well as remove, replace, and repair major 

and minor components, sub-assemblies, parts, and accessories to correct or prevent 

malfunctions or deterioration except those resulting from accidents. The standards do not 

cover extensive one time major overhaul or rebuild of the complete unit of equipment. 

c. Computation of Man-Hour Input from Standards. The recommended procedure 

for determining direct maintenance man-hour input for budget projection (plan) is to list 

inventory quantities by EC sequence summarized by Cost Account Code (CAC). Using 

G-1

Table G-1 of this Appendix, select the established man-hour input standard for each 

specific EC in inventory. List unit target miles, hours, and leave column blank for those 

ECs with annual man-hour input standards. There will be three separate 

computations/formulas for determining the annual budgeted man-hour inputs, depending 

upon whether the equipment standard man-hour input per mile, hour, or annual unit 

basis. Examples of computations are as follows: 

(1) MAN-HOUR INPUT (STANDARD) PER 1,000 MILES OPERATED 

Unit Man-hour Annual budget 

CAC EC Inventory target mile/hr input std. man-hours 

62A4 0104 20 12,000 Miles 2.40 per 1,000 mi 576 

Formula 12,000 X 20 X 2.40 = 576 

1,000 

(2) MAN-HOUR INPUT (STANDARD) PER HOUR OPERATED 



64S0 4851 2 1,050 Hours .422 per hr 886 

Formula 1,050 X 2 X .422 = 886 

(3) MAN-HOUR INPUT (STANDARD) PER UNIT/YEAR 



64P0 0816 6 1 year 17 per unit/year 102 

Formula 6 X 17 = 102 

d. Shop Labor Rate. The shop labor rate used in budget preparation should 

include acceleration for leave and other fringe benefits and a projected cost of living 

increase. (This information should be provided by the local comptroller.) The shop labor 

rate can be developed by dividing the labor cost/dollars by the direct labor hours for the 

G-2

maintenance branch using the most recent labor and material cost report plus a projected 

acceleration factor. 

Example: Total direct labor cost for the Maintenance Branch = $96,000 

18,000 man-hours of direct labor = $5.33 average labor rate + 33 percent fringe benefits 

+ 8 percent cost of living increase = $7.52 shop labor rate. 

e. Material Cost Factor Per Hour of Labor. A material cost factor for each hour of 

direct labor shall be developed locally, using cost data from the latest annual 

Transportation Cost Report (TCR) or the Transportation Equipment Management 

Evaluation Summary (TEMES). To determine the material cost factor for each hour of 

direct labor, divide the total annual material cost reported for the maintenance branch by 

the reported direct labor hours. The material cost factor should be escalated to allow for 

price increases anticipated in the budget year. 

Example: Total direct material for the maintenance branch = $64,500 

13,500 man-hours of direct labor = $4.78 X 1.07 (7 percent cost escalation) = $5.11 

activity developed material factor per labor hour. 

f. Maintenance Overhead. The total overhead hours under CAC 6900 should not 

exceed 32 percent of the direct productive standard hours for the maintenance branch. 

Considering normal staffing, overhead labor is based on a ratio of 2 overhead personnel 

to 10 direct personnel with direct labor personnel effective for 91 percent of available 

1,728 annual direct labor hours. 

Formula: 

(1) 2 X 1,728 = 3,456 indirect/overhead available labor hours 

(2) 10 X 1,728 = 17,280 direct labor hours 

(3) 17,280 X .91 = 15,724 effective direct labor hours 

(4) 17,280 - 15,724 = 1,556 indirect/overhead for production labor 

(5) 3,456 + 1,556 = 5,012 total indirect/overhead hours 

(6) 5012 X 100 = 32 percent indirect to direct hours 

15,724 

g. Budget Computation. Sample worksheet for the direct labor and material 

budget is shown in Figure G-1 Part A. The following are the appropriate column entries: 

G-3

COLUMN (1) EQUIP. CODE. List NAVFAC Equipment Code (EC). 

COLUMN (2) INVENTORY. Enter inventory on hand. 

COLUMN (3) ESTIMATED MILES/HOURS. Enter estimated miles or hours to be 

operated in budget year. 

COLUMN (4) MAINTENANCE MAN-HOUR INPUT STANDARDS. Enter 

maintenance man-hour input standard from Table G-1. 

COLUMN (5) ANNUAL BUDGET MAN-HOURS. Compute total annual 

maintenance man-hours by multiplying Column (3) by Column (4). 

COLUMN (6) SHOP LABOR RATE. Enter the shop labor rate. To compute the 

shop labor rate follow instructions contained in paragraph 2.d. 

COLUMN (7) LABOR DOLLAR. Enter the total labor dollar for each equipment 

code entry. This entry is obtained by multiplying Column (5) by Column (6). 

COLUMN (8) MATERIAL COST FACTOR. Enter activity developed material cost 

factor. To obtain this entry follow procedures outlined in paragraph 2.e. 

COLUMN (9) MATERIAL COST. Enter the total material cost for each equipment 

code entry. This entry is obtained by multiplying Column (5) by Column (8). 

COLUMN (10) TOTAL LABOR AND MATERIAL. Enter the total labor and material 

cost for each equipment code entry by adding Column (7) and Column (9). 

h. Budget Computation. (Indirect labor and material) Sample worksheet for 

indirect labor and material budget is shown in Figure G-1 Part B. The following are the 

appropriate column entries: 

COLUMN (1) COST ACCOUNT. Enter the appropriate Cost Account Code (CAC) 

for each function. The CACs are listed by categories in the NAVCOMPT Manual, 

Volume 3 Chapter 7 paragraphs 037121 and 037122. 

COLUMN (2) FUNCTION. Enter the position title for each indirect function 

requested. 

COLUMN (3) MAN-YEARS. Enter the total man-years required for each indirect 

function listed. 

G-4

COLUMN (4) MAN-HOURS. Enter the total man-hours for each indirect function. 

Compute on the basis of 1,728 hours for each full time indirect employee and add hours 

required for direct personnel performing indirect/overhead functions. 

COLUMN (5) LABOR RATE. Enter labor rate for each entry. To obtain take the 

average base pay for each title listed, add fringe benefits and projected cost of living 

increase. 

COLUMN (6) LABOR COST. Enter total labor dollars for each entry. This entry is 

obtained by multiplying Column (4) by Column (5). 

COLUMN (7) MATERIAL COST. Enter the estimated cost of material for each 

indirect entry. 

I. Budget Control. A sound management system requires allocation of a cost 

effective level of funding in a budget plan that will require efficient management to 

execute within this level of funding. Effective budget control depends on management 

receiving timely feedback information that will enable the manager to isolate his problem 

areas, make proper decisions, and initiate the necessary corrective action. Such 

information must relate performance against the resources plan (budget) and established 

standards. The Navy Resources Management System (RMS) as set forth in NAVSO 

P3006-1, Financial Management of Resources, provides these reports on a monthly basis 

as an output from the activity financial management reporting system. These reports are 

as follows: 

(1) Performance Statement (NAVCOMPT 2169). This report is the transportation 

manager's major tool for control. The report compares actual performance and 

expenditure data with the budget plan, and indicates the percent expended to date. It 

compares work units achieved to date with the planned work units, and compares actual 

unit cost data with standard or budgeted unit cost. This information is provided for each 

line item in the budget. The transportation manager can then detect deviations from the 

budget plan and initiate the necessary action to determine the cause of the deviation. 

Should a further data breakout of specific elements of expenditure be required, the 

NAVCOMPT 2168 Operating Budget/Expense Report described in the following 

paragraph should be used. 

(2) Operating Budget/Expense (NAVCOMPT 2168). This report provides a detail 

breakout of the cumulative line item expenditures shown on the NAVCOMPT 2169. This 

report provides the manager with data to determine what element of cost is causing the 

deviation from the budget plan. Actual man-hour expenditures per mile, for example, can 

be computed and compared with the standard used in the budget plan. A similar analysis 

can be done for material expenditures. 

G-5

NAVFAC 

Equip. 

Code 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 

TABLE G-1 

TRANSPORTATION MAINTENANCE MAN-HOUR 

INPUT STANDARDS 

Maintenance man-hour input 

Standard hours 

Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

Unit 

(annual) 


Equip. 

Code 

G-6 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 

0061 B 7.00 X 0316 G 2.80 X 

0063 B 7.00 X 0317 H 3.50 X 

0065 C 11.20 X 0319 G 2.80 X 



Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

0066 C 11.20 X 0320 O 29 X 

0070 D 11.20 X 0321 G 2.80 X 

0090 P 45 X 0322 H 3.50 X 

0095 O 42 X 0324 O 35 X 

0098 O 42 X 0327 H 3.50 X 

0099 O 42 X 0329 H 3.50 X 

0102 A 2.40 X 0330 H 3.50 X 

0103 A 2.40 X 0331 F 5.90 X 

0104 A 2.40 X 0332 F 5.90 X 

0105 A 2.40 X 0333 F 5.90 X 

0114 A 2.40 X 0334 F 5.90 X 

0200 E 2.40 X 0335 H 3.50 X 

0202 E 2.40 X 0336 O 63 X 

0210 E 2.40 X 0340 O 55 X 

0303 O 35 X 0342 I 4.40 X 

0305 H 3.50 X 0343 I 4.40 X 

0307 O 35 X 0345 I 4.40 X 

0308 H 3.50 X 0347 J 4.80 X 

0310 O 28 X 0348 I 4.40 X 

0311 H 3.50 X 0349 I 4.40 X 

0312 H 3.50 X 0350 I 4.40 X 

0313 G 2.80 X 0355 I 4.40 X 

0315 H 3.50 X 0360 O 58 X 

Unit 

(annual)


Equip. 

Code 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 

TABLE G-1 





Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

Unit 

(annual) 

G-7 


Equip. 

Code 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 



Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

0361 F 5.90 X 0550 O 91 X 

0362 I 4.80 X 0570 O 246 X 

0409 O 48 X 0580 M 9.20 X 

0410 O 48 X 0582 M 9.20 X 

0420 J 4.80 X 0587 O 92 X 

0426 J 4.80 X 0588 O 92 X 

0428 J 4.80 X 0590 M 191 X 

0430 O 48 X 0591 O 96 X 

0441 J 4.80 X 0601 M 9.20 X 

0443 J 4.80 X 0602 M 9.20 X 

0445 J 4.80 X 0603 M 9.20 X 

0449 J 4.80 X 0604 M 9.20 X 

0450 J 4.80 X 0605 M 9.20 X 

0455 J 4.80 X 0606 M 9.20 X 

0456 J 4.80 X 0607 O 92 X 

0457 J 4.80 X 0610 O 92 X 

0520 O 62 X 0613 M 9.20 X 

0521 K 7.00 X 0614 M 9.20 X 

0523 K 7.00 X 0616 O 92 X 

0525 K 7.00 X 0618 O 92 X 

0527 K 7.00 X 0620 M 9.20 X 

0528 K 7.00 X 0624 M 9.20 X 

0534 O 70 X 0630 M 9.20 X 

0536 O 70 X 0631 M 9.20 X 

0537 O 70 X 0636 M 9.20 X 

0539 O 70 X 0638 N 11.20 X 

Unit 

(annual)


Equip. 

Code 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 

TABLE G-1 





Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

Unit 

(annual) 


Equip. 

Code 

G-8 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 



Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

0643 N 11.20 X 0742 O 34 X 

0644 N 11.20 X 0743 Q .017 X 

0645 N 11.20 X 0744 Q .023 X 

0649 N 11.20 X 0746 O 48 X 

0701 O 260 X 0750 Q .034 X 

0704 O 42 X 0751 O 70 X 

0705 Q .019 X 0753 O 92 X 

0707 Q .027 X 0754 O 92 X 

0708 O 35 X 0756 Q .044 X 

0709 O 239 X 0757 O 48 X 

0711 O 36 X 0758 O 70 X 

0713 O 70 X 0802 P 3 X 

0714 X .034 X 0803 P 7 X 

0715 O 70 X 0804 P 3 X 

0719 O 25 X 0806 P 6 X 

0720 O 25 X 0807 P 4 X 

0721 O 28 X 0809 P 20 X 

0722 O 28 X 0811 P 20 X 

0723 O 204 X 0812 P 17 X 

0725 O 127 X 0813 P 20 X 

0728 O 55 X 0815 P 17 X 

0730 O 39 X 0816 P 17 X 

0731 Q .019 X 0817 P 20 X 

0733 O 127 X 0818 P 15 X 

0734 O 34 X 0819 P 28 X 

0735 O 100 X 0820 P 34 X 

Unit 

(annual)


Equip. 

Code 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 

TABLE G-1 





Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

Unit 

(annual) 

G-9 


Equip. 

Code 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 



Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

0821 P 17 X 0859 P 17 X 

0822 P 20 X 0860 P 11 X 

0823 P 22 X 0862 P 11 X 

0825 P 24 X 0864 P 11 X 

0826 P 28 X 0865 Q .003 X 

0827 P 34 X 0868 P 11 X 

0828 P 48 X 0871 P 6 X 

0829 P 4 X 0872 P 3 X 

0832 P 9 X 0873 P 7 X 

0833 P 7 X 0874 P 4 X 

0834 P 8 X 0875 P 7 X 

0842 P 11 X 0876 P 5 X 

0843 P 6 X 0878 P 17 X 

0844 P 11 X 0879 P 11 X 

0845 P 3 X 0880 P 4 X 

0846 P 4 X 0881 P 5 X 

0847 Q .817 X 0882 P 8 X 

0848 T 34 X 0883 P 4 X 

0849 Q .002 X 0884 P 8 X 

0851 P 8 X 0885 P 31 X 

0852 P 3 X 0886 P 11 X 

0853 P 11 X 0888 P 14 X 

0855 P 11 X 0890 P 31 X 

0856 P 11 X 0891 Q .027 X 

0857 P 8 X 0892 P 34 X 

0858 P 5 X 0893 Q .005 X 

Unit 

(annual)


Equip. 

Code 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 

TABLE G-1 





Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

Unit 

(annual) 


Equip. 

Code 

G-10 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 



Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

0896 Q .005 X 1600 R .024 X 

0897 P 11 X 1610 R .028 X 

0899 P 3 X 1800 R .081 X 

1100 R .057 X 1810 R .210 X 

1110 R .062 X 1820 R .106 X 

1120 R .041 X 1830 R .210 X 

1200 R .090 X 1840 R .122 X 

1210 R .123 X 1850 R .231 X 

1220 R .045 X 1860 R .231 X 

1230 R .077 X 1870 R .276 X 

1240 R .057 X 1900 R .070 X 

1300 R .099 X 2110 T 158 X 

1310 R .150 X 2120 T 70 X 

1320 R .098 X 2200 T 383 X 

1330 R .150 X 2210 T 98 X 

1340 R .160 X 2220 T 10 X 

1350 R .123 X 2325 T 3 X 

1360 R .050 X 2340 T 12 X 

1370 R .055 X 2415 T 88 X 

1380 R .056 X 2417 T 88 X 

1390 R .043 X 2420 S .028 X 

1400 R .070 X 2425 T 600 X 

1410 R .029 X 2432 S .024 X 

1420 R .038 X 2433 S .027 X 

1430 R .099 X 2434 S .043 X 

1500 R .138 X 2462 T 244 X 

Unit 

(annual)


Equip. 

Code 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 

TABLE G-1 





Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

Unit 

(annual) 

G-11 


Equip. 

Code 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 



Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

2470 S .043 X 4320 T 7 X 

2520 S .146 X 4330 S .400 X 

2521 S .113 X 4340 S .500 X 

2542 T 164 X 4410 T 8 X 

2610 T 28 X 4420 S .244 X 

2620 T 164 X 4530 S .288 X 

2720 T 118 X 4531 S .182 X 

2735 T 17 X 4532 S .182 X 

2750 T 14 X 4610 T 10 X 

3110 S .043 X 4615 S .193 X 

3111 S .064 X 4620 T 8 X 

3135 S .108 X 4621 T 8 X 

3155 S .108 X 4622 S .316 X 

3160 S .210 X 4625 T 13 X 

3165 S .210 X 4630 S .112 X 

3532 S .195 X 4635 S .140 X 

3630 T 123 X 4640 S .169 X 

3710 S .079 X 4730 T 25 X 

3720 S .281 X 4731 T 34 X 

4230 S .210 X 4750 S .363 X 

4240 S .491 X 4760 S .259 X 

4250 S .540 X 4805 S .260 X 

4260 S .664 X 4820 S .126 X 

4270 S .701 X 4830 S .210 X 

4305 T 7 X 4840 S .280 X 

4310 S .175 X 4850 S .417 X 

Unit 

(annual)


Equip. 

Code 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 

TABLE G-1 





Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

Unit 

(annual) 


Equip. 

Code 

G-12 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 



Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

4851 S .422 X 5411 T 5 X 

4860 S .092 X 5413 T 8 X 

4872 U .092 X 5414 S .175 X 

4873 U .101 X 5416 S .153 X 

4874 U .111 X 5460 Z .127 X 

4875 U .118 X 5500 Q .069 X 

4876 U .127 X 5515 T 17 X 

4891 S .168 X 5628 U .135 X 

4892 S .231 X 5643 U .008 X 

4893 S .441 X 5650 U .016 X 

4894 Q .472 X 5720 S .288 X 

5110 T 17 X 5740 T 25 X 

5120 T 21 X 5745 T 125 X 

5121 T 24 X 5750 T 214 X 

5122 T 33 X 5757 T 272 X 

5123 T 35 X 5790 T 112 X 

5124 T 53 X 5820 S .179 X 

5128 T 75 X 5830 S .238 X 

5170 S .069 X 5831 S .252 X 

5171 S .148 X 5833 S .209 X 

5220 T 13 X 5835 S .228 X 

5230 T 15 X 5840 T 74 X 

5240 T 22 X 5842 T 77 X 

5405 S .130 X 5900 T 5 X 

5408 Q .217 X 5910 T 5 X 

5409 S .223 X 6100 V 11 X 

Unit 

(annual)


Equip. 

Code 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 

TABLE G-1 





Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

Unit 

(annual) 

G-13 


Equip. 

Code 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 



Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

6110 V 15 X 7175 X .385 X 

6120 V 9 X 7180 X .609 X 

6130 V 19 X 7190 X .609 X 

6140 V 19 X 7195 X .609 X 

6150 V 25 X 7200 X .069 X 

6160 V 14 X 7225 X .069 X 

6210 W .029 X 7230 X .016 X 

6220 W .020 X 7300 X .098 X 

6222 T 70 X 7310 X .084 X 

6230 W .034 X 7320 X .105 X 

6240 W .063 X 7321 X .210 X 

6340 V 20 X 7322 X .210 X 

6370 V 56 X 7330 X .210 X 

6400 V 10 X 7340 X .112 X 

6530 W .185 X 7341 X .126 X 

6540 W .281 X 7351 X .210 X 

6545 W .021 X 7400 X .210 X 

6550 W .561 X 7500 X .057 X 

6560 W .701 X 8160 Y .336 X 

6570 W .125 X 8200 Y .351 X 

6580 W .042 X 8205 Y .351 X 

7100 X .094 X 8210 Y .421 X 

7102 X .084 X 8215 Y .505 X 

7103 X .070 X 8218 Y .808 X 

7105 X .056 X 8219 Y .948 X 

7160 X .445 X 8220 Y .266 X 

Unit 

(annual)


Equip. 

Code 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 

TABLE G-1 





Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

Unit 

(annual) 


Equip. 

Code 

G-14 

Alpha 

Code 

Man-hours 



Per 

1,000 

Miles Hour 

8230 Y .293 X 8249 Y .771 X 

8232 Y .497 X 8250 Y .448 X 

8233 Y .692 X 8252 Y .245 X 

8235 Y .790 X 8253 Y .203 X 

8241 Q .983 X 8254 Y .161 X 

8242 Q .878 X 8410 Y .392 X 

8243 Q .570 X 8420 Y .448 X 

8246 Y .386 X 8430 Y .525 X 

Unit 

(annual)

? 2;

APPENDIX H 

(FORMS)

ACTIVITY NAME 

CLAIMANT UIC 

BUDGET YEAR 

ESTIMATED COST 

TEMC: 

DESCRIPTION/JUSTIFICATION FOR 

NON-STANDARD FAMILY CESE PROCUREMENT 

UIC PRIORITY(S) 

EC (1 only) 

PRIORITY(S) 

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIVE DATA (Complete, accurate information is essential to ensure 

procurement of desired equipment) 

PREVIOUS CONTRACT/MIPR NO. 

CURRENT MFG. 

(attach brochure, if available) 

ADDRESS/PHONE NO. 

ITEM DESCRIPTION 

ATTACHMENTS/OPTIONS REQUIRED 

MODEL NO. 

CRITICAL OPERATING REQUIREMENTS (Terrain, load/speed requirement, etc.) 

JUSTIFICATION (Descriptive information is mandatory as to why a standard family item 

is not suitable.) 

Activity Contact 

For further details: 

Name/Signature Code Phone No. Date 

TEMC Review by: 


Figure H-1 

H-1

ACTIVITY NAME NAVSTA ADAK 

CLAIMANT UIC 00070 TEMC: PACDIV 

BUDGET YEAR 96 EC (1 only) 0321-00 

ESTIMATED COST $10,200 PRIORITY(S) 

DESCRIPTION/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-STANDARD 

FAMILY CESE PROCUREMENT 

(Sample) 

UIC 62742 PRIORITY(S) 22, 23, 24 

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIVE DATA (Complete, accurate information is essential to ensure 

procurement of desired equipment) 

PREVIOUS CONTRACT/MIPR NO. 86-0508 DAAE07-86-C-9999 

CURRENT MFG. Pushmehard 

MODEL NO. Upull II 

(attach brochure, if available) 

ADDRESS/PHONE NO. 325 W. Washington St. Outback, AL (205) 502 -2552 

ITEM DESCRIPTION Truck, pickup, compact, 4 x 4 5200 GVW 

ATTACHMENTS/OPTIONS REQUIRED High capacity heater/ defroster required for 

operating in extreme cold weather. 

CRITICAL OPERATING REQUIREMENTS (Terrain, load/speed requirement, etc.) 

Operates in below freezing weather, and must travel on snow, ice, mud and rocky 

terrain to reach antenna fields in remote areas. 

JUSTIFICATION (Descriptive information is mandatory as to why a standard family item 

is not suitable.) 

A standard size 4 X 4 pickup, or another 4 X 4 configuration could not gain access to 

these remote areas, or would not have the easy cargo accessibility of a compact pickup. 

(Terrain photos attached). 






Figure H-2 

H-2

ACTIVITY NAME UIC PRIORITY 

TEMC: CLAIMANT UIC 

CRANE REQUIREMENTS DATA SHEET 

PRIORITY 

Crane operations vary widely from one activity to another. The factors listed below are required to determine the size and type of equipment to 

best meet the specific operating requirements. Since mobile cranes generally perform varied operations, the data provided should reflect the 

operating requirements of the primary operation of the crane. Secondary operations should be considered and data provided, when those 

conditions exceed in capacity, working radius, or other limiting factors, those of the primary operation. 

I. Narrative Description of Primary Operation . Describe in detail the entire operation, giving all pertinent information : 

II. PRIMARY LIFTING REQUIREMENTS 

1. Description of load (i.e., air conditioner, transformer, small boats, etc.). 

a. Size: Height Ft. Length Ft. Width Ft. 

b. Weight: pounds. 

c. Special or peculiar handling information (i.e., strong-back, equalizer 

beam, spreader bar, etc.). 

d. Identify aircraft, boats, etc., by model/type. 

e. Maximum weight: pounds at minimum radius of 

2. Maximum required radius 

3. Height or depth of load placement 

top of roof, down in dry dock or on water etc.). 

4. Sling height or special rigging dimensions. 

5. Height, length, or width restrictions on crane. 

feet with load of pounds. 

(i.e., on 

6. Axle load (lbs.) or wheel/outrigger bearing pacity ca (psf) limitations. 

(Design capacities of piers, bridges, utility tunnels, roads, etc.) 

Figure H-3 

H-3 

feet.

CRANE REQUIREMENTS DATA SHEET (Continued) 

7. Maximum traveling lift (if required) 

8. Special devices or attachments required 

9. Frequency of job requirement 

III. Equipment to be Replaced 

pounds. 

1. List characteristics of crane now being used which do not meet primary lifting requirements. 

2. Narrative description of operation as presently performed. 

IV. Secondary Lifting Requirements 

1. Narrative description of each secondary operation. (Provide only if primary requirements 

do not exceed the secondary requirements in reach, height, etc.). 

2. Description of load and weight at required radius. 

V. Additional Information 

1. List or describe any additional information, data or requirements necessary or helpful in 

making equipment selection. 

2. Size and type crane desired. 






Figure H-3 (cont’d) 

H-4

CRANE REQUIREMENTS DATA SHEET 

(Sample) 

ACTIVITY NAME NAS CORPUS CHRISTI UIC 00216 PRIORITY 1, 2 

TEMC: LANTDIV CLAIMANT UIC 00062 PRIORITY 

Crane operations vary widely from one activity to another. The factors listed below are required to determine the size and type of equipment to 

best meet the specific operating requirements. Since mobile cranes generally perform varied operations, the data provided should reflect the 

operating requirements of the primary operation of the crane. Secondary operations should be considered and data provided, when those 

conditions exceed in capacity, working radius, or other limiting factors, those of the primary operation. 

I. Narrative Description of Primary Operation . Describe in detail the entire operation, giving all pertinent information: Equipment is used for 

general purpose lifts on base. Loads weigh from 500 to 

30,000 pounds and the radius varies from 10 feet to 70 feet. 

II. PRIMARY LIFTING REQUIREMENTS 

1. Description of load (i.e., air conditioner, transformer, small boats, etc.). Air conditioners (500 to 5000 lbs.); steel plate (2500 lbs.); 

transformers (1000 to 30000 lbs.); pipe, pallets, motors, 

generators. 

a. Size: Height max 10' Ft. Length max 22' Ft. Width max 10' Ft. 

b. Weight: maximum 30,000 pounds. 

c. Special or peculiar handling information (i.e., strong-back, equalizer beam, spreader bar, etc.) 

N/A 

d. Identify aircraft, boats, etc., by model/type. Crane is for general purpose lifts. Specific 

N/A. 

e. Maximum weight: 30,000 pounds at minimum radius of 20 feet. 

2. Maximum required radius 

70 feet with load of 

5500 pounds. 

3. Height or depth of load placement on roof 46' high (i.e., on top of roof, down in dry dock or on water etc.). 

4. Sling height or special rigging dimensions. No special rigging required. 

5. Height, length, or width restrictions on crane. Height restriction only: must be able to travel 

(unloaded) under 12'8" overhang. 

H-5 

primary use identification 

6. Axle load (lb.) or wheel/outrigger bearing capacity psf) ( limitations. (Design capacities of piers, bridges, utility tunnels, roads, etc.) 

No limitations. 

Figure H-4

CRANE REQUIREMENTS DATA SHEET (Sample) 

(Continued) 

7. Maximum traveling lift (if required) 3000 pounds 

8. Special devices or attachments required 

9. Frequency of job requirement 

III. Equipment to be Replaced 

Daily 

None 

1. List characteristics of crane now being used which do not meet primary lifting requirements. 

Cannot lift 5500 lbs. at the required radius of 70 feet. 

2. Narrative description of operation as presently performed. 

Two lifts now required instead of one 

IV. Secondary Lifting Requirements 

1. Narrative description of each secondary operation. (Provide only if primary requirements 

do not exceed the secondary requirements in reach, height, etc.) 

All primary requirements exceed secondary requirements. 

2. Description of load and weight at required radius 

V. Additional Information 

1. List or describe any additional information, data or requirements necessary or helpful in 

making equipment selection. 

2. Size and type crane desired. 

Code 8254, crane, hydraulic, 30 ton capacity, swing cab; similar or equal Pullitup to 

model Upush II. 







H-6

TRUCK TRACTOR DATA SHEET 

(USER REQUIREMENTS) 

INSTRUCTIONS: Fill in only those requirements that are essential. The less restrictive the 

requirements are, the greater the potential for expediting your procurement at reduced cost. 

Specification standard or industry good practice will be specified for procurement when 

values below are left blank. 

ACTIVITY UIC 

TRUCK TRACTOR: - EQUIPMENT CODE 

4X2 4X4 6X4 6X6 Yard Spotter 

Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) required: lbs. 

Gross Combination Weight (GCW) required: lbs. 

DIMENSIONS: (Special restrictive requirements) 

Length in. Width in. Height in. 

Wheel base in. Turning circle ft. 

Ground clearance in. Cab to axle/trunion in. 

Rear axle or bogie to center of fifth wheel in. 

Maximum Overall length of tractor-trailer combination ft. 

Fifth wheel Height maximum in. Minimum in.(laden or unladen) 

WEIGHTS: 

Maximum load on fifth wheel. lbs. 

Maximum pay load. lbs. 

CAB TYPE: 

Conventional Half 

Tilt Sleeper 

Figure H-5 

H-7

ACCESSORIES: 

TRUCK TRACTOR DATA SHEET (USER REQUIREMENTS) 

(Continued) 

Air conditioning Air Ride Suspension 

Spotlights Air Ride Seats 

ENGINE: 

Rated horsepower Engine compression brake 

Special Equipment: 

Fifth Wheel Type 

Size of King Pin 

Fore-aft rocking 

Full Oscillating 

Slider 24" 

Hydraulic Lift 

2-inch 

3 1/2 inch 

Trailer tow package (includes pintle hook, air glad hands and lighting socket at end of frame). 

Tire tread (Highway - mud/snow, etc.) 

Spare Tire and Wheel required: Yes No 

Transmission: 

Automatic 

Over road type close ratio 

Slow off road deep wide ratio 

Hydraulic Retarder: Yes No 

Manual type 

NOTE: Automatic transmission is 

Number of speeds forward the standard NAVY requirement 

unless otherwise requested 

Special need for slow low gear 


H-8

Fuel Tanks extra capacity gallons 

Winch, (front) Rating: (line pull) 

(length and size of cable) 

Winch, (rear) behind cab rating (line pull) 

(length and size of cable) 


(Continued) 

Roller, rear of frame for folding gooseneck trailer. 

Controls, (electric) for bottom dump trailer 

Lift / Tie-down attachments: Yes No 

Air transportability: Yes No 

Types of semitrailers to be pulled: 

Dropdeck 

Low Bed 

Folding Gooseneck 

Tiltdeck 

Flatdeck 

Tank 

Dump 

Refuse 

Other (Describe) 

Length Number of 

Axles 

Send drawings of specialty type semitrailers if available. 

Special Payloads to be hauled. 

Similar or equal to: Make Model 

Prior buy reference: Contract Number MIPR Number 


H-9 

Landing Gear 

Clearance 

Kingpin 

Setback


(Continued) 

Special Operational Requirements: (Describe in detail: Speeds, road conditions, special payloads, and any other 

significant factors.) 

Activity Contact for further details: 





H-10

ECONOMIC ANALYSIS 

(Procurement Vs. Lease) 

(Sample) 

Navy-Owned Leased 

Vehicle description (EC/Vehicle Type): 

Life expectancy 

Annual miles driven 

Vehicle MPG 

Fuel cost per gallon $ $ 

Maintenance cost ($X.XX/hr Labor cost, 

$X.XX/hr Materials cost) 

$ $ (40%) 

Acquisition cost $ 

Annual lease cost $ 

Cost per mile comparison 

Vehicle Maintenance cost per mile $ $ 

Operations cost per mile (25 MG) $ $ 

Depreciation cost per mile $ 

Lease cost per mile $ 

Total cost per mile $ $ 

Cost Factors 

1. The following data will be used to determine the costs associated with a Navy-owned vehicle: 

a. Equipment code. 

b. Established life expectancy per CASEMIS Equipment Code Descriptive Reference 

Table. 

* c. Acquisition cost of the vehicle per CASEMIS Equipment Code Descriptive 

Reference Table. 

d. Salvage value is established as 20% of acquisition cost. 

e. Actual mileage of assignment ("Class A or B" assignment justification mileage, or "C 

Pool" vehicle target mileage). 

* f. Vehicle Miles per Gallon (MPG) - Estimated (EPA) MPG from Federal Standard 

Numbers 292, 307, 794 (current editions). 

* Note: This information is available from the TEMC if you do not have the referenced material. 

Figure H-6 

H-11

ECONOMIC ANALYSIS 

Cost Factors (Cont’d) 

(Sample) 

g. Fuel cost per gallon (activity's contract cost for Defense fuel). 

h. Approved activity labor and material rates. 

2. The costs associated with a Navy-owned vehicle are to be calculated as follows: 

a. Maintenance Cost per Mile - Calculate the maintenance cost per mile using the 

assignment mileage, P-300 man-hour input standards, activity labor rate, and the 

approved hourly material cost factor. 

b. Operations Cost per Mile - Divide the established annual mileage by the Federal 

Standard MPG to obtain the gallons used per year. Multiply the gallons per year by 

the fuel cost to obtain the annual fuel cost. Divide the annual fuel cost by the 

established annual mileage for this specific application to obtain the operations 

(fuel) cost per mile. 

c. Depreciation Cost per Mile - After subtracting the 20% salvage value, divide the 

acquisition cost by the established life expectancy (in miles). 

3. The following data will be used to determine the costs associated with a Leased vehicle: 

a. Annual Mileage - Same as used in the Navy-owned calculations. 

* b. Vehicle MPG - Same as used in the Navy-owned calculations. 

* c. Annual Lease Cost - The annual lease cost of the specific vehicle. 

d. Fuel Cost per Gallon (activity's contract cost for Defense fuel). 

4. The costs associated with a Leased vehicle are to be calculated as follows: 

a. Lease Maintenance Cost per Mile - Forty percent of the maintenance cost of 

Navy-owned vehicles as previously calculated (forty percent is based on in-house 

maintenance of leased vehicles using a 3-year replacement cycle). 

b. Operations Cost per Mile - Calculated the same as the new Navy-owned vehicle. 

c. Annual Lease Cost per Mile - Calculated by dividing the annual lease cost by the 

established annual mileage. 

* Note: This information is available from the TEMC if you do not have the referenced material. 


H-12

1. Activity: NAS Fairfax 

2. Major Claimant: CINCJETFLT 

3. Total IO: 1120 

4. Total Inventory: 1119 

ACTIVITY DATA SHEET 

(Sample) 

5. Applicable equipment code: 0319 

6. Due-ins in applicable equipment code 

from funded/budgeted procurement: 25 

7. IOs in applicable equipment code: 114 

8. Inventory in applicable equipment code: 

a. within age: 60 

b. eligible for replacement: 54 

c. total: 114 

9. Activity labor rate per hour: $10.00 

10. Activity material cost factor: $ 8.00 

11. Prior fiscal year average utilization (miles) 

of vehicles in applicable equipment code: 10,000 

12. Prior fiscal year average utilization (miles) 

of vehicles in IO group: 9,000 

13. Annual mileage associated with this assignment: 11,000 

Figure H-7 

H-13

Report of Excess Personal Property (SF-120) (Sample) 

Figure H-8 

H-14

TO (DSN 565-8826/(757)445-8826) FROM (UIC) 

CASEMIS INVENTORY & REGISTRATION LOAD SHEET 

FUEL CODES 

B = BI-FUEL (CAPABLE OF RUNNING ON CNG OR GAS) 

D = DIESEL 

E = ELECTRIC 

G = GAS 

H = E-85 ETHANOL 

M = MULTIFUEL (DIESEL OR GAS COMBINED WITH CNG OR LPG) 

N = DEDICATED CNG 

0 = OTHER (HYDROGEN, SOLAR) 

P = LPG 

Q=LNG 

T = M-85 METHANOL 

Z = NON-FUELED (TRAILERS) 

STATUS CODES 

A = LEASED FROM COMMERCIAL SOURCES FILLING LEASE IO 

F = COMMERClALLY LEASED EQUIPMENT FILLNG NAVY-OWNED IO 

G = GSA LEASED/RENTED EQUIPMENT FILLING LEASE IO 

K = GSA LEASED/RENTED EQUIPMENT FILLING NAVY-OWNED IO 

H = REHABILITATION/SERVICE LIFE EXTENSION PROGRAM (SLEP) 

I = LEASED EQUIPMENT WITH OPTlON TO PURCHASE - NAVY-OWNED IO 

0 = GOVERNMENT OPERATED - NAVY--OWNED IO 

C = CONTRACTOR OPERATED/CONTRACTOR REPLACED - NO IO 

E = CONTRACTOR OPERATED/GOVERNMENT REPLACED - NAVY-OWNED IO 

P = PENDING DISPOSAL 

Y = PENDING REDlSTRlBllTlON 

Z = DISPOSED EQUIPMENT 

TO (DSN 565-8826/(757)445-8826) FROM (UIC) 

SHEET__OF__

Quality Deficiency Report (SF-3681 

H-16

Quality Deficiency Report (SF-368) (Continued) 

H-17

Quality Deficiency Report 

(Sample) 

H-18

Quality Deficiency Report (Sample-Continued) 

H-19

Motor Equipment Utilization Record (DD Form 1970) (Trip Ticket) 

H-20

Motor Euuipment Utilization Record (Trip Ticket) (Continued) 


H-21

Dispatcher’s Log: (NAVFAC Form 11240/2) 

Figure H- 13 

H-22

Group Transportation and Base Mass Transit Services Summary 

(Sample) 

From: Commanding Officer, Naval Station Anywhere 

To: Commander, Naval Facilities Engineering Command 

Via: Commanding Officer, Pacific Division, Naval Facilities 

Engineering Command 

Subj : Annual Report for Transit Facility Control # 000000 for FY 96 (Group 

Home-to-work Transportation and/or Base Mass Transit Bus Services) 

1. The following report is submitted covering transportation provided under Title 10, 

U. S. Code, Section 2632: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(4 

W 

(0 

(g) 

(h) 

(0 

W 

Location: Place. State and/or County 

Reporting Activity: Naval Station Anywhere 

Activity Population Military: 9999 Civilian: 9999 

Navy-owned vehicles: USN Number, EC, and seating capacity. 

91-00000 0063 36 

Leased Vehicles: Vehicle type, seating capacity, annual cost to lease. 

$ 

Rate of fare: per trip 000 Round trip .75 

Average number passengers per day 30 

(1) Total receipts 

(2) Expenditures (Maintenance) 

(3) Expenditures (Operations) including operators wages 

(4) Total expenditures 

Total miles operated by facility during fiscal year 

Appropriation chargeable 0000000 

Disbursing Officer: Name and Symbol Number: A.B. See 0000 

Accounting Station Naval Facilities 00000 

$ 6648.00 

$ 3700.00 

$ 2570.00 

$ 6270.00 

2. The receipts and expenditures shown above represent all operations of the transportation 

facility under Title 10, U. S. Code, Section 2632. 

3. A statement indicating the continuing validity of this requirement for transportation is 

attached. 

Figure H- 14 

H-23 

Signature and Title 

10,175

Alpha Code Description 

Figure H-15 

ALPHA CODES 

A Sedans 

B Bus-BOC-37 passengers and under 

C Bus-BOC-38 passengers and over 

D Bus-Integral 

E Station Wagon 

F Ambulances 

G Truck, 1/2 Ton Pickup 

H Panels-Carryalls-Truck 1/4-3/4 Ton 

I Truck and Truck Tractor - 1 Ton 

J Truck and Truck Tractor - 1-1/2 - 2 Ton 

K Truck and Truck Tractor - 2-1/2 Ton 

L Truck and Truck Tractor - 3 - 4 Ton 

M Truck and Truck Tractor - 5 - 10 Ton 

N Truck and Truck Tractor - 11 Ton and over 

O Trucks, Special Purpose or Design 

P Trailers 

Q Aircraft Ground Support Equipment 

R Material Handling Equipment (MHE) 

S Construction Equipment (utilization reporting required) 

T Construction Equipment (utilization reporting not required) 

U Grounds Maintenance Equipment 

V Railway Cars 

W Powered Railway Equipment 

X Fire Fighting Equipment 

Y Weight Handling Equipment (WHE) 

Z Miscellaneous transportation equipment 

Figure H-16 

H-25

U.S. Government Vehicle Operator’s Identification Card 

(OF-346) 

(Back) 

Figure H- 17 

H-26

Construction Equipment Operator’s License 

(NAVFAC 11260/2) 

(Sample) 

(Back) 

Figure H-18 

H-27

Application for Construction Equipment Operator’s License 

(NAVFAC 11260/1) (Sample)

Application for Construction Equipment Operator License 

(NAVFAC 11260/1) (Sample) 

Figure H- 19 (con’ t) 

H-29

OUT OF SERVICE ANALYSIS 

(Sample) 

1. AUTOMOTIVE (A-N) QTY INV % OF INV 

1. Inventory 243 

2. Out of Service: 

A. Waiting (OSW) 7 2.9 

B. Maintenance (OSM) 2 .8 

C. Parts (OSP) 16 6.6 

D. Total (OS) 25 10.3 

II. OTHER VEHICLE/EQUIPMENT (O-Y) LESS R 




B. Maintenance (OSM) 6 2.6 


D. Total (OS) 24 10.5 

III. MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT R 



A. Waiting (OSW) 0 0 



D. Total (OS) 5 14.3 

IV. MISCELLANEOUS (Z) 



A. Waiting (OSW) 0 0 



D. Total (OS) 3 4.2 

V. TOTAL 






D. Total (OS) 57 9.9 

VI. REIMBURSABLE ($) 


A. Waiting (OSW) 1 .9 

B. Maintenance (OSM) 0 .0 

C. Parts (OSP) 0 .0 

D. Total (OS) 1 

.9 

Figure H-21 

H-31 

Date

Operator’s Inspection Guide and Trouble Report 

(NAVFAC 9-11240/13) 

H-32

Shop Repair Order 

(Continued) 

Figure H-23 (Cont’d) 

H-34

Maintenance Inspection/Service Record 

(NAVFAC 11200/46) 

Figure H-24 

H-35

Operator’s Daily PM Report, Construction and 

Allied Equipment (NAVFAC Form 11260/4) 

(Sample) 

Figure H-25 

H-36

DoD PROPERTY RECORD 

(DD 1342) 

H-37

PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR DoD PROPERTY RECORD, DD 1342 

Block Entry 

1 Active. Initial. Idle. Change. To register a new acquisition insert 

an "X" in the "Active" and "Initial" Blocks. Insert an "X" in the 

"Change" Block for equipment modification, alteration, or 

conversion. 

2 Julian Date. Enter the five-digit Julian Date when the form was 

prepared. 

3 I.D./Government Tag No. Enter the USN/USNG registration 

number, if known. 

4 Commodity Code. Leave blank. 

5 Stock Number. Enter the National Stock Number (NSN), if known. 

The item NSN is usually shown in Block 16 of DD Form 250. 

6 Acquisition Cost. Enter the contract cost in whole dollars from the 

Contract, or from Block 19 of DD Form 250. Include the cost of 

standard attachments procured and delivered with the basic unit. 

7 Type Code. Enter "4." 

8 Yr of Mfg. Enter the last two digits of the year of manufacture. 

9 Power Code. Enter "90" for diesel-engine driven; enter "91" for 

gasoline-engine driven; or leave blank for nonengined. 

10 Status Code. Leave blank. 

11 SVC Code. Service Vehicle Category. Leave blank. 

12 Command Code. Leave blank. 

13 ADM Office Code. Enter the six-digit UIC of the equipment 

allowance holder, such as the Command that submits the annual 

allowance and requirements review. When unknown, leave blank. 

14 Name of Manufacturer. Self-explanatory. 

15 Mfg's Code. Enter the five-digit CAGE code (Commercial and 

Government Entity) shown in Block 9 on the DD Form 250. 

H-38


16 Manufacturer's Model No. Self-explanatory. 

17 Manufacturer's Serial No. Enter the chassis serial number. 

18 Length. Enter the shipping length in inches. 

19 Width. Enter the shipping width in inches. 

20 Height. Enter the shipping height in inches. 

21 Weight. Enter the shipping weight in pounds. 

22 Certificate of Nonavailability Number. Enter the Military 

Interdepartmental Purchase Request (MIPR) number under which 

the item was procured, as shown in Block 16 on the DD Form 250. 

23 PEP No. Leave blank. 

24 ARD. Leave blank. 

25 Contract Number. Enter the contract number under which the item 

was procured as shown in Block 1 on the DD Form 250. 

26 Description and Capacity. Enter the Equipment Code (EC) long 

description. Continue Block 26 on the reverse side and enter the 

following data. Applicable information is mandatory. 

A. General 

(1) Warranty period 

(2) Warranty mileage 

(3) Line setting code 

(4) Date equipment received 

B. Power Data 

(1) Primary engine 

(a) Fuel type 

(b) Make 

(c) Model and series 

(d) Serial number 

(e) Engine specification/build code 

(2) Secondary engine 

(a) Fuel type 

(b) Make 


(d) Serial number 

(e) Engine specification/build code 

H-39


Block Entry 

26 (Continued) 

C. Transmission Data 

(1) Main 

(a) Type and speeds 

(b) Make 


(d) Transmission specification/build code 

(2) Auxiliary 

(a) Type and speeds 

(b) Make 


(d) Transmission specification/build code 

D. Body Data 

(1) Cab type, capacity, and model number 

(2) Cargo body type, capacity, and model number 

(3) GVW, wheel base, and chassis model number 

E. Axle Data 

(1) Front axle ratio, type, make, model, Mfr. 

specification/build code 

(2) Rear axle ratio, type, make, model, Mfr. 

specification/build code 

F. Wheel and Tire Data 

(1) Wheels and drive data 

(2) Front 

(a) Quantity 

(b) Size, ply, load range, tube or tubeless 

(c) Tread (Mfr. tread design number) 

(d) Wheel type, number of lugs 

(3) Rear 

(a) Quantity 

(b) Size, ply, load range, tube or tubeless 

(c) Tread (Mfr. tread design number) 

(d) Wheel type, number of lugs 

G. Track Data 

(1) Pad type and size 

H. Hydraulic System Data 

(1) Pump type, make, model, Mfr. part number 

H-40

(2) Cylinders make, model, Mfr. part number 


Block Entry 


I. Brake System Data 

(1) Type (hydraulic, air, electric) 

(2) Disc or drum 

(3) S-cam or wedge 

J. Battery Data 

(1) Quantity 

(2) BCI code (for example, 2HN, 6TN) 

(3) Post type 

(4) Size, L/W/H 

(5) AMPs 

(6) Volts 

K. Manuals (operator, technical, and parts) 

L. Collateral Equipage and Attachments 

(1) Fire extinguisher 

(a) Type 

(b) Quantity 

(c) Size 

M. Additional Data and Special Features 

(1) If a water distributor: 

(a) Water pump data 

(b) Sprinkler data 

(c) Tank data 

(2) If dump truck: 

(a) Power transfer data 

(3) Fuel and cooling systems capacities 

(4) If generator set: 

(a) Voltage 

(b) Capacity 

(c) Phase 

(d) Cycle 

(e) Amps 

N. Options and Accessories Record 

(1) Power takeoff 

(2) Attachments (include serial number, part number, and 

all parts data possible) 


H-41

Block Entry 


O. Parts Data (enter for each: nomenclature, Mfr. part number) 

(1) Starter 

(2) Generator/alternator 

(3) Regulator 

(4) Belt set fan 

(5) Belt set generator/alternator 

(6) Belt set power steering 

(7) Element, filter, fuel, primary & secondary 

(8) Element, filter, water 

(9) Element, filter, oil, primary & secondary 

(10) Element, filter, hydraulic 

(11) Element, filter, air, primary & secondary 

(12) Exhaust system, dual or single, vertical or horizontal 

(13) Spark plug 

(14) Fuel/injection pump 

(15) Carburetor 

NOTE: Manufacturers identify vehicle component parts with unit/division 

codes. Forward copies of all line set tickets, bill of materials, 

calibration codes, service parts identification labels, certification 

labels, or any parts identification information associated with a 

piece of equipment, with the equipment's DD Form 1342. 

27 Leave blank. 

28 Present Location. Enter name and location of the Activity in 

possession (custodian) of the item. 

28A Leave blank. 

29 Possessor Code. Enter the six-digit UIC of the equipment 

custodian. The UIC must match the Activity listed in Block 28. 

30 to 51 Leave blank. 

52 Condition Code. Enter the equipment condition code. Condition 

Codes are listed in Appendix I. 

53 Leave blank. 


H-42

54. Remarks. 

Block Entry 

A. Transaction Code. Enter the applicable single digit Transaction 

Code (TC) that designates the reason for the addition, deletion, or 

correction to inventory records. Transaction codes are defined as 

follows: 

Transaction Code Definition 

1 Acquisition: Initial receipt of new 

procurement from other military 

departments, government agencies, or 

commercial sources. Include receipt 

from stock at NCBCs in Gulfport and 

Port Hueneme. 

2 Acquisition: By transfer from the Navy 

activities or Navy stock activities, other 

than those listed in Transaction Code 1. 

3 Disposition: Transfer to another Navy 

activity or Navy stocking activity. 

4 Disposition: Disposition by sale, scrap, 

donation, loss, or transfer to non-Navy 

activities. 

5 Status Code Change: Used only when 

a previously reported status code in 

Block 54B is being changed. 

6 Modification: Change in previously 

reported equipment description (Block 

26) and Equipment Code. 

7 Record Correction: Used only when 

any of the following previously reported 

data need to be changed - - year of 

manufacture, name of manufacturer, 

equipment description (without 

changing EC), bureau code, DoD code 

(without changing EC), and state code. 


H-43

B. Status Code. Enter the applicable Status Code (SC). Status 

Code is a single-alpha code that designates the condition for assignment of the 

item. Status Codes are defined as follows: 

Status Code Definition 

C Contract: Navy-owned equipment 

assigned to contractors who perform on 

government contracts. 

G General Services Administration owned 

equipment leased for Navy use. 

H Held: Navy-owned equipment held for 

rehabilitation or reassignment. 

M MUSE: Mobile Utilities Support 


O Operational: Navy-owned equipment in 

regular use (other than Status Code T) 

T Tactical Units: Navy-owned equipment 

assigned to the following operating 

forces not listed in the Naval Shore 

Activities Catalog, OPNAV P09B23-105, 

Part 2: Active Ships; Naval Mobile 

Construction Battalions (NMCB); Naval 

Cargo Handling and Port Groups (NAV- 

CHAPGRU); Amphibious Construction 

Battalions (PHIBCB); Construction 

Battalion Units (CBU); Naval 

Construction Force (NCF); Naval 

Construction Training Centers 

(NAVCONSTRACEN); and Special 

Operating Units (SOU). 

C. Equipment Code. Enter the six-digit Equipment Code (EC). 

D. Date. Enter the date received. 

55,56,56A Leave blank. 

57 Validation. Enter the name and title of the person who furnishes 

the technical information. 

NOTE: Page 2 does not concern CASEMIS. Make no entries. 

H-44

STEP 1 

Equipment Repair Order Flow 

EQUIPMENT REPAIR ORDER and 

SINGLE LINE-ITEM CONSUMPTION DOCUMENT 

NAVSUP Form 1250-10 Internal Flow and Distribution 

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CLERK. Initiates ERO completing blocks 1, 2, 

3, 4, 5, 6, 27, 28, 44, 48, 49, 50, 51, 53, 55, 56, 61, and enters next ERO number 

from ERO log in ERO number block. Enter all information from ERO in log,. 

Attach hard card to ERO and pass to Direct Turnover/Cost Control Clerk. 

NOTE: Ensure all EROs for field crew are coded 06, in block 6, for all repairs 

made in the field. 

STEP 2 

DIRECT TURNOVER/COST CONTROL CLERK. Will research DTO Log and 

Summary Sheet. Fill out DTO Information Sheet (see figure 3-10) and attach it 

to ERO. Research history jackets for work deferred and enters on the DTO 

Information Sheet. If complete 1250-1s are attached from Collateral, enter work 

description in block 63 and “On Order” in block 66. Have Maintenance 

Supervisor sign 1250-1s into Repair Parts Custodian. Pass ERO to the Initial 

Inspector. 

STEP 3 

INITIAL INSPECTOR. Will thoroughly inspect equipment using Inspection 

Guide, paragraphs 3203 and 3204. Enter all previous work deferred off to DTO 

Information Sheet in block 63 of ERO. Complete blocks 7, 8, 14, 29, 30, 45, 63, 

72, and 73, and blocks 54 and 82 when applicable. Pass ERO to Maintenance 

Supervisor for signature. 

NOTE: When utilizing SAMMS EM, pass ERO package to Preventive 

Maintenance Clerk for completed entry and print. 

STEP 4 

MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR. Will ensure that ERO and package is properly 

completed and that work description is clear and concise. If everything is OK, 

and work described is authorized to be started, sign block 80 and date block 81. 

Pass ERO and completed package to the appropriate shop. 

Figure H-28 

H-47

NOTE (1): Ensure an 06 ERO is made out for all Intern repairs made by field 

crew that exceed one hour. 

NOTE (2): All PMs performed by field crew will remain 01 or 02. 

STEP 5 

SERVICE OR REPAIR SHOP SUPERVISOR. Will review work descriptions and 

schedule equipment into shop. If OK, sign block 68. When work can be 

assigned to a mechanic, complete blocks 46 and 47, remove green copy of ERO 

and worksheet and return them to protective folder. Shop Supervisor will retain 

as remaining copies of ERO. Issues DTO parts at this time. Before signing 

NAVSUP Form 1250-1s for repair parts, Shop Supervisor will ensure that 

equipment cannot be repaired without those parts. Only the Shop Supervisor or 

his assistant sign NAVSUP Form 1250-1s. 

STEP 6 

MECHANIC. If additional parts are required to accomplish repairs, he will notify 

the Shop Supervisor of the parts needed. (Shop Supervisor will then task the 

Technical Libraries to research the parts and fill out a NAVSUP Form 12501 or 

2. Obtain Shop Supervisor’s signature on the NAVSUP Form 12501 or 2 and 

issue repair parts to the mechanic. Obtain receipt signature of mechanic). 

Mechanic will complete all possible work listed in block 63 and enter hours and 

or tenths of hours expended on the item of repair in block 65. He will initials and 

enter his rate for each repair made in block 67. When all possible work has 

been completed and all appropriate blocks on the ERO have been filled in, pass 

complete package containing green copy of ERO and worksheet back to Shop 

Supervisor. At this time the mechanic with clean hands, will initial and enter his 

rate on the white copy of the ERO for work performed. 

STEP 7 

SHOP SUPERVISOR. Upon receipt of mechanic’s ERO, worksheet and initials 

on white ERO copy, the Shop Supervisor will inspect equipment to ensure that 

all repair parts bought, manufactured or use from other equipment has been 

entered on worksheet. (All work to be deferred will be initialed by the 

Maintenance Supervisor). If unit is to be deadlined, ensure blocks 40 and 41 

are completed. Then recount all parts numbers, prices and quantities for repair 

parts and petroleum used, on ERO worksheet. Forward completed paperwork 

package to Final Inspector and unit to the final inspection line. 

Figure H-28 (cont) 

H-48

NOTE: If repair parts required are NC/N/S and all efforts and means available 

have been expended, fill in “stop for parts” section of ERO and immediately 

hand-carry completed ERO package containing the NC/N/S NAVSUP Form 

1250/l -2s for the part or parts that deadlined the equipment to the Maintenance 

Supervisor. Move unit to deadline area and preserve for deadline in accordance 

with COMSECONDNCBKOMTHIRDNCB Instruction 11200.1 series. 

STEP 8 

FINAL INSPECTION. Will perform prestart inspection. Before operating, makes 

visual inspection to ensure all repairs were properly made. Operate unit for 15 

minutes after normal temperature has been reached to ensure dependability. If 

unit is OK, leave it at Dispatch, along with hard card and obtain Dispatcher’s 

signature in block 77. Date block 79. Inspector will sign block 75 and date block 

76. 

NOTE (1): At this time, the Final Inspector will enter total time for the final 

inspection in block 15 of green copy of ERO only. Forward package to Cost 

Control. 

NOTE (2): For SAMMS, EM pass ERO package to Preventive Maintenance 

Clerk for final print. 

STEP 9 

MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR. Will review complete ERO package to ensure 

all repairs and paperwork were properly completed. He will sign all NAVSUP 

Form 1250-l/-2s for DTO (NC/NIS) and will indicate priority in block 3 of 1250-1/- 

2. Ensure that block 10 (APL NO.) of NAVSUP Form 1250-l/-2 contains proper 

ERO number in blocks 14 and 15 (WC and USN). Forward complete ERO 

package to DTO/Cost Control. If unit is deadlined, see Step 9 Note. 

NOTE: As soon as deadlined unit’s ERO package arrives from Shop Supervisor, 

ensure that unit cannot return to service. If not, immediately sign NC/NIS 

NA VSUP Form 1250-I/-2s and assign priority in block 3. Forward complete 

package to DTO/Cost Control Clerk. Time elapsed for NAVSUP Form 1250-l/-2 

processing and turning into repair parts for ordering should not exceed one hour 

from time entered to “stop for parts” block on deadlined ERO. If unit to be 

deadlined has 01 or 02 ERO (PM), defer the item that disabled the unit and 

immediately open an 04 (interim repair) ERO, complete all blocks except 15, 16, 

25, 75, and 76. Enter the item that disabled the unit in block 63. 


H-49

STEP 10 

DIRECT TURNOVER/COST CONTROL CLERK. Will take all signed (but not 

processed NC/NlS) DTO chits and log them in, see step 3 of DTO Flow Chart. 

(At this time, have PM record clerk log ERO in (date and time) and record all PM 

information on PM Record Card and close out in the computer). Cost Control 

Clerk will continue with blocks 13, 15, 16, and 25. See paragraph 3301 for 

block-by-block instructions on filling in all blocks of ERO. On the back of ERO 

(W) and continuation (W) circle each functional code from block 45 only, on work 

that was actually completed. Pass to Maintenance Supervisor for final review. If 

units is deadlined, see Step 10 Note. 

NOTE: When NC/N/S NAVSUP Form 1250-l/-2 and ERO package is received 

from Maintenance Supervisor for unit to be deadlined, immediately check to see 

if the ERO is a PM. If it is, immediately close out the PM ERO and open an 04 

(interim). Ensure that NAVSUP Form 1250-l/-2 contains the 04 ERO number in 

blocks 14 and 15, and not the PM ERO number. When this is done, log the 

NAVSUP Form 1250-l/-2 in the DTO Log, then check the DTO procedures (flow 

chart), figure 3- 13 for details. Ensure that all blocks, except 15, 16, 25, 75, and 

76 on ERO are completed. Ensure “stop for parts” time and dates (blocks 32 

and 33) are completed and accurate. Enter equipment on deadline status board. 

File complete ERO in history jacket. Move history jacket to deadline file. 

STEP 11 

MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR. Will review all portions of ERO to ensure all 

summaries were completed accurately. Compare work description in Block 63 to 

ERO worksheet. If ERO (W) and (H) copies and ERO worksheets are completed 

neatly and accurately. Forward package to PM record clerk for filing and mailing. 

If there are mistakes, pass it back to Cost Control Clerk for correcting. 

STEP 12 

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CLERK. After Maintenance Supervisor has 

made his final review of the EROS, pull blue copies of the ERO, continuation 

sheet, and ERO worksheet and file in history jacket. Forward all white copies of 

ERO and continuation sheet to: 

Civil Engineer Support Office 

Attn 1542R 

Naval Construction Battalion Center 

1000 23’ d 

Avenue, Bldg 1443 

Port Hueneme, CA 93043-4301 

Send via serialized cover letter or e-mail monthly. 


H-50

APPENDIX I. TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT ITEM CODES 

SUPPLY CONDITION CODES 

Code Title Definition 

A SERVICEABLE (ISSUABLE New, used, repaired, or reconditioned material which is 

WITHOUT QUALIFICATION) serviceable and issuable to all customers without 

limitation or restriction. Including material with more than 6 

months shelf life remaining. 

B SERVICEABLE (ISSUABLE New, used, repaired, or reconditioned material which is 

WITH QUALIFICATION) serviceable and issuable for its intended purpose but 

which is restricted from issue to specific units, activities, or 

geographical areas by reason of its limited usefulness or 

short service life expectancy. Includes material with 

3 through 6 months shelf life remaining. 

C SERVICEABLE (PRIORITY Items which are serviceable and issuable to selected 

ISSUE) customers, but which must be issued before Condition A 

and B material to avoid loss as a usable asset. Includes 

material with less than 3 months shelf life remaining. 

D SERVICEABLE (TEST/ Serviceable material which requires test, alterations, 

MODIFICATION) modifications, conversions or disassembly. This does not 

include items which must be inspected or tested 

immediately prior to issue. 

E UNSERVICEABLE (LIMITED Material which involves only limited expense or effort to 

RESTORATION) restore to serviceable condition and which is 

accomplished in the storage activity where the stock is 

located. 

F UNSERVICEABLE Economically repairable material which requires repair, 

(REPAIRABLE) overhaul, or reconditioning includes repairable items 

which are radioactively contaminated. 

G UNSERVICEABLE Material requiring additional parts or components to 

(INCOMPLETE) complete the end item prior to issue. 

H UNSERVICEABLE Material which has been determined to be unserviceable 

(CONDEMNED) and does not meet repair criteria, includes condemned 

items which are radioactively contaminated. 

S UNSERVICEABLE Material that has no value except for its basic material 

(SCRAP) content. 

I-1

DISPOSAL CONDITION CODES 


1 UNUSED-GOOD Unused property that is usable without repairs and identical or 

interchangeable with new items from normal supply source. 

2 UNUSED-FAIR Unused property that is usable without repairs but is 

deteriorated or damaged to the extent that utility is somewhat 

impaired. 

3 UNUSED-POOR Unused property that is usable without repairs but is 

considerably deteriorated or damaged. Enough utility remains 

to classify the property better than salvage. 

4 USED-GOOD Used property that is usable without repairs and most of its 

useful life remains. 

5 USED-FAIR Used property that is usable without repairs but is somewhat 

worn or deteriorated and may soon require repairs. 

6 USED-POOR Used property that may be used without repairs, but is 

considerably worn or deteriorated to the degree that remaining 

utility is limited or major repairs will soon be required. 

7 REPAIRS REQUIRED Required repairs are minor and should not exceed 15% of 

GOOD original acquisition cost. 

8 REPAIRS REQUIRED Required repairs are considerable and are estimated to 

FAIR range from 16% to 40% of original acquisition cost. 

9 REPAIRS REQUIRED Required repairs are major because the property is badly 

POOR damaged, worn, or deteriorated, and estimated to range from 

41% to 65% of original acquisition cost. 

X SALVAGE Property has some value in excess of its basic material 

content, but repair or rehabilitation to use for the originally 

intended purpose is clearly impractical. Repair for any use 

would exceed 65% of the original acquisition cost. 

S SCRAP Material that has no value except for its basic material content. 

The FEDERAL CONDITION CODE is composed of two characters, an alphabetic 

SUPPLY CONDITION CODE and an alpha/numeric DISPOSAL CONDITION CODE 

I-2

TRANSACTION CODES 

Transaction Codes. A transaction code (TC) is a single-digit code to designate the cause of 

addition, deletion, or correction to inventory records (CASEMIS). (Use in block 54 of DD 

1342.) 

Code Definition 

1 Acquisition - initial receipt of new procurement from other military departments, 

Government agencies, or commercial sources, including receipt from stock at the 

Naval Construction Battalion Centers, Gulfport, Davisville, and Port Hueneme. 

2 Acquisition - by transfer from other Navy activities or Navy stocking activities other 

than those listed in Code 1. 

3 Disposition - transfer to another Navy activity or to Navy stocking activity. 

4 Disposition - disposition by sale, scrap, donation, loss, or transfer to non-Navy 

activities. 

5 Status Code Change - insert the new status code of the item (TC5 will be used only 

when a previously reported status code is being changed). 

6 Modification - change in description and NAVFAC equipment code. 

7 Record Correction - insert "TC7" to indicate that a change is required in the year of 

manufacture, name of manufacturer, change of item description (without changing 

equipment code), bureau code, change of DOD code (without changing equipment 

code), and/or change of state code. This code will not be used for any other 

corrections. 

8 Acquisition - reentry into active use or inventory of an item that was retrieved from a 

disposal point. 

9 Deletion - to report a previously erroneously reported acquisition. 

I-3


STATUS CODES FOR SHORE ACTIVITIES 

A RENTED Leased from commercial source filling Lease IO 

C CONTRACTED Contractor operated/Contractor replaced - No IO 

E CONTRACTOR Contractor operated/Government replaced - Navy owned 

IO 

F LEASE-OWN IO Commercially leased equipment filling Navy owned IO 

G GSA RENTAL GSA leased/rented equipment filling lease IO. 

H REHAB/REASSIGN Rehabilitation/Service Life Extension Program (SLEP) 

I LEASE-PURCHASE Leased equipment with option to purchase - Navy owned 

IO 

K GSA-OWN IO GSA leased/rented equipment filling Navy owned IO 

O OPERATIONAL Government operated - Navy owned IO 

P PENDING DISPOSITION Pending disposal 

Y REDISTRIBUTE Pending redistribution. 

Z DISPOSITION Disposed of equipment 

I-4


STATUS CODES FOR NCFs/SOUs 

(Used in block 54 of DD 1342) 

C CONTRACT Navy-owned equipment assigned to contractors who 

perform on government contracts. 

G GSA GSA owned equipment leased for Navy use. 

H HELD Navy owned equipment held for rehabilitation or 

reassignment. 

M MUSE Mobile Utilities Support Equipment. 

O OPERATIONAL Navy owned equipment in regular use (other than Status 

Code T). 

T TACTICAL UNITS Navy owned equipment assigned to the following 

operating forces not listed in the Naval Shore Activities 

Catalog, OPNAV P09B23-105, Part 2: Active Ships; 

Naval Mobile Construction Battalions (NMCB); Naval 

Cargo Handling and Port Groups (NAVCHAPGRU); 

Amphibious Construction Battalions (PHIBCB); 

Construction Battalion Units (CBU); Naval Construction 

Force (NCF); Naval Construction Training Centers 

(NAVCONSTRACEN); and Special Operating Units 

(SOU). 

I-5

APPENDIX J. PAINTING AND MARKING OF CESE 

1. CHEMICAL AGENT RESISTANT COATING (CARC) (for NCFs/SOUs). The 

CARC System is a combination of pretreatments, primers, and top coats. After surface 

preparation and pretreatment, exteriors of vehicles are painted with an epoxy primer, 

then with an aliphatic polyurethane top coat. CARC is a toxic substance. Safety 

precautions must be observed while painting with CARC. 

time. 

a. Safety. 

(1) No person is to apply more than one quart of CARC a day. 

(2) Only one person is permitted to paint a piece of equipment at a 

(3) Clothing to provide full skin coverage is mandatory. 

(4) Rubber gloves must be worn to protect hands. 

(5) A respirator is mandatory when painting with CARC. 

(6) A face shield is mandatory. 

(7) It is strictly prohibited to paint equipment components which reach 

temperatures of 400 o F or more (exhaust systems, turbo chargers). It is also 

recommended that heat transfer components (radiators, transmissions, engines) not be 

painted, because CARC is an insulating material. 

(8) It is prohibited to weld or use a cutting torch on CARC painted 

surfaces, because it will produce airborne toxic materials. CARC must be completely 

removed by either sandblasting or stripping with solvent followed by high-pressure 

washing. Protective clothing and a respirator must be worn during CARC removal. 

(9) All residue from sanding and leftover CARC from painting is a 

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL and must be handled with care and disposed of in 

accordance with regulations and instructions. Prior to use, review all material safety 

data sheets (MSDS) for each paint and solvent. 

b. Paint National Stock Numbers. The NSNs for commonly used quantities 

of CARC primers and topcoats are shown in Table J-1. If you need the NSN for other 

colors, check appendix B of TM 43-0139. 

J-1

(1) Primer (wash) pretreatment 

TABLE J-1. Paint National Stock Numbers 

DoD-P-15328 Size NSN 8030-00- 

(2) Primers 

1-1/4 QT 850-7076 

1-1/4 GL 281-2726 

5 GL 165-8577 

Epoxy-Polyamide, MIL-P-23377 

(Contains chromates for use on nonferrous surfaces) 

Color Size NSN 8010- 

Deep yellow 1 PT 00-229-4813 

Deep yellow 1 QT 00-142-9279 

Deep yellow 2 QT 00-935-7080 

Dark green 2 GL 00-082-2450 

Deep yellow 2 GL 01-048-6539 

Deep yellow 10 GL 00-082-2477 

Epoxy, Coating, MIL-P-53022 

(Corrosion inhibiting. Lead and chromate free. For ferrous and nonferrous surfaces) 

Color Size NSN 8010-01- 

White 1/4 QT 193-0516 

White 1-1/4 GL 193-0517 

White 5 GL 187-9820 

Epoxy, Water reducible, MIL-P-53030 

(Lead and chromate free. For ferrous and nonferrous surfaces) 


Reddish-brown 1-1/4 QT 193-0519 

Reddish-brown 1-1/4 GL 193-0520 

Reddish-brown 1 GL 193-0521 

Epoxy, VOC compliant, MIL-P-85582 

(Lead free, contains chromates, water reducible) 


Light green 1 QT 218-0856 

Light green 1 GL 218-7354 

J-2

(3) CARC 

TABLE J-1. Paint National Stock Numbers (Continued) 

CARC Single Component Topcoat, MIL-C-53039 

(Lead and chromate free; low VOC) 


Green 383 1 QT 229-7546 

Green 383 1 GL 229-9561 

Green 383 5 GL 229-7547 

Brown 383 1 QT 229-7543 

Brown 383 1 GL 229-7544 

Brown 383 5 GL 229-7545 

Black 1 QT 229-7540 

Black 1 GL 229-7541 

Black 5 GL 229-7542 

Sand 1 QT 234-2934 

Sand 1 GL 234-2935 

Sand 5 GL 234-2936 

Tan 686 1 QT 276-3638 

Tan 686 1 GL 276-3639 

Tan 686 5 GL 276-3640 

Aircraft Green 1 QT 246-0717 

Aircraft Green 1 GL 246-0718 


CARC Two-Component Topcoat, MIL-C-46168, Type II 

(Lead and chromate free) 


Green 383 1-1/4 QT 160-6741 

Green 383 1-1/4 GL 162-5578 

Green 383 5 GL 160-6742 

Brown 383 1-1/4 QT 160-6744 

Brown 383 1-1/4 GL 160-6745 

Brown 383 5 GL 160-6746 

Black 1-1/4 QT 141-2419 

Black 1-1/4 GL 131-6254 

Black 5 GL 131-6261 

J-3


CARC Two-Component Topcoat, MIL-C-46168, Type II (continued) 

(Lead and chromate free) 


Sand 1-1/4 QT 141-2416 

Sand 1-1/4 GL 130-3347 

Sand 5 GL 131-6259 

Tan 686 1-1/4 QT 260-0910 

Tan 686 1-1/4 GL 260-0909 

Tan 686 5 GL 260-0908 

Aircraft Green 1-1/4 QT 141-2420 

Aircraft Green 1-1/4 GL 131-6255 


Interior Aircraft Gray 1-1/4 QT 170-7583 

Interior Aircraft Gray 1-1/4 GL 146-2649 

Interior Aircraft Gray 5 GL 170-0132 

(Used on Special Electronic Mission Aircraft) 

CARC Two-Component Topcoat, MIL-C-46168, Type IV 

(Lead and chromate free; high solids, low VOC) 


Green 383 1-1/4 QT 260-7481 

Green 383 1-1/4 GL 260-0911 

Green 383 5 GL 260-0912 

Brown 383 1-1/4 QT 260-7482 

Brown 383 1-1/4 GL 260-0916 

Brown 383 5 GL 260-0917 

Black 1-1/4 QT 260-0913 

Black 1-1/4 GL 260-0914 

Black 5 GL 260-0915 

Sand 1-1/4 QT 260-0921 

Sand 1-1/4 GL 260-0922 

Sand 5 GL 260-7483 

J-4

(4) Thinner, MIL-T-81772 


Type (Used with......) Size NSN 8010- 

Type I (Polyurethane) 1 GL 00-181-8080 



Type II (Epoxy) 1 GL 01-200-2637 



c. Painting Instructions 

(1) CARC Test. Equipment painted with CARC should have "CARC" 

stenciled near the data plate. If not stenciled, wet a cloth with acetone and rub hard on 

the painted surface for 10 seconds. Wet a clean corner of the cloth with acetone and 

rub the same spot another 10 seconds. If no paint comes off the second time, it is 

CARC (the first rub may remove overspray and make you think it is not CARC). 

(2) Spot Painting or Repainting. CARC painted equipment must be 

spot painted or repainted with CARC only. CARC may be used on equipment painted 

by the alkyd method, but alkyd paint must not be used on CARC painted equipment. 

When painting unit identification markings, bumper markings and vehicle tie down, use 

only CARC. Using alkyd paint for this gives you areas where chemical agents will be 

retained. 

(3) Areas to Avoid CARC. Do not use CARC on fabric, metals that 

have anodized or parkerized finishes (such as weapons), hoses or flexible surfaces. 

CARC won't last on wood because wood expands and contracts with weather changes, 

and CARC is not flexible enough to move with wood, so it will crack and peel off. 

(4) Step-by-Step Touch Up. There are a number of steps to follow 

when you apply CARC. If you skip a step or take a shortcut, you'll end up with a 

coating that peels easily or one that bubbles up and falls off. 

(a) Surface Preparation. Surface preparation is important. If 

you skip or skimp on it, the paint won't stick to the surface. You can apply CARC over 

old CARC or alkyd paint as long as the old surface is clean and tightly bonded to the 

surface. Clean off all rust, corrosion, oil, grease, moisture, dirt, and loose or blistered 

paint. CARC will blister if applied over lacquer, even if it's covered by alkyd paint. 

(b) Painting. Prepare ferrous metal (steel and iron) or 

aluminum surfaces as listed below. 

J-5

1 Wash with liquid detergent, NSN 7930-00-282-9699, 

and water; Rinse with fresh water and let dry. 

2 Remove all loose paint and rust by sanding or by 

using an orbital grinder. When you sand old paint, use a respirator designed to filter 

out dust, because the old paint may contain lead or chromates. Use a HEPA vacuum, 

such as NSN 7910-01-068-5662, to clean up. 

steel wool. 

3 Feather the edges of good paint by sanding, or with 

4 As soon as possible (but no longer than four hours 

later) clean the area to be painted with thinner, NSN 8010-00-181-8079. 

5 If the old paint is sound, and you didn't have to sand 

to bare metal, you don't need the pretreatment and primer, and you can skip to Step 7. 

Otherwise, immediately coat all bare metal surfaces with coating compound NSN 8030- 

00-850-7076. This protects the surface and helps the primer bond to the surface. 

Keep the compound off the surrounding paint because it can keep the primer from 

bonding to old paint. 

6 After the coating is dry (at least 30 minutes but no 

more than 24 hours) paint it with primer NSN 8010-01-193-0516. Stir each component 

separately until uniform. Mix the two parts well, then let stand 30 minutes before you 

use the primer. Don't mix more than you can use that day, because you can't save any 

mixed primer. It will harden in the pot within 15 hours, and there is no way to prevent 

hardening. 

7 After application, the primer will dry hard in 30 to 90 

minutes, and you can add the CARC topcoat. Use either the two-component or single 

part CARC. Stir thoroughly before use. 

8 The topcoat dries to the touch in 30 minutes and is 

thoroughly dry in 4 to 6 hours. It will be cured enough to withstand impact (walking on 

it) in 6 to 8 hours. Complete curing takes 7 to 14 days. 

d. Unused Paint. Treat as hazardous waste any leftover paint and topcoat 

component B, if it goes bad in the can. Good component B should be clear to pale 

yellow. If it's thickened or crystalline in consistency, seal it and get rid of it. You can 

find disposal information in the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), or at the local 

Environmental Office. 

J-6

2. CAMOUFLAGE PAINTING OF CESE EQUIPMENT 

a. General 

(1) Authorization for Camouflage. As noted in Chapter 2, paragraph 

2.14.1.e, authorization for camouflage painting of CESE may only be granted by a 

cognizant Theater Commander or higher authority. 

(2) Camouflage Patterns. All CESE equipment required to be painted 

camouflage will use the new 3-Color Camouflage Patterns (3-CCP). Use only printed 

design patterns in the technical manual, U. S. Marine Corps Camouflage Paint 

Patterns, TM 4750-15/2-2. The 3-CCP system analyzes the equipment to note 

geometric shapes, such as corners and side view mirrors, and spreads patches of paint 

over them, thus blending them. Camouflage colors are applied in patches and patterns 

that are determined by computer programs. Pattern replacement and the ratio of black 

to green and brown must be precise to afford maximum concealment. 

(3) 3-CCP System. The 3-CCP is a system of contrasting color bands 

and patches applied over the base color (Green 383) to disrupt the silhouette or outline 

of the vehicle or equipment item. These bands of color which break up the outline are 

keyed to vehicle surface features such as door handle, door lock, or fender that are 

identifying features of that class or type of equipment. 

(4) Other than 3-CCP. Those equipment items that do not have a 3- 

CCP are to remain the base color (Green 383) unless otherwise directed by higher 

authority. 

b. Application Instructions 

(1) Pattern Marking. Marking the pattern on the equipment is critical 

and must be within 1-inch tolerance of the appropriate drawing in the TM 4750-15/2-2 

(Figure J-1). Outline the pattern with chalk and use the reference points on equipment 

to help keep the correct shape for each color area. Do not use straight, vertical, or 

horizontal lines. All unit identification, USN registration, and safety markings are to be 

removed and later reapplied to the equipment using lusterless camouflage CARC 

(Figure J-2). After the chalked pattern has been inspected for accuracy, chalk should 

be replaced with CARC paint applied by a small artist's brush, since CARC will not 

adhere to chalk. Mark the pattern with numbers or letters which tell the painter what 

color to use in a "paint by number" method. 

(2) Color Areas. Fill in the color areas with the required color paint 

using the instructions for CARC painting covered in this appendix. 

c. Colors for Different Geographic Locations and Climates 

(1) Desert. For desert environments one color, Sand 33303, is to be 

used over the entire piece of equipment. 

J-7

R = REFERENCE DISTANCE 

B = BAND WIDTH 

FIGURE J-l. Definition of Tolerance of 3-Color Camouflage Patterns 

J-8

FIGURE J-2. Application of Registration Numbers over 3-Color Camouflage 

Patterns 

J-9

Vehicle and Equipment Colors and Markings 

Vehicle Equip Color Markings Special Colors 

Equipment Type Equipment Codes & Chip No. Color and/or Marking 

Sedan All White 17886 Blue See Note (6) 

Station Wagons All White 17886 Blue See Note (6) 

Buses 0061-0070 White 17886 Blue See Note (1) (6) 

Buses, School 0063 Yellow 13415 Black 17038 See Note (1) 

Ambulance 0333, 0334 White 17886 Orange/Blue See para 2.14.13 

Ambulance Field 0331, 0332 White 17886 Black 17038 See para 2.14.13 

Trucks, General 

Purpose All White 17886 Blue See Note (5) (6) 

Trailers, aluminum All Unpainted Black 17038 See Note (5) (7) 

Trailers, steel All White 17886 Blue See Note (5) (6) (7) 

Motorcycles, Scooters 0902, 0903 Yellow 13538 Black 17038 See Note (1) 

Construction and 2110-5910 Yellow 13538 Black 17038 See Notes (1)(2) 

Allied Equipment (except 5820-5842) 

Refuse Equipment 5820-5842 White 17886 Black 17038 See Note (2) 

Railway Cars 6100-6160, 6400 Aluminum* Black 17038 See Notes (2)(3) 

Railway Ordnance Boxcar 6115 White Epoxy Black 17038 See Note (2) 

Railway Miscellaneous 6210, 6310, 6700 Yellow 13538 Black 17038 See Note (2) 

6220, 6230, 6320 

6240, 6370, 

6250, 6600 

Railway Caboose 6340 Red 11105 Black 17038 See Note (2) 

Railway Locomotives 6530-6580 Yellow 13538 Black 17038 See Note (2) 

Truck, Fire, Structural, 7310-7400 Lime Yellow 13670 Black 17038 See Note (4) 

Aerial, Brush/Grass 

Trucks; Rescue 7100-7230 Lime Yellow 13670 Black 17038 See Note (4) 

and other Fire 

Fighting Vehicles 

Used in Aircraft 

Operations 

Weight Handling 8160-8430 Yellow 13538 Black 17038 See Notes (1)(2) 


Trucks and Trailers 0744-0756 Yellow 13538 Red See Note (1) (7) 

(except 0746-0751) 

Fuel Trucks 0746-0751 White Black 17038 See Note (3) 

Aviation and Ground 0890 Yellow 13538 See para 2.14.5 

Fuel Servicing thru 2.14.7 

*2 lbs. aluminum pigment spec. TT-P-32. Type II Class B, 1 gal spar varnish MIL-V-1174. 

Figure J-3 

J-10

Notes from Figure J-3: 

Note (1): Black and yellow prismatic retro-reflective sheeting diagonal warning 

stripes shall be installed on the front and rear of buses. Other items of transportation 

equipment operating in congested industrial areas or constitute a traffic hazard shall 

also be so striped. This shall include construction, weight handling, railway, vehicles 

and equipment used exclusively for servicing aircraft on runways, taxiways, landing 

strips, etc. with the exception of NAVAIR Support Equipment (SE) which shall be 

painted white with yellow reflective marking tape in accordance with NAVAIR 

Instruction. Counterweights and boom tips on weight handling equipment shall be 

marked with black and yellow diagonal reflectorized warning stripes. 

Note (2): Black is authorized for the chassis or understructure of all vehicles and 

equipment. 

Note (3): Exterior black with white lettering is authorized for car railway, dump, 

hopper, side and bottom dump. 

Note (4): Interior black (wrinkle type) enamel will be mandatory for these types of 

vehicles and equipment. 

Note (5): All vehicles and equipment used exclusively on aircraft operating areas, 

excluding ramps, shall be painted yellow; No. 13538 with the exception of NAVAIR SE 

which shall be painted white with yellow reflective marking tape in accordance with 

NAVAIR Instruction. 

Note (6): Markings on vehicles painted white shall be reflective color (blue) See 

para 2.14.4.b(4)(b). 

Note (7): 49 CFR 571, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) requires 

conspicuity markings on trailers and semi-trailers. 

J-11

3. Corrosion Control 

a. Corrosion Conditions. Civil Engineer Support Equipment (CESE) is 

assigned to many locations where atmospheric and environmental conditions can 

cause severe corrosion and a reduction in equipment life. Corrosion can be slowed by 

proper cleaning and the correct application and maintenance of protective coatings 

such as paint, undercoating, and preservatives. Body corrosion occurs primarily where 

poor ventilation caused by clogged drain holes or accumulations of mud and sand allow 

moisture to remain on unprotected metal surfaces. 

(1) Rustproofing. All automotive CESE shall be core treated. Only 

material that meets U.S. Government Specification MIL-C-0083933A (MR), Corrosion 

Preventive, Rustproofing, Undercarriage shall be used. Appendix m lists all commercial 

products that meet this specification. Proper application and preparation of the areas 

to be coated or recoated is necessary. Surfaces shall be reasonably clean, dry, and 

free from excessive rust, oil, grease, dust, road tar, and other foreign matter. Core 

treatment of a vehicle shall be inspected during each preventive maintenance (PM) 

service; one scratch through the preservative can cause corrosion to start beneath the 

rustproofing. 

(2) Other Preservatives. Appendix M identifies and describes the 

different preservative compounds applicable on CESE. Additional information can be 

obtained from NAVFAC P-434, Construction Equipment Department Management and 

Operations Manual. 

b. Equipment Cycling. Equipment not used regularly must be cycled and 

exercised to protect it from deterioration. Cycling is "an operation or series of 

operations that recur regularly and, when completed, constitute one complete 

performance," which means that all parts of an item of equipment have been operated 

at their rated capacity for their intended use. Vehicles shall be road-tested under a 

load through their full gear range; generators shall be operated under rated load. 

Starting and running an engine cycles the engine but not the vehicle. 

c. Live Storage. Equipment subject to long periods of nonutilization (a 

period of two PM cycles) absorbs maintenance man-hours, invites improper use, and 

often suffers excess deterioration. Such equipment, other than cranes, may be placed 

in live storage in accordance with the provisions set forth in Appendix N. 

NOTE: All cranes must be maintained in an active status and cycled weekly. 

d. Deadline Preservation. All deadline vehicles and equipment awaiting 

repairs must be inspected, cycled, and preserved to prevent deterioration. Deadline 

equipment shall be parked in a separate location that is easily accessible and 

adequately drained. This location shall be out of the main traffic flow, but still highly 

visible. Constant surveillance of the deadline reduces cannibalization. Deadline 

equipment must not be removed from the PM schedule; in fact, it should be inspected 

more often. Each time an item is inspected, it should be cycled as much as 

mechanically possible; for example, if a dump truck is down for wheel seals, cycle the 

engine and the hydraulic dump. Each inspection shall also ensure that all 

J-12

disassembled components are tagged, covered, and stored, all machine surfaces are 

preserved, all openings are covered and weathertight, no unrecorded cannibalization 

has taken place since the last inspection, and all required parts are on order. A 

Preventive Maintenance ERO/SRO shall be used for this inspection. 

e. Beach Operations. Every effort must be made to minimize equipment 

operation near salt water. Equipment should be left behind the dune line, protected 

from high water and salt spray. The following procedures will minimize damage caused 

by operating equipment in and around salt water. 

(1) Pre-inspection. Prior to beach operations, equipment shall be 

thoroughly inspected and prepared. Ensure that all equipment is in good operating 

condition, so that the possibility of failure in the water is reduced. Inspect to ensure 

that the fan disconnect works and all fording equipment is connected and watertight. 

Use of water resistant greases, antiseize, and antirust compounds will reduce 

corrosion. 

(2) Operating Precautions. To reduce the possibility of radiator 

damage, equipment shall enter the water as slowly as possible. Ensure that the 

equipment does not become submerged below its high water mark, especially when 

swell and surf action are present. Caution must also be taken when operating in low 

tides, because of the incoming tide. Dozers are not to be used to anchor causeways 

for extended periods. 

(3) Servicing After Operations. Immediately after operating CESE in or 

around salt water, thoroughly clean and wash with fresh water. Ensure that all areas 

are washed and all accumulations of wet sand removed. A thorough "B" preventive 

maintenance inspection should be performed, with special attention given to possible 

contamination of gearbox and fluid reservoirs. If salt water is detected, the reservoir 

and the system must be emptied, flushed, and refilled with the appropriate fluid. 

f. Recovery Procedures. Immediately after recovering equipment that has 

been submerged, the following procedures must be taken: 

(1) Thoroughly wash and clean the equipment with fresh water and 

ensure that all accumulations of sand and mud are removed. 

(2) Wash and flush out engine with an oil and diesel fuel mixture. 

Remove the sparkplugs or fuel injectors and turn the engine over. 

all filters. 

(3) Wash and flush out all fluid reservoirs and compartments. Replace 

(4) Run engine and operate all equipment parts for several hours to 

prevent freezing. If the engine will not start, disassemble, clean, and reassemble. 

J-13

DOT Placard for Flammables 

Figure J-4 

J-14

Navy Flag Officer Designation Plate 

1. Vehicle flag plates of flag officers eligible for command at sea will consist of white 

stars on a blue background. 

2. Vehicle flag plates of flag rank specialists not eligible for command at sea will 

consist of blue stars on a white background. 

Figure J-5 

J-15

Locations of Markings 

Figure J-6 

J-16


Figure J-6 (continued) 

J-17



J-18



J-19



J-20



J-21



J-22



J-23



J-24



J-25



J-26



J-27

APPENDIX K. NAVAL CONSTRUCTION FORCE (NCF) 

AUTOMOTIVE EQUIPMENT INSPECTION GUIDE 

Item Service Item Description 

A B C 

1 X X Valve Mechanism. Adjust valves as the need for 

service is indicated by valve noises or engine 

performance. 

2 X X Ignition System. Check condition of distributor cap 

and rotor. Check timing and distributor spark 

advance. 

3 X X Spark Plugs. Clean and gap spark plugs. Replace 

as required. 

4 X X X Fuel System. Check fuel filter and fuel pump screens 

and bowls. Clean or replace as required. Adjust idle 

speed and fuel mixture as required. 

5 X X X Choke and Throttle Controls. Check the choke, 

throttle linkage, engine shut-off and emergency shutoff 

for proper operation. Lubricate as required. 

6 X X Governor. Inspect all linkage and pins for wear and 

the operating efficiency of the governor under varying 

load conditions. Notice signs of surging or improper 

operation. Lubricate as required. Using tachometer, 

check engine governed speed. 

7 X X X Fuel Tank and Shut-Off Valves. Inspect fuel tanks for 

condition of mounting brackets, plugged air vents, 

and fuel lines for leaks or chafing. Check shut-off 

valve for proper operation. 

8 X X X Lights. Inspect all lights, signals, and reflectors. 

Check condition of trailer jumper cables and junction 

boxes on truck-tractors. Visually check headlight 

alignment. 

9 X X X Battery. Check water level. Clean battery, terminal 

connections, remove battery and clean box, check 

hold-down bolts and brackets. 

K-1


A B C 

10 X X Starter. Check that mounting bolts are tight and the 

cable connections are clean and tight. 

11 X X X Instruments and Controls. Check all instruments, 

gauges, switches, controls, and warning devices for 

proper operation. 

12 X X X Cooling Systems. Check and tighten radiator mounts 

and hose connections. Clean and straighten radiator 

fins, as necessary. Test antifreeze. Drain, flush, and 

refill cooling system at manufacturer's recommended 

service interval for mileage/hour usage. 

13 X X X Fan Assembly and Fan Belts. Inspect fan assembly. 

Inspect fan belts for cracks, frayed edges, and adjust 

tension to manufacturer's specifications. 

14 X X X Exhaust System. Check for exhaust gas leakage, 

and excessive noise. Check rain caps. 

15 X X X Clutch. Check for clutch slippage. Check that free 

travel is in accordance with manufacturer's 

specifications. 

16 X X X Hydraulic Brakes. Check pedal travel; fluid level; 

brake line condition; check for leaks; road test. 

17 X X X Full Air or Air Over Hydraulic Brakes. Drain air 

reservoirs. Check air pressure buildup. Check brake 

chamber push rod. Check quick application valve 

and for complete release of all brakes. Check tractor 

protection valve controls in normal and emergency 

positions. Check operation of emergency brake 

application for trailers. Check brake hose condition. 

Road test to determine if brakes function properly. 

Test low air pressure alarm. 

18 X X All Brakes. Inspect for wear and damage. Check and 

lube wheel bearings as required by the manufacturer. 

Perform Item 16 or 17, as applicable. 

K-2


A B C 

19 X X X Leaks. Visually inspect the engine compartment, 

brake drums, and beneath the vehicle for indications 

of water, oil, fuel, or transmission fluid leaks. 

20 X X X Lubricate. Lubricate, using lube charts and 

manufacturer's specifications. Check fluid levels and 

fill, as required. 

21 X X Engine Oil and Oil Filter. Oil change intervals shall 

be based on the vehicle manufacturer's 

recommended maintenance interval for mileage/hour 

usage. 

22 X X X Air Cleaner. Check screens and oil level, service as 

necessary. Replace or clean elements, as required. 

23 X X Trunion Axle Bearings. Lubricate. 

24 X X X PCV Valve. Check positive crankcase ventilation 

system for proper operation. Clean or replace 

components, as required. 

25 X X X Vacuum Brake Booster Air Cleaner. Clean and 

lubricate. 

26 X X X Turbochargers, Superchargers. Check for leaks and 


27 X X X Gear Boxes. Check mounting and assembly bolts, 

breathers, lube levels, and indications of leaking 

gaskets or seals. Drain and refill at manufacturer's 

recommended service interval for mileage/hour 

usage. 

28 X X Automatic Transmission. Do Item 27, then check 

automatic transmission in accordance with the vehicle 

manufacturer's recommended procedures. Check 

and adjust shifting linkage. 

29 X X X Universal and Slip Joints. Inspect and lubricate Ujoints 

and slip joints in accordance with manufacturer's 

recommendations. Tighten all driveline bolts. 

K-3


A B C 

30 X X X Hydraulic System. Check lines for leaks, packing 

glands for adjustment, controls for excessive wear. 

Check reservoir fluid level and vent openings. 

Hydraulic oil and filter change intervals will use the 

ON condition system. The system's oil is sampled 

and analyzed, but oil is not changed unless oil 

analysis indicates it needs to be changed, or the 

system's hours have reached manufacturer's 

recommended maintenance interval. 

31 X X X Air Compressor, Valves and Lines. Check oil level. 

Clean air filters and drain water traps. Check 

compressor unloader safety valve, belts and pulleys, 

and adjust in accordance with manufacturer's 

specifications. Check for leaks. 

32 X X X Steering System. Check the steering linkage for 

excessive looseness, proper alignment, and adjust 

the steering system in accordance with 

manufacturer's recommended procedures, if 

necessary. 

33 X X X Differential. Check lube levels. Check for unusual 

noises and indications of leaking gaskets or seals. 

Drain and refill at manufacturer's recommended 


34 X X X Axles. Retighten axle flange nuts. Check for leaks. 

35 X X X Tires. Check for cuts, uneven wear, proper inflation 

and sizes. Replace missing valve caps. Check for 

matching tire size of duals, tandem bogies, and 

multidrives (4x4s, 6x6s). 

36 X X X Wheels. Check for rim damage and inspect for worn 

and elongated stud holes. Retighten all lug nuts. 

37 X X X Springs. Check for broken leaves or coils, loose Ubolts, 

or shackles. 

K-4


A B C 

38 X X X Shock Absorbers. Check for leakage. If faulty shock 

absorber action is suspected, remove the shock 

absorbers and perform bench tests in accordance 

with manufacturer's recommended procedures. 

39 X X X Frame. Check cross members, slide rails, brackets, 

welds, bolts, and rivets for condition and alignment. 

40 X X X Fifth Wheel. Check fifth wheel mounting plate, 

mounting plate bolts and safety lock. Check for 

cracked frame rails. 

41 X X X Engine and Transmission Mountings. Inspect 

supports for looseness or breaks. 

42 X X X Cab. Check doors, windows, glass, seats, seat belts, 

cushions, mirrors, body bolts, frames, sheet metal, 

paint and identification markings, floor, and ensure 

drain holes are not obstructed. 

43 X X X Accident Damage. Inspect for accident damage, 

loose or defective parts. 

44 X X X Windshield Wipers. Check the windshield wipers for 

condition and proper operation. 

45 X X X Safety Guards. Check all safety guards and be sure 

they are properly installed, secure, and in good 

condition. 

46 X X X Trailer and Semitrailer. Perform applicable 

operations. Check king pins for wear. Lubricate 

landing gear. 

47 X X X Parts and Components. Check miscellaneous parts 

and components (collateral equipage), as required. 

K-5

APPENDIX L. NAVAL CONSTRUCTION FORCE (NCF) 

CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT INSPECTION GUIDE 


A B C 

1 X X Valve Mechanism. Adjust valves as the need for 

service is indicated by valve noises or engine 

performance. 

2 X X Ignition System. Check condition of distributor cap 

and rotor. Check timing and distributor spark 

advance. 

3 X X Spark Plugs. Clean and gap spark plugs. Replace 

as required. 

4 X X X Fuel System. Check fuel filter and fuel pump screens 

and bowls. Clean or replace, as required. Adjust idle 

speed and fuel mixture, as required. 

5 X X X Choke and Throttle Controls. Check the choke, 

throttle linkage, engine shut-off and emergency shutoff 

for proper operation. 

6 X X Governor. Inspect all linkage and pins for wear and 

the operating efficiency of the governor under varying 

load conditions. Notice signs of surging or improper 

operation. Lubricate as required. Using tachometer, 

check engine governed speed. 

7 X X X Fuel Tank and Shut-Off Valves. Inspect fuel tanks for 

condition of mounting brackets, plugged air vents, 

and fuel lines for leaks or chafing. Check shut-off 

valve for proper operation. 

8 X X X Lights. Inspect all lights, signals, and reflectors. 

9 X X X Battery. Check water level. Clean battery, terminal 

connections, remove battery and clean box, check 

hold-down bolts and brackets. 

L-1


A B C 

10 X X Generators. Check bearing seals for leaks. Clean 

dust and oil from air passages. Check condition of 

slip ring, commutator, and brushes for wear and 

proper alignment. Instruments must function 

properly. Lubricate as required. 

11 X X Starter. Check that mounting bolts are tight and the 

cable connections are clean and tight. 

12 X X X Instruments and Controls. Check all instruments, 

gauges, switches, controls, and warning devices for 


13 X X Water Charge and Time Device. Inspect for 

functional accuracy and operation. 

14 X X X Cooling Systems. Check and tighten radiator mounts 

and hose connections. Clean and straighten radiator 

fins as necessary. Test antifreeze. Drain, flush, and 

refill cooling system at manufacturer's recommended 


15 X X X Fan Assembly and Fan Belts. Inspect fan assembly. 

Inspect fan belts for cracks, frayed edges, and adjust 

tension in accordance with manufacturer's 


16 X X X Exhaust System. Check for exhaust gas leakage and 

excessive noise. Check rain caps. 

17 X X X Clutch. Check for clutch slippage. Check that free 

travel is in accordance with manufacturer's 


18 X X X Hydraulic Brakes. Check pedal or lever travel; fluid 

level; brake line condition; check for leaks; road 

test. 

L-2


A B C 

19 X X X Full Air or Air Over Hydraulic Brakes. Drain air 

reservoirs. Check air pressure buildup. Check brake 

chamber push rod. Check quick application valve 

and for complete release of all brakes. Check tractor 

protection valve controls in normal and emergency 

positions. Check operation of emergency brake 

application for trailers. Check brake hose condition. 

Road test to determine if brakes function properly. 

Test low air pressure alarm. 

20 X X All Brakes. Inspect for wear and damage. Check and 

lube wheel bearings as required by manufacturer. 

Then perform Item 18 or 19, as applicable. 

21 X X X Leaks. Visually inspect the engine compartment, 

brake drums, and beneath the vehicle for indications 

of water, oil, fuel, or transmission fluid leaks. 

22 X X X Lubricate. Lubricate using lube charts and 

manufacturer's specifications. Check fluid levels and 

refill, as required. 

23 X X Engine Oil and Oil Filter. Oil change intervals shall 

be based on the manufacturer's recommended 

maintenance interval for mileage/hour usage. 

24 X X X Air Cleaner. Check screens and oil level, service as 

necessary. Replace or clean elements, as required. 

25 X X X Turbochargers and Superchargers. Check for leaks 

and proper operation. 

26 X X X Gear Boxes. Check mounting and assembly bolts, 

breathers, lube levels, indications of leaking gaskets 

or seals. Drain and refill at manufacturer's 

recommended service interval for mileage/hour 

usage. 

27 X X Automatic Transmission. Do Item 26, then check 

automatic transmission in accordance with the 

manufacturer's recommended procedures. Check 

and adjust shifting linkage. 

L-3


A B C 

28 X X X Exposed Drive Chains. Check for wear and broken 

or cracked links and rollers. Adjust tension, if 

required. 

29 X X X Belts, Drive. Inspect for alignment, cracked and 

frayed edges. Adjust in accordance with 

manufacturer's specifications. 

30 X X X Universal and Slip Joints. Inspect and lubricate Ujoints 

and slip joints in accordance with 

manufacturer’s recommendations. Tighten all 

driveline bolts. 

31 X X X Air Compressor, Valves, and Lines. Check oil level. 

Clean air filters and drain water traps. Check 

compressor unloader safety valve, belts, and pulleys, 

and adjust in accordance with manufacturer's 

specifications. Check for leaks. 

32 X X X Hydraulic System. Check lines for leaks, packing 

glands for adjustment, controls for excessive wear. 

Check reservoir fluid level and vent openings. 

Hydraulic oil and filter change intervals will use the 

ON condition system. The system's oil is sampled 

and analyzed, but oil is not changed unless oil 

analysis indicates it needs to be changed, or the 

system's hours have reached manufacturer's 

recommended maintenance interval. 

33 X X X Steering System. Check the steering linkage for 

excessive looseness, proper alignment, and adjust 

the steering system in accordance with 

manufacturer's recommended procedures, if 

necessary. 

34 X X X Differential. Check lube levels. Check for unusual 

noises and indications of leaking gaskets or seals. 

Drain and refill at manufacturer's recommended 


35 X X X Final Drives. Check lube levels, security of bolts and 

capscrews. Check for leaks. 

L-4


A B C 

36 X X X Tires. Check for cuts, uneven wear, proper inflation 

and sizes. Replace missing valve caps. Check for 

matching tire size of duals, tandem bogies, and 

multidrives (4x4s and 6x6s). 

37 X X X Wheels. Check for rim damage and inspect for worn 

and elongated stud holes. Retighten all lug nuts. 

38 X X Crawler Track Assembly. Check plates, linkage, pins, 

and bushings for wear. Check track shoe mounting. 

Inspect and adjust track tension in accordance with 

manufacturer's instructions. 

39 X X X Sprockets. Check for tooth wear and alignment. 

40 X X X Rollers. Check for oil leaks, broken flanges, flat 

spots, and worn faces. Rollers should turn freely. 

41 X X X Springs. Check for broken leaves or coils, loose Ubolts, 

or shackles. 

42 X X X Frame. Check cross members, slide rails, brackets, 

welds, bolts, and rivets for condition and alignment. 

43 X X X Engine Mounts. Inspect supports for looseness or 

breaks. 

44 X X X Cab. Check doors, windows, glass, seats, seat belts, 

cushions, mirrors, body bolts, frames, sheet metal, 

floors, paint and identification markings, and ensure 

drain holes are not obstructed. 

45 X X X Accident Damage. Inspect for accident damage, 

loose or defective parts. 

46 X X X Windshield Wipers. Check the windshield wipers for 

condition and proper operation. 

47 X X X Safety Guards. Check all safety guards and be sure 

they are properly installed, secure, and in good 

condition. 

L-5


A B C 

48 X X X Power Control Units. Cable-type: Check oil levels; 

check for leaks and worn or glazed linings and bands. 

Hydraulic-type: Check operation of control valves 

and pumps. Inspect piston rods and linkage for wear. 

Check for leaks. 

49 X X X Buckets. Check for loose plates, rivets, welds, 

fasteners, tooth and bit holders, and improper 

working latches. 

50 X X X Cutting Edges and End Bits. Check attaching bolts or 

clips. Check distance that wear is approaching mold 

board or bit holder. 

51 X X X Bearings and Bushings. Inspect grease seals for 

leaks. Check bearings for adjustment and alignment. 

Lubricate as required. 

52 X X X Moldboard and Lift Arms. Check pins, pivot socket, 

bolts, welds, and shifting mechanism. Check list and 

side arms for bends and worn linkage. Check that pin 

keepers are in place. 

53 X X X Fairleads. Check sheaves, rollers, and mounting. 

54 X X X Tagline. Check in accordance with manufacturer's 

instructions. 

55 X X X Cables and Sheaves. Inspect condition of cables and 

attachments, replace in accordance with 

manufacturer's instructions. Check sheaves, pins, 

and bearings for wear and broken flanges. 

56 X X X Boom and Leads. Check crossmembers, slide rails, 

brackets, welds, bolts, and rivets for condition and 

alignment. Check boom harness for defective cables, 

pins, and sheaves. 

57 X X X Dipper Stick and Racking. Check for general 

condition and alignment. Note any cracks, breaks, 

and loose bolts or rivets. 

L-6


A B C 

58 X X X Crowd Assembly. Check for proper operation. 

Adjustment should be made according to the 

manufacturer's instructions. 

59 X X X Boom and Hoist Drum Assemblies. Check drum 

bearings, bushings, shafting, grease seals, and 

lagging. 

60 X X X Swing Mechanism. Inspect gears, circle, roller path, 

fins, roller shafts, and bearing seals for wear. Rollers 

should rotate freely. Swing locks and linkage must 

operate properly. 

61 X X Center Pin, House Carrier, and Hold-Down Rollers. 

Inspect for wear. Adjust to manufacturer's 


62 X X Travel Mechanism. Inspect and adjust clutches. 

Inspect travel lock, shafts, and linkage for excessive 

wear. 

63 X X X Gears and Pinions. Check open gears and pinions 

for proper lubrication. 

64 X X X Hammer Links. Check for bending and elongated 

mounting bolt holes. 

65 X X X Jaws, Liners, and Concaves. Check for wear and 

secure mounting. 

66 X X Toggle Assembly. Check plates, seats, wedges, and 

ways for wear, cracks, and breaks. Check tension 

spring for adjustment. 

67 X X X Eccentric Shaft or Sleeve. Check for wear and leaks. 

68 X X X Conveyors and Drives. Check condition of belts and 

splices, alignment, scrapers and cleaners, tail pulley, 

chains and buckets, sprockets, and safety guards. 

L-7


A B C 

69 X X X Screen and Drives. Check for wear, mounting, 

alignment, and operation. Check that rivets, bolts, 

and braces are in place and secure. 

70 X X X Bins, Hoppers, and Chutes. Check braces and 

fastenings. Inspect operation of gates and controls. 

71 X X X Mixer Drum. Check cleanliness of drum and mixing 

flight, chutes, bearings, and trunion rollers for wear. 

72 X X X Parts and Components. Check miscellaneous parts 

and components, as required. 

L-8

Appendix M. Fuels, Lubricants, Preservation, and Rustproofing Materials 

Section 1. LUBRICANTS 

1. Engine Oils: API/SAE Service Classifications and Military Specifications. 

The current trend of manufacturers of vehicle major components is to use both the 

multigrade and the single grade lubricant oils. It is suggested that in all cases you 

follow the manufacturers' guide lines on lubricating oils. Basically, multigrade oils have 

a greater temperature range and hold up much longer than most single grade oils, and 

also have better lubricating qualities. 

Motor oils are classified by the American Petroleum Institute (API), The Society 

of Automotive Engineers (SAE), and the American Society for Testing and Materials 

(ASTM). Jointly they have developed the present commercial system to designate and 

identify motor oil classifications. 

The lubricating oil in an engine is continually exposed to severe stresses. It may 

be because a vehicle is driven with a heavy load and varying working temperatures 

under most unfavorable conditions. It is essential that the oil has the correct qualities 

and contains different additives to counteract wear, corrosion, and fatigue. Since 

engine design and operating conditions vary for different vehicles, the lubricating oil 

has been adapted to the various engine types and ranges of use. The range of use for 

the oil is usually indicated on the oil drum or can, for example, "For Service CD," or 

"For Service SG." In a number of cases, the composition of the oil may be such that it 

has several different ranges of use, for example, "For SG/CD/CDII." 

Engine oil classifications not included in this manual have been determined 

obsolete because test hardware or fluids used to define those performance categories 

are no longer available. The following is a list of current API letter designations. 

a. CD - Diesel Engine Service. Oils designated for this service are typical of 

certain naturally aspirated, turbocharged or supercharged diesel engines where highly 

effective control of wear and deposits is vital or when using fuels of a wide quality 

range, including high sulfur fuels. Also, this service provides protection from bearing 

corrosion and from high temperature deposits. 

b. CDII - Severe-Duty Two-Stroke-Cycle Diesel Engine Service. Oils 

designated for this service are typical of two-stroke-cycle engines that require highly 

effective control over wear and deposits. Also, this service meets all performance 

requirements of API service category "CD." 

c. CE - 1983 Diesel Engine Service. Oils designated for this service are 

typical of certain naturally aspirated, turbocharged or supercharged heavy duty diesel 

engines manufactured since 1983 and operated under both low speed, high load and 

high speed, and high load conditions. This service may also be used where API engine 

service category "CD" is recommended for diesel engines. 

M-1

d. CF4 - High-Speed Four-Stroke-Cycle Diesel Engine Service. Oils 

designated for this category were adopted in 1990 and describes oils for use in high 

speed four-stroke-cycle diesel engines. These oils exceed the requirements of the 

"CE" category by providing improved control of oil consumption and piston deposits. 

They are particularly suited for on highway, heavy truck applications. When combined 

with the appropriate "S" category, for example, "SG," they can also be used in gasoline 

and diesel powered vehicles such as automobiles, light trucks, and vans, when 

recommended by the vehicle or engine manufacturer. 

e. SG - 1989 Gasoline Engine Warranty Maintenance Service. Oils 

designated for this service are typical of present gasoline engines in passenger cars, 

light trucks, and vans that operate under manufacturers' recommended maintenance 

procedures. Category "SG" quality oils include the performance properties of API 

service category "CC." Certain manufacturers of gasoline engines require oils that also 

meet the higher diesel engine category "CD." Oils developed for this service provide 

improved control of engine deposits, oil oxidation, and engine wear relative to oils 

developed for previous categories. These oils also provide protection against rust and 

corrosion. Oils that meet API service category "SG" may be used when API service 

categories "SF, SE, SF/CC, or SE/CC" are recommended. 

Within each range of use, the oil is divided into different viscosity classes, for 

example, "SAE 10W," "SAE 20W/20," and "SAE 30." The "SAE" classification is 

exclusively based on the viscosity of the oil. Oils with the single designation, for 

example, "SAE 10," "SAE 20," are known as single viscous oils, or single grade. "SAE 

10W/20" is an example of a designation for a double viscous oil, or double grade. This 

designation means that with the oil it is just as easy to start the engine as with an "SAE 

10W" oil, and that it has the same lubricating capacity at high temperatures as an "SAE 

20" oil. An oil which covers three SAE numbers, for example, "SAE 10W/30" is known 

as multigrade oil, and one that covers more than three, "SAE 15W/40" oils, are known 

as stay-in-grade oils. 

The SAE number with the letter "W" is based on a viscosity at 0 0 F (-18 0 C) and 

the others on the viscosity at 212 0 F (100 0 C). 

The Engine Manufacturers Association is an excellent reference to determine the 

commercially available oils that meet API/SAE specifications. Compiled by the Engine 

Manufacturers Association, it can be obtained for about $70.00 from EMA, 401 North 

Michigan Avenue, Chicago, Illinois, 60611. 

Military Specification MIL-L-2104. 

Intended Use. The grade SAE 10W oil is not to be used in high-output, two-cycle 

compression-ignition engines. The lubricating oils, except as mentioned above, 

covered by this specification are intended for the crankcase lubrication of reciprocating 

spark-ignition and compression-ignition engines used in all types of military 

combat/tactical ground equipment and for the crankcase lubrication of high-speed, 

M-2

high-output, supercharged compression-ignition engines used in all ground equipment. 

The oils are also intended for the same application in power transmissions, hydraulic 

systems, and non-hypoid gear units of engineer/construction equipment, materials 

handling equipment and combat/tactical ground equipment. The lubricating oils 

covered by this specification meet service classification CDII of SAE J183 and are 

intended for all conditions of operational service, as defined by appropriate lubrication 

orders, when temperatures are above -13 0 F (-25 0 C). 


Intended Use. Lubricating oil covered by this specification is intended for the 

crankcase lubrication of reciprocating spark-ignition and compression-ignition engines 

used in all types of ground equipment. The specification product is intended for 

crankcase lubrication under all conditions of service, as defined by appropriate 

lubrication orders, when ambient temperatures are in the range of 41 0 F (5 0 C) to -67 0 F (- 

55 0 C). The lubrication oil covered by this specification is not to replace Grade 10W, 

MIL-L-2104 lubricant, in areas where ambient temperatures will not be below -13 0 F (- 

25 0 C). In addition, the lubricating oil covered by this specification is intended for use in 

arctic regions as an all weather (year-round) power transmission fluid for military 

tactical/combat ground equipment. 

TACTICAL ENGINE OILS 

Military Military 

Specification Symbol Quantity NSN 

MIL-L-2104 OE/HDO 15/40 1 QT 9150-01-178-4725 

(SAE 15W/40) 5 GL 9150-01-152-4118 

55 GL 9150-01-152-4119 

OE/HDO 10 1 QT 9150-01-177-3988 

(SAE 10W) 5 GL 9150-00-186-6668 

55 GL 9150-00-191-2772 

OE/HDO 30 1 QT 9150-01-178-4726 

(SAE 30) 5 GL 9150-00-188-9858 

55 GL 9150-00-189-6729 

OE/HDO 40 1 QT 9150-00-189-6730 

(SAE 40) 5 GL 9150-00-188-9860 

55 GL 9150-00-188-9862 

MIL-L-46167 OEA (SAE 0W-20) 1 QT 9150-00-402-4478 

5 GL 9150-00-402-2372 

55 GL 9150-00-491-7197 

M-3

COMMERCIAL HD ENGINE OILS 



A-A-52306 CHDO 15W-40 12 QT 9150-01-351-9010 

(SAE 15W-40) 5 GL 9150-01-352-2962 

55 GL 9150-01-351-9018 

CHDO 30 12 QT 9150-01-351-9016 

(SAE 30) 5 GL 9150-01-352-8090 

55 GL 9150-01-351-9015 

CHDO 40 55 GL 9150-01-352-8091 

(SAE 40) 

2. Gear Lubricants. Operating temperatures of axles and transmissions should be 

kept under 250 0 F (122 0 C). Operating at high temperatures breaks down the lubricant 

and increases the rate of oxidation and shortens lubricant life. 

Caution should always be taken in cold weather operations. Time should be 

given for lubricating oils to warm up, because metal to metal contact is possible. 

Proper oil level is a must, and should be checked at regular intervals. Look for 

signs of oil leaks because low oil levels could cause costly repairs. This is especially 

critical if the vehicle is operating in mountainous regions where angularity of the 

transmission and axles have to be taken into consideration. 

In all cases, follow the recommendations of the component manufacturer. 

Experimenting with nonapproved additives and lubricants can prove to be expensive 

either through premature failures or voiding of warranty on the component involved. 

a. API Classifications for Power Trains. A list of API classifications for power 

trains is shown below. 

(1) GL-1 designates the type of service characteristics of automotive 

spiral bevel and wormgear axles and some manually operated transmissions operating 

under mild conditions of low unit pressures and sliding velocities, that straight mineral 

oil can be used satisfactorily. Oxidation and rust inhibitors, defoamers, and pour 

depressants may be used to improve the characteristics of lubricants for this service. 

Frictional modifiers and extreme pressure agents shall not be used. 

(2) GL-2 designates the type of service characteristics of automotive 

type worm gear axles operating under such conditions of load, temperature, and sliding 

velocities, that lubricants satisfactory for API-GL-1 will not suffice. 

M-4

(3) GL-3 designates the type of service characteristics of manual 

transmission and spiral bevel axles operating under moderately severe conditions of 

speed and load. These service conditions require a lubricant that has load carrying 

capacities greater than those which satisfy API-GL-1 service, but below the 

requirements of lubricants that satisfy API-GL-4 service. 

(4) GL-4 designates the type of service characteristic of gears, 

particularly hypoid in vehicles operated under moderate speeds and load conditions. 


particularly hypoid in vehicles operated under high speed and/or low speed high torque 

conditions. 


particularly high offset hypoid in passenger cars and other automotive equipment 

operated under high speed and high performance conditions. 

b. Efficiency and Life of Axles and Transmissions. If a lubricant is suitable 

for more than one of the API classifications for power train classes, it should be 

indicated. The classification does not include oils for automatic transmissions, torque 

converters, differential brakes, etc., which require special lubricants. 

The efficiency and life of all axles and transmissions depend on proper 

lubrication to reduce friction, help cool, and keep dirt and wear particles away from 

moving parts. Improper lubricants are a major cause of component failure. It is 

essential to use recommended lubricant specifications and capacities. 

As a general practice, the mixing of lubricants should be avoided. Mixing gear 

lubricants with even small amounts of other types of lubricants can result in 

antagonistic reactions between the additive chemicals in the mixture. Such reactions 

may result in a significant loss of gear protection. The mixing of MIL-L-2105 approved 

lubricants, as in a top-off situation, should not impair lubricant performance because 

these lubricants are required to demonstrate stability when mixed with previously 

qualified gear lubricants. 


Intended Use. The gear lubricants covered by this specification meet American 

Petroleum Institute (API) Service Classification GL-5, and are intended for automotive 

gear units, heavy-duty industrial type enclosed gear units, steering gear units, and fluid 

lubricated universal joints of automotive equipment. The lubricants covered by this 

specification are intended for use as defined by appropriate lubrication orders when 

ambient temperatures are above -65 0 F (-54 0 C). 

M-5

GEAR LUBRICANTS 



MIL-L-2105 GO75 1 QT 9150-01-035-5390 

(SAE 75W) 1 GL 9150-01-048-4593 

5 GL 9150-01-035-5391 

GO 80/90 1 QT 9150-01-035-5392 

(SAE 80W-90) 1 GL 9150-01-313-2191 

5 GL 9150-01-035-5393 

55 GL 9150-01-035-5394 

GO 80/140 1 QT 9150-01-048-4591 

(SAE 85W-140) 5 GL 9150-01-035-5395 

55 GL 9150-01-035-5396 

GO 80/90 5 GL 9150-00-001-9395 

(SAE 80W-90) 

Limited Slip 

HYDRAULIC FLUIDS 



MIL-H-46170 FRH 1 QT 9150-00-111-6256 

Type 1 (Yellow) 1 GL 9150-00-111-6254 

Flash Point 390 0 F 5 GL 9150-00-111-6255 

55 GL 9150-01-158-0462 

MIL-H-46170 FRH 1 QT 9150-01-131-3323 

Type 2 (Red) 1 GL 9150-01-131-3324 


55 GL 9150-01-119-8149 

MIL-H-6083 OHT 1 QT 9150-00-935-9807 


5 GL 9150-00-935-9809 

55 GL 9150-00-935-9810 

M-6

3. Grease Lubricants. A lubricating grease is a solid to semifluid mixture of a fluid 

lubricant and thickening agent. Additives that give special properties may be 

incorporated. The fluid component may be a mineral oil or a synthetic fluid; the 

thickener may be a metallic soap or a nonsoap substance such as clay, a urea 

compound, or other material. The most commonly used soaps are calcium, lithium, 

sodium, aluminum or a combination of these with other materials. When mixing 

different types of greases, the possibility of incompatibility exists and should be 

avoided since it may result in excessive thinning and leakage. Cleanliness is the prime 

consideration in the use of greases. The removal of surface grease and dirt 

accumulation from dispensing equipment and application points such as zerks and 

grease gun fitting is essential. Excessive dispensing pressures and pumping rates 

should be avoided because they tend to cause seal deformation and rupture. 

Automotive service greases are classified into two groups: (1) chassis lubricants 

and (2) wheel bearing lubricants. These are further separated into performance 

categories: chassis grease categories "LA" and "LB," and wheel bearing grease 

categories "GA," "GB," and "GC." Greases that meet the requirements of chassis 

grease and wheel bearing grease are considered multipurpose greases, and should 

carry the appropriate NLGI designations for both groups to avoid confusion with 

commercial, nonautomotive multipurpose greases. 

a. National Lubrication Grease Institute (NLGI) Classifications. A list of the 

NLGI classifications is shown below. 

(1) LA service is typical of chassis components and universal joints in 

passenger cars, trucks, and other vehicles under mild duty only. Mild duty is 

encountered in vehicles operated with frequent relubrication in non-critical applications. 

(2) LB service is typical of chassis components and universal joints in 

passenger cars, trucks, and other vehicles under mild to severe duty. Severe duty is 

encountered in vehicles operated under conditions which may include prolonged 

relubrication intervals, or high loads, severe vibration, exposure to water or other 

contaminants. 

(3) GA service is typical of wheel bearings in passenger cars, trucks, 

and other vehicles under mild duty. Mild duty is encountered in vehicles operated with 

frequent relubrication in non-critical applications. 

(4) GB service is typical of wheel bearings in passenger cars, trucks, 

and other vehicles under mild to moderate duty. Moderate duty is encountered in most 

vehicles operated under normal urban, highway, and off-highway service. 

(5) GC service is typical of wheel bearings in passenger cars, trucks, 

and other vehicles under mild to severe duty. Severe duty is encountered in certain 

vehicles operated under conditions that result in high bearing temperatures. This 

includes vehicles operated under frequent stop-and-go service (buses, taxis, urban 

M-7

police cars, etc.) or under severe braking service (trailer towing, heavy loading, 

mountain driving, etc.). 

b. Grease Consistency. The consistency of grease is an important factor in 

its ability to lubricate, seal and remain in place, and for the ease of dispensing. Most 

automotive greases are in the NLGI No. 1, 2, or 3 range, that is, from soft to medium 

consistency. Grease containers should display the consistency number as well as the 

category designation. 

Military Specification MIL-G-10924. 

Intended Use. The grease covered by this specification is intended for the lubrication 

and surface corrosion protection of all ground vehicles and equipment operated over 

the temperature range from -65 0 F (-54 0 C) to 356 0 F (180 0 C). This grease may also be 

used in other applications within this temperature range where National Lubricating 

Grease Institute (NLGI) No. 2 consistency grease with oxidation resistant and corrosion 

prevention properties is desirable. 

TACTICAL GREASES 



MIL-G-10924GAA 14 OZ 9150-01-197-7693 

1.75 LB 9150-01-197-7690 

6.50 LB 9150-01-197-7689 

35.00 LB 9150-01-197-7692 

120.00 LB 9150-01-197-7691 

MIL-G-81322WTR 8 OZ 9150-00-181-7724 

1.00 LB 9150-00-944-8953 

5.00 LB 9150-00-145-0268 

35.00 LB 9150-00-935-5851 

GENERAL GREASES 



VV-G-632 None 8 OZ 9150-00-753-4649 

6.50 LB 9150-00-235-5532 

35.00 LB 9150-00-273-2374 

VV-G-671 GG2 1.75 LB 9150-00-190-0918 

6.50 LB 9150-00-190-0919 

M-8

4. Automatic Transmission Fluid. Fluid friction characteristics are important in 

automatic transmissions that use lubricated clutches to change gear ratios. No single 

fluid will satisfy the friction requirements of all transmission types. Modification of 

friction values is possible with additives and is responsible for the two main types of 

automatic transmission fluids now in use: (1) Friction modified Dexron II, and (2) 

Nonfriction modified Type F. 

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID 

Military 


Dexron II None 1 QT 9150-00-698-2382 

5 GL 9150-00-657-4959 

55 GL 9150-01-114-9968 

Type F None 1 QT 9150-01-092-9755 

1 GL 9150-00-843-1636 

55 GL 9150-01-187-6608 

5. Hydraulic Brake Fluids 

MIL-B-46176. A silicone brake fluid classified as DOT5, which is resistant to water and 

prevents corrosion. 



MIL-B-46176 BFS 1 GL 9150-01-102-9455 

5 GL 9150-01-123-3152 

55 GL 9150-01-072-8379 

CAUTION: MIL-B-46176 or DOT5 silicone-base brake fluid is not compatible with 

DOT3 or DOT4 glycol ether-base brake fluid. Prior to changing brake fluid 

types, adequate flushing of the brake system must be accomplished to 

remove all traces of previous types of brake fluids. 

M-9

6. Miscellaneous Lubricants 

PTL Lubricant for pneumatic tools and equipment that contain 

additives for extreme-pressure water emulsifying, adhesion, 

and rust protection and having good oxidation resistance. 

SM(H) Straight mineral or ashless inhibited oil for heat transfer, airline 

lubricator and circulation systems. 

SM(M) Mineral seal oil. 

SM(N) Naphthenic oil, straight mineral. Low pour point; for 

example, maximum pour point -35 o F (-37 o C) for VG 15. 

SM(R) Refrigeration compressor oil. 

SM(E) Electrical insulating or transformer oil. 

SPL Special oil; footnoted on charts. 

TCA Engine oil for two-stroke cycle engines that use oil fuel 

mixtures. 

NOTE: The National Stock Numbers (NSN) incorporated in this appendix are 

subject to change. Consult FED LOG before preparing a requisition for 

lubrication, fuel, or preservative. 

a. Oil Rock Drill Pneumatic Tool. No Military Specification number. A 

natural petroleum base lubricant with antiwear, anticorrosion, antioxidation inhibitors for 

lubrication of air-powered equipment. Contains an emulsifying agent to entrap and 

keep in suspension any moisture in the air stream to prevent water wash out and 

breakdown of the lubricating film. ROCK DRILL OIL IS NOT INTERCHANGEABLE 

WITH OTHER LUBRICATING OILS. 

API Service Classification: PTL 

Military Symbol Quantity NSN 

None 5 GL 9150-00-142-9556 

M-10

. Oil Refrigerant, Compressor. Military Specification number MIL-VV-L- 

825A, Type II. This oil is used for reciprocating-type compressor units of refrigerant 

equipment. 

API Service Classification: SM(R) 


None 1 QT 9150-00-598-2911 

None 1 GL 9150-00-292-9657 

c. D-A Wire Rope Saver. No Military Specification number. D-A Wire Rope 

Saver is designed for service in all types of wire rope applications. It provides extreme 

pressure, antiwear protection, and controls rust and corrosion. 

Intended Use. Forms a durable protective coating which extends wire 

rope life. Contains a fast-evaporation solvent for ease of application. Temperature 

range of -100 o F (-74 o C) to 120 o F (49 o C). 


None 5 GL 9150-01-179-0228 

d. Tar and Asphalt Remover, HD127. No Military Specification number. 

HD127 is used as a degreaser and cleanser for the removal and dispersal of greases, 

oils, fats, asphalts, tars, dirts, and baked-on oils and greases in contact with concrete, 

metals, wood, and other surfaces. Ideal for cleaning asphalt equipment. 


None 55 GL 6850-01-140-8749 

(degreasing compound) 

None 55 GL 6850-00-559-2836 

(cleaning compound) 

M-11

Section 2. APPROVED FUELS FOR USE BY 

THE NAVAL CONSTRUCTION FORCE 

1. MOGAS. Military Specification MIL-G-3056 is suitable for use in spark-ignition 

gasoline engines and equipment. 

Intended Use. Gasolines covered by this specification are intended for ground combat, 

tactical and administrative vehicles and combat service support equipment as indicated 

in vehicle and equipment manuals. Gasolines are supplied in two types and intended 

for OCONUS use. 

Type I Intended for general use at temperatures above 0 o F (-18 0 C) 

Type II Intended for use in areas where the mean temperature is 

consistently below 32 o F (0 0 C). 

Mil. Symbol Quantity NSN 

MG-1 Bulk 9130-00-160-1818 

MG-2 Bulk 9130-00-160-1830 

2. GASOHOL. Military Specification MIL-G-53006 is a gasoline that contains 10 

percent ethanol, suitable for use in spark-ignition gasoline engines and equipment. 


tactical and administrative vehicles, and combat service support equipment, as 

indicated in vehicle and equipment manuals. This specification may be used as one 

version of reformulated fuel mandated within CONUS. 

Grade Quantity NSN 

Limited Grade Unleaded Bulk 9130-01-090-1092 

Regular Grade Unleaded Bulk 9130-01-090-1093 

Premium Grade Unleaded Bulk 9130-01-090-1094 

3. GASOLINE. Specification ASTM D 4814 is suitable for use in spark-ignition 

gasoline engines and equipment. 


tactical and administrative vehicles and combat service support equipment, as 

indicated in vehicle and equipment manuals. The use of fuels that contain oxygenates 

are designated as reformulated and mandated in CONUS. 

M-12

Grade Quantity NSN 

Limited Grade Unleaded Bulk 9130-00-148-7102 

Regular Grade Unleaded Bulk 9130-00-148-7103 

Premium Grade Unleaded Bulk 9130-00-148-7104 

4. Diesel Fuel. Federal Specification FED-VV-F-800C. 

Intended Use. This specification covers diesel fuel oils suitable for use in 

automotive diesel or compression-ignition engines and gas turbine engines used in 

mobile electric power generators under all climatic conditions. 

Military Symbol Definition 

DF-A Arctic-grade diesel fuel is for high-speed, diesel engines, 

gas turbine engines used in mobile electric power 

generators, and in pot-type burner space heaters in areas 

where ambient temperatures lower than -25 o F (-32 o C) 

generally occur, and where it is impractical to maintain fuel 

storage capabilities. This grade of diesel fuel should not be 

used for slow-speed, stationary-engine applications or in 

geographical areas limited in terms of sulfur content. 

DL-A Low sulfur version of DF-A maximum sulfur content 0.05 WT 

percent. 

DF-1 Winter-grade diesel fuel for use in high-speed diesel 

engines and gas turbine engines used in mobile electric 

power generators in areas in which ambient temperatures as 

low as -25 o F (-32 o C) may occur. This grade of diesel fuel 

may be used for medium-speed stationary engine 

applications where fuel heating facilities are not available 

and in geographical areas not limited in terms of sulfur 

content. 

DL-1 Low sulfur version of DF-1 maximum sulfur content 0.05 WT 

percent. 

DF-2 Regular-grade diesel fuel is for use in all highspeed/medium-speed 

engine applications and gas turbine 

engines used in mobile electric power generators in 

geographical areas not limited in terms of low-temperature 

operability or sulfur content. 

DL-2 Low sulfur version of DF-2 maximum sulfur content 0.05 WT 

percent. 

M-13


DFA (Use below -25 o F) Bulk 9140-00-286-5283 

DLA Bulk 9140-00-000-0186 

DF-1 (Use below 32 o F) Bulk 9140-00-286-5286 

DL-1 Bulk 9140-00-000-0185 

DF-2 (Use above 20 o F) Bulk 9140-00-286-5294 

DL-2 Bulk 9140-00-000-0184 

5. Alternate Fuels. Although VV-F-800 diesel fuel may be indicated as the primary 

fuel, JP8 will be used as the primary fuel in those theaters where the single fuel on the 

battlefield is implemented in accordance with DoD Directive 4140.25, DoD Bulk 

Petroleum Management Policy. Cautions that accompany fuels must be followed to 

prevent adverse effects to the equipment. Maintenance schedules may require 

modification. 

Intended Use. The fuel covered by this specification is intended for use in 

aircraft turbine, ramjet, and rocket engines. JP-5 is also approved for use in 

compression ignition internal combustion engines as a replacement for FED-VV-F- 

800C Diesel Fuel, all grades. Temperature range -57 o F to 440 o F. Minor adjustment to 

engine throttle settings may be required to obtain the same output as with DF2 fuel. 

a. Turbine Fuel, Aviation, Grade JP-5. Military Specification MIL-T-5624 

covers two grades of aviation turbine fuel: (1) JP-4 wide cut, gasoline type NOT USED 

IN NCF EQUIPMENT; and (2) JP-5 high flashpoint, KEROSENE TYPE. 


JP-5 Bulk 9130-00-273-2379 

b. Turbine Fuel, Aviation, Grade JP-8. Military Specification number MIL-T- 

83133. Grade JP-8 is a high flashpoint kerosene fuel designed for jet aircraft and may 

be used in NCF equipment as a substitute fuel. Minor adjustments to engine throttle 

settings may be required to obtain the same output as with DF-2 fuel. 


JP8 Bulk 9130-01-031-5816 

CAUTION: Diesel fuel sulfur content should be monitored by the user. If sulfur 

content exceeds 0.5 percent, an increase in engine oil Total Base Number 

(TBN) or drain intervals may be required to prevent excessive engine 

wear. Consult engine manufacturer's manual or contact CESO Code 

1574 for recommendations. 

M-14

6. ANTIFREEZE. 

a. Military Specification number MIL-A-46153. This antifreeze is a 

corrosion-inhibited ethylene glycol-base antifreeze for use in all liquid-cooled internal 

combustion engines. 

Intended Use. Ethylene glycol is intended for use in cooling systems for 

protection against freezing in ambient temperatures of -55 o F, when diluted to 60 

percent by volume with water, and -30 0 F when diluted to 50 percent by volume with 

water. 


N/A 55 GL 6850-00-181-7940 

5 GL 6850-00-181-7933 

1 GL 6850-00-181-7929 

b . Military Specification number MIL-A-11755. This antifreeze is a corrosioninhibited 

ethylene glycol-base antifreeze for use in all liquid-cooled engines for 

extremely low temperatures. 

Intended Use. Arctic-type antifreeze compound is intended for use in cooling 

systems for protection against freezing in regions where the ambient temperature 

remains for extended periods of time close to -40 o F, but may drop as low as -90 o F. 

This material may also be used as a heat transfer liquid for military applications where 

low temperatures are encountered. Must be used full strength, as packaged. 


Arctic Grade 55 GL 6850-00-174-1806 

NOTE: Due to the continued severe shortage of ethylene glycol, it is imperative 

that antifreeze be conserved. Discretion should be used to determine 

cooling system protection requirements; at least the following procedures 

should be implemented: 

a. Use an antifreeze tester, such as TEST Kit, NSN 6630-01-011- 

5039. 

b. Only unserviceable antifreeze should be discarded. All usable 

antifreeze should be reused. 

c. Add an approved rust inhibitor, such as NSN 6850-00-753-4967 or 

equivalent, in the cooling system when antifreeze is not used. 

M-15

d. If cost effective, use an antifreeze recycler such as NSN 6850-01- 

380-9047. 

7. Solvent, Dry Cleaning. Federal Specification number FED-P-D-680. Consult 

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) prior to using these solvents. 

Intended Use. Type I is intended for use as a comparatively safe dry cleaning solvent, 

and degreaser for washing parts. 


SD-1 Bulk 6850-00-264-9039 

SD-1 55 GL 6850-00-285-8012 

SD-1 5 GL 6850-00-264-9038 

Intended Use. Type II is intended for use where a higher flash point (140 0 F) dry 

cleaning solvent and degreaser for washing parts is required. 


SD-2 Bulk 6850-00-637-6135 

SD-2 55 GL 6850-00-285-8011 

SD-2 5 GL 6850-00-274-5421 

Intended Use. Type III is intended for use where a very high flash point (200 0 F) and 

odorless dry cleaning solvent and degreaser for washing parts is required. 


SD-3 55 GL 6850-01-331-3350 

SD-3 5 GL 6850-01-331-3349 

M-16

Section 3. PRESERVATION AND RUSTPROOFING MATERIALS 

1. Compound, Silicone, Soft Film. MIL-C-2156. This compound is used as an 

inhibitor and lubricant for mating threaded or non-threaded surfaces of ferrous 

components. Also intended as a lubricant for rubber components such as O-rings and 

gaskets. For use under extreme conditions of service and storage, when freezing at 

-65 o F or oxidation and deterioration at 160 o F is not permissible, and where water 

insolubility and sealing properties are essential. May also be used by the NCF for 

preservation of brake cylinders with silicone brake fluid. 


None 1 GL 6850-00-664-4959 

None 8 OZ 6850-00-702-4297 

2. Primer Coating, Synthetic, Rust-Inhibiting, Lacquer-Resisting. MIL-TT-P- 

664. This primer is used as a base coat on bare or chemically treated metal surfaces. 

Contains zinc chromate. This primer should be used with caution when preserving 

brakes, clutches, pulleys, and exposed gears. Because of product variability it may 

have a tendency to leave gum deposits that may not be easily removed. 


None 1 GL 8010-00-292-1127 

None 5 GL 8010-00-161-7275 

None 1 PT 8010-00-899-8825 

3. Corrosion Preventive Compound, Cold Application, For Motor Vehicles. 

MIL-C-16173. For rustproofing motor vehicles: Grade 1 for protection of underbody, 

boxed-in, and concealed areas; Grade 2 for protection of exterior surfaces and inside 

headliners; Grade 3 is a two-coat application for protection of radiator exteriors; and 

Grade 4 is for protection of electrical components. 

a. MIL-C-16173. For protection of noncritical metals when exposed to 

outdoor weather conditions. Use where dry-to-touch film is desired. Should not be 

used on items that require removal of film. Removal can be accomplished by vapor 

degreasing or petroleum solvents. 


Grade 1 1 QT 8030-00-062-6950 

1 GL 8030-00-231 -2345 

5 GL 8030-00-244-1299 

55 GL 8030-00-244-1300 

M-17

. MIL-C-16173. Extended under cover protection to interior or exterior 

surfaces of machinery instruments, bearings, or material with or without use of 

supplementary barrier materials. For outdoor use for limited periods where metal 

temperature does not produce film flow. Remove with vapor degreasing or petroleum 

solvents. 


Grade 2 16 OZ 8030-00-118-0666 

1 QT 8030-01-149-1731 

1 GL 8030-00-244-1297 

5 GL 8030-00-244-1298 

55 GL 8030-00-244-1295 

c. MIL-C-16173. Use where fresh or salt water must be displaced and the 

corrosion prevented or stopped. Use to protect interior surfaces of machinery, 

instruments, or material under cover for limited periods, and to protect critical bare steel 

or phosphated surfaces for extended periods, when satisfactorily packaged. 


Grade 3 1 PT 8030-00-837-6557 

1 GL 8030-00-244-1296 

5 GL 8030-00-244-1293 

55 GL 8030-00-244-1294 

Grade 4 1 PT 8030-00-903-0931 

1 GL 8030-00-062-5866 

5 GL 8030-00-526-1605 

55 GL 8030-00-526-1604 

d. MIL-C-11796. For preservation of antifriction bearings and machined 

surfaces. Can be easily removed at room temperature with petroleum solvents or 

vapor degreasing. 


Class 3 5 LB 8030-00-231-2353 

35 LB 8030-00-285-1570 

e. MIL-L-3150. To lubricate and preserve internal surfaces of machine 

assemblies other than internal combustion engines, transmissions, differentials, and 

fuel tanks. Remove with vapor degreasing or petroleum solvents. 

M-18


PL-M 4 OZ 9150-00-271-8427 

1 QT 9150-00-231-2361 

5 GL 9150-00-231-2356 

55 GL 9150-00-231-2357 

f. MIL-VV-L-800. Use as a general-purpose lubricating oil and preservative. 

Remove with petroleum solvents or vapor degreasing. Not used for the preservation of 

fuel tanks or engines. 


PL-S 4 OZ 9150-00-273-2389 

16 OZ 9150-00-458-0075 

1 QT 9150-00-231-6689 

1 GL 9150-00-231-9045 

5 GL 9150-00-231-9062 

55 GL 9150-00-281-2060 

g. MIL-L-21260. These engine oils are designed for preservation, break in 

and use in all combat/tactical diesel and gasoline engine powered ground vehicle and 

equipment systems. These oils are operational oils that meet MIL-L-2104 

requirements, in addition to corrosion and preservation requirements. These products 

can be used where MIL-L-2104 oils are specified until the first recommended oil 

change. These oils meet the API CD/CDII performance criteria. PE-10 grade is not for 

use in high-output two-cycle diesel engines. 

Military Symbol Package Data NSN 

PE15/40 Grade 15W-40 5 GL 9150-01-293-7696 

PE15/40 Grade 15W-40 55 GL 9150-01-293-2772 

PE10 Grade 10W 5 GL 9150-00-111-3199 

PE10 Grade 10W 55 GL 9150-00-111-0208 

PE30 Grade 30 5 GL 9150-00-111-0209 

PE30 Grade 30 55 GL 9150-00-111-0210 

PE40 Grade 40 5 GL 9150-01-293-2773 

PE40 Grade 40 55 GL 9150-01-293-7697 

PE50 Grade 50 5 GL 9150-00-111-0211 

PE50 Grade 50 55 GL 9150-00-111-0214 

M-19

h. MIL-G-10924. For the lubrication and surface corrosion protection of all 

equipment operated over the temperature range -65 o F. This grease may also be used 

in other temperature ranges where an NLGI No. 2 consistency grease and corrosion 

preventive properties are desirable. 


None 2-1/4 OZ 9150-00-065-0029 

14 OZ 9150-00-935-1017 

1 LB 9150-00-190-0904 

5 LB 9150-00-190-0905 

35 LB 9150-00-190-0907 

120 LB 9150-00-530-7369 

i. MIL-P-3420. For packaging parts and bulk materials that require volatile 

corrosion inhibitors. Includes wrapping paper, moisture vapor barrier paper, corrugated 

paper, etc. 


MIL-P-3420 200 FT X 36 IN 8135-00-664-4010 

j. MIL-C-16173. General-purpose indoor and limited outdoor preservation 

or corrodible metals with or without an overwrap where tack free and transparent 

coating is required. Nonmiscible with lubricating oil. Remove with petroleum solvents 

or vapor degreaser. 


Grade 4 1 PT 8030-00-903-0931 

1 GL 8030-00-062-5866 

5 GL 8030-00-526-1605 

55 GL 8030-00-526-1604 

k. MIL-P-46002. Intended for use in enclosed components (transmissions, 

differentials) where the volatile internal components must be preserved in oil. It is not 

intended for use as an operational preservative oil and should not be used in 

applications where elastomeric components are present. It is not effective unless an 

adequate reservoir of oil can be maintained. This material can also be used effectively 

as a contact preservative. 


Grade 1 1 QT 9150-00-889-3523 

5 GL 9150-00-985-7293 

55 GL 9150-00-407-0973 

M-20

l. MIL-C-16173. For corrosion protection where fresh or salt water must be 

displaced from corrodible surfaces; to protect interior surfaces of material under cover 

for limited periods. 


Grade 5 1 GL 8030-00-223-3193 

5 GL 8030-00-137-1671 

M-21

APPENDIX N. LIVE STORAGE FOR 

CIVIL ENGINEERING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 

1. Assignment Of CESE. Many Naval Construction Force (NCF) units are 

assigned numerous pieces of Civil Engineering Support Equipment (CESE) that are 

required only for contingency, emergency, or occasional use and, consequently, have 

extended periods of non-use. This extra equipment invites improper use, absorbs 

maintenance man-hours, and often suffers deterioration from excessive exposure to the 

elements. 

2. Live Storage Program. The NCF units are hereby provided guidance for a 

program of live storage of CESE. It is realized that general application of this 

instruction shall not provide specific coverage for all CESE, nor the varied operational 

and climatic conditions experienced geographically. When more frequent exercising is 

warranted, the Equipment Officer or Maintenance Supervisor is authorized to vary the 

exercise intervals. 

a. Live Storage. Place equipment in live storage when there is no 

foreseeable need for the equipment for a period of two preventive maintenance (PM) 

cycles or 80 working days. All cranes, however, shall be maintained in an active status 

under control of the crane crew. The CESE eligible for live storage must be in A4 

condition and be controlled as outlined: 

(1) Equipment placed in live storage shall retain its original PM group 

and be placed in a 20-day cycle. For example: If a piece of equipment is in PM group 

4 it shall also be placed in PM group 24; a piece of equipment in PM group 37 shall 

also be placed in PM group 17. A master live storage cycle schedule shall be prepared 

for the CESE assigned to live storage, using the same format prescribed in Chapter 4, 

Section 2, which provides instructions for establishing a PM schedule for active CESE. 

Cost Control shall provide to the Live Storage Supervisor a daily list of CESE to 

be cycled by filling out the cycle log for live storage CESE (Figure N-1), annotating 

USN numbers and the type of cycle due. The Live Storage Cycle Log shall be 

reviewed and signed by the maintenance supervisor prior to work being performed by 

the live storage crew. At the end of each work day, the completed Live Storage Cycle 

Log shall be returned to Cost Control in order to update the Live Storage Service Sheet 

(Figure N-2). 

(2) A copy of the Live Storage Service Sheet shall be maintained in 

the History Jacket for each piece of stored equipment that indicates the date the unit 

was placed in storage and a chronological order of inspections, operational test, and 

repairs performed. The Live Storage Service Sheet shall not be purged from the 

History Jacket. 

(3) The Equipment Officer shall be responsible for all equipment 

placed in live storage. The Live Storage Program shall be under the control of the 

Maintenance Supervisor. 

N-1

(4) The live storage branch shall be adequately staffed with 

construction mechanics and equipment operators to properly maintain and cycle the 

equipment to preserve a state of readiness and to meet all of the provisions of this 

instruction. 

(5) Personnel assigned to maintain and exercise equipment must be 

adequately skilled and experienced. No operator shall be assigned to exercise any 

item of special-purpose equipment who is not thoroughly familiar with the vehicle, its 

accessories, and attachments, and properly licensed to operate them. 

(6) All equipment placed in live storage shall be parked in a specially 

designed area and grouped by Equipment Code. Keys shall be under positive control in 

the Cost Control Office to prevent use of the equipment prior to proper depreservation. 

live storage. 

(7) 

All Equipment Status Boards shall indicate which equipment is in 

(8) Based upon the numbers of the active maintenance force (floor 

mechanics), the optimum ratio of active pieces of CESE to mechanics is 51. CESE in 

excess of a 51 ratio should be considered for placement in live storage. The ratio of 

51 is the goal, and it is recognized that the composition, experience levels, and 

capabilities of the full maintenance force, as well as construction requirements, may 

make it unattainable or unnecessary. 

FIGURE N-1 Live Storage Cycle Log 

N-2

FIGURE N-2. Live Storage Service Sheet 

N-3

. Minimum Maintenance Requirements. Minimum maintenance 

requirements for equipment prior to placement in live storage are outlined as follows: 

(1) A "B" preventive maintenance shall be performed if one has not 

been performed within the last 20 days, except oil change intervals will use the 

manufacturer's recommended interval for mileage/hour usage. If the equipment is 

under manufacturer's warranty, use manufacturer's recommended maintenance 

procedures. 

condition. 

(2) Perform all repairs necessary to place the equipment in A4 

(3) CESE shall be thoroughly cleaned. 

(4) Ensure that batteries are fully charged. 

(5) Open air system draincocks. 

(6) Spray all exterior surfaces with Grade 2 corrosion preventive 

rustproofing (NSN 8030-00-244-1295). 

(7) Top off all fuel tanks. 

(8) Fill cooling system with the proper mixture of antifreeze. 

(9) All attachments shall be stored and maintained by the Collateral 

Equipment Custodian. 

(10) All collateral equipage shall be inventoried on an 

80-day cycle. 

c. Weekly Startup and Inspection Procedures. Live storage inspection, 

maintenance, and operation procedures for equipment in live storage shall be to 

inspect and start up once a week, in accordance with the following procedures. 

(1) Conduct a walk-around inspection to ensure the equipment does 

not have any obvious deficiencies such as loose wheel lugs, flat tires, leaks, and body 

or structural damage. 

(2) Inspect equipment to ensure that the following items are 

properly serviced. 

(a) Engine, drive train, and chassis are properly lubricated. 

(b) Cooling system is at specified level, and contains the proper 

mixture of antifreeze. 

N-4

(c) Batteries are fully charged and contain the specified amount 

of electrolyte. 

(d) Hydraulic system is at capacity and contains the proper 

grade fluid. 

(3) Start and run engine until it reaches operation temperature. 

Monitor gauges, inspect for leaks, and listen for abnormal noise. Ensure the following: 

(a) Brake system is functioning properly. 

(b) Fuel system has no leaks and is topped off. 

(c) Check lights, reflectors, wipers, and horn. 

d. 20-, 40-, and 60-Day Dry Operational Test Procedures 

(1) Conduct an inspection and warm-up as prescribed by Weekly 

Start-up and Inspection Procedures listed in paragraph 2.c. 

(2) Depreserve as necessary to permit all systems to be operated. 

(3) Start the engine and check gauges, electrical system, operation of 

all controls, and inspect for leaks and abnormal noises. 

(4) Drive all vehicles at least 10 miles. In the case of heavy 

equipment, run at least 30 minutes. This time may include the warmup period. 

(a) Drive the equipment at various speeds and operate all 

controls under a limited load and observe the following 

items: 

1 Engine operates without abnormal noises, vibration, 

overheating, or other evidence of malfunction. 

2 Brakes function properly. 

3 Power train components function smoothly without 

grinding or other unusual noises. 

4 Steering mechanisms function smoothly with no 

evidence of binding or shimmy. 

5 Hydraulic and pneumatic systems function smoothly 

with no evidence of unusual leakage at seals or have 

a tendency bind. 

N-5

(b) After operation, conduct a walk-around inspection to 

determine if there are any leaks or other discrepancies. 

(c) Use an adequately equipped truck-tractor or towing unit for 

semitrailers and towed equipment to permit testing of trailer 

lights and brakes. 

(d) If an Equipment Repair Order (ERO) is required to repair 

any discrepancies, open to repair Type 09 and complete as 

outlined by current instructions. 

(e) Upon completion of road test, represerve as required. 

1 Mark tires before vehicle operation to indicate the 

segment in contact with the ground. When the 

vehicle is returned to storage after exercise, inspect 

to ensure that the unit rests on another segment of 

the tire. 

2 Take all possible measures to prevent accumulation 

of water in vehicle bodies. 

e. 80-Day Fully Operational Test Procedures. At 80-day intervals conduct 

the following inspection on all live storage equipment. Conduct all the procedures 

described for the 20-, 40-, and 60-Day Operational Test, and include the procedures 

described for the Weekly Start-up and Inspection, and perform the following: 

(1) Initiate an ERO for Type 09 repair. 

(2) During the operation test, load the equipment to capacity and 

operate for at least 10 miles. Then unload the vehicle and inspect 

for discrepancies. Reload the vehicle and drive for an additional 5 

miles. Unload the equipment and turn over to the maintenance 

shop for lubrication and repairs. 

(3) Operate CESE, such as dozers, loaders, scrapers, and graders, for 

at least 1/2 hour under full load. After 1/2 hour under full load, 

inspect the equipment for discrepancies. After the inspection, 

operate the equipment an additional 1/2 hour under full load. Then 

turn over the equipment to the maintenance shop for lubrication 

and repairs. 

(4) Change oil in all equipment, if applicable. Oil change intervals shall 

be based on the equipment manufacturer's recommended 

maintenance interval for mileage/hour usage. 

N-6

(5) Any Direct Turnover (DTO) parts ordering shall be done at this time 

and put on the vehicle during the next 80-day operational test. 

(6) Inventory and service all collateral equipage and attachments. 

(7) After the repairs and lubrication are complete, represerve as 

required. 

(8) After returning to storage, the Live Storage Service Sheet shall be 

updated from data obtained from the ERO. 

N-7

REFERENCES 

The following Military and Government Reference Material is available at U.S. Naval 

Publications and Forms Center, (ATTN: NPODS) Philadelphia, PA 19120-5099. Telephone 

number: DSN 442-3321, Commercial (215) 697-3321. The latest revision/most current edition 

of all reference materials shall apply. 

ANSI Standards, American National Standards Institute, NY, NY 10018 

ANSI A92.2-1979 Vehicle-Mounted Elevating and Rotating Aerial Devices 

ANSI A92.3-1980 Manually Propelled Elevating Work Platforms 

ANSI A92.5-1980 Boom-Supported Elevating Work Platforms 

ANSI A92.6-1979 Self-Propelled Elevating Work Platforms 

ANSI A92.7-1981 Airline Ground Support Vehicle-Mounted Vertical Lift Devices 

ASME/ANSI B30.22-1987 Articulating Boom Cranes (Commercial Truck-Mounted) 

National Fire Protection Association 

NFPA 1901-1991 Standard for Pumper Fire Apparatus 

NFPA 1914-1988 Testing Fire Department Aerial Devices (Ladder 

Trucks/Platforms) 

BUPERS Publications 

BUPERSINST 1710.11, Special Services Manual 

Department of Defense, Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301 

Defense Acquisition Regulations 

Defense Supply Agency Master Cross Reference List 

DoD 4160.21M Defense Disposal Manual 

DoD Dir 4500.2 Land Transportation Outside the Continental United States (P&L) 

DoD Dir 4500.36-R Management, Acquisition, and Use of Motor Vehicles 

DoD DIR 1010.10 Health Promotion 

REFERENCE - 1

Department of Transportation, 400 Seventh St NW., Washington, DC 20590 

Federal Highway Administration Motor Carrier Regulations 

Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Titles 40 and 49 

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 208, 209, and 210 (49 CFR) 

Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986 (Title XII, PL 99-570) 

Executive Order 

10579 Regulations relating to the establishment and Operation of Interagency 

Motor Vehicle Pools and Systems 

12003 Relating to Energy Policy and Conservation 

Federal Specifications 

Federal Acquisition Regulation 

Federal Personnel Manual 

Federal Property Management Regulation 

Federal Standard No.'s 292, 307 and 794 Estimated (EPA) Miles Per Gallon 

Federal Standard No. 595A Colors 

MIL-STD-1223 Treatment, Painting, Identification Marking and Data Plate 

Standards 

Specification ZZ-T-441G "Tire Pneumatic: Retreaded and Repaired" 

Job Time Standards Publications 

Chilton Flat Rate Manual 

Mitchell Manuals. “Mechanical Parts/Labor Estimating Guides” 

Motor’s Flat Rate and Parts Manual 

Joint Travel Regulation (JTR) 

JTR Volume 2 Chapter 2 

Military and Federal Guide Specifications 

L-S-300C MIL-D-21046 MIL-S-23923D 

MIL-A-46153B MIL-C-2015B MIL-T-704J 

MIL-C-083933A MIL-C-62218A MIL-V-1174B 

MIL-G-18458B MIL-L-2104F TT-E-1593B 

MIL-H-13910B MIL-L-2105 TT-P-320D Type 11, Class B 

REFERENCE - 2

MIL-L-46152C MIL-M-43719C TT-P-1757A 

MIL-C-24016C MIL-S-28526A VV-B-580C 

MIL-B-21056 MIL-S-82068C VV-F-800D 

NAVCOMPT Publications 

NAVCOMPT Manual 

Volume 3, Chapter 7 - Transportation Cost Report (TCR) 

NAVSO P-3006 - Financial Management of Resources (Shore Activities) 

COMNAVFACENGCOM Design Manuals and P-Publications 

DM-28.4 General Maintenance Facilities 

MO-322 Inspection of Shore Facilities (Vol 1) 

MO-403 Navy Drivers Handbook 

P-68 Contracting Manual 

P-80 Facility Planning Criteria for Navy and Marine Shore Installations 

P-272 Definitive Design for Naval Shore Facilities 

P-301 Navy Railway Operating Handbook 

P-307 Management of Weight Handling Equipment 

P-315 Naval Construction Forces Manual 

P-318 Organization and Functions for Public Works Departments 

P-442 Economic Analysis Handbook 

BUMED Publications 

BUMEDINST 6700.9 - Ambulance Support 

NAVSEA Publications 

NAVSEA 0989-030-7000 Lifting Standard 

NAVSEAINST 11200.1 Weight Handling Equipment Maintenance Management 

NAVSEA/NAVFACINST 11230.1 Inspection, Certification and Audit of Crane and 

Railroad Trackage 

NAVSEA OP-5 Ammunition and Explosives Ashore 

NAVSEA OP-2165 Navy Transportation Safety Handbook 

NAVSEA OP-2239 Driver's Handbook, Ammunition, Explosives, and Dangerous 

Articles 

NAVSEA S9086-UU-STM-000 Wire and Fiber Rope and Rigging (Chapter 613) 

NAVSUP Publications 

NAVSUP Manual 

REFERENCE - 3

Occupational Safety and Health Act 

Section 1910.145/410 Occupational Safety and Health Act 

OPNAV Publications 

OPNAVINST 4640.3 Land Transportation Within Areas Outside the Continental 

United States 

OPNAVINST 4860.7 Commercial Activities Program (Circular A-76) 

OPNAVINST 5100.12 Navy Motor Vehicle Safety Program 

OPNAVINST 5102.1 Mishap Investigation and Reporting 

OPNAVINST 11240.8 Centralized Management of Automotive Vehicles, 

Construction and Materials Handling Equipment 

OPNAVINST 11240.16 Motor Vehicle Management; Acquisition and Use of 

OPNAVINST 5090.1 Environmental and Natural Resources Program Manual 

OPNAVINST 5090.2 Management of Ozone Depleting Substances 

OPNAV P-09B2-105 Catalog of Shore Activities 

Rubber Manufacturers Association Publications 1400 K Street NW. Wash.,DC 

American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) D 4956 

SECNAV Directives 

SECNAVINST 5400.14 Assignment and Distribution of Authorization and 

Responsibility For the Administration of Shore Activities of the DoN, and 

Coordination of Naval Personnel Located Ashore 

SECNAVINST 11240.17 Use of Motor Transportation and Scheduled DoD Bus 

Service in the National Capitol Region (NCR) 

SECNAVINST 11240.1 Establishment of the National Capital Region/Department 

of the Navy Motor Pool (NCRDONMP) 

Society of Automotive Engineers Recommended Practice J765 

REFERENCE - 4

P-300 INDEX 

PARAGRAPH TOPIC PAGE 

A 

Appendix B ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................................B-1 

3.8.13 ACCIDENT REPORTING........................................................................................... 3-25 

Figure H-7 ACTIVITY DATA SHEET .......................................................................................... H-13 

3.6.7 ACTIVITY UTILIZATION REPORT, NAVFAC 9-11240/9............................................ 3-14 

4-1.11.5 AERIAL SERVICE EQUIPMENT .............................................................................4-1-40 

2.14.6 AIRCRAFT/FUEL SERVICING AND AVIATION MOBILE 

ORDNANCE EQUIPMENT........................................................................................ 2-55 

5.2.5 ALLOWANCE REVIEW ……………………………………………………………………… 5-3 

Figure 5-1 ALLOWANCE CHANGE REQUEST/REPORT .............................................................5-8 

2.11 ALTERATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS ..................................................................... 2-40 

2.14.13 AMBULANCE EMBLEMS AND MARKINGS............................................................... 2-56 

3.4 AMBULANCES, OPERATION OF ............................................................................. 3-10 

Appendix M ANTIFREEZE............................................................................................................ M-15 

2.1 ASSIGNMENT .............................................................................................................2-1 

3.5 ASSIGNMENT AND OPERATION OF LAW ENFORCEMENT VEHICLES................. 3-11 

2.1.2 ASSIGNMENT CONTROLS .........................................................................................2-1 

2.1.2 a. ASSIGNMENT CONTROLS, CLASS A ........................................................................2-2 

2.1.2 b. ASSIGNMENT CONTROLS, CLASS B ........................................................................2-2 

2.1.2 c. ASSIGNMENT CONTROLS, CLASS C ........................................................................2-3 

2.1.2 b.(2) ASSIGNMENT CONTROLS, TRANSPORTATION REVIEW 

BOARD FOR CLASS B ...............................................................................................2-3 

2.1.1 ASSIGNMENT CRITERIA, TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT, GENERAL ................2-1 

2.1.8 ASSIGNMENT FOR EMERGENCY AND DISASTER PURPOSES ..............................2-6 

2.1.3 ASSIGNMENT, NEW TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT ...........................................2-3 

2.1.7 ASSIGNMENT OF COURTESY VEHICLES.................................................................2-6 

2.1.6 ASSIGNMENT OR LOAN, TEMPORARY.....................................................................2-5 

2.1.9 ASSIGNMENT TO COMMISSARIES, EXCHANGES AND MESSES ASHORE............2-7 

2.1.5 ASSIGNMENT TO NCF, NCTCs, AND SOUs………………………………………………… 

.....................................................................................................................................2-5 

2.1.10 ASSIGNMENT TO NONAPPROPRIATED FUND ACTIVITIES.....................................2-7 

2.1.4 ASSIGNMENT TO SHIPS AND AFLOAT COMMANDS ...............................................2-4 

2.1.10.b ASSIGNMENT TO SPECIAL SERVICES .....................................................................2-7 

1.4 AUTHORITY (COMNAVFACENGCOM).......................................................................1-1 

Appendix M AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUIDS......................................................................M-9 

4-1.10.5 AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLE SAFETY INSPECTION CHECKLIST...............................4-1-35 

B 

3.3.2 BASE MASS TRANSIT AND GROUP HOME-TO-WORK TRANSPORTATION ..........3-3 

Appendix M BRAKE FLUIDS, HYDRAULIC ...................................................................................M-9 

Appendix G BUDGET COMPUTATION FOR LABOR AND MATERIAL .......................................... G-1 

4-1.8.4.a BUDGET/EXPENSE REPORT ..................................................................................4-1-7 

4-1.8.2 BUDGET PLAN.........................................................................................................4-1-6 

Appendix G BUDGET PREPARATION........................................................................................... G-1 

Figure 4-1-3 BUDGET TROUBLESHOOTING CHART ...............................................................4-1-10 

INDEX - 1


2.3 BUDGETING ..............................................................................................................2-12 

3.3 BUS SERVICE............................................................................................................. 3-1 

3.3.6 BUS SERVICE, EMERGENCY ................................................................................... 3-9 

3.3.1 BUS SERVICE, GENERAL.......................................................................................... 3-1 

3.3.5 BUS SERVICE, LIBERTY ............................................................................................ 3-9 

3.3.3 BUS SERVICE, SHUTTLE (SCHEDULED ACTIVITY BUS SERVICE)......................... 3-7 

C 

2.12.7 CASEMIS INVENTORY RECORD ADJUSTMENT .....................................................2-45 

Figure 3-1 CATEGORIES OF BUS TRANSPORTATION ............................................................. 3-2 

5.4.2 CESO RESPONSIBILITIES ……………………………………………………………………5- 

7 

5.5.2 CESO RESPONSIBILITIES ……………………………………………………………………5- 

10 

3.6.1 CIVIL ENGINEERING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT UTILIZATION PROGRAM................3-12 

2.10.c CLASSIFICATION OF CESE BY REGISTRATION NUMBER.....................................2-35 

2.1.2 .a(3) COMMAND AND CONTROL VEHICLE ASSIGNMENT ............................................... 2-2 

1.13.7 COMMAND AND CONTROL VEHICLES ....................................................................1-12 

Figure 1-1 COMMANDS/MAJOR CLAIMANTS HOLDING CESE INVENTORY OBJECTIVES ..... 1-8 

2.17.1 COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES (CA) PROGRAM ............................................................2-71 

4-1.4 COMMERCIAL CONTRACT MAINTENANCE........................................................... 4-1-2 

3.8.14 COMMERCIAL DRIVER'S LICENSE PROGRAM (CDLP)...........................................3-26 

5.6.2 COMPLETION OF NAVSUP FORM 1250-1 …………………………………………………5- 

12 

5.4.3 COMPLETION OF NAVSUP FORM 1220-2 ………………………………………………….5- 

8 

Appendix I CONDITION CODES, SUPPLY .................................................................................... I-1 

5.5.3 CONSTRUCTION BATTALION CENTER RESPONSIIBILITIES ………………………….5- 

10 

3.25.2 CONSTRUCTION AND WEIGHT HANDLING EQUIPMENT WORK PLAN ................3-47 

Figure H-18 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATOR'S LICENSE APPLICATION 

(NAVFAC 11260/2) . ................................................................................................H-27 

2.9.10 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, RENTAL OF ..........................................................2-33 

5.1.3 COORDINATION WITH UNIT SUPPLY ………………………………………………………5- 

1 

Figure 3-3 CORRECT LOADING PRINCIPLES . .........................................................................3-46 

4-1.12 CORROSION PREVENTION.................................................................................. 4-1-45 

Appendix J CORROSION PREVENTION (NCFs/SOUs) ...............................................................J-12 

5.4 COSAL ALLOWANCE CHANGES ……………………………………………………………5- 

7 

5.3.3 COSAL ARRANGEMENT …………………………………………………………………… 5-6 

5.4.1 COSAL DEFICIENCIES ……………………………………………………………………… 5-7 

2.7.4 COSTING OF REPAIR ESTIMATES FOR TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT...........2-16 

2.1.7 COURTESY VEHICLES .............................................................................................. 2-6 

Figure H-3 CRANE REQUIREMENTS DATA SHEET ...................................................................H-3 

3.18 CREDIT CARDS, U.S. GOVERNMENT FLEET SERVICES ......................................3-39 

3.6.9 CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT UTILIZATION PERFORMANCE.......3-16 

INDEX - 2


D 

2.8.4 DBOF REQUIREMENTS PROCEDURES .................................................................. 2-23 

2.13.4 DEFICIENCIES AFFECTING SAFETY, REPORTING OF.......................................... 2-46 

2.13.5 DEFICIENCY CORRECTION UNDER WARRANTY .................................................. 2-47 

Appendix A DEFINITIONS AND TERMS.........................................................................................A-1 

1.5 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE VEHICLE POLICY . ................................................... 1-1 

Figure H-1 DESCRIPTION/JUSTIFICATION FOR NON-STANDARD FAMILY 

CESE PROCUREMENT ............................................................................................ H-1 

Appendix M DIESEL ENGINE LUBRICATING OIL..........................................................................M-1 

Appendix M DIESEL ENGINE MOTOR FUEL............................................................................... M-13 

4-1.8.8 DIRECT LABOR PRODUCTIVITY...........................................................................4-1-13 

5.7.3 DIRECT TURNOVER LOG MAINTENANCE ………………………………………………5-17 

5.7.1 DIRECT TURNOVER PARTS PROCEDURES …………………………………………….. 5- 

15 

5.7.5 DIRECT TURNOVER PARTS STORAGE ……………………………………………………5- 

19 

5.7.2 DIRECT TURNOVER STATUS-KEEPING RECORDS ……………………………………..5- 

16 

3.2 DISPATCHERS LOG ...................................................................................................3-1 

2.12.6 DISPOSITION BY SURVEY....................................................................................... 2-45 

2.12.4 DISPOSITION OF SERVICEABLE EXCESS TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT ..... 2-45 

2.12.1 DISPOSITION PROCESS.......................................................................................... 2-40 

2.12 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT.............................. 2-40 

3.8.3 DoD CONTRACT PERSONNEL................................................................................. 3-19 

1.6 DoD OSH PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES...................................1-2 

1.5 DoD VEHICLE POLICY................................................................................................1-1 

Figure J-4 DoT PLACARD FOR FLAMMABLES ......................................................................... J-14 

4-1.8.6 DOWNTIME, EQUIPMENT ....................................................................................4-1-11 

Figure 5-3 DIRECT TURNOVER LOG (DTO).............................................................................. 5-16 

E 

2.9.5 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS, LEASING ........................................................................... 2-26 

Figure H-6 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS, PROCUREMENT VS. LEASE (SAMPLE) .......................... H-11 

3.3.6 EMERGENCY BUS SERVICE......................................................................................3-9 

4-1.10.6 a. EMISSION INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE .....................................................4-1-36 

2.9.10 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION, RENTAL OF ......................................................... 2-33 

Figure 4-2-.3 EQUIPMENT REPAIR ORDER DOWNTIME BLOCKS ...........................................4-2-11 

Figure H-28 EQUIPMENT REPAIR ORDER FLOW...................................................................... H-47 

4-1.8.4 EVALUATION OF REPORTS....................................................................................4-1-7 

2.12.3 EXCESS PERSONAL PROPERTY, PREPARATION OF AN SF 120 ........................ 2-42 

2.12.2 EXCESS TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT, MEDICAL RAILWAY, FIRE FIGHTING, 

AND MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT; REPORTING OF .................................. 2-41 

2.12.4 EXCESS TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT, SERVICEABLE; DISPOSITION OF..... 2-45 

2.12.5 EXCESS TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT, UNSERVICEABLE, DISPOSITION OF 2-45 

2.12 EXCESS TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT, DISTRIBUTION OF ............................ 2-40 

INDEX - 3


2.1.2.a(4) EXECUTIVE VEHICLES .............................................................................................. 2-2 

F 

4-1.14 FACILITIES LAYOUT FOR TRANSPORTATION SHOPS ...................................... 4-1-47 

3.20 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ON TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT ................................3-40 

4-1.11.6 FIRE FIGHTING AERIAL DEVICES........................................................................ 4-1-44 

2.14.11 FLAG OFFICER AND VIP IDENTIFICATION..............................................................2-56 

Figure J-5 FLAG OFFICER DESIGNATION PLATE . ..................................................................J-15 

Figure 4-1-7 FLOW CHART FOR SHOP REPAIR ORDERS....................................................... 4-1-24 

2.5 FOREIGN PURCHASES ............................................................................................2-15 

Appendix M FUEL, DIESEL ENGINE ...........................................................................................M-13 

3.7 FUEL ECONOMY, GUIDELINES FOR ACHIEVING MOTOR VEHICLE ....................3-17 

2.6 FUEL EFFICIENT VEHICLES, ACQUISITION OF ......................................................2-15 

Appendix M FUEL, GASOLINE ENGINE ......................................................................................M-12 

3.17 FUEL ISSUES BY SERVICE STATIONS AND FUEL TRUCKS ..................................3-39 

3.16 FUEL SECURITY MEASURES...................................................................................3-39 

G 

5.2.3 GENERAL TOA INFORMATION ……………………………………………………………..5- 

2 

3.15 GOVERNMENT-OWNED TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT, USE OF 

BY COMMERCIAL CONTRACTORS (GOCO)...........................................................3-38 

Appendix M GREASE, MULTIPURPOSE....................................................................................... M-7 

H 

2.14.9 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND DANGEROUS ARTICLES ......................................2-56 

4-8.12 HISTORY JACKET REQUIREMENTS.................................................................... 4-1-14 

1.13 HOME-TO-WORK TRANSPORTATION APPROVAL PROCEDURES, INDIVIDUAL..1-11 

1.12.1.a(2) HOME-TO-WORK TRANSPORTATION FOR FIELD WORK, INDIVIDUAL................. 1-9 

3.3.2 HOME-TO-WORK TRANSPORTATION AND BASE MASS TRANSIT, GROUP.......... 3-3 

Appendix M HYDRAULIC BRAKE FLUIDS..................................................................................... M-9 

Appendix M HYDRAULIC FLUIDS, OTHER ................................................................................... M-6 

I 

2.14.11 IDENTIFICATION, FLAG OFFICER AND VIP ............................................................2-56 

2.14.7 IDENTIFICATION OF VEHICLES; TEMPORARY.......................................................2-55 

2.14.14 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS, EXEMPTIONS FROM ...............................................2-58 

2.14.15 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS, RECORDS OF EXEMPTED VEHICLES....................2-58 

1.14 ILLEGAL USE PENALTY............................................................................................1-12 

4-1.8.9 INDIRECT LABOR (OVERHEAD)........................................................................... 4-1-13 

5.2.6 INITIATING TOA CHANGE 

……………………………………………………………………..5-3 

4-1.8.5 INVENTORY OBJECTIVE CONTROL .................................................................... 4-1-11 

2.2.3 INVENTORY OBJECTIVE REVIEW/APPROVAL .......................................................2-11 

2.2 INVENTORY OBJECTIVES AND MISSION-BASED INVENTORY LEVELS (MILS)..... 2-7 

INDEX - 4


4-1.11.6 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF FIRE DEPARTMENT AERIAL DEVICES............4-1-44 

4-1.11.2 INSPECTION, OPERATOR'S DAILY .....................................................................4-1-40 

4-1.10.4 b. INSPECTION, RELIABILITY ...................................................................................4-1-34 

4-1.10.4 a. INSPECTION, SAFETY...........................................................................................4-1-33 

4-1.10.4 c. INSPECTIONS AND SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS, DEVELOPMENT OF 

(AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLES)...................................................................................4-1-34 

4-1.11.3 INSPECTIONS AND SERVICES SPECIFICATIONS, DEVELOPMENT OF 

(CONSTRUCTION AND ALLIED EQUIPMENT).....................................................4-1-40 

1.11 INTRA-SERVICE SUPPORT AGREEMENTS ..............................................................1-9 

2.12.7 INVENTORY RECORD ADJUSTMENT; CASEMIS.................................................... 2-45 

5.6 ISSUE REQUEST DOCUMENT ................................................................................. 5-11 

J 

Figure 4-2-2 JOB CONTROL NUMBER.........................................................................................4-2-9 

2.9.5 JUSTIFICATION/ECONOMIC ANALYSIS, LEASE .................................................... 2-26 

L 

4-1.8.8 LABOR, DIRECT ...................................................................................................4-1-13 

4-1.8.9 LABOR, INDIRECT (OVERHEAD) ..........................................................................4-1-13 

3.5.4 LAW ENFORCEMENT/SECURITY VEHICLES, ACQUISITION OF ........................... 3-12 

2.14.12 LAW ENFORCEMENT/SECURITY VEHICLE MARKINGS......................................... 2-56 

3.5 LAW ENFORCEMENT SEDANS, ASSIGNMENT AND OPERATION OF .................. 3-11 

Figure 2-4 LEASE AGREEMENT SUMMARY . ........................................................................... 2-32 

2.9 LEASE OF MOTOR VEHICLES ................................................................................. 2-24 

2.9.6 LEASE-PURCHASE AND LEASE-TO-OWNERSHIP AGREEMENTS........................ 2-26 

2.9.9 f. LEASED TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT, COST REPORTING OF ...................... 2-33 

Figure 2-3 LEASED VEHICLE REPORT . ................................................................................... 2-31 

2.9.8 LEASING, LONG-TERM .......................................................................................... 2-28 

2.9.9 LEASED VEHICLES, REPORT OF ............................................................................ 2-30 

2.9.2 LEASING VEHICLES, POLICY FOR ......................................................................... 2-24 

5.3.2 LEVELS OF SUPPORT …………………………………………………………………………5- 

5 

3.3.5 LIBERTY BUS SERVICE..............................................................................................3-9 

3.8.5 LICENSE APPLICATIONS ......................................................................................... 3-20 

3.8.14 LICENSE, COMMERCIAL DRIVER'S (CDL) PROGRAM............................................ 3-26 

3.8.11 LICENSE, EXPIRATION AND REVOCATION OF OF-346 ......................................... 3-24 

3.8.9 LICENSE, OPTIONAL FORM 346 (OF-346) U.S. GOVERNMENT MOTOR VEHICLE 

OPERATORS IDENTIFICATION CARD.................................................................... 3-23 

3.8.3 LICENSE REQUIREMENTS FOR DoD CONTRACT PERSONNEL ........................... 3-19 

3.8.7 LICENSE, REQUIREMENTS FOR ISSUE OF OF-346............................................... 3-22 

3.8.1/3.8.1.1 LICENSING OPERATORS, POLICY FOR ................................................................. 3-18 

2.7.1 LIFE EXPECTANCIES ............................................................................................... 2-15 

Figure 2-2 LIRN SUMMARY........................................................................................................ 2-21 

2.14.4.b(2) LOCATIONS OF MARKINGS .................................................................................... 2-52 

INDEX - 5


5.1 LOGISTIC SUPPORT.................................................................................................. 5-1 

2.9.8 LONG-TERM LEASING..............................................................................................2-28 

Appendix M LUBRICANT, ENCLOSED GEAR ............................................................................. M-4 

Appendix M LUBRICANTS, DESCRIPTIVE DATA FOR................................................................. M-1 

M 

4-1.5 MAINTENANCE AT SMALL ACTIVITIES.................................................................. 4-1-3 

Appendix G MAINTENANCE BUDGET AND MANHOUR STANDARDS .........................................G-1 

4-2.2 MAINTENANCE CATEGORIES (NCF/SOU)............................................................. 4-2-2 

4-1.4 MAINTENANCE, COMMERCIAL CONTRACT ......................................................... 4-1-2 

4-1.7 MAINTENANCE COORDINATION ........................................................................... 4-1-5 

4-1.8.11 MAINTENANCE EVALUATION AND QUALITY CONTROL .................................... 4-1-13 

4-1.9.5 MAINTENANCE FORMS, PREPARATION OF ...................................................... 4-1-27 

4-1.9.6 MAINTENANCE INSPECTION/SERVICE RECORD............................................... 4-1-31 

Figure H-24 MAINTENANCE INSPECTION/SERVICE RECORD, NAVFAC 11200/46 . ................H-35 

4-1.3 MAINTENANCE, LEVELS OF .................................................................................. 4-1-2 

4-1.8.7 MAINTENANCE MAN-HOUR INPUT ...................................................................... 4-1-11 

Appendix G MAINTENANCE MAN-HOUR INPUT STANDARDS.....................................................G-6 

Figure 4-1-4 MAINTENANCE MAN-HOUR INPUT AND SHOP PRODUCTIVITY ANALYSIS...... 4-1-12 

4-1.1 MAINTENANCE OBJECTIVES................................................................................. 4-1-1 

4-2.1 MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION (NCF/SOU) ……………………………………………4-2- 

1 

4-1.6 MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION AND STAFFING ................................................. 4-1-3 

4-1.8 MAINTENANCE PLANNING..................................................................................... 4-1-5 

4-1.2 MAINTENANCE PROGRAM ELEMENTS (OBJECTIVES)........................................ 4-1-1 

4-2.5 MAINTENANCE PROGRAM EVALUATION (NCF/SOU) ………………………………..4-2- 

12 

4-1.9 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING.............................................................................. 4-1-18 

4-1.10.4 d. MAINTENANCE SERVICE (UNSCHEDULED)........................................................ 4-1-34 

2.16 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (MIS) .....................................................2-67 

Appendix G MANHOUR STANDARDS............................................................................................G-6 

5.5.4 MANUAL MAINTENANCE ……………………………………………………………………5- 

10 

4-1.13.3 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES............................................ 4-1-47 

1.8 MARINE CORPS SUPPORT ....................................................................................... 1-6 

2.14.4.b(3) MARKING MATERIALS..............................................................................................2-52 

2.14.13 MARKINGS AND EMBLEMS FOR AMBULANCES.....................................................2-56 

2.14.5 MARKINGS FOR AVIATION AND GROUND FUEL SERVICING VEHICLES .............2-54 

2.14.12 MARKINGS, LAW ENFORCEMENT/SECURITY VEHICLE .......................................2-56 

2.14.16 MARKINGS, REMOVAL OF .......................................................................................2-58 

2.14.17 MARKINGS, SPECIAL................................................................................................2-58 

Figure H-14 MASS TRANSIT SERVICES SUMMARY ..................................................................H-23 

3.3.2 MASS TRANSPORTATION SERVICES (GROUP HOME-TO-WORK 

TRANSPORTATION AND BASE MASS TRANSIT) .................................................... 3-3 

5.2.8 MASTER PACKING PLAN 

………………………………………………………………………5-4 

1.9 MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENT ......................................................................... 1-6 

4-1.8.10 MATERIAL MANAGEMENT FOR CESE................................................................. 4-1-13 

INDEX - 6


2.4 MATERIAL MANAGER .............................................................................................. 2-12 

2.17 MOST EFFICIENT ORGANIZATION (MEO) .............................................................. 2-68 

3.8.4 MOTOR VEHICLE OPERATOR'S TESTING AND LICENSING PROCEDURES........ 3-19 

N 

5.1.2 NCBC SUPPORT ……………………………………………………………………………….5- 

1 

3.8.12 NATIONAL DRIVER REGISTER (NDR) ..................................................................... 3-25 

5.2.7 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) BREAKDOWN OF SETS, KITS, OUTFITS (SKO) 5- 

4 

1.9 NAVAL SUPPLY SYSTEMS COMMAND; MHE............................................................1-6 

Figure J-5 NAVY FLAG OFFICER DESIGNATION PLATE . ....................................................... J-15 

Figure 3-2 NAVY OWNED EQUIPMENT REQUIRING LICENSED OPERATORS . .................... 3-29 

2.1.3 NEW TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT ASSIGNMENT.............................................2-3 

2.10.3 NONAPPROPRIATED FUND VEHICLE REGISTRATION.......................................... 2-40 

5.6.3 NONAVAILABILITY OF PARTS ……………………………………………………………….5- 

15 

O 

1.6 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH (OSH) PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 

AND PROCEDURES...................................................................................................1-2 

3.8.6 OFFICIAL BUSINESS, OPERATING GOVERNMENT-OWNED/LEASED 

MOTOR VEHICLES ON ............................................................................................ 3-20 

1.12.2 OFFICIAL TRAVEL (TDY/TAD), OPERATION OF MOTOR VEHICLES 

BY PERSONNEL ON .............................................................................................. 1-10 

1.12 OFFICIAL USE.............................................................................................................1-9 

Appendix M OIL, LUBRICATING, DIESEL ENGINE ......................................................................M-1 

Appendix M OIL, LUBRICATING, GASOLINE ENGINE ................................................................M-2 

Figure 4-1-1 OPERATING BUDGET AND EXPENSE REPORT; SAMPLE ...................................4-1-8 

4-1.11.2 OPERATOR'S DAILY INSPECTION .......................................................................4-1-40 

4-1.9.7 OPERATOR'S DAILY PM REPORT ........................................................................4-1-31 

Figure H-25 OPERATOR'S DAILY PM REPORT, CONSTRUCTION AND ALLIED 

EQUIPMENT, NAVFAC 11260/4 . ............................................................................ H-36 

Figure H-22 OPERATOR'S INSPECTION GUIDE AND TROUBLE REPORT, 

NAVFAC 9-11240/13 ............................................................................................... H-32 

Figure H-17 OPTIONAL FORM 346, U.S.GOVERNMENT MOTOR VEHICLE OPERATORS' 

IDENTIFICATION CARD.......................................................................................... H-26 

2.15 ORGANIZATION, ACTIVITY TRANSPORTATION .................................................... 2-61 

4-1.6 ORGANIZATION AND STAFFING, MAINTENANCE.................................................4-1-3 

2.15.3 ORGANIZATION, NCF/SOU EQUIPMENT ……………………………………………… 2-62 

Figure H-21 OUT OF SERVICE ANALYSIS; SAMPLE.................................................................. H-31 

P 

Figure 2-2 P-1 LINE/LINE ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER (LIRN) SUMMARY.............................. 2-21 

2.14.1 PAINT SPECIFICATIONS STANDARDS AND AUTHORIZED COLORS.................... 2-49 

2.14 PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS ......................................................... 2-49 

INDEX - 7


3.19 PAYMENT OF HIGHWAY TOLLS ..............................................................................3-40 

Figure 4-1-2 PERFORMANCE STATEMENT; SAMPLE................................................................ 4-1-9 

1.16 PERMISSIBLE OPERATING DISTANCE ...................................................................1-12 

3.8.10 PHYSICAL FITNESS REVIEW ...................................................................................3-24 

4-1.8 PLANNING, MAINTENANCE ................................................................................... 4-1-5 

2.9.2 POLICY FOR LEASING VEHICLES ...........................................................................2-24 

3.8.1 POLICY FOR LICENSING OPERATORS ...................................................................3-18 

4-2.3 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (NCF/SOU) ………………………………………………..4- 

2-4 

4-1.9 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) SCHEDULING AND SHOP 

CONTROL PROCEDURES ................................................................................... 4-1-18 

Table 4-2-1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE INSPECTION SCHEDULE ...................................... 4-2-6 

4-1.10.2 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE, OPERATOR ........................................................ 4-1-33 

4-1.10 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLES .. 4-1-31 

4-1.11 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES FOR CONSTRUCTION AND 

ALLIED EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................ 4-1-39 

2.8.1 PROCUREMENT REQUESTS, INITIAL ISSUE AND REPLACEMENT ......................2-18 

5.5.1 PROVISION OF TECHNICAL MANUALS …………………………………………….......5-10 

4-1.13 PUBLICATIONS, TECHNICAL, PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING ....................... 4-1-46 

2.9.6 PURCHASE OPTIONS FOR LEASING ......................................................................2-26 

2.5 PURCHASES, FOREIGN ..........................................................................................2-15 

Q 

Figure H-10 QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT SF-368 ................................................................H-16 

2.13.9 QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORTS (SF-368) 

PREPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF ..................................................................2-48 

Figure 4-1-2 QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE STATEMENT ......................................................... 4-1-9 

R 

3.23 RADIO-DISPATCHED TAXI AND MATERIAL TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS..........3-43 

2.14.3 RECRUITING VEHICLES ...........................................................................................2-51 

2.10 REGISTRATION AND TECHNICAL RECORD CONTROL..........................................2-35 

2.10.2 REGISTRATION OF VEHICLES IN NATIONAL CAPITAL REGION ...........................2-39 

2.10.3 REGISTRATION, VEHICLE, NONAPPROPRIATED FUND ......................................2-40 

2.14.16 REMOVAL OF MARKINGS ........................................................................................2-58 

2.9.10 RENTAL OF CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT ............................................................2-33 

2.9.7 RENTAL, SHORT-TERM ...........................................................................................2-28 

2.14.2 REPAINTING REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................2-50 

2.7.3 REPAIR AND/OR REPLACEMENT DETERMINATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION, 

RAILWAY, WEIGHT HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND OTHER 

TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT.......................................................................... 2-16 

Figure 5-4 REPAIR PARTS SUMMARY SHEET..........................................................................5-18 


AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLES (ALPHA CODE A THRU N) .............................................2-15 

2.7.4 REPAIR ESTIMATES, COSTING OF ........................................................................2-16 

Appendix F REPAIR LIMITS (AND REPLACEMENT CRITERIA) FOR ALPHA CODES O-Z .......... F-1 

INDEX - 8


2.7.2 REPAIR LIMITS FOR ALPHA CODES A-N ................................................................ 2-15 

2.7.3 REPAIR LIMITS FOR ALPHA CODES O-Z .............................................................. 2-16 

5.3.4 REPAIR PARTS …………………………………………………………………………………5- 

7 

5.7.4 REPAIR PARTS SUMMARY SHEETS ………………………………………………………. 5- 

17 

5.3 REPAIR PARTS SUPPORT ........................................................................................5-5 

5.7 REPAIR PARTS STATUS AND ACCOUNTABILITY .................................................. 5-15 

2.7 REPLACEMENT CRITERIA ...........................................................................……… 2-15 

Appendix F REPLACEMENT CRITERIA (AND REPAIR LIMITS) FOR ALPHA CODES O-Z...........F-1 

2.12.3 REPORT OF EXCESS PERSONAL PROPERTY SF-120 . ........................................ 2-13 

Figure 4-1-1 REPORT, SAMPLE OPERATING BUDGET/EXPENSE ............................................4-1-8 

2.9.9.a REPORTING OF LEASED TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT 

(see figures 2-3 and 2-4)............................................................................................ 2-30 

4-1.8.4 REPORTS, EVALUATION OF ..................................................................................4-1-7 

4-8.3 REPORTS, TRANSPORTATION ..............................................................................4-1-7 

2.8 REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................... 2-18 

S 

4-1.10.5 SAFETY INSPECTION CHECKLIST, AUTOMOTIVE VEHICLE..............................4-1-35 

4-1.10.4 a. SAFETY INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS ..............................................................4-1-33 

Figure 4-1-8 SAFETY INSPECTION, STICKER ..........................................................................4-1-32 

4-1.9.1 SCHEDULING AND SHOP CONTROL ...................................................................4-1-18 

4-1.9 SCHEDULING, MAINTENANCE ............................................................................4-1-18 

3.3.7 SCHOOL BUS............................................................................................................ 3-10 

3.21 SEAT BELTS, USE AND INSTALLATION OF ........................................................... 3-41 

3.16 SECURITY MEASURES, MOTOR FUEL .................................................................. 3-39 

4-1.13.3 SERVICE REPRESENTATIVES, MANUFACTURERS ...........................................4-1-47 

4-1.10.3 SERVICE STATION SERVICING............................................................................4-1-33 

4-1.14.2 SHOP FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS PLANNING..................................................4-1-48 

4-1.14.3 SHOP LAYOUT DETAILS .......................................................................................4-2-48 

4-1.9.5 b. SHOP REPAIR ORDER ..........................................................................................4-1-27 

Figure 4-1-7 SHOP REPAIR ORDER FLOW CHART..................................................................4-1-24 

Figure H-23 SHOP REPAIR ORDER, NAVFAC 9-11200/3A . ....................................................... H-33 

4-1.9.5 c. SHOP REPAIR ORDER PREPARATION ................................................................4-1-28 

4-1.9.2 SHOP WORKLOAD ................................................................................................4-1-18 

2.9.7 SHORT-TERM RENTAL............................................................................................. 2-28 

3.3.3 SHUTTLE BUS SERVICE ............................................................................................3-7 

5.6.1 SINGLE LINE-ITEM CONSUMPTION DOCUMENT .................................................. 5-11 

3.22 SIRENS AND WARNING LIGHTS, INSTALLATION AND USE OF ........................... 3-43 

2.14.10 SLOW-MOVING VEHICLES ...................................................................................... 2-56 

2.14.17 SPECIAL MARKINGS ................................................................................................ 2-58 

2.14.5 SPECIAL MARKINGS FOR AVIATION AND GROUND FUEL 

SERVICING VEHICLES ............................................................................................. 2-54 

2.14.1 SPECIFICATIONS, PAINTING, STANDARDS AND AUTHORIZED COLORS ........... 2-49 

4-1.6 STAFFING AND ORGANIZATION, MAINTENANCE.................................................4-1-3 

Appendix I SUPPLY CONDITION CODES .....................................................................................I-1 

INDEX - 9


4-1.9.4 SUPPLY SUPPORT ............................................................................................... 4-1-23 

5.1.1 SUPPLY SUPPORT …………………………………………………………………………….5- 

1 

1.11 SUPPORT AGREEMENTS; INTRA-SERVICE............................................................. 1-9 

5.3.1 SUPPORT CRITERIA …………………………………………………………………………5.5 

1.8 SUPPORT OF MARINE CORPS FORCES.................................................................. 1-6 

T 

5.2 TABLE OF ALLOWANCE ............................................................................................ 5-2 

2.2.4 TABLES OF ALLOWANCES …………………………………………………………………..2- 

11 

3.23 TAXI, RADIO-DISPATCHED.......................................................................................3-43 

4-1.13 TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES................................................ 4-1-46 

5.5 TECHNICAL MANUALS..............................................................................................5-10 

4-1.13.1 TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS................................................................................. 4-1-46 

4-1.8.15 TEMES PREPARATION......................................................................................... 4-1-17 

2.1.6 TEMPORARY ASSIGNMENT OR LOAN ..................................................................... 2-5 

2.14.7 TEMPORARY IDENTIFICATION OF VEHICLES........................................................2-55 

4-1.11.6 TESTING AND INSPECTION OF FIRE DEPARTMENT AERIAL DEVICES ........... 4-1-44 

3.9 TESTING AND LICENSING OF CONSTRUCTION, AND RAILROAD 

EQUIPMENT OPERATORS ......................................................................................3-28 

3.8.4 TESTING AND LICENSING PROCEDURES FOR MOTOR VEHICLE 

OPERATORS (MVO).................................................................................................3-18 

3.8 TESTING AND LICENSING VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT OPERATORS...................3-17 

4-1.11.5 TESTING AND MAINTENANCE OF BOOM, HI-LIFT AND AERIAL 

SERVICE TRUCKS/EQUIPMENT.......................................................................... 4-1-40 

3.8.8 TESTING OPERATORS FOR TRANSPORTATION OF EXPLOSIVES 

AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ...............................................................................3-23 

4-1.10.7 TIRE MAINTENANCE............................................................................................. 4-1-38 

4-1.10.7 c. TIRE MARKING/IDENTIFICATION......................................................................... 4-1-39 

4-1.10.7 b. TIRE RETREADING PROGRAM ............................................................................ 4-1-38 

4-1.10.7 a. TIRES, RETREAD (RESTRICTION OF USE)......................................................... 4-1-38 

5.2.4 TOA ORGANIZATION………………………………………………………………………….5-3 

3.19 TOLLS, PAYMENT OF ...............................................................................................3-40 

Figure 4-1-5 TRANSPORTATION COST REPORT (TCR).......................................................... 4-1-16 

4-1.8.14 TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT EVALUATION 

SUMMARY (TEMES) (See Figure 4-1-6) .............................................................. 4-1-15 

2.8.2 TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT P-1 LINES ...........................................................2-19 

3.3.4 TRANSPORTATION FOR MORALE, WELFARE AND RECREATION (MWR) ........... 3-9 

1.10 TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT ASSISTANCE VISITS (TMAVs)........................ 1-6 

2.1.2 b.(2) TRANSPORTATION REVIEW BOARD FOR CLASS B ASSIGNMENT ....................... 2-3 

Figure H-12 TRIP TICKET, (MOTOR EQUIP UTILIZATION RECORD, DD FORM 1970) .............H-20 

Figure H-5 TRUCK TRACTOR DATA SHEET . .............................................................................H-7 

U 

3.18 U.S. GOVERNMENT FLEET SERVICES CARDS ......................................................3-39 

Figure H-17 U.S.GOVERNMENT MOTOR VEHICLE OPERATOR’S IDENTIFICATION 

INDEX - 10


CARD (OF-346) ...................................................................................................... H-26 

1.15 USE OF GOVERNMENT VEHICLES IN THE NATIONAL CAPITAL REGION (NCR). 1-12 

3.6 UTILIZATION ............................................................................................................ 3-12 

3.6.8 UTILIZATION ANALYSIS ........................................................................................... 3-16 

3.6.5 UTILIZATION, EQUIPMENT EXCLUDED FROM THE PROGRAM ............................ 3-13 

3.6.4 UTILIZATION, EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO THE PROGRAM .................................... 3-13 

3.6.9 UTILIZATION PERFORMANCE NOTIFICATION ....................................................... 3-16 

3.6.7 UTILIZATION REPORT, NAVFAC 9-11240/9............................................................. 3-14 

3.6.6 UTILIZATION REPORTING, FORMULA FOR ........................................................... 3-13 

3.6.2 UTILIZATION, TECHNICAL COORDINATION/ASSISTANCE.................................... 3-12 

V 

Appendix J VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT COLORS AND MARKINGS ......................................... J-10 

Figure 4-2-1 VEHICLE/CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT PM RECORD CARD (NAVFAC 11240/6)4-2-7 

1.5 VEHICLE POLICY, DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE . ................................................. 1-1 

3.24 VEHICLE SIZE, WEIGHT AND LOAD LIMITATIONS................................................. 3-44 

3.7.1 VEHICLE USAGE REDUCTION................................................................................. 3-17 

W 

3.22 WARNING LIGHTS AND SIRENS, INSTALLATION AND USE OF ........................... 3-43 

2.14.8 WARNING STRIPES.................................................................................................. 2-56 

2.13 WARRANTIES AND DEFICIENCIES ......................................................................... 2-46 

2.13.8 WARRANTIES, ASSISTANCE WITH CESE DEFICIENCIES..................................... 2-48 

2.13.6 WARRANTIES, CONTRACT DEFICIENCIES ............................................................ 2-47 

2.13.1 WARRANTIES, GENERAL ........................................................................................ 2-46 

2.13.9 WARRANTIES, PREPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF QUALITY 

DEFICIENCY REPORTS (QDRs).............................................................................. 2-48 

2.13.4 WARRANTIES, SAFETY DEFICIENCIES.................................................................. 2-46 

2.13.7 WARRANTIES, TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION DEFICIENCIES ........................... 2-47 

2.13.3 WARRANTIES, THEFT AND DAMAGE SUSTAINED ................................................ 2-46 

2.13.5 WARRANTY DEFICIENCIES..................................................................................... 2-47 

4-1.9.5.g WORK ON EQUIPMENT OWNED BY OTHER ACTIVITIES...................................4-1-29 

4-1.9.5.i WORK PERFORMED BY COMMERCIAL CONTRACTORS...................................4-1-30 

4-1.9.5.j WORK PERFORMED BY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES .............................4-1-30 

4-1.9.5.h WORK PERFORMED BY OTHER SHOPS WITHIN THE ACTIVITY.......................4-1-29 

3.25.2 WORK PLAN ............................................................................................................. 3-47 

3.25.5 WORK REQUESTS ................................................................................................... 3-48 

INDEX - 11

NAVFAC P-300 Management of Transportation Equipment

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?